diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:45:55 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:45:55 -0700 |
| commit | aee90a31a5023b8ea6b943b35d225fbf4bf6cb2b (patch) | |
| tree | ad2cd0798bdb9ce00138e0cb8f165b519164428a | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-8.txt | 5190 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 101208 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1985244 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/15050-h.htm | 5594 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/01-1.png | bin | 0 -> 47199 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/01-1_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35069 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/02-fig11.png | bin | 0 -> 25471 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/02-fig12-13.png | bin | 0 -> 22619 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/02-fig14.png | bin | 0 -> 17530 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/03-fig15-16.png | bin | 0 -> 1678 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/03-fig17.png | bin | 0 -> 4103 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/03-fig18.png | bin | 0 -> 3691 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/03-fig19.png | bin | 0 -> 4293 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/03-fig20.png | bin | 0 -> 11695 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/04-1.png | bin | 0 -> 144882 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/04-1_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42969 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-1.png | bin | 0 -> 22360 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-1_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21499 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-fig1.png | bin | 0 -> 82652 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-fig1_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 65508 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-fig2.png | bin | 0 -> 141962 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-fig2_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 80786 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-fig3.png | bin | 0 -> 148776 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/05-fig3_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 73153 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/09-fig1.png | bin | 0 -> 3370 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/09-fig2.png | bin | 0 -> 3084 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/09-fig3.png | bin | 0 -> 3331 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/09-fig4.png | bin | 0 -> 2679 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/09-telegraph.png | bin | 0 -> 78216 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/09-telegraph_th.png | bin | 0 -> 45647 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/10-arc.png | bin | 0 -> 6419 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/10-safety.png | bin | 0 -> 30896 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/10-safety_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31282 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/12-fig1.png | bin | 0 -> 82655 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/12-fig1_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56601 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/12-fig2.png | bin | 0 -> 139936 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/12-fig2_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 54567 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/12-fig3.png | bin | 0 -> 20965 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/12-fig3_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 16810 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/14-1.png | bin | 0 -> 165692 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/14-1_th.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35047 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/title.png | bin | 0 -> 57634 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050-h/images/title_th.png | bin | 0 -> 43741 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050.txt | 5190 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15050.zip | bin | 0 -> 101184 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
48 files changed, 15990 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/15050-8.txt b/15050-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e86a50 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5190 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 810, +July 11, 1891, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 810, July 11, 1891 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: February 14, 2005 [EBook #15050] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the PG Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at www.pgdp.net. + + + + + +[Illustration] + + + + +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 810 + + + + +NEW YORK, JULY 11, 1891 + +Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XXXII, No. 810. + +Scientific American established 1845 + +Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year. + +Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year. + + * * * * * + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + + +I. BOTANY.--Cocos Pynaerti.--A new dwarf growing palm.--1 illustration. + +II. CHEMISTRY.--The Application of Electrolysis to Quantitative + Analysis.--By CHARLES A. KOHN, B.Sc., Ph.D.--Applicability of + these methods to poison determinations. + +III. CIVIL ENGINEERING.--The Kioto-Fu Canal in Japan.--A + Japanese canal connecting the interior of the country with the + sea.--3 illustrations. + + The Iron Gates of the Danube.--An important engineering work, + opening a channel in the Danube.--1 illustration. + + The New German Ship Canal.--Connection of the Baltic with + the North Sea.--Completion of this work.--1 illustration. + + Transit in London, Rapid and Otherwise.--By JAMES A. TILDEN. + --A practical review of London underground railroads and their + defects and peculiarities. + +IV. ELECTRICITY.--An Electrostatic Safety Device.--Apparatus + for grounding a circuit of too high potential.--1 illustration. + + Experiments with High Tension Alternating Currents.--Sparking + distance of arc formed by a potential difference of 20,000 volts. + --1 illustration. + + Laying a Military Field Telegraph Line,--Recent field trials in + laying telegraph line in England.--3 illustrations. + + Some Experiments on the Electric Discharge in Vacuum Tubes. + --By Prof. J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S.--Interesting experiments + described and illustrated.--4 illustrations. + + The Electrical Manufacture of Phosphorus.--Note upon a new + English works for this industry. + +V. GEOGRAPHY.--The Mississippi River.--By JACQUES W. REDWAY. + --An interesting paper on the great river and its work and + history. + +VI. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.--How to Find the Crack.-- + Note on a point in foundry work. + + Riveted Joints in Boiler Shells.--By WILLIAM BARNET LE + VAN.--Continuation of this practical and important paper. + --10 illustrations. + +VII. MEDICINE AND HYGIENE.--Influence of Repose on the Retina. + --Important researches on the physiology of the eye. + + The Relation of Bacteria to Practical Surgery.--By JOHN B. + ROBERTS, A.M., M.D.--A full review from the surgeon's standpoint + of this subject, with valuable directions for practitioners. + +VIII. MINERALOGY.--Precious and Ornamental Stones and Diamond + Cutting.--By GEORGE FREDERICK KUNZ.--An abstract + from a recent census bulletin, giving interesting data. + +IX. MINING ENGINEERING.--Mine Timbering.--The square system + of mine timbering as used in this country in the Pacific coast + mines and now introduced into Australia.--1 illustration. + +X. MISCELLANEOUS.--Freezing Mixtures.--A list of useful freezing + mixtures. + + Sun Dials.--Two interesting forms of sun dials described. + --3 illustrations. + + The Undying Germ Plasm and the Immortal Soul.--By DR. R. + VON LENDENFELD.--A curious example of modern speculative + thought. + +XI. NAVAL ENGINEERING.-The New British Battle Ship Empress + of India.--A first class battle ship recently launched at + Pembroke dockyard. + +XII. TECHNOLOGY.--Composition of Wheat Grain and its Products + in the Mill.--A scientific examination of the composition of + wheat and its effect on mill products. + + Fast and Fugitive Dyes.--By Prof. J.J. HAMMEL.--Practical + notes from the dyer's standpoint upon coloring agents. + + * * * * * + + + + +MINE TIMBERING. + + +The square system of timbering, in use in most of our large mines on +the Pacific coast, was first introduced in Australia by Mr. W.H. +Patton, who adopted it in the Broken Hill Proprietary mines, although +it does not seem to be so satisfactory to the people there as to our +miners, who are more familiar with it. The accompanying description +and plans were furnished by Mr. Patton to the report of the Secretary +of Mines for Victoria: + + "The idea is supposed to have originated in the German mines, + but in a crude form. It was introduced among the mines of the + Pacific coast of America some 20 years ago, by a gentleman + named Diedesheimer. Its use there is universal, and experience + has evolved it from the embryo state to its present + perfection. The old system and its accompanying disadvantages + are well known. A drive would be put in for a certain + distance, when it had to be abandoned until it could be filled + up with waste material and made secure. This process entailed + much expense. The stuff had first to be broken on the surface, + then sent below, trucked along the drives, and finally + shoveled into place. Ventilation was impaired and the drives + were filled with dust. The men worked in discomfort, and were + not in a condition to perform a full measure of labor. Under + the system as adopted in the Proprietary mine, these + disadvantages disappear. The cost is one-third less, + ventilation is perfect, and every portion of the faces are + accessible at all times. Sawn timber is used throughout; the + upright and cross pieces are 10 inches by 10 inches, and stand + 4 feet 6 inches apart; along the course of the drive, the + cross pieces are five feet in length, and the height of the + main drives and sill floor sets are 7 feet 2 inches in the + clear. In blocking out the stopes, the uprights are 6 feet 2 + inches, just one foot shorter than those in the main drives. + The caps and struts are of the same dimensions and timber as + the sill floor. The planks used as staging are 9 inches by 2½ + inches; they are moved from place to place as required, and + upon them the men stand when working in the stopes and in the + faces. A stope resembles a huge chamber fitted with + scaffolding from floor to roof. The atmosphere is cool and + pure, and there is no dust. Stage is added to stage, according + as the stoping requires it, and ladders lead from one floor to + the other; the accessibility to all the faces is a great + advantage. + + If, while driving, a patch of low grade ore is met with, it + can be enriched by taking a higher class from another face, + and so on. Any grade can be produced by means of this power of + selection. Opinions have been expressed that this system of + timbering is not secure, and that pressure from above would + bring the whole structure down in ruins. But an opinion such + as this is due to miscomprehension of the facts. If signs of + weakening in the timbers become apparent, the remedy is very + simple. Four or more of the uprights are lined with planks, + and waste material is shot in from above, and a strong support + is at once formed, or if signs of crushing are noticed, it is + possible to go into the stope, break down ore, and at once + relieve the weight." + +[Illustration: THE SQUARE SYSTEM OF TIMBERING IN MINES.] + + * * * * * + + + + +TRANSIT IN LONDON, RAPID AND OTHERWISE.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Abstract from a paper read before the Boston Society + of Engineers, in April, 1890.] + +By JAMES A. TILDEN. + + +The methods of handling the travel and traffic in the city of London +form a very interesting subject for the study of the engineer. The +problem of rapid transit and transportation for a city of five +millions of inhabitants is naturally very complicated, and a very +difficult one to solve satisfactorily. + +The subject may be discussed under two divisions: first, how the +suburban travel is accommodated, that is, the great mass of people who +come into the business section of the city every morning and leave at +night; second, how the strictly local traffic from one point to +another is provided for. Under the first division it will be noted in +advance that London is well provided with suburban railroad +accommodation upon through lines radiating in every direction from the +center of the city, but the terminal stations of these roads, as a +rule, do not penetrate far enough into the heart of the city to +provide for the suburban travel without some additional methods of +conveyance. + +The underground railroad system is intended to relieve the traffic +upon the main thoroughfares, affording a rapid method of +transportation between the residential and business portions, and in +addition to form a communicating link between the terminals of the +roads referred to. These terminal stations are arranged in the form of +an irregular ellipse and are eleven in number. + +One of the most noticeable features of the underground system in +London is that it connects these stations by means of a continuous +circuit, or "circle," as it is there called. The line connecting the +terminal stations is called the "inner circle." There is also an +extension at one end of this elliptical shaped circle which also makes +a complete circuit, and which is called the "middle circle," and a +very much larger circle reaching the northern portions of the city, +which is called the "outer circle." The eastern ends of these three +circles run for a considerable distance on the same track. In addition +to this the road branches off in a number of directions, reaching +those parts of the city which were not before accommodated by the +surface roads, or more properly the elevated or depressed roads, as +there are no grade crossings. + +With regard to the accommodation afforded by this system: it is a +convenience for the residents of the western and southern parts of +London, especially where they arrive in the city at any of the +terminal stations on the line of the "circle," as they can change to +the underground. They can reach the eastern end of the "circle," at +which place is located the bank and the financial section of London, +in a comparatively short time. For example, passengers arriving at +Charing Cross, Victoria or Paddington stations, can change to the +underground, and in ten, fifteen and thirty minutes respectively, +reach the Mansion House or Cannon street stations, which are the +nearest to the Bank of England. In a similar manner those arriving at +Euston, St. Pancras or King's Cross on the northern side of the +"circle," can reach Broad Street station in ten or fifteen minutes, +which station is nearest the bank on that side of the "circle." + +In a number of cases the underground station is in the same building +or directly connected by passages with the terminal stations of the +roads leading into the city. Examples of this kind would be such +stations as Cannon Street, Victoria or Paddington. They are not, +however, sufficiently convenient to allow the transference of baggage +so as to accommodate through passengers desiring to make connection +from one station to another across the city. Hand baggage only is +carried, about the same as it is on the elevated road in New York. The +method of cross town transfer, passengers and baggage, is invariably +done by small omnibuses, which all the railroads maintain on hand for +that special purpose. A very large proportion of the travel, however, +if not the largest, is obtained by direct communication by means of +the "circle" on branch lines with the various residential portions of +north, west and south London. + +Approximately on the underground railroad the fare is one cent per +mile for third class, one cent and a half for second class, and two +cents for first class, but no fare is less than a penny, or two cents. +Omnibus fares in some instances are as low as a penny for two miles. +This is not by any means the rule, and is only to be found on +competing lines. The average fare would be a penny a mile or more. + +The fares on the main lines which accommodate the suburban traffic are +somewhat higher than on the underground, perhaps 50 per cent. more. In +every case, on omnibus, tram cars or railroads, the rates are charged +according to distance. The system such as in use on our electric, +cable and horse cars and on the elevated road in New York, of charging +a fixed fare, is not in use anywhere. + +The ticket offices of the underground roads are generally on a level +with the street. In some instances both the uptown and downtown trains +are approached from one entrance, but generally there is an entrance +at either side of the railroad, similar to the elevated railroad +system. In purchasing a ticket, the destination, number of the class, +and whether it is a single or return ticket have to be given. The +passenger then descends by generally well lighted stairways to the +station below, and his ticket is punched by the man at the gate. He +then has to be careful about two things; first, to place himself on +that part of the platform where the particular class which he wishes +to take stops, and secondly, to get on to the right train. In the +formation of the train the first class coaches are placed in the +center, the second and third class respectively at the front and rear +end. There are signs which indicate where passengers are to wait, +according to the class. There is a sign at the front end of the +engine, which to those initiated sufficiently indicates the +destination of the train. The trains are also called out, and at some +stations there is an obscure indicator which also gives the desired +information. The stations are from imperfectly to well lighted, +generally from daylight which sifts down from the smoky London +atmosphere through the openings above. The length of the train +averages about eight carriages of four compartments, each compartment +holding ten persons, making a carrying capacity of 320 passengers. The +equipment of the cars is very inferior. The first class compartments +are upholstered and cushioned in blue cloth, the second class in a +cheaper quality, while most of the third class compartments have +absolutely nothing in the way of a cushion or covering either on the +seat or back, and are little better than cattle pens. The width of the +compartment is so narrow that the feet can easily be placed on the +opposite seat, that is, a very little greater distance than would be +afforded by turning two of our seats face to face. The length of the +compartment, which is the width of the car, is about a foot and a half +less than the width of our passenger cars, about equal to our freight +cars. Each compartment is so imperfectly lighted by a single lamp put +into position through the top of the car that it is almost impossible +to read. + +The length of time which a train remains at a station is from thirty +to forty seconds, or from three to four times the length of time +employed at the New York elevated railroad stations. The reason for +this is that a large proportion of the doors are opened by passengers +getting in or out, and all these have to be shut by the station porter +or guard of the train before the train can start. If the train is +crowded one has to run up and down to find a compartment with a vacant +seat, and also hunt for his class, and as each class is divided into +smoking and non-smoking compartments, making practically six classes, +it will be observed that all this takes time, especially when you add +the lost time at the ticket office and gate. + +The ventilation of the tunnels and even the stations is oftentimes +simply abominable, and although the roads are heavily patronized there +is a great amount of grumbling and disfavor on this account. The +platforms of the stations are flush with those of the cars, so that +the delay of getting in or out is very small, but the doors are so low +that a person above the average height has to stoop to get in, and +cannot much more than stand upright with a tall hat on when he is once +in the car. The monitor roof is unknown. + +The trains move with fair speed and the stations are plainly and +liberally marked, so that the passenger has little difficulty in +knowing when to get out. There are two signs in general use on English +railroads which are very simple and right to the point, namely, "Way +Out" and "Way In," so that when a passenger arrives at a station he +has no question how to get out of it. The ticket is given up as the +passenger leaves the station. There is nothing to prevent a passenger +with a third class ticket getting into a first class compartment +excepting the ominous warning of 40 shillings fine if he does so, and +the liability of having his sweet dreams interrupted by an occasional +inspector who asks to see the denomination of his ticket. All +compartments intended for the use of smokers are plainly marked and +are to be found in each class. Almost the entire part of the railroads +within the thickly settled portions of the city run in closed tunnels. +Outside of this they frequently run in open cuttings, and still +further out they run on to elevated tracks. + +With regard to the equipment of the suburban or surface lines not +belonging to the underground system the description is about the same. +The cars are generally four compartments long and sometimes not +exceeding three. They are coupled together with a pair of links and +fastened to the draw bar on one car and the other thrown over a hook +opposite and brought into tension by a right and left hand screw +between the links. This is obviously very inconvenient for shunting +purposes, especially as the cars are not provided with hand brakes and +no chance to get at them if there were any. Consequently it appears +that when a train is made up it stays so for an indefinite period. A +load of passengers is brought into the station and the train remains +in position until it is ready to go out. As the trains run very +frequently this appears to be a very economical arrangement, as no +shunting tracks are needed for storage. The engine which brings the +train in of course cannot get out until the train goes out with the +next load. Turn tables for the locomotives are but very little used, +as they run as double enders for suburban purposes. + +In conclusion it will be safe to say that the problem of rapid transit +for a city as large as London is far from solved by the methods +described. Although there are a great many miles of underground lines +and main lines, as they have been called throughout the paper, and +although grade crossings have been entirely abolished, allowing the +trains to run at the greatest speed suitable to their frequency, still +there are a great many sections which have to depend entirely upon the +omnibus or tram car. The enormous expense entailed by the construction +of the elevated structures can hardly be imagined. We have but one +similar structure in this country, which is that running from the +Schuylkill River to Broad Street station, in Philadelphia. The +underground system is even more expensive, especially in view of the +tremendous outlay for damages. This goes to show that money has not +been spared to obtain rapid transit. + +After all, the means to be depended upon when one desires to make a +rapid trip from one part of the city to another is the really +admirable, cheap, always ready, convenient and comfortable London +hansom; while the way to see London is from the top of an omnibus, the +most enjoyable, if not the most expeditious, means of conveyance. + + * * * * * + +[Continued from SUPPLEMENT, NO. 809, page 12930.] + + + + +RIVETED JOINTS IN BOILER SHELLS.[1] + + [Footnote 1: A paper read at a meeting of the Franklin Institute. + From the journal of the Institute.] + +By WILLIAM BARNET LE VAN. + + +[Illustration: FIG. 11.] + +Fig. 11 represents the spacing of rivets composed of steel plates +three-eighths inch thick, averaging 58,000 pounds tensile strength on +boiler fifty-four inches diameter, secured by iron rivets +seven-eighths inch diameter. Joints of these dimensions have been in +constant use for the last fourteen years, carrying 100 pounds per +square inch. + +_Punching Rivet Holes._--Of all tools that take part in the +construction of boilers none are more important, or have more to do, +than the machine for punching rivet holes. + +That punching, or the forcible detrusion of a circular piece of metal +to form a rivet hole, has a more or less injurious effect upon the +metal plates surrounding the hole, is a fact well known and admitted +by every engineer, and it has often been said that the rivet holes +ought all to be drilled. But, unfortunately, at present writing, no +drilling appliances have yet been placed on the market that can at all +compare with punching apparatus in rapidity and cheapness of working. +A first-class punching machine will make from forty to fifty holes per +minute in a thick steel plate. Where is the drilling machine that will +approach that with a single drill? + +The most important matter in punching plates is the diameter of the +opening in the bolster or die relatively to that of the punch. This +difference exercises an important influence in respect not only of +easy punching but also in its effect upon the plate punched. If we +attempt to punch a perfectly cylindrical hole, the opening in the die +block must be of the same diameter as the point of the punch, or, at +least, a very close fit. The point of the punch ought to be slightly +larger in diameter than the neck, or upper part, as shown in Figs. 12 +and 13, so as to clear itself easily. When the hole in the bolster or +die block is of a larger diameter than the punch, the piece of metal +thrust out is of larger diameter on the bottom side, and it comes out +with an ease proportionate to the difference between the lower and +upper diameters; or, in other words, it produces a taper hole in the +plate, but allows the punching to be done with less consumption of +power and, it is said, with less strain on the plate. + +[Illustration: FIG. 12.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 13.] + +As to the difference which should exist between the diameter of the +punch and the die hole, this varies a little with the thickness of the +plate punched, or should do so in all carefully executed work, for it +is easy to understand that the die which might give a suitable taper +in a three-fourths inch plate would give too great a taper in a +three-eighths inch plate. There is no fixed rule; practical experience +determines this in a rough and ready way--often a very rough way, +indeed, for if a machine has to punch different thicknesses of plate +for the same size of rivets, the workman will seldom take the trouble +to change the die with every variation of thickness. The maker of +punches and dies generally allows about three sixty-fourths or 0.0468 +of an inch clearance. + +The following formula is also used by punch and die makers: + + Clearance = D = d + 0.2t + +where + D = diameter of hole in die block; + d = diameter of cutting edge of punch; + t = thickness of plate in fractions of an inch; + +that is to say, the diameter of the die hole equals diameter of punch +plus two-tenths the thickness of the plate to be punched. + +_Example_.--Given a plate 3/8 or 0.375 of an inch thick, the diameter +of the punch being 13/16 or 0.8125 of an inch, then the diameter of +the die hole will be as follows: + + Diameter of die hole = 0.8125 + 0.375 X 0.2 = 0.8875 inch diameter, + or say 7/8 or 0.875 inch diameter. + +Punches are generally made flat on their cutting edge, as shown in +Fig. 12. There are also punches made spiral on their cutting edge, as +shown in Fig. 13. This punch, instead of being flat, as in Fig. 12, is +of a helical form, as shown in Fig. 13, so as to have a gradual +shearing action commencing at the center and traveling round to the +circumference. Its form may be explained by imagining the upper cutter +of a shearing machine being rolled upon itself so as to form a +cylinder of which its long edge is the axis. The die being quite flat, +it follows that the shearing action proceeds from the center to the +circumference, just as in a shearing machine it travels from the +deeper to the shallower end of the upper cutter. The latter is not +recommended for use in metal of a thickness greater than the diameter +of the punch, and is best adapted for thicknesses of metal two-thirds +the diameter of the punch. + +Fig. 14 shows positions of punch and attachments in the machine. + +[Illustration: FIG. 14.] + +It is of the greatest importance that the punch should be kept sharp +and the die in good order. If the punch is allowed to become dull, it +will produce a fin on the edge of the rivet hole, which, if not +removed, will cut into the rivet head and destroy the fillet by +cutting into the head. When the punch is in good condition it will +leave a sharp edge, which, if not removed, will also destroy the +fillet under the head by cutting it away. + +Punching possesses so many advantages over drilling as to render it +extremely important that the operation should be reduced to a system +so as to be as harmless as possible to the plate. In fact, no plate +should be used in the construction of a boiler that does not improve +with punching, and further on I will show by the experiments made by +Hoopes & Townsend, of Philadelphia, that good material is improved by +punching; that is to say, with properly made punches and dies, by the +upsetting around the punched hole, the value of the plate is increased +instead of diminished, the flow of particles from the hole into the +surrounding parts causing stiffening and strengthening. + +_Drilling Rivet Holes._--In the foregoing I have not referred to the +drilling of rivet holes in place of punching. The great objection to +drilling rivet holes is the expense, from the fact that it takes more +time, and when drilled of full rivet size we are met with the +difficulty of getting the rivet holes to correspond, as they are when +punched of full rivet diameter. When two plates are drilled in place +together, the drill will produce a _burr_ between the two plates--on +account of their uneven surfaces--which prevents them being brought +together, so as to be water and steam tight, unless the plates are +afterward separated and the burr removed, which, of course, adds +greatly to the expense. + +The difference in strength between boiler plates punched or drilled of +full rivet size may be either greater or less than the difference in +strength between unperforated plates of equal areas of fracture +section. When the metal plates are very soft and ductile, the +operation of punching does no appreciable injury. Prof. Thurston says +he has sometimes found it actually productive of increased strength; +the flow of particles from the rivet hole into the surrounding parts +causing stiffening and strengthening. With most steel and hard iron +plates the effect of punching is often to produce serious weakening +and a tendency to crack, which in some cases has resulted seriously. +With first class steel or iron plates, punching is perfectly +allowable, and the cost is twenty-five per cent. less than drilling; +in fact, none but first class metal plates should be used in the +construction of steam boilers. + +In the original punching machines the die was made much larger than +the punch, and the result was a conical taper hole to receive the +rivet. With the advanced state of the arts the punch and die are +accurately fitted; that is to say, the ordinary clearance for a rivet +of (say) three-fourths of an inch diameter, the dies have about three +sixty-fourths of an inch, the punch being made of full rivet size, and +the clearance allowed in the diameter of the die. + +Take, for example, cold punched nuts. Those made by Messrs. Hoopes & +Townsend, Philadelphia, when taken as specimens of "commercial," as +distinguished from merely experimental punching, are of considerable +interest in this connection, owing to the entire absence of the +conical holes above mentioned. + +When the holes are punched by machines properly built, with the punch +accurately fitted to the die, the effect is that the metal is made to +flow around the punch, and thus is made more dense and stronger. That +some such action takes place seems probable, from the appearance of +the holes in the Hoopes & Townsend nuts, which are straight and almost +as smooth as though they were drilled. + +Therefore I repeat that iron or steel that is not improved by proper +punching machinery is not of fit quality to enter into the +construction of steam boilers. + + + STRENGTH OF PUNCHED AND DRILLED IRON BARS. + + HOOPES & TOWNSEND. + +----------------+------------------+----------------+----------------+ +Thickness of bar|Thickness outside | Punched bars | Drilled bars | + in inches. |of hole in inches.|broke in pounds.|broke in pounds.| +----------------+------------------+----------------+----------------+ + 3/8 or 0.375 | 3/8 or 0.375 | 31,740 | 28,000 | + 3/8 or 0.375 | 3/8 or 0.375 | 31,380 | 26,950 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/4 or 0.25 | 18,820 | 18,000 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/4 or 0.25 | 18,750 | 17,590 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 3/16 or 0.1875 | 14,590 | 13,230 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 3/16 or 0.1875 | 15,420 | 13,750 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/8 or 0.125 | 10,670 | 9,320 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/8 or 0.125 | 11,730 | 9,580 | +---------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + +It will be seen from the above that the punched bars had the greatest +strength, indicating that punching had the effect of strengthening +instead of weakening the metal. These experiments have given results +just the reverse of similar experiments made on boiler plates; but the +material, such as above experimented upon, is what should be placed in +boilers, tough and ductile, and the manner of, and care taken in, +punching contribute to these results. + +It is usual to have the rivet holes one-sixteenth of an inch in +diameter larger than the rivets, in order to allow for their expansion +when hot; it is evident, however, that the difference between the +diameters of the rivet hole and of the rivet should vary with the size +of the rivet. + +The hole in the die is made larger than the punch; for ordinary work +the proportion of their respective diameters varies from 1:1.5 to 1:2. + +As I have before stated, the best plate joint is that in which the +strength of the plate and the resistance of the rivet to shearing are +equal to each other. + +In boilers as commercially made and sold the difference in quality of +the plates and rivets, together with the great uncertainty as to the +exact effect of punching the plates, have, so far, prevented anything +like the determination either by calculation or experiment of what +might be accepted as the best proportions of riveted joints. + +In regard to steel plates for boilers Mr. F.W. Webb, of Crewe, +England, chief engineer of the London and Northwestern Railway, has +made over 10,000 tests of steel plates, but had only two plates fail +in actual work; these failures he thought were attributable solely to +the want of care on the part of the men who worked the plates up. + +All their rivet holes for boilers were punched in a Jacquard machine, +the plates then annealed, and afterward bent in rolls; they only used +the reamer slightly when they had three thicknesses of plate to deal +with, as in butt joints with inside and outside covering strips. These +works turn out two locomotive boilers every three days. + +The Baldwin Locomotive Works, which turn out on an average three +locomotives per day, punch all their rivet holes one sixteenth inch +less in diameter and ream them to driven rivet size when in place. +They also use rivets with a fillet formed under head made in solid +dies. + +_Rivets._--Rivets of steel or iron should be made in solid dies. +Rivets made in open dies are liable to have a fin on the shank, which +prevents a close fit into the holes of the plates. The use of solid +dies in forming the rivet insures a round shank, and an accurate fit +in a round hole. In addition, there is secured by the use of solid +dies, a strong, clean fillet under the head, the point where strength +is most needed. + +Commencing with a countersunk head as the strongest form of head, the +greater the fillet permissible under the head of a rivet, or bolt, the +greater the strength and the decrease in liability to fracture, as a +fillet is the life of the rivet. + +If rivets are made of iron, the material should be strong, tough, and +ductile, of a tensile strength not exceeding 54,000 pounds per square +inch, and giving an elongation in _eight inches_ of not less than +twenty-five per cent. The rivet iron should be as ductile as the best +boiler plate when cold. Iron rivets should be annealed and the iron in +the bar should be sufficiently ductile to be bent cold to a right +angle without fracture. When heated it should be capable of being +flattened out to one-third its diameter without crack or flaw. + +[Illustration: FIG. 15. Solid Die Rivet.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 16. Open Die Rivet.] + +If rivets are made of steel they must be low in carbon, otherwise they +will harden by chilling when the hot rivets are placed in the cold +plates. Therefore, the steel must be particularly a low grade or mild +steel. The material should show a tensile strength not greater than +54,000 pounds per square inch and an elongation in _eight inches_ of +thirty per cent. The United States government requirements are that +steel rivets shall flatten out cold under the hammer to the thickness +of one-half their diameter without showing cracks or flaws; shall +flatten out hot to one-third their diameter, and be capable of being +bent cold in the form of a hook with parallel sides without cracks or +flaws. These requirements were thought at first to be severe, but the +makers of steel now find no practical difficulty in meeting these +specifications. + +The forming of the head of rivets, whether of steel or iron, and +whether the heads are conical or semi-spherical, should not be changed +by the process of riveting. The form of the head is intended to be +permanent, and this permanent form can only be retained by the use of +a "hold fast," which conforms to the shape of the head. In the use of +the flat hold fast (in general use in a majority of boiler shops) the +form of the head is changed, and if the rivet, by inadequate heating, +requires severe hammering, there is danger that the head of the rivet +may be "punched" off. By the use of a hold fast made to the shape of +the rivet head, this danger is avoided and the original form of the +head is retained. This feature of the use of proper rivet tools in +boiler shops has not received the attention it deserves. Practical use +of the above named hold fast would soon convince the consumers of +rivets of its value and efficiency. + +The practice of driving rivets into a punched rivet hole from which +the fin or cold drag, caused by the movement of the punch, has not +been removed by reaming with a countersunk reamer, or better still a +countersunk set, should be condemned, as by driving the hot rivet head +down against the fin around the hole in the cold plate caused by the +action of punching the countersunk fillet is not only destroyed, but +it is liable to be driven into the head of the rivet, partially +cutting the head from the shank. If the rivet is driven into a hole +that has been punched with a sharp punch and sharp die, the result is +that the fillet is cut off under the head, and the riveted end is also +cut, and does not give the clinch or hold desired. That is to say, +rivet holes in plates to be riveted should have the burr or sharp edge +taken off, either by countersinking, by reamer, or set. + +_Heating of Rivets._--Iron rivets are generally heated in an ordinary +blacksmith's or rivet fire having a forced blast; they are inserted +with the points down into the fire, so that the heads are kept +practically cool. + +Steel rivets should be heated in the hearth of a reverberatory furnace +so arranged that the flame shall play over the top of the rivets, and +should be heated uniformly throughout the entire length of the rivet +to a cherry red. Particular attention must be given to the thickness +of the fire in which they are heated. + +Steel, of whatever kind, should never be heated in a thin fire, +especially in one having a forced blast, such as an ordinary +blacksmith's or iron rivet furnace fire. The reason for this is that +more air passes through the fire than is needed for combustion, and in +consequence there is a considerable quantity of free oxygen in the +fire which will oxidize the steel, or in other words, burn it. If free +oxygen is excluded steel cannot burn; if the temperature is high +enough it can be melted and will run down through the fire, but +burning is impossible in a thick fire with a moderate draught. + +This is an important matter in using steel rivets and should not be +overlooked; the same principle applies to the heating of steel plates +for flanging. + +_Riveting._--There are four descriptions of riveting, namely: + + (1) Hammered or hand riveting. + + (2) Snapped or set. + + (3) Countersunk. + + (4) Machine. + +For good, sound work, machine riveting is the best. + +Snapped riveting is next in quality to machine riveting. + +Countersunk riveting is generally tighter than snapped, because +countersinking the hole is really facing it; and the countersunk rivet +is, in point of fact, made on a face joint. But countersinking the +hole also weakens the plate, inasmuch as it takes away a portion of +the metal, and should only be resorted to where necessary, such as +around the front of furnaces, steam chests or an odd hole here and +there to clear a flange, or something of that sort. + +Hammered riveting is much more expensive than machine or snapped +riveting, and has a tendency to crystallize the iron in the rivets, +causing brittleness. + +In the present state of the arts all the best machine riveters do +their work by pressure, and not by impact or blow. + +The best machines are those of the hydraulic riveting system, which +combines all of the advantages and avoids all the difficulties which +have characterized previous machine systems; that is to say, the +machine compresses without a blow, and with a uniform pressure at +will; each rivet is driven with a single progressive movement, +controlled at will. The pressure upon the rivet after it is driven is +maintained, or the die is retracted at will. + +[Illustration: FIG. 17.] + +Hydraulic riveting has demonstrated not only that the work could be as +well done without a blow, but that it could be _better done without a +blow_, and that the riveted material was stronger when so secured than +when subjected to the more severe treatment under impact. + +What is manifestly required in perfect riveting is that the metal of +the rivet while hot and plastic shall be made to flow into all the +irregularities of the rivet holes in the boiler sheets; that the +surplus metal be formed into heads as large as need be, and that the +pressure used to produce these results should not be in excess of what +the metal forming the boiler shall be capable of resisting. + +It is well known that metals, when subjected, either cold or hot, to +sufficient pressure, will obey almost exactly the same laws as fluids +under similar conditions, and will flow into and fill all the crevices +of the chamber or cavity in which they are contained. If, therefore, a +hot rivet is inserted into the holes made in a boiler to receive it, +and is then subjected to a sufficient pressure, it will fill every +irregularity of the holes, and thus fulfill one of the conditions of +perfect riveting. This result it is impossible to accomplish with +perfection or certainty by ordinary hand riveting, in doing which the +intermittent blows of an ordinary hammer are used to force the metal +into the holes. With a hydraulic riveting machine, however, an +absolutely uniform and continuous pressure can be imparted to each +rivet, so as to force the hot metal of the rivet into all the +irregularities of the holes in the same way as a hydraulic ram will +cause water to fill any cavity, however irregular. + +[Illustration: FIG. 18.] + +In order to illustrate the relative advantages of machine over hand +riveting, two plates were riveted together, the holes of which were +purposely made so as not to match perfectly. These plates were then +planed through the center of the rivets, so as to expose a section of +both the plates and rivets. From this an impression was taken with +printer's ink on paper and then transferred to a wooden block, from +which Figs. 17 and 18 were made. + +The machine-driven rivet is marked _a_, and _b_ represents the +hammered rivet. + +It will be observed that the machine rivet fills the hole completely, +while the hand rivet is very imperfect. This experiment was tried +several times, with similar results each time. + +The hand rivet, it will be observed, filled up the hole very well +immediately under the head formed by the hammer; but sufficient +pressure could not be given to the metal--or at least it could not be +transferred far enough--to affect the metal at some distance from the +driven head. So great is this difficulty that in hand riveting much +shorter rivets must be used, because it is impossible to work +effectively so large a mass of metal with hammers as with a machine. +The heads of the machine rivets are, therefore, larger and stronger, +and will hold the plates together more firmly than the smaller +hammered heads. + +To drive rivets by hand, two strikers and one helper are needed in the +gang, besides the boy who heats and passes the rivets; to drive each +five-eighths inch rivet, an average of 250 blows of the hammer is +needed, and the work is but imperfectly done. With a machine, two men +handle the boiler, and one man works the machine; thus, with the same +number of men as is required in riveting by hand, five rivets are +driven each minute. + +The superior quality of the work done by the machine would alone make +its use advantageous; but to this is added greatly increased amount of +work done. + +The difference in favor of the riveting machine over hand riveting is +at least _ten_ to _one_. + +In a large establishment a record of the number of rivets driven by +the hand-driving gang, also by the gang at the steam-riveting machine +for a long period of time, in both cases making no allowances of any +kind of delays, the rivets driven per month by each was--for the hand +driven rivets at the rate of twelve rivets per hour, and for the +machine driven rivets, 120 per hour. In the case of the hand driven +rivets the boiler remains stationary and the men move about it, while +the machine driven rivets require the whole boiler to be hoisted and +moved about at the riveting machine to bring each hole to the position +required for the dies. Notwithstanding the trouble involved in +handling and moving the boiler, it shows that it is possible to do ten +times as much work, and with less skilled labor, by the employment of +the riveting machine. + +_Calking._--One great source of danger in boiler making is excessive +joint calking--both inside and out--where a sharp nosed tool is +employed, and for the reason that it must be used so close to the +inner edge of plate as to indent, and in many cases actually cut +through the skin of the lower plate. This style of calking puts a +positive strain upon the rivets, commencing distortion and putting +excessive stress upon rivets--already in high tension before the +boiler is put in actual use. It is, I hope, rapidly becoming a thing +of the past. + +With a proper proportion of diameter and pitch of rivet, all that is +required is the use of a light "fuller tool" or the round-nosed tool +used in what is known to the trade as the "Connery system." + +There is but little need of calking if means are taken to secure a +clean metal-to-metal face at the joint surfaces. When the plates are +put together in ordinary course of manufacture, a portion of the mill +scale is left on, and this is reduced to powder or shaken loose in the +course of riveting and left between the plates, thus offering a +tempting opening for the steam to work through, and is really cause of +the heavy calking that puts so unnecessary a pressure on both plate +and rivet. A clean metallic joint can be secured by passing over the +two surfaces a sponge wet with a weak solution of sal-ammoniac and hot +water, an operation certainly cheap enough both as to materials and +labor required. + +[Illustration: FIG. 19] + +The above cut, Fig. 19, gives an illustration of calking done by +sharp-nosed and round nosed tools, respectively. It will be seen by +Fig. 20 that the effect of a round-nosed tool is to divide the plate +calked, and as the part divided is well driven toward the rivets, a +bearing is formed at _a_, from one-half to three-fourths of an inch, +which increases the strength of joint, and will in no way cut or +injure the surface of the under plate. A perfect joint is thus +secured. + +[Illustration: Fig. 20.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NEW BRITISH BATTLE SHIP EMPRESS OF INDIA. + + +The launching of this first-class battle ship was successfully carried +out at Pembroke Dockyard on May 7. She is the second of a class of +eight battle ships built and building under the Naval Defense Act of +1889, which were specially designed to take part in general fleet +actions in European waters. The leading dimensions are: Length, +between perpendiculars, 380 ft.; breadth, extreme, 75 ft.; mean +draught of water, 27 ft. 6 in.; and displacement at this draught, +14,150 tons, which surpasses that of any other ship in the navies of +the world. Previous to the launching of the Royal Sovereign--a sister +vessel--which took place at Portsmouth in February last, the largest +war ships in the British navy were the Nile and Trafalgar, each of +12,500 tons, and these were largely exceeded in displacement by the +Italia, of 13,900 tons, and the Lepanto, of 13,550 tons, belonging to +the Italian navy. + +The Empress of India is built throughout of mild steel, the stem and +stern post, together with the shaft brackets, being of cast steel. +Steel faced armor, having a maximum thickness of 18 in., extends along +the sides for 250 ft. amidships, the lower edge of the belt being 5 +ft. 6 in. below the normal water line. The belt is terminated at the +fore and after ends by transverse armored bulkheads, over which is +built a 3 in. protective steel deck extending to the ends of the +vessel and terminating forward at the point of the ram. Above the belt +the broadside is protected by 5 in. armor, the central battery being +inclosed by screen bulkheads of the same thickness. The barbettes, +which are formed of armor 17 in. thick, rise from the protective deck +at the fore and after ends of the main belt. The principal armor +throughout is backed by teak, varying in thickness from 18 in. to 20 +in., behind which is an inner skin of steel 2 in. thick. The engines +are being constructed by Messrs. Humphreys, Tennant & Co, London, and +are of the vertical triple expansion type, capable of developing a +maximum horse power of 13,000 with forced draught and 9,000 horse +power under natural draught, the estimated speeds being 16 and 17½ +knots respectively at the normal displacement. The regular coal supply +is 900 tons, which will enable the ship to cover a distance of 5,000 +knots at a reduced speed of ten knots and about 1,600 knots at her +maximum speed. The main armament of the Empress will consist of four +67 ton breechloading guns mounted in pairs _en barbette_. The +secondary armament includes ten 6 in. 100 pounder quick firing guns, +four being mounted on the main deck and six in the sponsons on the +upper deck, sixteen 6 pounder and nine 3 pounder quick-firing guns, in +addition to a large number of machine guns. + +The largest guns at present mounted in any British warship are the 110 +ton guns mounted in the Benbow class, and the difference between these +weapons and those to be carried by the Empress of India is very +marked. + +The projectile fired from either of the Benbow's heavy gun weighs +1,800 lb., and is capable of penetrating 35 in. of unbacked wrought +iron at a distance of 1,000 yards. The projectile fired from the 67 +ton guns of the Empress of India will have much less penetrating +power, being only equal to 27 in. of wrought iron with a full charge +of 520 lb. of prismatic brown powder, the missile weighing 1,250 lb. +or about one-half less than the weight of the shot used with the 110 +ton gun. It will thus be seen that the ordnance of the Benbow can +penetrate armor that would defy the attack of the guns of the Empress. +It should be said, however, that the heavy artillery of the latter +vessel is capable of penetrating any armor at present afloat, and is +carried at a much greater height above the designed load water line +than in any existing battle ship, either in the British or foreign +navies. The armor being of less weight, too, enables the new ship, and +others of her class, to carry an auxiliary armament of unprecedented +weight and power. + +The Empress will be lighted throughout by electricity, the +installation comprising some 600 lights, and will be provided with +four 25,000 candle power search lights, each of which will be worked +by a separate dynamo. The ship has been built from the designs of Mr. +W.H. White, C.B., Director of Naval Construction, and will be fitted +out for the use of an admiral, and when commissioned her complement of +officers and men will number 700.--_Industries._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE "IRON GATES" OF THE DANUBE. + + +The work of blowing up the masses of rock which form the dangerous +rapids known as the Iron Gates, on the Danube, was inaugurated on +September 15, 1890, when the Greben Rock was partially blown up by a +blast of sixty kilogrammes of dynamite, in the presence of Count +Szapary, the Hungarian premier; M. Baross, Hungarian minister of +commerce; Count Bacquehem, Austrian minister of commerce; M. Gruitch, +the Servian premier; M. Jossimovich, Servian minister of public works; +M. De Szogyenyi, chief secretary in the Austro-Hungarian ministry of +foreign affairs; and other Hungarian and Servian authorities. Large +numbers of the inhabitants had collected on both banks of the Danube +to witness the ceremony, and the first explosion was greeted with +enthusiastic cheers. The history of this great scheme was told at the +time the Hungarian Parliament passed the bill on the subject two years +ago. It is known that the Roman Emperor Trajan, seventeen centuries +ago, commenced works, of which traces are still to be seen, for the +construction of a navigable canal to avoid the Iron Gates. + +For the remedy of the obstruction in the Danube, much discussed of +late years, there were two rival systems--the French, which proposed +to make locks, and the English and American, which was practically +the same as that of Trajan, namely, blasting the minor rocks and +cutting canals and erecting dams where the rocks were too crowded. The +latter plan was in principle adopted, and the details were worked out, +in 1883, by the Hungarian engineer Willandt. The longest canal will be +that on the Servian bank, with a length of over two kilometers and a +width of eighty meters. It will be left for a later period to make the +canal wider and deeper, as was done with the Suez Canal. For the +present it is considered sufficient that moderate sized steamers shall +be able to pass through without hindrance, and thus facilitate the +exchange of goods between the west of Europe and the east. + +The first portion of the rocks to be removed, and of the channels to +be cut, runs through Hungarian territory; the second portion is in +Servia. The new waterway will, it is anticipated, be finished by the +end of 1895, and then, for the first time in history, Black Sea +steamers will be seen at the quays of Pesth and Vienna, having, of +course, previously touched at Belgrade. The benefit to Servian trade +will then be quite on a par with that of Austria-Hungary. Even Germany +will derive benefit from this extension of trade to the east. These, +however, are by no means the only countries which will be benefited by +the opening of the great river to commerce. Turkey, Southern Russia, +Roumania, and Bulgaria, not to speak of the states of the west of +Europe, will reap advantage from this new departure. England, as the +chief carrier of the world, is sure to feel the beneficial effects of +the Danube being at length navigable from its mouth right up to the +very center of Europe. + +The removal of the Iron Gates has always been considered a matter of +European importance. The treaty of Paris stipulated for freedom of +navigation on the Danube. The London treaty of 1871 again authorized +the levying of tolls to defray the cost of the Danube regulation; and +article 57 of the treaty of Berlin intrusted Austria-Hungary with the +task of carrying out the work. By these international compacts the +European character of the great undertaking is sufficiently attested. + +[Illustration: THE "IRON GATES" OF THE DANUBE] + +The work of blasting the rocks will be undertaken by contractors in +the employ of the Hungarian government, as the official invitation for +tenders brought no offers from any quarter. The construction of the +dams, however, and the cutting of several channels to compass the most +difficult rocks and rapids, will be carried out by an association of +Pesth and other firms. The cost, estimated altogether at nine million +florins, will be borne by the Hungarian exchequer, to which will fall +the tolls to be levied on all vessels passing through the Gates until +the original outlay is repaid. + +Very few persons know, says the _American Architect_, what an enormous +work has been undertaken at the Iron Gates of the Danube, where +operations are rapidly progressing, mainly in accordance with a plan +devised many years ago by our distinguished countryman, Mr. McAlpine. +The total length of that part of the river to be regulated is about +two hundred and fifty miles, so that the enterprise ranks with the +cutting of the Panama and Suez canals as one of the greatest +engineering feats ever attempted. Work has been begun simultaneously +at three points: at Greben, where there are reefs to be taken care of; +at the cataract, near Jucz, and at the Iron Gate proper, below Orsova. +At Greben, where the stream is shallow, but swift, a channel two +hundred feet wide is to be blasted out of the rock, and below it a +stone embankment wall is to be built more than four miles long. From a +reef which projects into the river a piece is to be blasted away, +measuring five hundred feet in length, and about nine feet in depth. +The difficulties of working in this part of the river are very great. +Not only is the current extremely rapid, but in certain places ridges +of rock barely covered at low water alternate with pools a hundred +and forty feet deep, which give rise, in the rapid current, to +frightful whirlpools and eddies. These deep pools are to be filled at +the same time that the reefs are cut away, and it is estimated that +nearly three million cubic feet of loose stonework will be needed for +this purpose alone. In addition to the excavation, artificial banks +and breakwaters, for modifying the course of the stream, are to be +built; so that it is estimated that the masonry to be executed in this +section will amount to about five and one-half million cubic feet. + +In the cataract section, at Jucz, a channel two hundred feet wide, and +more than half a mile long, is to be blasted out of the rock, and a +breakwater built, to moderate the suddenness of the fall. This +breakwater is to be about two miles long, and ten feet thick at the +top, increasing in thickness toward the bottom. The rock in which the +channel must be cut at this point is partly serpentine greenstone, +partly chrome iron ore, and is intensely hard. In the section of the +Iron Gate, the work to be done consists in "canalizing" the river for +a distance of a mile and a half, by building a wall on each side, and +excavating the bed of the river between. The channel between the walls +will be two hundred and fifty feet wide. It is estimated that nearly +three million cubic feet of rock will have to be excavated here, all +of which will be used to fill in behind the embankment walls. Of +course, the greater part of the rock will be removed by means of +blasting with high explosives, but some of it is to be attacked with a +novel instrument, which was first tried, on a small scale, on the +Panama Canal, and is to be used for serious work here. This +instrument, as it is to be employed on the Danube, consists of an +enormous steel drill, thirty-three feet long, and weighing ten tons. +By means of a machine like a pile driver, this monstrous tool is +raised to a height of about fifty feet, and allowed to drop, point +first. So heavy a mass of metal, falling from a considerable height, +meets with comparatively little resistance from the water, and the +point shatters and grinds up the rock on which it strikes. Fifty or +sixty blows per minute can be struck with a tool of this kind, and ten +thousand blows in all can be inflicted before the tool is so worn as +to be past service. Several of these drills will be at work at the +same time, and to remove the fragments of rock which they break off, a +huge dredge of three hundred and fifty horse power is to be employed. +For excavating by means of explosives, arrangements have been made for +drilling the holes for the cartridges with the greatest possible +rapidity, as on this depends the celerity with which the work can be +pushed forward. Much of the work will be done by means of diamond +drills, which are mounted on boats. Five of these boats have been +provided, each with seven diamond drills, arranged so as to work +perfectly in twenty feet of water. Other boats are fitted with +pneumatic drills, which are operated by means of air, compressed to a +tension of seven hundred and fifty pounds to the square inch. The +pressure of the compressed air is transmitted by means of water to the +drills, which act by percussion, and work very rapidly. These drills +are curiously automatic in their operation. After boring the holes to +the allotted depth, the machine automatically sets in each a tube, +washes out the dust, inserts a dynamite cartridge, withdraws the tube, +and connects the wire of the electric fuse in the cartridge with the +battery wire in the boat. The cartridges are charged with a pound of +dynamite to each. In hard rock only one charge is fired at a time, but +in softer material four are fired at once. If the water over the work +is deep, the boat is not moved from its position, but in shallow water +it is towed a few yards away from the spot where the explosion is to +take place. The drill holes are about six feet deep, and are spaced at +the rate of about one to every three square feet, something, of +course, depending upon the character of the rock. The whole work is +now under contract, the mechanical engineering firm of Luther, of +Brunswick, having undertaken to complete it in five years, for a +payment of less than four million dollars. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL. + + +The gates which admit the water into the new canal which is to connect +the Baltic with the North Sea have been recently opened by the Emperor +William. This canal is being constructed by the German government +principally for the purpose of strengthening the naval resources of +Germany, by giving safer and more direct communication for the ships +of the navy to the North German ports. The depth of water will be +sufficient for the largest ships of the German navy. The canal will +also prove of very great advantage to the numerous timber and other +vessels trading between St. Petersburg, Stockholm, Dantzic, Riga, and +all the North German ports in the Baltic and this country. The passage +by the Kattegat and Skager Rack is exceedingly intricate and very +dangerous, the yearly loss of shipping being estimated at half a +million of money. In addition to the avoidance of this dangerous +course, the saving in distance will be very considerable. Thus, for +vessels trading to the Thames the saving will be 250 miles, for those +going to Lynn or Boston 220, to Hull 200, to Newcastle or Leith 100. +This means a saving of three days for a sailing vessel going to Boston +docks, the port lying in the most direct line from the timber ports of +the Baltic to all the center of England. The direction of the canal is +shown by the thick line in the accompanying sketch map of the North +Sea and Baltic. Considering that between 30,000 and 40,000 ships now +pass through the Sound annually, the advantage to the Baltic trade is +very apparent. + +[Illustration: THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL.] + +The new canal starts at Holtenau, on the north side of the Kiel Bay, +and joins the Elbe fifteen miles above the mouth. From Kiel Bay to +Rendsborg, at the junction with the Eider, the new canal follows the +Schleswig and Holstein Canal, which was made about one hundred years +ago, and is adapted for boats drawing about eight feet; thence it +follows the course of the Eider to near Willenbergen, when it leaves +that river and turns southward to join the Elbe at Brunsbuttel, about +forty miles below Hamburg. The canal is 61 miles long, 200 ft. wide at +the surface, and 85 ft. at the bottom, the depth of water being 28 ft. +The surface of the water in the two seas being level, no locks are +required; sluices or floodgates only being provided where it enters +the Eider and at its termination. The country being generally level +there are no engineering difficulties to contend with, except a boggy +portion near the Elbe; the ground to be removed is chiefly sandy loam. +Four railways cross the canal and two main roads, and these will be +carried across on swing bridges. The cost is estimated at £8,000,000. +About six thousand men are employed on the works, principally Italians +and Swiss.--_The Engineer._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE KIOTO-FU CANAL, IN JAPAN. + + +Japan is already traversed by a system of railways, and its population +is entering more and more into the footsteps of western civilization. +This movement, a consequence of the revolution of 1868, is extending +to the public works of every kind, for while the first railway lines +were being continued, there was in the course of excavation (among +other canals) a navigable canal designed to connect Lake Biwa and the +Bay of Osaka, upon which is situated Kioto, the ancient capital of +Japan. + +The work, which was begun in 1885, was finished last year, and one of +our readers has been kind enough to send us, along with some +photographs which we herewith reproduce, a description written by Mr. +S. Tanabe, engineer in chief of the work. + +The object of the Kioto-Fu Canal is not only to provide a navigable +watercourse, putting the interior of the country in connection with +the sea, but also to furnish waterfalls for supplying the water works +of the city of Kioto with the water necessary for the irrigation of +the rice plantations, and that employed for city distribution. It +starts from the southwest extremity of Lake Biwa, the largest lake in +Japan, and the area of which is 800 square kilometers. This lake, +which is situated at 84 meters above the level of the sea, is 56 +kilometers from the Bay of Osaka. As this bay is already in +communication with Kioto by a canal, the Kioto-Fu forms a junction +with the latter after a stretch of 11 kilometers and a difference of +level of 45 meters between its extremities. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--EXTREMITY OF LAKE BIWA AND BEGINNING OF THE +CANAL.] + +The lake terminates in a marshy plain (Fig. 1), in which the first +excavation was made. This is protected by longitudinal dikes which +lead back the water to it in case of freshets. At the end of this +cutting, which is 100 meters in length, begins the canal properly so +called, with a width of 5.7 meters, at the surface, and a depth of 1.5 +meters, for a length of 540 meters. It then reaches the first tunnel +for crossing the Nagara-yama chain. This tunnel is 2,500 meters in +length, 4.8 in width and 4.2 in height. The water reaches a depth of +1.8 meters upon the floor. It was pierced through very varied +materials, such as clay, schists, sandstone and porphyry, and is lined +throughout with brick masonry. The construction was effected by means +of a working shaft 45 meters in depth, sunk in the axis of the work, +at a third of its length from the west side. At the upper extremity +are established sluices that permit of securing to the canal a +constant discharge of 8.5 cubic meters per second. Fig. 2 represents +the head of this work. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--HEAD OF THE PRINCIPAL TUNNEL.] + +Starting from the tunnel, the canal extends in the open air for a +length of 4,500 meters. To reach the basin of Kioto, it traverses the +Hino-oko-yama chain of hills, through two tunnels of the same section +and construction as the one just mentioned, and of the respective +lengths of 125 and 841 meters. Traction in the tunnels is to be +effected by means of an immersed chain. + +On leaving tunnel No. 3, at about 8,400 meters from its origin, the +canal divides into two branches. The first of these, which is designed +to serve as a navigable way, has a slope 0.066 per meter for a length +of 540 meters. It is a true inclined plane, which the boats pass over +by means of a cradle carried by trucks and drawn by a cable actuated +by the fall furnished by the other branch. At the foot of the inclined +plane, the canal widens out to 18 meters at the surface, with a depth +of 1.5 meter, and, through a sluice, joins the Osaka Bay Canal, after +a stretch of 2 kilometers. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--AQUEDUCT OVER THE VALLEY OF THE TOMBS OF THE +EMPERORS.] + +The second branch traverses a small tunnel, crosses the valley of the +emperors' tombs upon an aqueduct of 14 arches (Fig. 3), and reaches +Kogawa, a faubourg north of Kioto, after a stretch of 8 kilometers. +Its slope is greater than that of the main canal, from which it +derives but 1.4 cubic meter. The 7 cubic meters remaining may be +employed for the production of motive power under a fall of 56 meters. +It is proposed to utilize a portion of it, at the point of bifurcation +and at the top of the inclined plane, in a hydraulic installation that +will drive electric machines. The total cost of the work was one +million dollars, a third of which was furnished by the imperial +treasury, a quarter by the central government, and the rest by various +taxes.--_La Nature._ + + * * * * * + + +HOW TO FIND THE CRACK.--Most mechanics know that by drilling a hole at +the inner end of a crack in cast metal its extension can be prevented. +But to find out the exact point where the crack ends, the _Revue +Industrielle_ recommends moistening the cracked surface with +petroleum, then, after wiping it, to immediately rub it with chalk. +The oil that has penetrated into the crack will, by exudation, +indicate the exact course and end of the crack. + + * * * * * + + + + +FAST AND FUGITIVE DYES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: A paper recently read before the Society of Arts, + London.] + +By Prof. J.J. HUMMEL. + + +As it is with many other arts, the origin of dyeing is shrouded in the +obscurity of the past; but no doubt it was with the desire to attract +his fellow that man first began to imitate the variety of color he saw +around him in nature, and colored his body or his dress. + +Probably the first method of ornamenting textile fabrics was to stain +them with the juices of fruits, or the flowers, leaves, stems, and +roots of plants bruised with water, and we may reasonably assume that +the primitive colors thus obtained would lack durability. + +By and by, however, it was found possible to render some of the dyes +more permanent, probably in the first instance by the application of +certain kinds of earth or mud, as we know to be practiced by the Maori +dyers of to-day, and in this way, as it appears to me, the early dyers +learnt the efficacy of what we now call "mordants," which I may +briefly describe as fixing agents for coloring matters. + +At a very remote period therefore, I imagine, the subject of fast and +fugitive dyes engaged the attention of textile colorists. + +Our European knowledge of dyeing seems to have come to us from the +East, and although at first indigenous dyestuffs were largely +employed, with the discovery of new countries many of these fell +slowly and gradually into disuse, giving way to the newly imported +dyestuffs of other lands, which possessed some advantage, being either +richer in coloring matter, yielding brighter or faster colors, or +being capable of more easy application. Thus kermes gave way to +cochineal, woad to indigo, and so on. + +Down to about the year 1856, natural dyestuffs alone, with but one or +two exceptions, were employed by dyers; but in that year a present +distinguished member of this Society, Dr. Perkin, astonished the +scientific and industrial world by his epoch-making discovery of the +coal tar color mauve. From that time down to the present, the textile +colorist has had placed before him an ever increasing number of +coloring matters derived from the same source. + +Specially worthy of notice are the discoveries of artificial alizarin, +in 1868, by Graebe and Liebermann, and of indigotin, in 1878, by Adolf +Baeyer, both coloring matters being identical with the respective dyes +obtained from plants. + +In view of the vast array of coal tar colors now at our disposal, and +their almost universal application in the decoration of all manner of +textile fabrics, threatening even the continued use of well known +dyestuffs of vegetable origin, it becomes of the greatest importance +to examine most thoroughly, and to compare the stability of both old +and new coloring matters. + +The first point in discussing this question of fast and fugitive dyes +is to define the meaning of these terms "fast" and "fugitive." +Unfortunately, as frequently employed, they have no very definite +signification. The great variety of textile fabrics to which coloring +matters are applied, the different stages of manufacture at which the +coloring matter is applied, and the many uses to which the fabrics are +ultimately put, all these are elements which cause dyed colors to be +exposed to the most varied influences. + +The term a "fast color," then, may convey a different meaning to +different individuals. To one it implies that the color will not fade +when exposed to light and atmospheric conditions; to another that it +is not impoverished by washing with soap and water; to a third it may +indicate that the color will withstand the action of certain +manufacturing operations, such as scouring, milling, stoving, etc.; +while a fourth person might be so exacting as to demand that a fast +color should resist all the varied influences I have named. + +It is well to state at once that no dyed color is absolutely fast, +even to a single influence, and it certainly cannot pass unscathed +through all the operations to which it may be necessary to submit +individual colors applied to this or that material. Many colors are +fast to washing or milling, and yet very fugitive to light; others are +fast to light, but fugitive toward milling; while others again are +fast to both influences. In short, each color has its own special, +characteristic properties, so that colors may be classified with +respect to each particular influence, and may occupy a very different +rank in the different arrangements. + +It is, however, by no means necessary to demand absolute fastness from +any color. A color may "bleed" in milling, and therefore be very +unsuitable for tweeds, and yet be most excellent for curtains and +hangings, because of its fastness to light. So, too, a dye capable of +yielding rich or delicate tints, but only moderately fast to light, +may still be perfectly well adapted for the silks and satins of the +ball room, or even the rapidly changing fashion, although it would be +quite inadmissible for the pennon at the masthead. + +The colors of carpets, curtains, and tapestry should certainly be fast +to light, but no one expects them to undergo the fatigue of the weekly +washtub; and just as little as we look for the exposure of flannels +and hosiery, day by day and week by week, to the glare of sunlight, +much as we desire that the colors shall not run in washing. + +For all practical purposes, then, it seems reasonable to define a +"fast color" as one which will not be materially affected by those +influences to which, in the natural course of things, it will be +submitted. Hence, in speaking of a fast color, it becomes necessary to +refer specially to the particular influences which it resists before +the term acquires a definite meaning. To be precise, one should say +that a color is "fast to light," or "fast to washing," or "fast to +light and washing," and so on. Further, it is necessary, as we shall +see afterward, to give always the name of the fiber to which the color +is applied. + +All that I have said with respect to the term "fast" may be applied +with equal propriety to the term "fugitive." This, too, has no very +definite meaning until a qualifying statement, such as I have referred +to, gives it precision. + +The most important question to be considered is + + +THE ACTION OF LIGHT ON DYED COLORS. + +That light can effect radical changes in many substances was known to +the ancients. Its destructive action on artists' pigments, e.g., the +blackening of vermilion, was recorded 2,000 years ago by Vitruvius. +Since that time it has been well established, by numerous observations +and experiments, that light possesses, in a high degree, the power of +exerting chemical action, i.e., causing the combination or +decomposition of a large number of substances. The union of chlorine +with hydrogen gas, the blackening of silver salts, the reduction of +bichromate of potash and of certain ferric salts in contact with +organic substances, are all familiar instances of the action of light. +In illustration of this, I show here some calico prints produced by +first preparing the calico with a solution of potassium bichromate, +then exposing the dried calico under a photographic negative, and, +after washing, dyeing with alizarin or some similar coloring matter. +During the exposure under the negative, the light has reduced and +fixed the chromium salt upon certain parts of the fiber as insoluble +chromate of chromium (Cr_{2}O_{3}CrO_{3}) in the more protected +portions, the bichromate remains unchanged, and is subsequently +removed by washing. During the dyeing process, the coloring matter +combines with the chromium fixed on the fiber, and thus develops the +colored photograph. + +The prints in Prussian blue are produced in a similar manner, the +sensitive salt with which the calico is prepared being ammonium +ferricitrate, and the developer potassium ferricyanide. + +Investigation has shown that the most chemically active rays are those +situated at the blue end of the solar spectrum; and although all the +rays absorbed by a sensitive colored body affect its change, it is +doubtless the blue rays which are the chief cause of the fading of +colors. Experiments are on record, indeed, which prove this. + +Depierre and Clouet (1878-82) exposed a series of colors, printed and +dyed on calico, to light which had passed through glasses stained red, +orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet, corresponding to definite +parts of the spectrum. They found that the blue light possessed the +greatest fading power, red light the least. + +More recently (1886-88) Abney and Russell exposed water colors under +red, green, and blue glass, and came to the same conclusion. + +But the chemical energy of the sun's rays is not the sole cause of the +fading of colors. There are certain contributory causes as important +as the light itself. + +About fifty years ago, Chevreul showed what these accessory causes +are, by exposing to light a number of dyed colors under varied +conditions, e.g., in a vacuum, in dry and moist hydrogen, dry and +moist air, water vapor, and the ordinary atmosphere. He found that +such fugitive colors as orchil, safflower, and indigo-carmine fade +very rapidly in moist air, less rapidly in dry air, and that they +experience little or no change in hydrogen or in a vacuum. The general +conclusion arrived at was, that light, when acting alone, i.e., +without the aid of air and moisture, exercises a very feeble +influence. Further, it was determined that the air and moisture, +without aid of light, have also comparatively little effect on dyed +colors. Abney and Russell, in their experiments with water colors, +obtained similar results. + +These conclusions are exactly in accordance with our common knowledge +of the old fashioned method of bleaching cotton and linen, in which +the wetted fabric is exposed to light on the grass, and frequently +sprinkled with water. If the material becomes dry through the absence +of dew or rain, or the want of sprinkling, little or no bleaching +takes place. + +The one color which Chevreul found to behave abnormally was Prussian +blue. This faded even in a vacuum; but, strange to say, on keeping the +faded color in the dark, and exposed to air, the color was restored. +It was shown that, during the exposure to light, the color lost +cyanogen, or hydrocyanic acid, while in the dark and exposed to the +air, oxygen was absorbed. Chevreul concluded, therefore, that the +fading of Prussian blue was due to a process of reduction. + +The prevailing opinion, however, is that the fading of colors is a +process of oxidation, caused by the ozone, or hydrogen peroxide, which +is probably formed in small quantity during the evaporation of the +moisture present, and both these substances are powerful bleaching +agents. + +It would be extremely convenient to have some rapid method of testing +colors for fastness to light, and I believe it is the custom with some +to apply certain chemical tests with this object in view. The results +of my own experiments in this direction lead me to the conclusion that +at present we have no sufficient substitute for sunlight for this +purpose, since I have not found any oxidizing or reducing substance +which affects dyed colors in all respects like the natural +color-fading agencies; further, I am inclined to the opinion that the +action of light varies somewhat with the different coloring matters, +according to their chemical constitution and the fiber upon which they +are applied. + +With respect to this last point, Chevreul actually found that colors +are faster to light on some fibers than on others, and this fact, +which is generally known to practical men, is abundantly shown in the +diagrams on the wall. As a rule we may say that colors are most +fugitive on cotton and most permanent on wool, those on silk holding +an intermediate position. Still there are many exceptions to this +order, especially as between silk and wool. + +Since the time of Chevreul, the action of light on dyed colors has not +been seriously and exhaustively studied. From time to time, series of +patterns dyed with our modern colors have been exposed to light, e.g., +by Depierre and Clouet, Joffre, Muller, Kallab, Schmidt, and others; +but the published results must at best be considered as more or less +fragmentary. Under the auspices of the British Association, and a +committee appointed at its last meeting in Leeds, I hope to have the +pleasure during the next few years of studying this interesting +subject. + +To-night I propose to give you some of the prominent results already +obtained in past years, in the dyeing department of the Yorkshire +College, where it has been our custom to expose to light and other +influences the patterns dyed by our students. Further, I wish to give +you an ocular demonstration of the action of light or dyed colors, by +means of these silk, wool, and cotton patterns, portions of which have +been exposed for 34 days and nights on the sea coast near Bombay, +during the month of February of this year. + +I may remark that this test has been a very trying one, for I estimate +that it is equal to more than a year's exposure in this country. +During the whole period there was cloudless sunshine, without any +rain, and each evening heavy dew. I have pleasure in acknowledging the +services of Mr. W. Reid, a former student, who superintended the +exposure of the patterns, and from time to time took notes of the rate +at which individual patterns faded. + +These diagrams contain, perhaps, the most complete series of both old +and new dyes, on the three fibers, which have been simultaneously +exposed to sunlight, and they form an instructive object lesson. + +Let me first direct your attention to the diagram containing the +_natural coloring matters_--those dyestuffs which were in use previous +to 1856. Broadly speaking, they are of two kinds; those which dye +textile materials "direct," and those which give no useful color +without the aid of certain metallic salts, called "mordants." + +Now, among the natural coloring matters, these "mordant dyes," as they +may be conveniently termed, are much more numerous than the "direct +dyes;" but be it observed, we have fast and fugitive colors in both +classes. + +Referring first to the wool patterns and to the "direct dyes," we find +that the only really fast colors are Prussian blue and Vat indigo +blue. Turmeric, orchil, catechu, and indigo carmine are all extremely +fugitive. + +As to the "mordant dyes," some yield fast colors with all the usual +mordants, e.g., madder, cochineal, lac dye, kermes, viz., reds with +tin and aluminum, claret browns with copper and chromium, and dull +violets with iron. + +Other dyestuffs, like camwood, brazilwood, and their allies, also +young fustic, give always fugitive colors whatever mordant be +employed; others again, e.g., weld, old fustic, quercitron bark, +flavin, and Persian berries, give fast colors with some mordants and +fugitive colors with others; compare, for example, the fast olives of +the chromium, copper, and iron mordants with the fugitive yellows +given by aluminum and tin. A still more striking case is presented by +logwood, which gives a fast greenish-black with copper and very +fugitive colors with aluminum and tin. Other experiments have shown +that the chromium and iron logwood blacks hold an intermediate +position. Abnormal properties are found to be exhibited by camwood and +its allies, with aluminum and tin, the colors at first becoming +darker, and only afterward fading in the normal manner. + +When we examine the silk patterns, we find, generally speaking, a +similar degree of fastness among the various natural dyes, as with +wool; in some instances the colors appear even faster, notice, for +example, the catechu brown and the colors given by brazilwood and its +allies, with iron mordant. + +On examining the cotton patterns, we are at once struck with the +marked fugitive character of nearly all the natural dyes. The +exceptions are: the madder colors, especially when fixed on +oil-prepared cotton, as in Turkey red; the black produced by logwood, +tannin, and iron; and a few mineral colors, e.g., iron buff, manganese +brown, chromate of lead orange, etc., and Prussian blue. Cochineal and +its allies, which are such excellent dyes for wool and silk, give only +fugitive colors on cotton. + +The main point which arrests our attention in connection with the +natural dyes seems to me to be the comparatively limited number of +fast colors. Very remarkable is the total absence of any really fast +yellow vegetable dye, and it is probably on this account that gold +thread was formerly so much introduced into textile fabrics. Notice +further the decided fastness of Prussian blue, especially on wool and +silk; while we cannot but remark the comparatively fugitive character +of vat indigo blue on cotton, and even on silk, compared with the +fastness of the same color when fixed on wool. + +Now, let us turn our attention to the _artificial coloring matters_, +derived with few exceptions from coal tar products. + +Here again we have two classes, "mordant dyes" and "direct dyes." Both +classes are somewhat numerous, but whereas the former may be +conveniently shown on a single diagram sheet, it requires a +considerable number to display the latter. + +First let us examine the wool patterns dyed with the "mordant dyes." + +We find there a few yellow dyes quite equal in fastness to those of +natural origin, or even somewhat surpassing them, e.g., two of the +alizarin yellows, viz., those marked R and G G W. Except in point of +fastness and mode of application, I may say that these are not true +alizarin colors, neither are they analogous to the natural yellow +dyestuffs, for they are incapable of giving dark olives with iron +mordants. Truer representatives of the natural yellow dyes appear, +however, to exist in galloflavin and the alizarin yellows marked A and +C, and, as you see, they are of about the same degree of fastness. + +Among the red dyes we have alizarin and its numerous allies, and these +are certainly fit representatives of the madder root, which indeed +they have almost entirely displaced. The most recent additions to this +important class are the various alizarin Bordeaux. The only dyes in +this group which appear somewhat behind the rest in point of fastness +are purpurin and alizarin maroon. + +On this same diagram we notice, also, fast blues and dark greens, of +which we have no similar representatives among the natural coloring +matters. I refer to alizarin blue, alizarin cyanin, alizarin indigo, +alizarin green, and coerulin. + +Further, an excellent group of coloring matters, giving fast browns +and greens with copper and iron mordants respectively, is formed by +naphthol green, resorcinol green, gambin, and dioxin. + +The only fugitive dyes of the class now under consideration are some +of the yellows, gallamin blue and gallocyanin. + +If we now turn to examine the colors given by these artificial +"mordant dyes" on silk, we notice, also, a good series of fast colors +similar to those which they give on wool; and even on cotton we see +many fast colors, of which we have no representatives among the +dyewoods. + +If we were not prepared to find so few really fast natural dyes, +surely we cannot but be surprised to find what a considerable number +of fast dyes are to be met with among the coal tar coloring matters +requiring the aid of mordants. + +On these diagrams, the first vertical column shows the stain given by +the coloring matter alone; the remaining columns show the colors +obtained when the same coloring matters are applied in conjunction +with the several mordants--chromium, aluminum, tin, copper, and iron. + +It was formerly held that the office of a mordant was merely to fix +the coloring matter upon the fiber; we now know, however, and it is +plainly illustrated by these diagrams, that this view is erroneous, +for the mordant not only fixes but also develops the color; the +mordant and coloring matter chemically combine with each other, and +the resultant compound represents the really useful pigment or dye. If +a coloring matter is combined with different mordants, the dyes thus +obtained represent distinct chemical products, and it is quite +natural, therefore, to find them differing from each other in color, +and their resistance toward light. + +Knowing this, it is clearly the duty of the dyer to apply each +coloring matter of this class with a variety of mordants, and to +select the particular combination which gives him the desired color +and fastness. By adopting this method, however, his selection would +ultimately comprise a large number of coloring matters paired with a +great variety of mordants. In order, therefore, to avoid the intricacy +involved in the use of several mordants, and to simplify the process +of dyeing, especially when dyeing compound shades, the dyer prefers to +limit himself as far as possible to the use of a single mordant, and +to employ along with it a mixture of several coloring matters. + +Now the woolen dyer has largely adopted an excellent mordant in +bichromate of potash; it is cheap, easily applied, and not perceptibly +injurious to the fiber. It is his desire, therefore, to have a good +range of red, yellow, blue, and other coloring matters, all giving +fast dyes with this mordant. This action and desire on the part of the +dyer has more and more placed the problem of producing fast colors +upon the shoulders of the color manufacturer or chemist, and right +well has the demand been met, for in the diagram on the wall we see +how, in the alizarin colors and their allies, he has already furnished +the dyer with a goodly number of dyestuffs yielding fast dyes with +this chosen mordant of the woolen dyer. Since, however, they yield +fast colors with other useful mordants, and upon other fibers than +wool, these alizarin colors prove of the greatest value to the dyer of +textile fabrics generally. Let us not forget the fact, then, that it +is among the "mordant dyes," the very class to which belong most of +the natural coloring matters, that we find our fastest coal tar dyes. + +When we examine the results of actual exposure experiments, such as +are here shown on these four diagram sheets, surely we have no +hesitation in declaring how utterly false is the popular opinion that +all coal tar colors are fugitive to light, while the good +old-fashioned natural dyes are all fast. The very opposite indeed is +here shown to be the case. For myself, I feel persuaded that at the +present time the dyer has at his command a greater number of fast dyes +derived from coal tar than from any other source, and I believe it +possible to produce with dyes obtained from this source alone, if need +be, tapestries, rugs, carpets, and other textile fabrics which shall +vie successfully in point of color and duration of color with the best +productions of the East, either of this or any other age. + +How, then, does it happen that these coal tar colors have been so long +and so seriously maligned by the general public? Apart from the fact +that public opinion has been based upon an imperfect knowledge of the +subject, we shall find a further explanation when we examine the +diagrams showing the "direct dyes" obtained from coal tar. According +to their mode of application I have here arranged them in three large +groups, viz., basic, acid, and Congo colors. A fourth group, +comprising comparatively few, is made up of those colors which are +directly produced upon the fiber itself. + +The "basic colors" have a well known type in magenta. They are usually +applied to wool and silk in a neutral or slightly alkaline bath; on +cotton they are fixed by means of tannate of antimony or tin. The +"acid colors" are only suitable for wool and silk, to which they are +applied in an acid bath. A typical representative of this group is +furnished by any one of the ordinary azo scarlets which in recent +years have come into prominence as competitors of cochineal. The +"Congo colors" are comparatively new, and are conveniently so named +from the first coloring matter of the group which was discovered, +viz., Congo red. They are applicable to wool, silk, and cotton, +usually in a neutral or slightly alkaline bath. Of the dyes produced +directly upon the fiber itself, one may take aniline black and also +primulin as a type, the latter a dye somewhat recently introduced by +Mr. A.G. Green, of this city. + +Our first impression, in looking at these "direct dyes," is that they +are more numerous and more brilliant than the "mordant dyes," and that +they are for the most part fugitive. Still, if we examine the +different series in detail, we shall find here and there, on the +different fibers, colors quite equal in fastness to any of the +"mordant dyes." + +Among the "basic colors" we search in vain, however, for a really fast +dye on any fiber. Still, Magdala red, perhaps, appears faster than the +rest on silk, and among the greens and blues we find a few dull blues +on cotton, which, for this fiber, have been recommended as substitutes +for indigo, viz., Indophenin, paraphenylene, blue, cinerein, Meldola's +blue, etc. The azine greens, also, appear tolerably fast on cotton and +on silk, but although possessing some body of color, after exposure, +the original dark green has changed to a decided drab. + +When we examine the "acid colors," however, we meet with a number of +scarlets, crimsons, and clarets, possessing considerable fastness both +on wool and on silk. Some, indeed, appear almost, if not entirely, as +fast as cochineal scarlet, e.g., Biebriech scarlet, brilliant crocein, +etc. + +Among the "acid oranges and yellows," we also find a goodly number +which are of medium fastness. About ten, either on wool or on silk, +may even be accounted really fast, and are fit, apparently, to rank +with alizarin colors. Note, for example, on wool: Crocein orange, +aurantia, orange crystal, tartrazin, milling yellow, palatine orange; +on silk, acid yellow D, brilliant yellow, azo acid yellow, metanil +yellow, curcumin S, etc. I may remark that these are some of the +fastest yellows on wool and silk with which we are acquainted. It is +interesting to note the decided fugitive character, on silk, of +tartrazin, aurantia, orange crystal, etc., compared with their great +fastness on wool. Observe, also, how, on wool, the pale lemon yellow +of picric acid has changed to a full reddish brown. + +Among the "acid greens and blues," all the colors are fugitive, both +on wool and on silk. Patent blue appears slightly better than the +rest. Of the "acid blacks and violets," a few colors are of medium +fastness, both on wool and silk, e.g., naphthol black, naphthylamine, +black, resorcinol brown, fast brown, etc. + +When we examine the Congo colors, amid a number of very fugitive +colors, we find a few which are satisfactorily fast. Among the reds, +for example, diamine fast red is quite remarkable for its fastness, +both on wool and silk, and may certainly rank with alizarin; but on +cotton, it is quite as fugitive as the rest. Of medium fastness on +wool are brilliant Congo G and R, Congo G R; and on silk, diamine +scarlet B, deltapurpurin 5 B, and brilliant Congo R. + +Among the "Congo oranges and yellows," we find some of the fastest on +cotton of this class of colors. Still they deserve only the rank of +medium fastness. They are Mikado orange 4 R, R, G. Hessian yellow, +curcumin S, chrysophenin. On wool, we have about half a dozen of +medium fastness, viz., benzo-orange, Congo orange R, chrysophenin G, +chrysamin R, brilliant yellow. On silk, however, we find in this group +about a dozen of the fastest oranges and yellows with which we are +acquainted for this fiber, viz., Congo orange R, chrysophenin G, +diamine yellow N, brilliant yellow, curcumin W, benzo orange, Hessian +yellow, chrysamin R and G, cresotin yellow R and G, cotton yellow G, +and carbazol yellow. + +Does it not appear somewhat remarkable that we should find among this +generally fugitive group of coloring matters colors which are so +eminently fast on silk, and which we entirely fail to meet with among +those groups which usually furnish our fast colors, e.g., the alizarin +group? + +Passing on to the "Congo violets, blues, and purples," we find few +colors worthy of particular notice for fastness. Diamine violet N +appears, perhaps, of medium fastness on wool and silk, while +sulphonazurin, benzo-black blue, and direct gray may claim the same +distinction on silk. + +In the small group of colors which are produced directly upon the +fiber, none seems to call for special notice, except aniline black, +which, notwithstanding its direct derivation from aniline, is probably +the fastest color we have upon any fiber. + +Now, in classifying the whole range of coal tar coloring matters into +"mordant dyes" and "direct dyes," and the latter into acid, basic, +Congo colors, etc., I have looked at them from the point of view of +the dyer and arranged them according to color and mode of application. +The chemist, however, classifies them quite differently, viz., +according to their chemical constitution, i.e., the arrangement of the +atoms of which they are composed, and thus we have nitro colors, +phthaleins, azines, and so on. + +In studying the action of light on the coal tar colors from this point +of view, we find that whereas the members of some groups are for the +most part fugitive, the members of other groups are nearly all fast, +and it becomes at once apparent that the chemical constitution of a +coloring matter exercises a profound influence upon its behavior +toward light. Members of the rosaniline group are all similarly +fugitive, while those of the alizarin group possess generally the +quality of fastness. Particularly fugitive are the eosins, and yet +some of these, by a slight modification of constitution, e.g., the +introduction of an ethyl group, as in ethyl-eosin, are rendered +distinctly faster. + +In the azo group some colors are fugitive, others are moderately fast, +and it is generally recognized that certain classes of the tetrazo +compounds are distinctly faster than the ordinary diazo colors. + +By a careful study of the influence of the atomic arrangement upon the +stability of colors, information useful to the color manufacturer may +possibly be gained, but at present my facts are not yet sufficiently +tabulated to enable one to recognize any generally pervading law in +this direction. + +It is scarcely necessary to say that the fastness to light of a color +is independent of its commercial value, this being mainly determined +by the price of the raw material from which it is manufactured, the +working expenses, and the profit desired by the manufacturer. Neither +must we suppose that facility of application necessarily interferes +with its fastness to light, for some of our fastest coal tar colors on +wool, e.g., diamine fast red, tartrazin, etc., are applied in the +simplest possible manner. On the other hand, the intensity or depth of +a color has considerable influence on its fastness. Dark full shades +invariably appear faster than pale ones produced from the same +coloring matter, simply because of the larger body of pigment present. +A pale shade of even a very fast color like indigo will fade with +comparative rapidity. The fugitive character of many of the coal tar +colors is, in my opinion, rendered more marked, because, owing to +their intense coloring power, there is often such an infinitesimal +amount of coloring matter on the dyed fiber. Hence it is that in the +Gobelin tapestries pale shades on wool are frequently obtained by the +use of more or less unchangeable metallic oxides and other mineral +colors, to the exclusion of even fast vegetable dyes. + +It is interesting to examine what is the action of light upon compound +colors. Is a fugitive color rendered faster by being applied along +with a fast color? + +My own opinion, based upon general observation, is that it is not, and +that when light acts upon a compound color the unstable color fades, +while the stable color remains behind. A woaded color, for example, is +only fast in respect of the vat indigo which it contains, and yet how +frequent is the custom to unite with the indigo such dyes as barwood, +orchil, and indigo-carmine, the fugitive character of which I have +pointed out. + +Having thus rapidly surveyed these numerous coal tar colors, both in +their dyed and exposed conditions, I again ask why are they so +generally regarded as altogether fugitive? + +First, because we have, especially among these "direct dyes," a very +large number which are undoubtedly very fugitive. + +Moreover, all the earlier coal tar dyes--mauve, magenta, Nicholson +blue, etc., belonged to a class which, even up to the present time, +has only furnished us with fugitive colors. They were indeed prepared +from aniline, and it appears to me that the defects of these early +aniline colors, as well as their designation, have been handed down to +their successors without due discrimination, so that in the popular +mind the term "aniline color" has become, as a matter of habit, +synonymous with "fugitive color." But science is progressive, fields +of investigation other than aniline have been opened up, so that now, +although a large number of fugitive dyes are still manufactured from +coal tar, there are others, as we have seen, which are as fast and +permanent as we have ever had from natural sources. + +Finally, and perhaps this is the most important cause of all, many of +the fugitive coal tar colors are gifted, I will not say with fatal +beauty, but with a facility of application, and such comparative +cheapness in consequence of their intense coloring power, that the +dyer, tempted by competition, applies them not unfrequently to +materials for which, because of their ultimate uses, they are +altogether unsuited; and so it comes about that we find the most +fugitive colors applied indiscriminately and without due discretion. + +As we look upon these multitudinous colors, one other thought cannot +fail to cross our minds. Is there not surely an overproduction of +these fugitive coal tar colors? Is not the dyer bewildered with an +_embarras de richesses_, so that he knows not where to choose? + +There is indeed much truth in this. With rare skill and ingenuity an +army of chemists is busy elaborating these wonderful dyes; but in such +quick succession are they introduced into the dye house that the busy +dyer has no time sufficiently to prove them, and it is not surprising +therefore that he is liable to commit errors in their application. + +But if there is an over-production of fugitive colors, there is also +at work, as in the organic world around us, the counteracting +influence of the law of the survival of the fittest. Sooner or later, +the fugitive colors must give way to those which are more permanent, +and already the number of coal tar colors which have been discarded, +for one reason or another, is considerable. + +Not unfrequently one is asked the question, Is there no method whereby +these fugitive colors can be made fast? Knowing the efficacy of +mordants with certain coloring matters, is there no mordant which we +can generally apply with this desirable object in view? The discovery +of such a universal mordant I believe to be somewhat chimerical, and +yet, curiously enough, a number of experiments have been recorded in +recent years, which almost seem to point in the direction of selecting +for such a purpose ordinary sulphate of copper. + +Some of these diagrams before you this evening show clearly the +fastness to light generally of the lakes formed with copper mordant. +This peculiarity of the copper compounds has not escaped the notice of +other observers. Dr. Schunck, for example, during the progress of his +research on chlorophyl, noticed the very permanent green dye which +this otherwise fugitive coloring matter gives in combination with +copper. + +Then there is the assertion of practical dyers, that the use of copper +sulphate in dyeing catechu brown on cotton assists materially in +rendering this color fast to light. + +The use of copper mordant with phenolic coloring matters is perfectly +natural. Some time ago, however, it was successfully applied, for the +purpose of rendering more permanent, to certain of the Congo colors on +cotton, e.g., benzo-azurine, etc., in the application of which, +metallic salts had not hitherto been deemed necessary. + +Noelting and Herzberg have also observed that the fastness to light, +even of basic colors, e.g., magenta, methyl violet, malachite green, +etc., is increased by a subsequent treatment of the dyed fabric with +copper sulphate solution, although in many cases the color is much +soiled thereby. + +Still more recently, A. Scheurer records that by impregnating or +padding certain dyed fabrics with an ammoniacal solution of copper +sulphate, the colors gain considerably in fastness to light. As the +result of his experiments Scheurer concludes that this protective +influence of copper on dyed colors is a general fact, apparently +applicable to all colors; that it is not necessarily due to its action +as a lake-forming substance, since intimate union between the coloring +matter and the copper salt is not necessary. He seems rather inclined +to ascribe its efficacy to the light being deprived of its active rays +during its passage through the oxide of copper. + +Knowing, however, the strong reducing action of light in many cases, +and with the absence of positive knowledge concerning the cause of the +fading of colors, it seems to me that the beneficial influence of the +copper may just as probably be due to its well known oxidizing power, +which counteracts the reducing action of the light. + +It is interesting to note, in connection with Scheurer's view, that, +many years ago, Gladstone and Wilson (1860) proposed to impregnate +colored materials with some colorless fluorescent substance, e.g., +sulphate of quinine, evidently with the idea of filtering off the +active ultra-violet rays. How far some such method as this might prove +successful I cannot say, but since we cannot keep our dyed textile +materials in a vacuum, as Chevreul did, nor is it desirable to +impregnate them with mastic varnish for the purpose of excluding air +and moisture, as Mr. Laurie proposes, in order to preserve the colors +of oil paintings, it is perhaps well to bear in mind the principle +here alluded to as a possible solution of the difficulty. + +I have dwelt rather long on this important question of the action of +light on dyed colors, but I have done so because I thought it would +most interest you. With the remaining portions of my subject I must be +more brief. + +(_To be continued._) + + * * * * * + + +To introduce free fat acids from an oil, it must be decomposed. This +may be done by the use of lead oxide and water or by analogous +processes. To clarify an oil, expose to the sun in leaden trays. Often +washing with water will answer the purpose. + + * * * * * + + + + +COMPOSITION OF WHEAT GRAIN AND ITS PRODUCTS IN THE MILL. + + +Probably the most striking difference in the average mineral +composition of the grain of wheat is the very much lower proportion of +phosphoric acid, and of magnesia also, in the dry substance of the +best matured grain; and it is now known that these characteristics +point to a less proportion of bran to flour, or, in other words, of a +greater accumulation of starch in the process of ripening, and +consequently of a whiter and better quality of bakers' flour. The +study of the chemical composition of wheat and its products in the +mill, therefore, and of the amount of fertilizing matters (nitrogen, +phosphoric acid and potash) removed from the soil by the crop, becomes +of direct interest not only to the producer from whose soil these +ingredients are removed, but to the consumer of the byproducts as +well, who desires to know what proportion of these elements of +fertility he is returning to his own soil in the different products he +may use as animal food. It is desirable also to determine what is the +average composition of wheats and the flour made from them, in order +to see in what direction efforts should be turned, by the selection of +seed wheats, to improve the present varieties for the production of +the best quality of flour. This can only be done after we determine +what variation there is for different years due to climatic influences +and variations of soil, for it has been shown in our former papers +that environment very largely influences the quality of wheat grain, +and also of the flour. When these have been determined, than we may +hope to be able to determine which factors under our control enter in +to permanently improve the better flour-producing quality of wheats. + +A mixture, in equal proportions, was made of Clawson, Mediterranean, +and early amber wheats, and submitted to the mill, using the Hungarian +roller process. From this mixture for each one bushel of the grain of +60 lb. weight was furnished the following proportion of products: + + Lb. per + Bushel. Per cent. + Flour. 44 73.3 + Middlings. 4 6.7 + Shipstuff. 2 3.3 + Bran. 10 16.7 + -- ----- + Total. 60 100.0 + + +These data furnish us a means of estimating the amount of the +different ingredients removed in the various products in one bushel of +wheat with the foregoing component parts. + + +FLOUR. + +The analysis of the flour shows us that the 44 lb. obtained from the +one bushel of grain would contain the following ingredients: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 5.834 + Ash. 0.167 + Albuminoids. 4.620 + Woody fiber. 0.532 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 33.391 + Fat. 0.453 + + +WHEAT MIDDLINGS. + +The middlings form the inner coating of the wheat grain, next the +floury or starchy portion, and contain particles of the germ and a +larger percentage of carbohydrates than either shipstuff or bran, and +a less proportion of fiber, while the percentage of albuminoids +usually stands between that of shipstuff and bran. The following data +are obtained from the 4 lb. procured from a bushel of wheat: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 0.562 + Ash. 0.138 + Albuminoids. 0.657 + Woody fiber. 0.142 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 2.307 + Fat. 0.193 + + +SHIPSTUFF. + +That part separated and known as shipstuff is a very thin layer next +outside of the middlings, and contains the germ not found in the +middlings or left as a part of the flour. The quantity produced, 2 lb. +from a bushel of wheat, is very small and rarely kept separate from +the bran. The following shows the analysis: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 0.282 + Ash. 0.101 + Albuminoids. 0.349 + Woody fiber. 0.160 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 1.088 + Fat. 0.099 + + +BRAN. + +Bran, the outer coating of the wheat, contains twice or three times as +much fiber as does either of the other products from wheat, and +proportionately less of each of the other ingredients except ash, +which is greater, perhaps partly due to foreign matter adhering to the +kernel. The following analysis shows the amount of constituents +removed by the bran (10 lb.) from one bushel of wheat: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 1.459 + Ash. 0.506 + Albuminoids. 1.416 + Woody fiber. 1.000 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 5.277 + Ash. 0.342 + +From the foregoing milling products obtained from one bushel of wheat +of 60 lb. in weight, the ash on analysis gave the following +constituents, which shows the amount that was abstracted from the soil +by its growth: + + _____________________________________________________ + | + CONSTITUENTS FROM ONE BUSHEL OF WHEAT. | + _____________________________________________________| + | | | | | + |Nitrogen.|Phosphoric| Potash. | Lime. | + | | Acid. | | | + | | | | | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + | | | | | + Flour. | 0.739 | 0.092 | 0.054 | 0.013 | + Middlings. | 0.105 | 0.064 | 0.024 | 0.002 | + Shipstuff. | 0.056 | 0.044 | 0.021 | 0.003 | + Bran. | 0.228 | 0.251 | 0.083 | 0.012 | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + Totals. | 1.118 | 0.454 | 0.182 | 0.030 | + ____________|_________|__________|_________|_________| + + +Or we may express the results in another form, the amount contained in +one ton of straw, and the products of 30 bushels of wheat, which may +be reckoned as an average crop, expressing the amounts in pounds as +follows: + + + AMOUNTS OF SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN THIRTY + BUSHELS OF WHEAT AND ITS PROPORTION OF + STRAW. + _____________________________________________________ + | | | | | + |Nitrogen.|Phosphoric| Potash. | Lime. | + | | Acid. | | | + | | | | | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + | | | | | + Straw. | 11.20 | 2.67 | 13.76 | 6.20 | + Flour. | 22.17 | 2.76 | 1.62 | 0.39 | + Middlings. | 3.15 | 2.01 | 0.72 | 0.06 | + Shipstuff. | 1.68 | 1.32 | 0.63 | 0.09 | + Bran. | 6.84 | 7.53 | 2.49 | 0.36 | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + Totals. | 45.04 | 16.29 | 19.22 | 7.10 | + ____________|_________|__________|_________|_________| + + +From numerous investigations it has been found that in regard to the +nitrogen and the ash constituents, there is striking evidence of the +much greater influence of season than of manuring on the composition +of a ripened wheat plant, and especially of its final product--the +seed. Further, under equal circumstances the mineral composition of +the wheat grain, excepting in cases of very abnormal exhaustion, is +very little affected by different conditions as to manuring, provided +only that the grain is well and normally ripened. Again, it is found +that the composition may vary very greatly with variations of season, +that is, with variations in the conditions of seed formation and +maturation, upon which the organic composition of the grain depends. +In other words, differences in the mineral composition of the ripened +grain are associated with differences in its organic composition, and +hence the great value of proper selection both for seed and for +milling purposes. + + +AMERICAN WHEATS. + +In a comprehensive treatise on the composition of American wheats, Mr. +Clifford Richardson says we cannot attribute the poverty of American +wheats in nitrogen as a whole to an enhanced starch formation, and for +the following reasons: An enhanced formation of starch, there being no +poverty of nitrogen in the soil, increases the weight of the grain and +diminishes the relative percentage of nitrogen. Were this the cause of +the relatively low percentage of nitrogen in the American wheats, the +grain from the Eastern States, which are poorest in this respect, +would be heavier than those from the middle West, which are richer in +albuminoids; but this is not the case. Formation of starch is +attributed by Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert to the higher ripening +temperature in America, but Clifford Richardson has found that there +is scarcely any difference in composition or weight between wheats +from Canada and Alabama, and if anything those from Canada contain +more starch than those from the South, and the spring wheat from +Manitoba with its colder climate more than those from Dakota and +Minnesota, with its milder temperature. In Oregon is found a striking +example of the formation of starch and increase in the size of the +grain, at the relative expense of the nitrogen, due to climate, but +not to high ripening temperature. The average weight per hundred +grains of wheat from this State has been found to be 5.044 grains, and +the relative percentage of nitrogen 1.37, equivalent to 8.60 per cent. +of albuminoids. These are the extremes for America, and are due, as +has been said, to the enhanced formation of starch. This, however, is +said to be not owing to high ripening temperature, because most of the +specimens examined were grown west of the Cascade Range, which has an +extremely moist climate and a summer heat not exceeding 82 deg. F. for +any daily mean. The climate in another way, however, is, of course, +the cause, by producing luxuriant growth, as illustrated by all the +vegetation of the country. Numerous other analyses form illustrations +of the important effect of surroundings and season upon the storing up +of starch by the plant, and consequent relative changes in the +composition of the grain. + +As a whole, the poverty of American wheats in nitrogen, decreasing +toward the less exhausted lands of the West, seems to be due more to +influences of soil than of climate, while locally the influence of +season is found to be greater than that of manure, confirming the +conclusions of Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert. Also from the analyses of the +ash of different parts of the grain, as from the analyses of roller +milling products, we learn that a large percentage of ash +constituents, other things being equal, is indicative of large +proportion of bran, and consequently of a low percentage of +flour.--_The Miller._ + + * * * * * + + + + +PRECIOUS AND ORNAMENTAL STONES AND DIAMOND CUTTING.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Abstract from Census Bulletin No. 49, April, 1891.] + +By GEORGE FREDERICK KUNZ. + + +The statistics of this report are divided into two sections: First, +the discoveries and finds of precious stones in the United States and +the mineral specimens sold for museums and private collections or for +bric-a-brac purposes; second, the diamond cutting industry. + + +DISCOVERIES OF PRECIOUS STONES. + +Up to the present time there has been very little mining for precious +or semi-precious stones in the United States, and then only at +irregular periods. It has been carried on during the past few years at +Paris, Maine; near Los Cerrillos, New Mexico; in Alexander County, +North Carolina, from 1881 until 1888; and on the Missouri River near +Helena, Montana, since the beginning of 1890. True beryls and garnets +have been frequently found as a by-product in the mining of mica, +especially in Virginia and North Carolina. Some gems, such as the +chlorastrolite, thomsonite, and agates of Lake Superior, are gathered +on beaches, where they have fallen from rock which has gradually +disintegrated by weathering and wave action. + +_Diamond._--A very limited number of diamonds have been found in the +United States. They are met with in well-defined districts of +California, North Carolina, Georgia, and recently in Wisconsin, but up +to the present time the discoveries have been rare and purely +accidental. + +_Sapphire._--Of the corundum gems (sapphire, ruby, and other colored +varieties), no sapphires of fine blue color and no rubies of fine red +color have been found. The only locality which has been at all +prolific is the placer ground between Ruby and Eldorado bars, on the +Missouri River, sixteen miles east of Helena, Montana. Here sapphires +are found in glacial auriferous gravels while sluicing for gold, and +until now have been considered only a by-product. Up to the present +time they have never been systematically mined. In 1889 one company +took the option on four thousand acres of the river banks, and several +smaller companies have since been formed with a view of mining for +these gems alone or in connection with gold. The colors of the gems +obtained, although beautiful and interesting, are not the standard +blue or red shades generally demanded by the public. + +At Corundum Hill, Macon County, North Carolina, about one hundred gems +have been found during the last twenty years, some of good blue color +and some of good red color, but none exceeding $100 in value, and none +within the past ten years. + +_Beryl Gems._--Of the beryl gems (emerald, aquamarine, and yellow +beryl) the emerald has been mined to some extent at Stony Point in +Alexander County, North Carolina, and has also been obtained at two +other places in the county. Nearly everything found has come from the +Emerald and Hiddenite mines, where during the past decade emeralds +have been mined and cut into gems to the value of $1,000, and also +sold as mineralogical specimens to the value of $3,000; lithia +emerald, or hiddenite, to be cut into gems, $8,500, and for +mineralogical specimens, $1,500; rutile, cut and sold as gems, $150, +and as specimens, $50; and beryl, cut and sold as gems, $50. + +At an altitude of 14,000 feet, on Mount Antero, Colorado, during the +last three years, material has been found which has afforded $1,000 +worth of cut beryls. At Stoneham, Maine, about $1,500 worth of fine +aquamarine has been found, which was cut into gems. + +At New Milford, Connecticut, a property was extensively worked from +October, 1885, to May, 1886, for mica and beryl. The beryls were +yellow, green, blue, and white in color, the former being sold under +the name of "golden beryl." No work has been done at the mine since +then. In 1886 and 1887 there were about four thousand stones cut and +sold for some $15,000, the cutting of which cost about $3,000. + +_Turquoise._--This mineral, which was worked by the Aztecs before the +advent of the Spaniards, and since then by the Pueblo Indians, and +largely used by them for ornament and as an article of exchange, is +now systematically mined near Los Cerrillos, New Mexico. Its color is +blue, and its hardness is fully equal to that of the Persian, or +slightly greater, owing to impurities, but it lacks the softness of +color belonging to the Persian turquoise. + +From time immemorial this material has been rudely mined by the +Indians. Their method is to pour cold water on the rocks after +previously heating them by fires built against them. This process +generally deteriorates the color of the stone to some extent, tending +to change it to a green. The Indians barter turquoise with the Navajo, +Apache, Zuni, San Felipe, and other New Mexican tribes for their +baskets, blankets, silver ornaments, and ponies. + +_Garnet and Olivine (Peridot)._--The finest garnets and nearly all the +peridots found in the United States are obtained in the Navajo Nation, +in the northwestern part of New Mexico and the northeastern part of +Arizona, where they are collected from ant hills and scorpion nests by +Indians and by the soldiers stationed at adjacent forts. Generally +these gems are traded for stores to the Indians at Gallup, Fort +Defiance, Fort Wingate, etc., who in turn send them to large cities in +the East in parcels weighing from half an ounce to thirty or forty +pounds each. These garnets, which are locally known as Arizona and New +Mexico rubies, are the finest in the world, rivaling those from the +Cape of Good Hope. Fine gems weighing from two to three carats each +and upward when cut are not uncommon. The peridots found associated +with garnets are generally four or five times as large, and from their +pitted and irregular appearance have been called "Job's tears." They +can be cut into gems weighing three to four carats each, but do not +approach those from the Levant either in size or color. + +_Gold Quartz._--Since the discovery of gold in California, compact +gold quartz has been extensively used in the manufacture of jewelry, +at one time to the amount of $100,000 per annum. At present, however, +the demand has so much decreased that only from five to ten thousand +dollars' worth is annually used for this purpose. + +In addition to the minerals used for cabinet specimens, etc., there is +a great demand for making clocks, inkstands, and other objects. + +_Quartz._--During the year 1887 about half a ton of rock crystal, in +pieces weighing from a few pounds up to one hundred pounds each, was +found in decomposing granite in Chestnut Hill township, Ashe County, +North Carolina. One mass of twenty and one-half pounds was absolutely +pellucid, and more or less of the material was used for art purposes. +This lot of crystal was valued at $1,000. + +In Arkansas, especially in Garland and Montgomery Counties, rock +crystals are found lining cavities of variable size, and in one +instance thirty tons of crystals were found in a single cavity. These +crystals are mined by the farmers in their spare time and sold in the +streets of Hot Springs, their value amounting to some $10,000 +annually. Several thousand dollars' worth are cut from quartz into +charms and faceted stones, although ten times that amount of paste or +imitation diamonds are sold as Arkansas crystals. + +Rose quartz is found in the granitic veins of Oxford County, Maine, +and in 1887, 1888, and 1889 probably $500 worth of this material was +procured and worked into small spheres, dishes, charms, and other +ornamental objects. + +The well-known agatized and jasperized wood of Arizona is so much +richer in color than that obtained from any other known locality that, +since the problem of cutting and polishing the large sections used for +table tops and other ornamental purposes was solved, fully $50,000 +worth of the rough material has been gathered and over $100,000 worth +of it has been cut and polished. This wood, which was a very prominent +feature at the Paris Exposition, promises to become one of our richest +ornamental materials. + +Chlorastrolite in pebbles is principally found on the inside and +outside shores of Rock Harbor, a harbor about eight miles in length on +the east end of Isle Royale, Lake Superior, where they occur from the +size of a pin head to, rarely, the size of a pigeon's egg. When larger +than a pea they frequently are very poor in form or are hollow in +fact, and unfit for cutting into gems. They are collected in a +desultory manner, and are sold by jewelers of Duluth, Petoskey, and +other cities, principally to visitors. The annual sale ranges from +$200 to $1,000. + +Thomsonite in pebbles occurs with the chlorastrolite at Isle Royal, +but finer stones are found on the beach at Grand Marais, Cook County, +Minnesota. Like the chlorastrolites, they result from the weathering +of the amygdaloid rock, in which they occur as small nodules, and in +the same manner are sold by jewelers in the cities bordering on Lake +Superior to the extent of $200 to $1,000 worth annually. + + +THE DIAMOND CUTTING INDUSTRY. + +In New York there are sixteen firms engaged in cutting and recutting +diamonds, and in Massachusetts there are three. Cutting has also been +carried on at times in Pennsylvania and Illinois, but has been +discontinued. The firms that were fully employed were generally the +larger ones, whose business consisted chiefly in repairing chipped or +imperfectly cut stones or in recutting stones previously cut abroad, +which, owing to the superior workmanship in command here, could be +recut at a profit, or in recutting very valuable diamonds when it was +desired, with the certainty that the work could be done under their +own supervision, thus guarding against any possible loss by exchange +for inferior stones. + +The industry employed 236 persons, of whom 69 were under age, who +received $148,114 in wages. Of the 19 establishments, 16 used steam +power. The power is usually rented. Foot power is only used in one +establishment. Three of the firms are engaged in shaping black +diamonds for mechanical purposes, for glass cutters and engravers, or +in the manufacture of watch jewels. + +The diamonds used in this industry are all imported, for, as already +stated, diamonds are only occasionally found in the United States. + +The importation of rough and uncut diamonds in 1880 amounted to +$129,207, in 1889 to $250,187, and the total for the decade was +$3,133,529, while in 1883 there were imported $443,996 worth, showing +that there was 94 per cent. more cutting done in 1889 than 1880, but +markedly more in 1882 and 1883. This large increase of importation is +due to the fact that in the years 1882 to 1885 a number of our +jewelers opened diamond cutting establishments, but the cutting has +not been profitably carried on in this country on a scale large enough +to justify branch houses in London, the great market for rough +diamonds, where advantage can be taken of every fluctuation in the +market and large parcels purchased, which can be cut immediately and +converted into cash; for nothing is bought and sold on a closer margin +than rough diamonds. + +There has been a remarkable increase in the importation of precious +stones in this country in the last ten years. The imports from 1870 to +1879, inclusive, amounted to $26,698,203, whereas from 1880 to 1889, +inclusive, the imports amounted to $87,198,114, more than three times +as much as were imported the previous decade. + + * * * * * + + + + +SOME EXPERIMENTS ON THE ELECTRIC DISCHARGE IN VACUUM TUBES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: From a recent communication made to the Physical + Society, London.] + +By Prof. J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S. + + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--Coil of Glass Tube for Vacuum Discharge +Experiments. The primary coils are filled with mercury, the secondary +coils form continuous closed circuits.] + +The phenomena of vacuum discharges were, he said, greatly simplified +when their path was wholly gaseous, the complication of the dark space +surrounding the negative electrode and the stratifications so commonly +observed in ordinary vacuum tubes being absent. To produce discharges +in tubes devoid of electrodes was, however, not easy to accomplish, +for the only available means of producing an electromotive force in +the discharge circuit was by electromagnetic induction. Ordinary +methods of producing variable induction were valueless, and recourse +was had to the oscillatory discharge of a Leyden jar, which combines +the two essentials of a current whose maximum value is enormous, and +whose rapidity of alternation is immensely great. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Spiral +Consisting of a Coiled Glass Tube Containing Mercury.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Coils, +Inclosed in Bell Jar.] + +The discharge circuits, which may take the shape of bulbs, or of tubes +bent in the form of coils, were placed in close proximity to glass +tubes filled with mercury, which formed the path of the oscillatory +discharge. The parts thus corresponded to the windings of an induction +coil, the vacuum tubes being the secondary and the tubes filled with +the mercury the primary. In such an apparatus the Leyden jar need not +be large, and neither primary nor secondary need have many turns, for +this would increase the self-induction of the former and lengthen the +discharge path in the latter. Increasing self-induction of the primary +reduces the E.M.F. induced in the secondary, while lengthening the +secondary does not increase the E.M.F. per unit length. Two or three +turns (Fig. 1) in each were found to be quite sufficient, and on +discharging the Leyden jar between two highly polished knobs in the +primary circuit, a plain uniform band of light was seen to pass round +the secondary. An exhausted bulb (Fig. 2) containing traces of oxygen +was placed within a primary spiral of three turns, and, on passing the +jar discharge, a circle of light was seen within the bulb in close +proximity to the primary circuit, accompanied by a purplish glow, +which lasted for a second or more. On heating the bulb the duration of +the glow was greatly diminished, and it could be instantly +extinguished by the presence of an electromagnet. Another exhausted +bulb (Fig. 3), surrounded by a primary spiral, was contained in a bell +jar, and when the pressure of air in the jar was about that of the +atmosphere the secondary discharge occurred in the bulb, as is +ordinarily the case. On exhausting the jar, however, the luminous +discharge grew fainter, and a point was reached at which no secondary +discharge was visible. Further exhaustion of the jar caused the +secondary discharge to appear outside the bulb. The fact of obtaining +no luminous discharge either in the bulb or jar the author could only +explain on two suppositions, viz., that under the conditions then +existing the specific inductive capacity of the gas was very great, or +that a discharge could pass without being luminous. The author had +also observed that the conductivity of a vacuum tube without +electrodes increased as the pressure diminished until a certain point +was reached, and afterward diminished again, thus showing that the +high resistance of a nearly perfect vacuum is in no way due to the +presence of the electrodes. One peculiarity of the discharges was +their local nature, the rings of light being much more sharply defined +than was to be expected. They were also found to be most easily +produced when the chain of molecules in the discharge were all of the +same kind. For example, a discharge could be easily sent through a +tube many feet long, but the introduction of a small pellet of mercury +in the tube stopped the discharge, although the conductivity of the +mercury was much greater than that of the vacuum. In some cases he had +noticed that a very fine wire placed within a tube on the side remote +from the primary circuit would prevent a luminous discharge in that +tube. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4.--Exhausted Secondary Coil of One Loop +Containing Bulbs. The discharge passed along the inner side of the +bulbs, the primary coils being placed within the secondary.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURE OF PHOSPHORUS. + + +Dr. Readman, at the May meeting of the Glasgow Section of the Society +of Chemical Industry, gave a description of the new works and plant +which have been erected at Wolverhampton for the manufacture of +phosphorus by the Readman-Parker patents. The process consists in +decomposing the mixture of phosphoric acid, or acid phosphates and +carbon, by the heat of the electric arc embedded in the mass. + + * * * * * + + + + +LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH LINE. + + +The 1st Division of the Royal Engineers, Telegraph Battalion, now +encamped at Chevening, close to Lord Stanhope's park, as a summer +exercise is engaged in running a military telegraph field line from +Aldershot to Chatham. Along the whole of the line the wire is +supported on light fir and bamboo poles. The work has been carried out +with unusual celerity. From Aldershot to Chevening, a distance of +fifty miles, the line was erected in a day and a quarter, or under +thirty hours, the detachments employed having worked or marched all +night. This is, it is said, the greatest length of telegraph line ever +laid within so short a time. The result cannot fail to be useful, for +by the new line communication is now established both by telegraph and +telephone between Aldershot and Chatham. For laying such telegraph +lines to accompany calvary, a light cable is made use of. This is +carried on reels on a wheeled cart, and can be laid at the rate of six +to seven miles an hour. The Telegraph Battalion of the Royal Engineers +comprises two divisions. One is employed in time of peace under the +Post Office in the construction and maintenance of postal lines; the +other, stationed at Aldershot, is equipped with field telegraph +material.--_Daily Graphic._ + +[Illustration: LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH LINE.] + + * * * * * + + + + +AN ELECTROSTATIC SAFETY DEVICE. + + +This device, as shown in the accompanying illustration, is a glass +cylinder fixed on an ebonite base, and closed at the top by an ebonite +cap. A solid brass rod runs from top to bottom, and near the bottom, +and at right angles to it, is fixed a smaller adjustable rod, +terminating in a flat head. Opposite to this flat disk there is a +brass strip secured to the ebonite cap. From the top of this brass +strip hangs a gold or aluminum foil. The foil and strip are placed to +earth, and the solid brass rod is connected to the circuit to be +protected. Should the difference of potential between the foil and the +terminal opposite to it attain more than a certain amount, +electrostatic attraction will cause the foil to touch the disk and +place the circuit to earth. The apparatus, which is a modification of +the Cardew earthing device, is constructed by Messrs. Drake & Gorham, +of Victoria Street.--_The Electrician_. + +[Illustration.] + + * * * * * + + + + +EXPERIMENTS WITH HIGH TENSION ALTERNATING CURRENTS. + + +Messrs. Siemens and Halske, of Berlin, recently invited the members of +the Elektrotechnische Verein of that city to their works to witness +the demonstration of a series of experiments on alternating currents +under a pressure of 20,000 volts. In order to show that the desired +pressure was really _en evidence_, the high tension was conducted +through a pair of wires of only 0.2 mm. diameter to a battery of 200 +100-volt incandescent lamps, all connected up in series. An ordinary +Siemens electric light cable was inserted, and broke down at a +pressure of some 15,000 volts. + +At the end of the meeting a few experiments on the formation of the +arc under this enormous pressure were shown. The sparking distance +varied considerably, according to the shape of the electrodes. At +20,000 volts a spark jumped from a ball to a ball about 10 +millimeters, while between two points a sparking distance of 30 +millimeters, and sometimes even more, was reached. This arc is shown +half size in the accompanying engraving. + +[Illustration: A 20,000 VOLT ALTERNATING ARC (half size).] + +The arc which followed the jumping over of a spark made a loud humming +and clapping noise, and flapped about, being easily carried away by +the slightest draught. The arc could be drawn out horizontally to +something like 100 millimeters distance between the electrodes, and +even to a distance of 150 millimeters, when carbon pencils were used +as electrodes, but it always remained standing up in a point. +--_Electrical Engineer._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE RELATION OF BACTERIA TO PRACTICAL SURGERY.[1] + + [Footnote 1: The address in surgery delivered before the Medical + Society of the State of Pennsylvania, June 4, 1890.] + +By JOHN B. ROBERTS, A.M., M.D., Professor of Surgery in the Woman's +Medical College and in the Philadelphia Polyclinic. + + +The revolution which has occurred in practical surgery since the +discovery of the relation of micro-organisms to the complications +occurring in wounds has caused me to select this subject for +discussion. Although many of my hearers are familiar with the germ +theory of disease, it is possible that it may interest some of them to +have put before them in a short address a few points in bacteriology +which are of value to the practical surgeon. + +It must be remembered that the groups of symptoms which were formerly +classed under the heads "inflammatory fever," "symptomatic fever," +"traumatic fever," "hectic fever," and similar terms, varying in name +with the surgeon speaking of them, or with the location of the +disease, are now known to be due to the invasion of the wound by +microscopic plants. These bacteria, after entering the blood current +at the wound, multiply with such prodigious rapidity that the whole +system gives evidence of their existence. Suppuration of wounds is +undoubtedly due to these organisms, as is tubercular disease, whether +of surgical or medical character. Tetanus, erysipelas, and many other +surgical conditions have been almost proved to be the result of +infection by similar microscopic plants, which, though acting in the +same way, have various forms and life histories. + +A distinction must be made between the "yeast plants," one of which +produces thrush, and the "mould plants," the existence of which, as +parasites in the skin, gives rise to certain cutaneous diseases. These +two classes of germs are foreign to the present topic, which is +surgery; and I shall, therefore, confine my remarks to that group of +vegetable parasites to which the term bacteria has been given. These +are the micro-organisms whose actions and methods of growth +particularly concern the surgeon. The individual plants are so minute +that it takes in the neighborhood of ten or fifteen hundred of them +grouped together to cover a spot as large as a full stop or period +used in punctuating an ordinary newspaper. This rough estimate applies +to the globular and the egg-shaped bacteria, to which is given the +name "coccus" (plural, cocci). The cane or rod shaped bacteria are +rather larger plants. Fifteen hundred of these placed end to end would +reach across the head of a pin. Because of the resemblance of these +latter to a walking stick they have been termed bacillus (plural, +bacilli). + +The bacteria most interesting to the surgeon belong to the cocci and +the bacilli. There are other forms which bacteriologists have dubbed +with similar descriptive names, but they are more interesting to the +physician than to the surgeon. Many micro-organisms, whether cocci, +bacilli, or of other shapes, are harmless, hence they are called +non-pathogenic, to distinguish them from the disease-producing or +pathogenic germs. + +As many trees have the same shape and a similar method of growing, but +bear different fruits--in the one case edible and in the other +poisonous--so, too, bacteria may look alike to the microscopist's eye, +and grow much in the same way, but one will cause no disease, while +the other will produce perhaps tuberculosis of the lungs or brain. + +Many scores of bacteria have been, by patient study, differentiated +from their fellows and given distinctive names. Their nomenclature +corresponds in classification and arrangement with the nomenclature +adopted in different departments of botany. Thus we have the +pus-causing chain coccus (streptococcus pyogenes), so-called because +it is globular in shape, because it grows with the individual plants +attached to each other, or arranged in a row like a chain of beads on +a string, and because it produces pus. In a similar way we have the +pus-causing grape coccus of a golden color (staphylococcus pyogenes +aureus). It grows with the individual plants arranged somewhat after +the manner of a bunch of grapes, and when millions of them are +collected together, the mass has a golden yellow hue. Again, we have +the bacillus tuberculosis, the rod-shaped plant which is known to +cause tuberculosis of the lungs, joints, brain, etc. + +It is hardly astonishing that these fruitful sources of disease have +so long remained undetected, when their microscopic size is borne in +mind. That some of them do cause disease is indisputable, since +bacteriologists have, by their watchful and careful methods, separated +almost a single plant from its surroundings and congeners, planted it +free from all contamination, and observed it produce an infinitesimal +brood of its own kind. Animals and patients inoculated with the plants +thus cultivated have rapidly become subjects of the special disease +which the particular plant was supposed to produce. + +The difficulty of such investigation becomes apparent when it is +remembered that under the microscope many of these forms of vegetable +life are identical in appearance, and it is only by observing their +growth when in a proper soil that they can be distinguished from each +other. In certain cases it is quite difficult to distinguish them by +the physical appearances produced during their growth. Then it is only +after an animal has been inoculated with them that the individual +parasite can be accurately recognized and called by name. It is known +then by the results which it is capable of producing. + +The various forms of bacteria are recognized, as I have said, by their +method of growth and by their shape. Another means of recognition is +their individual peculiarity of taking certain dyes, so that special +plants can be recognized, under the microscope, by the color which a +dye gives to them, and which they refuse to give up when treated with +chemical substances which remove the stain from, or bleach, all the +other tissues which at first have been similarly stained. + +The similarity between bacteria and the ordinary plants with which +florists are familiar is, indeed, remarkable. Bacteria grow in animal +and other albuminous fluids; but it is just as essential for them to +have a suitable soil as it is for the corn or wheat that the farmer +plants in his field. By altering the character of the albuminous fluid +in which the micro-organism finds its subsistence, these small plants +can be given a vigorous growth, or may be actually starved to death. +The farmer knows that it is impossible for him to grow the same crop +year after year in the same field, and he is, therefore, compelled to +rotate his crops. So it is with the microscopic plants which we are +considering. + +After a time the culture fluid or soil becomes so exhausted of its +needed constituents, by the immense number of plants living in it, +that it is unfit for their life and development. Then this particular +form will no longer thrive; but some other form of bacterium may find +in it the properties required for functional activity, and may grow +vigorously. It is probable that exhaustion or absence of proper soil +is an important agent in protecting man from sickness due to infection +from bacteria. The ever-present bacteria often gain access to man's +blood through external wounds, or through the lungs and digestive +tracts; but unless a soil suited for their development is found in its +fluids, the plants will not grow. If they do not grow and increase in +numbers, they can do little harm. + +Again, there are certain bacteria which are so antagonistic to each +other that it is impossible to make them grow in company, or to +co-exist in the blood of the same individual. For example, an animal +inoculated with erysipelas germs cannot be successfully inoculated +immediately afterward with the germs of malignant pustule. This +antagonism is illustrated by the impossibility of having a good crop +of grain in a field overrun with daisies. + +On the other hand, however, there are some micro-organisms which +flourish luxuriantly when planted together in the same fluid, somewhat +after the manner of pumpkins and Indian corn growing between the same +fence rails. Others seem unwilling to grow alone, and only flourish +when planted along with other germs. It is very evident, therefore, +that bacteriology is a branch of botany, and that nature shows the +same tendencies in these minute plants as it does in the larger +vegetable world visible to our unaided eyes. + +As the horticulturist is able to alter the character of his plants by +changing the circumstances under which they live, so can the +bacteriologist change the vital properties and activities of bacteria +by chemical and other manipulations of the culture substances in which +these organisms grow. The power of bacteria to cause pathological +changes may thus be weakened and attenuated; in other words, their +functional power for evil is taken from them by alterations in the +soil. The pathogenic, or disease producing, power may be increased by +similar, though not identical, alterations. The rapidity of their +multiplication may be accelerated, or they may be compelled to lie +dormant and inactive for a time; and, on the other hand, by exhausting +the constituents of the soil upon which they depend for life, they may +be killed. + +It is a most curious fact, also, that it is possible by selecting and +cultivating only the lighter colored specimens of a certain purple +bacterium for the bacteriologist to obtain finally a plant which is +nearly white, but which has the essential characteristics of the +original purple fungus. In this we see the same power which the +florist has to alter the color of the petals of his flowers by various +methods of selective breeding. + +The destruction of bacteria by means of heat and antiseptics is the +essence of modern surgery. It is, then, by preventing access of these +parasitic plants to the human organism (aseptic surgery), or the +destruction of them by chemical agents and heat (antiseptic surgery), +that we are enabled to invade by operative attack regions of the body +which a few years ago were sacred. + +When the disease-producing bacteria gain access to the tissues and +blood of human and other animals by means of wounds, or through an +inflamed pulmonary or alimentary mucous membrane, they produce +pathological effects, provided there is not sufficient resistance and +health power in the animal's tissues to antagonize successfully the +deleterious influence of the invading parasitic fungus. It is the +rapid multiplication of the germs which furnishes a _continuous_ +irritation that enables them to have such a disastrous effect upon the +tissues of the animal. If the tissues had only the original dose of +microbes to deal with, the warfare between health and disease would be +less uncertain in outcome. Victory would usually be on the side of the +tissues and health. The immediate cause of the pathogenic influence is +probably the chemical excretions which are given out by these +microscopic organisms. All plants and animals require a certain number +of substances to be taken into their organisms for preservation of +their vital activities. After these substances have been utilized +there occurs a sort of excretion of other chemical products. It is +probably the excretions of many millions of micro-organisms, +circulating in the blood, which give rise to the disease +characteristic of the fungus with which the animal has been infected. +The condition called sapræmia, or septic intoxication, for example, is +undoubtedly due to the entrance of the excretory products of +putrefaction bacteria into the circulation. This can be proved by +injecting into an animal a small portion of these products obtained +from cultures of germs of putrefaction. Characteristic symptoms will +at once be exhibited. + +Septicæmia is a similar condition due to the presence of the +putrefactive organisms themselves, and hence of their products, or +ptomaines, also in the blood. The rapidity of their multiplication in +this albuminous soil and the great amount of excretion from these +numerous fungi make the condition more serious than sapræmia. +Clinically, the two conditions occur together. + +The rapidity with which symptoms may arise after inoculation of small +wounds with a very few germs will be apparent, when it is stated that +one parasitic plant of this kind may, by its rapidity of +multiplication, give rise to fifteen or sixteen million individuals +within twenty-four hours. The enormous increase which takes place +within three or four days is almost incalculable. It has been +estimated that a certain bacillus, only about one thousandth of an +inch in length, could, under favorable conditions, develop a brood of +progeny in less than four days which would make a mass of fungi +sufficient to fill all the oceans of the world, if they each had a +depth of one mile. + +Bacteria are present everywhere. They exist in the water, earth, air, +and within our respiratory and digestive tracts. Our skin is covered +with millions of them, as is every article about us. They can +circulate in the lymph and blood and reach every tissue and part of +our organisms by passing through the walls of the capillaries. +Fortunately, they require certain conditions of temperature, moisture, +air, and organic food for existence and for the preservation of their +vital activities. + +If the surroundings are too hot, too cold, or too dry, or if they are +not supplied with a proper quantity and quality of food, the bacterium +becomes inactive until the surrounding circumstances change; or it may +die absolutely. The spores, which finally become full-fledged +bacteria, are able to stand a more unfavorable environment than the +adult bacteria. Many spores and adults, however, perish. Each kind of +bacterium requires its own special environment to permit it to grow +and flourish. The frequency with which an unfavorable combination of +circumstances occurs limits greatly the disease-producing power of the +pathogenic bacteria. + +Many bacteria, moreover, are harmless and do not produce disease, even +when present in the blood and tissues. Besides this, the white blood +cells are perpetually waging war against the bacteria in our bodies. +They take the bacteria into their interiors and render them harmless +by eating them up, so to speak. They crowd together and form a wall of +white blood cells around the place where the bacteria enter the +tissue, thus forming a barrier to cut off the blood supply to the +germs and, perhaps, to prevent them from entering the general blood +current. + +The war between the white blood cells and the bacteria is a bitter +one. Many bacteria are killed; but, on the other hand, the life of +many blood cells is sacrificed by the bacteria poisoning them with +ptomaines. The tissue cells, if healthy, offer great resistance to the +attacks of the army of bacteria. Hence, if the white cells are +vigorous and abundant at the site of the battle, defeat may come to +the bacteria; and the patient suffer nothing from the attempt of these +vegetable parasites to harm him. If, on the other hand, the tissues +have a low resistive power, because of general debility of the +patient, or of a local debility of the tissues themselves, and the +white cells be weak and not abundant, the bacteria will gain the +victory, get access to the general blood current, and invade every +portion of the organism. Thus, a general or a local disease will be +caused; varying with the species of bacteria with which the patient +has been affected, and the degree of resistance on the part of the +tissues. + +From what has been stated it must be evident that the bacterial origin +of disease depends upon the presence of a disease-producing fungus and +a diminution of the normal healthy tissue resistance to bacterial +invasion. If there is no fungus present, the disease caused by such +fungus cannot develop. If the fungus be present and the normal or +healthy tissue resistance be undiminished, it is probable that disease +will not occur. As soon, however, as overwork, injury of a mechanical +kind, or any other cause diminishes the local or general resistance of +the tissues and individual, the bacteria get the upper hand, and are +liable to produce their malign effect. + +Many conditions favor the bacterial attack. The patient's tissues may +have an inherited peculiarity, which renders it easy for the bacteria +to find a good soil for development; an old injury or inflammation may +render the tissues less resistant than usual; the point, at which +inoculation has occurred may have certain anatomical peculiarities +which make it a good place in which bacteria may multiply; the blood +may have undergone certain chemical changes which render it better +soil than usual for the rapid growth of these parasitic plants. + +The number of bacteria originally present makes a difference also. It +is readily understood that the tissues and white blood cells would +find it more difficult to repel the invasion of an army of a million +microbes than the attack of a squad of ten similar fungi. I have said +that the experimenter can weaken and augment the virulence of bacteria +by manipulating their surroundings in the laboratory. It is probable +that such a change occurs in nature. If so, some bacteria are more +virulent than others of the same species; some less virulent. A few of +the less virulent disposition would be more readily killed by the +white cells and tissues than would a larger number of the more +virulent ones. At other times the danger from microbic infection is +greater because there are two species introduced at the same time; and +these two multiply more vigorously when together than when separated. +There are, in fact, two allied hosts trying to destroy the blood cells +and tissues. This occurs when the bacteria of putrefaction and the +bacteria of suppuration are introduced into the tissues at the same +time. The former cause sapræmia and septicæmia, the latter cause +suppuration. The bacteria of tuberculosis are said to act more +viciously if accompanied by the bacteria of putrefaction. +Osteomyelitis is of greater severity, it is believed, if due to a +mixed infection with both the white and golden grape-coccus of +suppuration. + +I have previously mentioned that the bacteria of malignant pustule are +powerless to do harm when the germs of erysipelas are present in the +tissues and blood. This is an example of the way in which one species +of bacteria may actually aid the white cells, or leucocytes, and the +tissues in repelling an invasion of disease-producing microbes. + +Having occupied a portion of the time allotted to me in giving a crude +and hurried account of the characteristics of bacteria, let me +conclude my address by discussing the relation of bacteria to the +diseases most frequently met with by the surgeon. + +Mechanical irritations produce a very temporary and slight +inflammation, which rapidly subsides, because of the tendency of +nature to restore the parts to health. Severe injuries, therefore, +will soon become healed and cured if no germs enter the wound. + +Suppuration of operative and accidental wounds was, until recently, +supposed to be essential. We now know, however, that wounds will not +suppurate if kept perfectly free from one of the dozen forms of +bacteria that are known to give rise to the formation of pus. + +The doctrine of present surgical pathology is that suppuration will +not take place if pus-forming bacteria are kept out of the wound, +which will heal by first intention without inflammation and without +inflammatory fever. + +In making this statement I am not unaware that there is a certain +amount of fever following various severe wounds within twenty-four +hours, even when no suppuration occurs. This wound fever, however, is +transitory; not high; and entirely different from the prolonged +condition of high temperature formerly observed nearly always after +operations and injuries. The occurrence of this "inflammatory," +"traumatic," "surgical," or "symptomatic" fever, as it was formerly +called, means that the patient has been subjected to the poisonous +influence of putrefactive germs, the germs of suppuration, or both. + +We now know why it is that certain cases of suppuration are not +circumscribed but diffuse, so that the pus dissects up the fascias and +muscles and destroys with great rapidity the cellular tissue. This +form of suppuration is due to a particular form of bacterium called +the pus-causing "chain coccus." Circumscribed abscesses, however, are +due to one or more of the other pus-causing micro-organisms. + +How much more intelligent is this explanation than the old one that +diffuse abscesses depended upon some curious characteristic of the +patient. It is a satisfaction to know that the two forms of abscess +differ because they are the result of inoculation with different +germs. It is practically a fact that wherever there is found a diffuse +abscess there will be discovered the streptococcus pyogenes, which is +the name of the chain coccus above mentioned. + +So, also, is it easy now to understand the formation of what the old +surgeons called "cold" abscesses, and to account for the difference in +appearance of its puriform secretion from the pus of acute abscesses. +Careful search in the fluid coming from such "cold" abscesses reveals +the presence of the bacillus of tuberculosis, and proves that a "cold" +abscess is not a true abscess, but a lesion of local tuberculosis. + +Easy is it now to understand the similarity between the "cold abscess" +of the cervical region and the "cold abscess" of the lung in a +phthisical patient. Both of them are, in fact, simply the result of +invasion of the tissues with the ubiquitous tubercle bacillus; and are +not due to pus-forming bacteria. + +Formerly it was common to speak of the scrofulous diathesis, and +attempts were made to describe the characteristic appearance of the +skin and hair pertaining to persons supposed to be of scrofulous +tendencies. The attempt was unsuccessful and unsatisfactory. The +reason is now clear, because it is known that the brunette or the +blond, the old or the young, may become infected with the tubercle +bacillus. Since the condition depends upon whether one or the other +become infected with the generally present bacillus of tubercle, it is +evident that there can be no distinctive diathesis. It is more than +probable, moreover, that the cutaneous disease so long described as +lupus vulgaris is simply a tubercular ulcer of the skin, and not a +special disease of unknown causation. + +The metastatic abscesses of pyæmia are clearly explained when the +surgeon remembers that they are simply due to a softened blood clot +containing pus-causing germs being carried through the circulation and +lodged in some of the small capillaries. + +A patient suffering with numerous boils upon his skin has often been a +puzzle to his physician, who has in vain attempted to find some cause +for the trouble in the general health alone. Had he known that every +boil owed its origin to pus bacteria, which had infected a sweat gland +or hair follicle, the treatment would probably have been more +efficacious. The suppuration is due to pus germs either lodged upon +the surface of the skin from the exterior or deposited from the +current of blood in which they have been carried to the spot. + +I have not taken time to go into a discussion of the methods by which +the relationship of micro-organisms to surgical affections has been +established; but the absolute necessity for every surgeon to be fully +alive to the inestimable value of aseptic and antiseptic surgery has +led me to make the foregoing statements as a sort of _résumé_ of the +relation of the germ theory of disease to surgical practice. It is +clearly the duty of every man who attempts to practice surgery to +prevent, by every means in his power, the access of germs, whether of +suppuration, putrefaction, erysipelas, tubercle, tetanus, or any other +disease, to the wounds of a patient. This, as we all know, can be done +by absolute bacteriological cleanliness. It is best, however, not to +rely solely upon absolute cleanliness, which is almost unattainable, +but to secure further protection by the use of heat and antiseptic +solutions. I am fully of the opinion that chemical antiseptics would +be needless if absolute freedom from germs was easily obtained. When I +know that even such an enthusiast as I myself is continually liable to +forget or neglect some step in this direction, I feel that the +additional security of chemical antisepsis is of great value. It is +difficult to convince the majority of physicians, and even ourselves, +that to touch a finger to a door knob, to an assistant's clothing, or +to one's own body, may vitiate the entire operation by introducing one +or two microbic germs into the wound. + +An illustration of how carefully the various steps of an operation +should be guarded is afforded by the appended rules, which I have +adopted at the Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia for the guidance of +the assistants and nurses. If such rules were taught every medical +student and every physician entering practice as earnestly as the +paragraphs of the catechism are taught the Sunday school pupil (and +they certainly ought to be so taught) the occurrence of suppuration, +hectic fever, septicæmia, pyæmia, and surgical erysipelas would be +practically unknown. Death, then, would seldom occur after surgical +operations, except from hemorrhage, shock, or exhaustion. + +I have taken the liberty of bringing here a number of culture tubes +containing beautiful specimens of some of the more common and +interesting bacteria. The slimy masses seen on the surfaces of jelly +contained in the tubes are many millions of individual plants, which +have aggregated themselves in various forms as they have been +developed as the progeny of the few parent cells planted in the jelly +as a nutrient medium or soil. + +With this feeble plea, Mr. President and members of the Society, I +hope to create a realization of the necessity for knowledge and +interest in the direction of bacteriology; for this is the foundation +of modern surgery. There is, unfortunately, a good deal of abominable +work done under the names of antiseptic and aseptic surgery, because +the simplest facts of bacteriology are not known to the operator. + +_Rules to be observed in Operations at Dr. Roberts' Clinic at the +Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia._--After wounds or operations high +temperature usually, and suppuration always, is due to blood +poisoning, which is caused by infection with vegetable parasites +called bacteria. + +These parasites ordinarily gain access to the wound from the skin of +the patient, the finger nails or hands of the operator or his +assistants, the ligatures, sutures, or dressings. + +Suppuration and high temperature should not occur after operation +wounds if no suppuration has existed previously. + +Bacteria exist almost everywhere as invisible particles in the dust; +hence, everything that touches or comes into even momentary contact +with the wound must be germ-free--technically called "sterile." + +A sterilized condition of the operator, the assistant, the wound, +instruments, etc., is obtained by removing all bacteria by means of +absolute surgical cleanliness (asepsis), and by the use of those +chemical agents which destroy the bacteria not removed by cleanliness +itself (antisepsis). + +Surgical cleanliness differs from the housewife's idea of cleanliness +in that its details seem frivolous, because it aims at the removal of +microscopic particles. Stains, such as housewives abhor, if germ-free, +are not objected to in surgery. + +The hands and arms, and especially the finger nails, of the surgeon, +assistants, and nurses should be well scrubbed with hot water and +soap, by means of a nail brush, immediately before the operation. The +patient's body about the site of the proposed operation should be +similarly scrubbed with a brush and cleanly shaved. Subsequently the +hands of the operator, assistants, and nurses, and the field of +operation should be immersed in, or thoroughly washed with, corrosive +sublimate solution (1:1,000 or 1:2,000). Finger rings, bracelets, +bangles, and cuffs worn by the surgeon, assistants, or nurses must be +removed before the cleansing is begun; and the clothing covered by a +clean white apron, large enough to extend from neck to ankles and +provided with sleeves. + +The instruments should be similarly scrubbed with hot water and soap, +and all particles of blood and pus from any previous operation removed +from the joints. After this they should be immersed for at least +fifteen minutes in a solution of beta-naphthol (1:2,500), which must +be sufficiently deep to cover every portion of the instruments. After +cleansing the instruments with soap and water, baking in a temperature +a little above the boiling point of water is the best sterilizer. +During the operation the sterilized instruments should be kept in a +beta-naphthol solution and returned to it when the operator is not +using them. + +[The antiseptic solutions mentioned here are too irritating for use in +operations within the abdomen and pelvis. Water made sterile by +boiling is usually the best agent for irrigating these cavities, and +for use on instruments and sponges. The instruments and sponges must +be previously well sterilized.] + +Sponges should be kept in a beta-naphthol or a corrosive sublimate +solution during the operation. After the blood from the wound has been +sponged away, they should be put in another basin containing the +antiseptic solution, and cleansed anew before being used again. The +antiseptic sutures and ligatures should be similarly soaked in +beta-naphthol solution during the progress of the operation. + +No one should touch the wound but the operator and his first +assistant. No one should touch the sponges but the operator, his first +assistant, and the nurse having charge of them. No one should touch +the already prepared ligatures or instruments except the surgeon and +his first or second assistants. + +None but those assigned to the work are expected to handle +instruments, sponges, dressings, etc., during the operation. + +When any one taking part in the operation touches an object not +sterilized, such as a table, a tray, or the ether towel, he should not +be allowed to touch the instruments, the dressings, or the ligatures +until his hands have been again sterilized. It is important that the +hands of the surgeon, his assistants, and nurses should not touch any +part of his own body, nor of the patient's body, except at the +sterilized seat of operation, because infection may be carried to the +wound. Rubbing the head or beard or wiping the nose requires immediate +disinfection of the hands to be practiced. + +The trailing ends of ligatures and sutures should never be allowed to +touch the surgeon's clothing or to drag upon the operating table, +because such contact may occasionally, though not always, pick up +bacteria which may cause suppuration in the wound. + +Instruments which fall upon the floor should not be again used until +thoroughly disinfected. + +The clothing of the patient, in the vicinity of the part to be +operated upon, and the blanket and sheets used there to keep him warm, +should be covered with dry sublimate towels. All dressings should be +kept safe from infection by being stored in glass jars, or wrapped in +dry sublimate towels. + + * * * * * + + + + +INFLUENCE OF REPOSE ON THE RETINA. + + +Some interesting researches have lately been published in an Italian +journal concerning the influence of repose on the sensitiveness of the +retina (a nervous network of the eye) to light and color. The +researches in question--those of Bassevi--appear to corroborate +investigations which were made some years ago by other observers. In +the course of the investigations the subject experimented upon was +made to remain in a dark room for a period varying in extent from +fifteen to twenty minutes. The room was darkened, it is noted, by +means of heavy curtains, through which the light could not penetrate. +After the eyes of the subject had thus been rested in the darkness, it +was noted that the sensitiveness of his sight had been increased +threefold. The mere sense of light itself had increased eighteen +times. It was further noted that the sensitiveness to light rays, +after the eye had been rested, was developed in a special order; the +first color which was recognized being red, then followed yellow, +while green and blue respectively succeeded. If color fatigue was +produced in the eye by a glass of any special hue, it was found that +the color in question came last in the series in point of recognition. +The first of these experiments, regarded from a practical point of +view, would appear to consist in an appreciation of the revivifying +power of darkness as regards the sight. The color purple of the retina +is known to become redeveloped in darkness; and it is probable, +therefore, that the alternation of day and night is a physical and +external condition with which the sight of animals is perfectly in +accord. + + * * * * * + + + + +SUN DIALS. + + +An article on the subject, recently published by us, has gained for us +the communication of two very interesting sun dials, which we shall +describe. The first, which we owe to the kindness of General Jancigny, +is of the type of the circular instrument, of which we explained the +method of using in our preceding article. The hour here is likewise +deduced from the height of the sun converted into a horary angle by +the instrument itself; but the method by which such conversion +operates is a little different. Fig. 1 shows the instrument open for +observation. We find here the meridian circle, M, and the equator E, +of the diagram shown in Fig. 3 (No. 4); but the circle with alidade is +here replaced by a small aperture movable in a slide that is placed in +a position parallel with the axis of the world. Upon this slide are +marked, on one side, the initials of the names of the months and on +the other side the corresponding signs of the zodiac. The sun +apparently describing a circle around the axis, PP¹, the rays passing +through a point of the axis (small aperture of the slide) will travel +over a circular cone around such axis. If, then, the apparatus be so +suspended that the circle, M, shall be in the meridian, the slide +parallel with the earth's axis, and the circle, E, at right angles +with the slide, the pencil of solar light passing through the aperture +will describe, in one day, a cone having the slide for an axis; that +is to say, concentric with the equator circle. If, moreover, the +aperture is properly placed, the luminous pencil will pass through the +equator circle itself; to this effect, the aperture should be in a +position such that the angle, a (Fig. 3, No. 4), may be equal to the +declination of the sun on the day of observation. It is precisely to +this end that the names of the months are inscribed upon the slide.... + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--TRAVELER'S SUN DIAL.] + +The accessories of the instrument are as follows: A ring with a pivot +for suspending the meridian circle, and the position of which, given +by a division in degrees marked upon this circle, must correspond with +the latitude of the place; two stops serving to fix the position of +the equator circle; finally the latitude of various cities. The +instrument was constructed at Paris, by Butterfield, probably in the +last quarter of the eighteenth century. + +The second instrument, which is of the same nature as the cubical sun +dial--that is to say, with horary angle--is, unlike the latter, a true +trinket, as interesting as a work of art as it is as an astronomical +instrument. It is a little mandolin of gilded brass, and is shown of +actual size in Fig. 2. The cover, which is held by a hook, may be +placed in a vertical position, in which it is held by a second hook. +It bears in the interior the date 1612. This is the only explicit +historic datum that this little masterpiece reveals to us. Its maker, +who was certainly an artist, and, as we shall see, also a man of +science, had the modesty not to inscribe his name in it. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--SUN DIAL IN THE FORM OF A MANDOLIN, +CONSTRUCTED IN 1612.] + +No. 2 of Fig. 3 represents the instrument open. It rests upon the tail +piece and neck of the mandolin. The cover is exactly vertical. The +bottom of the mandolin is closed by a horizontal silver plate, +beneath which is soldered the box of a compass designed to put the +instrument in the meridian, and carrying upon its face an arrow and +the indications S. OR. M. OC., that is to say, "Septentrion" (north), +"Orient" (east), "Midi" (south), "Occident" (west). One of the ends of +the needle of the compass is straight, while the other is forked. It +is placed in a position in which it completes the arrow, thus +permitting of making a very accurate observation (Fig. 2, No. 3). +Around the compass, the silver plate carries the lines of hours. It is +perfectly adjusted, and held in place by a screw that traverses the +bottom of the instrument. In front of the compass it contains a small +aperture designed to permit of the passage of the indicating thread, +which, at the other end, is fastened to the cover. The silver plate is +not soldered, in order that the thread may be replaced when it chances +to break. On the inner part of the cover are marked in the first place +the horary lines, traversed by curves that are symmetrical with +respect to the vertical and having the aspect of arcs of hyperbolas. +At the extremity of these lines are marked the signs of the zodiac. At +the top, a pretty banderole, which appears at first sight to form a +part of the _ensemble_ of the curves, completes the design. Such is +this wonderful little instrument, in which everything is arranged in +harmonious lines that delight the eye and easily detract one's +attention from a scientific examination of it. Let us enter upon this +drier part of our subject; we shall still have room to wonder, and let +us take up first the higher question. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--DIAGRAM EXPLANATORY OF THE MANDOLIN SUN DIAL.] + +Let us consider a horizontal plane (Fig. 3, No. 2)--a plane +perpendicular to the meridian, and a right line parallel with the axis +of the world. Let P be a point upon this line. As we have seen, such +point is the summit of a very wide cone described in one day by the +solar rays. At the equinox this cone is converted into a plane, which, +in a vertical plane, intersects the straight line A B. Between the +vernal and autumnal equinoxes the sun is situated above this plane, +and, consequently, the shadow of P describes the lower curves at A B. +During winter, on the contrary, it is the upper curves that are +described. It is easily seen that the curves traced by the shadow of +the point P are hyperbolas whose convexity is turned toward A B. It +therefore appears evident to us that the thread of our sun dial +carried a knot or bead whose shadow was followed upon the curves. This +shadow showed at every hour of the day the approximate date of the day +of observation. The sun dial therefore served as a calendar. But how +was the position of the bead found? Here we are obliged to enter into +new details. Let us project the figure upon a vertical plane (Fig. 3, +No. 1) and designate by H E the summits of the hyperbolas +corresponding to the winter and summer solstices. If P be the position +of the bead, the angles, P H H¹, P E E¹, will give the height of the +sun above the horizon at noon, at the two solstices. Between these +angles there should exist an angle of 47°, double the obliquity of the +ecliptic, that is to say, the excursion of the sun in declination: now +P E E¹-P H H¹ = E P H = 47°. + +Let us carry, at H and E, the angles, O H E = H E O = 43° = 90°-47°; +the angle at 0° will be equal to 180-86 = 94°. If we trace the +circumference having O for a center, and passing through E and H, each +point, Q, of such circumference will possess the same property as the +angle, H Q E = 47°. The intersection, P, of the circumference with the +straight line, N, therefore gives the position of the bead. + +Let us return to our instrument. We have traced upon a diagram the +distance of the points of attachment of the thread, at the +intersection of the planes of projection. We have thus obtained the +position of the line, N S. Then, operating as has just been said, we +have marked the point, P. Now, accurately measuring all the angles, we +have found: N S R = 50°; P H H¹ = 18°; P E E¹ = 65°. The first shows +that the instrument has been constructed for a place on the parallel +of 50°, and the others show that, at the solstices, the height of the +sun was respectively 18° and 65°, decompounded as follows: + + 18° = polar height of the place -23½°. + 65° = " " " " +23½°. + +The polar height of the place where the object was to be observed +would therefore be 41½°, that is to say, its latitude would be 48½°. + +Minor views of construction and measurement and the deformations that +the instrument has undergone sufficiently explain the divergence of +1½° between the two results, which comprise between them the latitude +of Paris. + +After doing all the reasoning that we have just given at length, we +have finally found the means by which the hypothetic bead was to be +put in place. A little beyond the curves, a very small but perfectly +conspicuous dot is engraved--the intersection of two lines of +construction that it was doubtless desired to efface, but the scarcely +visible trace of which subsists. Upon measuring with the compasses the +distance between the insertion of the thread and this dot, we find +exactly the distance, N P, of our diagram. Therefore there is no doubt +that this dot served as a datum point. The existence of the bead upon +the thread and the use of it as a rude calendar therefore appears to +be certain. + +The compass is to furnish us new indications. After dismounting it--an +operation that the quite primitive enchasing of the face plate renders +very easy--we took a copy of it, which we measured with care. The +arrow forms with the line O C-O R an angle of 90° + 8°. The compass +was therefore constructed in view of an eastern declination of 8°. + +Now, here is what we know with most certainty as to the magnetic +declination of Paris at the epoch in question: + + Years. Declinations. + 1550. 8° east. + 1580. 11.30 + 1622. 6.30 + 1634. 4.16 + +On causing the curve (Fig. 3, No. 3) to pass through the four points +thus determined, we find, for 1612, the declination 8½°. This is, with +an approximation closer than that of the measurements that can be made +upon the small compass, the value that we found. From these data as a +whole we draw the two following conclusions: (1) The instrument was +constructed at Paris; and (2) the inventor was accurately posted in +the science of his time. + +Certain easily perceived retouchings, moreover, show that this sun +dial is not a copy, but rather an original. We are therefore in an +attitude to claim, as we did at the outset, that the constructor of +this pleasing object was not only an artist, but a man of science as +well. + +Let us compare a few dates: In 1612, Galileo and Kepler were still +living. Thirty years were yet to lapse before the birth of Newton. +Modern astronomy was in its tenderest infancy, and remained the +privilege of a few initiated persons.--_C.E. Guillaume, in La Nature._ + + * * * * * + +[MIND.] + + + + +THE UNDYING GERM PLASM AND THE IMMORTAL SOUL. + +By Dr. R. VON LENDENFELD. + +[The following article appeared originally, last year, in the German +scientific monthly, _Humboldt_. It, is reproduced here (by +permission)--the English from the hand of Mr. A.E. Shipley--as a +specimen of the kind of general speculation to which modern biology is +giving rise.--EDITOR.] + + +To Weismann is due the credit of transforming those vague ideas on the +immortality of the germ plasma which have been for some time in the +minds of many scientific men, myself among the number, into a clear +and sharply-defined theory, against the accuracy of which no doubt can +be raised either from the theoretical or from the empirical +standpoint. This theory, defined as it is by Weismann, has but +recently come before us, and some time must elapse before all the +consequences which it entails will be evident. But there is one +direction which I have for some time followed, and indeed began to +think out long before Weismann's remarkable work showed the importance +of this matter. I mean the origin of the conception of the immortal +soul. + +Before I approach the solution of this problem, it may be advisable to +recall in a few words to my readers the theory of the immortality of +the germ plasm. + +All unicellular beings, such as the protozoa and the simpler algæ, +fungi, etc., reproduce themselves by means of simple fission. The +mother organism may split into two similar halves, as the amoeba does, +or, as is more common in the lowest unicellular plants, it may divide +into a great number of small spores. In these processes it often +happens that the whole body of the mother, the entire cell, may +resolve itself into two or more children; at times, however, a small +portion of the mother cell remains unused. This remnant, in the +spore-forming unicellular plants represented by the cell wall, is then +naturally dead. + +From this it follows that these unicellular beings are immortal. The +mother cell divides, the daughter cells resulting from the first +division repeat the process, the third generation does the same, and +so on. At each division the mother cell renews its youth and +multiplies, without ever dying. + +External circumstances can, of course, at any moment bring about the +death of these unicellular organisms, and in reality almost every +series of beings which originate from one another in this way is +interrupted by death. Some, however, persist. From the first +appearance of living organisms on our planet till to-day, several such +series--at the very least certainly one--have persisted. + +The immortality of unicellular beings is not at any time absolute, but +only potential. Weismann has recently directed attention to this +point. External occurrences may at any moment cause the death of an +individual, and in this way interrupt the immortal series; but in the +intimate organization of the living plasma there exist no seeds of +death. The plasma is itself immortal and will in fact live forever, +provided only external circumstances are favorable. + +Death is always said to be inherent in the nature of protoplasm. This +is not so. The plasm, as such, is immortal. + +But a further complication of great importance affects the +reproduction and the rejuvenescence of these unicellular organisms; +this is the process of conjugation. Two separate cells, distinct +individuals, fuse together. Their protoplasmic bodies not only unite +but intermingle, and their nuclei do likewise; from two individuals +one results. A single cell is thus produced, and this divides. As a +rule this cell seems stronger than the single individual before the +union. The offspring of a double individual, originated in this way, +increase for some time parthenogenetically by simple fission without +conjugation, until at length a second conjugation takes place among +them. I cannot consider further the origin of this universally +important process of conjugation. I will only suggest that a kind of +conjugation may have existed from the very beginning and may have been +determined by the original method of reproduction, if such existed. + +At any rate conjugation has been observed in very many plants and +animals, and is possibly universally present in the living world. + +Conjugation does not affect the theory of immortality. The double +individual produced from the fusion of two individuals, which divides +and lives on in its descendants, contains the substance of both. The +conjugating cells have in no way died during the process of +conjugation; they have only united. + +If we examine a little more closely the history of such a "family" of +unicellular beings from one period of conjugation to the next, we see +that a great number of single individuals, that is, single cells, have +proceeded from the double individual formed by conjugation. These may +all continue to increase by splitting in two, and then the family tree +is composed of dichotomously branching lines; or they may resolve +themselves into numerous spores, and then the family tree exhibits a +number of branches springing from the same point. + +The majority of these branches end blindly with the death, caused by +external circumstances, of that individual which corresponds with the +branch. Only a few persist till the next period of conjugation, and +then unite with other individuals and afford the opportunity for +giving rise to a new family tree. + +All the single individuals of such a genealogical table belong to one +another, even though they be isolated. Among certain infusoria and +other protista, they do, in fact, remain together and build up +branching colonies. At the end of each branch is situated an +infusorian (vorticella), and the whole colony represents in itself the +genealogical family tree. + +In the beginning, there existed no other animal organisms than these +aggregations of similar unicellular beings, all of which reproduced +themselves. Later on, division of labor made its appearance among the +individuals of the animal colony, and it increased their dependence +upon one another, so that their individuality was to a great extent +lost, and they were no longer able to live independently of one +another. + +By the development of this process, multicellular metazoa arose from +the colonies of similar protozoa, and at length culminated in the +higher animals and man. + +If we examine the human body, its origin and end, in the light of +these facts, we shall see that a comparison between the simple +immortal protozoa and man leads us to the result that man himself, or +at least a part of him and that the most important, is immortal. + +When we turn to the starting point of human development, we find an +egg cell and a spermatozoon, which unite and whose nuclei intermingle. +Thus a new cell is produced. This process is similar to the +conjugation of two unicellular beings, such as two acinetiform +infusoria, one of which, the female ([Symbol: Female]), is larger than +the other, the male ([Symbol: Male]). This difference of size in the +conjugating cell is, however, without importance. + +From this double cell produced by conjugation many generations of +cells arise by continual cell division in divergent series. Among the +infusoria these are all immortal, but many of them are destroyed, and +only a few persist till conjugation again takes place. The same is the +case with man. Numerous series of cell families arise, which are all +immortal: of these but few--strictly speaking, only one--live till the +next period of conjugation and then give the impulse which results in +the formation of a new diverging series of cells. The difference +between man and the infusorian is only that in the former the cells +which originate from the double cell (the fertilized ovum) remain +together and become differentiated one from another, while in the +latter the cells are usually scattered but remain alike in appearance, +etc. + +The seeds of death do not lie, as Weismann appears to assume, in the +differentiation of the cells of the higher animals. On the contrary, +all the cell series, not only those of the reproductive cells, are +immortal. As a matter of fact all must die; not because they +themselves contain the germs of death and have contained them from the +beginning, but because the structure which is built up by them +collectively finally brings about the death of all. The living plasm +in every cell is itself immortal. It is the higher life of the +collective organism which continually condemns countless cells to +death. They die, not because they cannot continue to exist as such but +because conditions necessary for their preservation are no longer +present. + +Thus, while the cells are themselves immortal, the whole organism +which they build up is mortal. The complex inter-dependence between +the single cells, which, since they have adapted themselves to +division of labor, has become necessary, carries with it, from the +beginning, the seeds of death. The mutual dependence ceases to work, +and the various cells are killed. + +The death of the individual is a consequence of the defective +precision in the working of the division of labor among the cells. +This defect, after a longer or shorter time, causes the death of all +the cells composing the body. Only those which quit the body retain +their power of living. + +Of all those countless cells which, in the course of a lifetime, are +thrown off from the body, only one kind is adapted for existence +outside the body, namely, the reproductive cells. + +Among the lower animals the reproductive cells often leave the body of +their parents only after the death of the latter. This is not the case +in man. + +All the cell series which do not take part in the formation of +reproductive cells, as well as all the reproductive cells without +exception, or with only a few exceptions, die through unfavorable +external conditions; just as all, or almost all, of the infusoria +which arose from the double cell die before they can conjugate again. + +At times, however, some of the infusoria persist till the next period +of conjugation, and in the same way, from time to time, some of the +human reproductive cells succeed in conjugating, and from them a new +individual arises. + +A man is the outgrowth of the double cell produced from the +conjugation of two human reproductive cells, and consists of all the +cells which arise from this and remain in connection with each other. +The human individual originates at the moment of the mingling of the +nuclei of the reproductive cells; and the details of this mingling +determine his individual peculiarities. + +The end of man is manifestly to preserve, to nourish, and to protect +the series of reproductive cells which are continually developing +within him, to select a suitable mate and to care for the children +which he produces. His whole structure is acquired by means of +selection with this one object in view, the maintenance of the series +of reproductive cells. + +From this standpoint the individual loses his significance and +becomes, so to speak, the slave of the reproductive cells. These are +the important and essential and also the undying parts of the +organism. Like raveled threads whose branches separate and reunite, +the series of reproductive cells permeate the successive generations +of the human race. They continually give off other cell series which +branch out from this network of reproductive cells, and, after a +longer or shorter course, come to an end. Twigs from these branches +represent the human individuals, and any one who considers the matter +must recognize that, as was said above, apart from the preservation of +the reproductive cell series the individuals are purposeless. + +It is on this basis that the moral ordering of the world must place +itself if it is to stand on any basis at all. It is an easy and a +pleasant task to interpret the facts of history from this standpoint. +Everything fits together and harmonizes, and each turn in the +historical development of civilization when observed from this point +of view acquires a simple and a clear causality. + +I cannot enlarge on this topic, engaging as it is, but here a further +question obtrudes itself. May there not be some connection between the +actual immortality of the germ cells, the continuity of their series +and the importance of the part they play, and the origin of the idea +of an immortal soul? May not the former have given rise to the latter? + +As a matter of fact, the series of reproductive cells possess the +essential attributes of the human soul; they are the immortal living +part of a man, which contain, in a latent form, his spiritual +peculiarities. The immortality of the reproductive cells is only +potential and is essentially different from that absolute eternal life +which certain religions ascribe to the soul. + +We must not, however, forget that at the time when the conception of a +soul arose among men, owing to a defective knowledge of the laws of +logic, no clear distinction was made between a potential immortality +and an absolute life without end. + +Herbert Spencer has pointed out that all religions have their origin +in reverence paid to ancestors. Each religion must have a true +foundation, and the deification of our forefathers has this true and +natural foundation inasmuch as they belong to the same series of +reproductive cells as their descendants. Of course our barbaric +ancestors who initiated the ancestor worship had no idea of this +motive for their religion, but that in no way disproves that this and +this alone was the _causa efficiens_ of the origin of such religions. +It is indeed typical of a religion that it depends upon facts which +are not discerned and which are not fully recognized. + +With the origin and development of every religion the origin and +development of the conception of the soul progresses step by step. + +We find the justification of ancestor worship in the immortality of +the reproductive cells, and in the continuity of their series. This +should also take a part in the origin of the conception of the soul. + +Spencer derives the conception of the existence of the soul from +dreams, and from the imagination of the mentally afflicted. The savage +dreams he is hunting, and wakes up to find himself at home. In his +dream he talks with friends who are not present where he sleeps; he +may even in the course of his dream encounter the dead. From this he +draws the conclusions--(1) that he himself has two persons, one +hunting while the other sleeps; (2) that his acquaintances also have a +double existence; and, from those cases in which he met with the dead, +(3) that they are not only double persons, but that one of the persons +is dead while the other continues to live. + +Thus, according to Spencer, the idea arises that man consists of two +separable thinking parts, and that one of these can survive the other. + +When a person faints and recovers, we say he comes to himself. That +is, a part of his person left him and has returned. But in this case, +as in the dream, the body has not divided, so that in a swoon the +outgoing portion is not corporeal. + +The savage will think that this is what remains alive after death, +for he is incapable of distinguishing between a swoon and death. Then +he will associate the part which leaves the body during a swoon with +that which gives life, and some will regard the heart, which fails to +beat after death, and others the breath, which ceases when life does, +as this life-giving part or soul. + +Thus far I am quoting from Spencer. + +The conception of the soul, which has thus arisen, has been utilized +by astute priests to obtain power over their fellow-men; while the +genuine founders of religions have made use of it, and by threats of +punishment, and promises of reward, have tried to induce mankind to +live uprightly. + +With this purpose in view, the teachers of religion have changed the +original conception of the soul and have added to it the attribute of +absolute immortality and eternal duration, an attribute which is in no +way connected by people in a low state of development with their +conception of the soul. + +At the present time among the religions of all civilized people the +undying soul plays an extraordinarily important part. + +I start from the position that no doctrine can receive a general +acceptation among men which does not depend on a truth of nature. The +various religions agree on one point, and this is the doctrine of the +immortal soul. Such a point of universal agreement, I am convinced, +cannot have been entirely derived from the air. It must have had some +foundation in fact, and the question arises, What was this foundation? +Dreams and phantasms, as Spencer believes? No; there must have been +something real and genuine, and the path we have entered upon to find +traces of this true foundation of the conception of the soul cannot be +distrusted. + +We must compare the conception of the soul as held by various related +religions, and strip off from it all those attributes which are not +common to all. But those which all the various religions agree in +ascribing to the soul we may regard as its true attributes. + +It would take too long to go into the details of this examination of +the conception of the soul. As the general result of a comparison of +the various views of the soul we may put down the following +characteristics which are invariably ascribed to it: + + (1) The soul is living. + + (2) It survives the body, and can continue to exist without + it. + + (3) During life it is contained in the body, but leaves it + after death. + + (4) The soul participates in the conduct of the body: after + the death of the latter, causality (retribution) can still + affect the soul. + +The characteristics (1) to (3) hold also for the series of +reproductive cells continually developing within the body; and these +attributes of the germ cells may well be the true but unrecognized +cause of the origin of those conceptions of the soul's character. + +This like holds true for (4), although the connection is not so +obvious. For this reason it will be advisable to consider the point in +more detail. + +It has been already indicated that the founders of religions have made +use of the survival of the soul after death to endeavor to lead +mankind to live righteously, by threats of punishments or promises of +reward, which will affect the soul after the death of the body. + +It is precisely on this point that in the most highly developed +religions there is the greatest falling off from the original +conception of the after-effect of human conduct on the soul, and the +most astounding things are inculcated by the Koran and other works +with respect to this. + +But here again we may separate the true kernel from the artificial +shell, and reach the conclusion that good conduct is advantageous for +the soul after the death of the body, and that bad conduct is +detrimental. In no other way can the Mohammedan paradise or the +Christian hell be explained than as sheer anthropomorphic realizations +of these facts, which can appeal even to the densest intellect. + +What then is good conduct, or bad? + +The question is easily asked, but without reference to external +circumstances impossible to answer. _Per se_ there is no good or bad +conduct. Under certain circumstances a vulgar, brutal murder may +become a glorious and heroic act, a good deed in the truest sense of +the word; as, for example, in the case of Charlotte Corday. Nor must +the view of one's fellow creatures be accepted as a criterion of good +or bad conduct, for different parties are apt to cherish diametrically +opposed opinions on one and the same subject. There remains then only +one's own inner feeling or conscience. Good conduct awakes in this a +feeling of pleasure, bad conduct a feeling of pain. And by this alone +can we discriminate. Now let us further ask. What sort of conduct +produces in our conscience pleasure and what sort of conduct induces +pain? If we investigate a great number of special cases, we shall +recognize that conduct which proves advantageous to the individual, to +the family, to the state, and finally to mankind, produces a good +conscience, and that conduct which is injurious to the same series +give rise to a bad conscience. If a collision of interests arise, it +is the degree of relationship which determines the influence of +conduct on the conscience. As, for instance, among the clans in +Scotland, a deed which is advantageous for the clan produces a good +conscience, even if it be injurious to the state and to mankind. + +The conscience is one of the mental faculties of man acquired by +selection and rendered possible by the construction and development of +the commonwealth of the state. Conscience urges us to live rightly, +that is, to do those things which will help ourselves and our family, +whereby our fellow creatures according to their degree of relationship +may be benefited. These are good deeds, and they will merit from the +teachers of religion much praise for the soul. We find, therefore, +that the only possible definition of a good deed is one which will +benefit the series of germ cells arising from one individual, and +further which will be of use to others with their own series of germ +cells, and that in proportion to the degree of connection +(relationship). + +It is clear that in this point also the ordinary conception of the +future fate of the soul agrees fundamentally with the result of +observation on the prosperity of the series of germ cells. + +As all the forces of nature, known to the ignorant barbarian only by +their visible workings, call forth in him certain vague and, +therefore, religious ideas, which are but a reflection of these forces +in an anthropomorphically distorted form, so the apparently +enigmatical conception of the eternal soul is founded on the actual +immortality and continuity of the germ plasma. + + * * * * * + + + + +COCOS PYNAERTI. + + +This is an acquisition to the dwarf growing palms, and a graceful +table plant. It first appeared in the nurseries of M. Pynaert, Ghent, +and is evidently a form of C. Weddelliana, having similar character, +though, as shown by the accompanying illustration, it is quite +distinct. The leaves are gracefully arched, the pinnules rather +broader than in the type, more closely arranged, and of a deep tone of +rich green. Such a small growing palm possessing elegant and distinct +character should become a favorite.--_The Gardener's Magazine_. + +[Illustration: COCOS PYNAERTI--A NEW PALM.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Read May 17, 1890, before the Engineers' Club of + Philadelphia.] + +By JACQUES W. REDWAY. + + +INTRODUCTION. + +The purport of the following paper is to show that corrosion of its +banks and deposition of sediment constitute the legitimate business of +a river. If the bed of the Mississippi were of adamant, and its +drainage slopes were armored with chilled steel, its current would do +just what it has been doing in past ages--wear them away, and fill the +Gulf of Mexico with the detritus. + +Many thoughts were suggested by Mr. S.C. Clemens, erstwhile a +Mississippi pilot, and by Mr. D.A. Curtis. Both of these gentlemen +_know_ the river. + + +GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. + +The Mississippi River, as ordinarily regarded, has its head waters in +a chain of lakes situated mainly in Beltrami and Cass counties, +Minnesota. The lake most distant from the north is Elk Lake, so named +in the official surveys of the U.S. Land Office. A short stream flows +from Elk Lake to Lake Itaska, a beautiful sheet of water, considerably +larger than Elk Lake. From Lake Itaska it flows in a general +northeasterly direction, receiving the waters of innumerable springs +and ponds, among them Lake Bemidji, a body of water equal in size to +Lake Itaska. After a course of 135 miles the steam flows into Cass +Lake, absorbing in the meantime the waters of another chain of lakes, +discharged through Turtle River. From Cass Lake the waters flow a +distance of twenty miles, and are poured into Lake Winnibigoshish. The +latter has an area of eighty square miles; it is twice the size of +Cass Lake and more than six times that of Lake Itaska. From Lake +Winnibigoshish to the point where it receives the discharge of Leech +Lake, the river flows through an open savannah, from a quarter of a +mile to a mile in width. Forty miles beyond are Pokegama Falls. Here +the river flows from Pokegama Lake, falling about fourteen feet before +quiet water is reached. All the country about the headwaters is +densely wooded with Norway pine on the higher ground, and with birch, +maple, poplar and tamarack on the lower ground. Between Pokegama Falls +and the Falls of St. Anthony, the river receives the waters of a +number of other similar streams, all flowing from the lake region. + +At St. Paul the navigable stage of the river practically begins, +although there is more or less navigable water above the falls at +certain seasons. From St. Paul to Cairo the river flows between +bluffs, the terraces of Champlain times, from ten to fifty miles +apart. Between the bluffs are the bottom lands, often coincident with +the flood plain, along which the river channel wanders in a devious +course of 1,100 miles. The soil of the bottom lands is, of course, +alluvial, and was deposited by the river during past ages; that beyond +the bluffs is a part of the great intermontane plain, and is +sedentary--that is, it has not been materially disturbed since the +plain was raised above the sea level by the uplift of the continent. + +From Cairo, at the junction of the Ohio River, the plain to the +southward is nearly all made land, and in a few spots only does the +river touch soil which it has not itself made. Here the Lower +Mississippi proper begins, and here, at some not far distant time in +the past,[2] was the head of the Gulf of Mexico. A fuller description +of the Lower Mississippi is unnecessary here, inasmuch as the +following pages are mainly devoted to this part alone. + + [Footnote 2: Estimated at from 100,000 to 150,000 years. Such + estimates, however, are but little better than guesses.] + + +HISTORICAL. + +Nearly three and a half centuries have elapsed since De Soto, that +prince among explorers, traversed the broad prairies that lie between +the border highlands of the Western continent, and beheld the stream +which watered the future empire of the world. His chroniclers tell us +that he was raised to an upright position, so that he could catch a +fleeting glimpse of the restless, turbulent flood; for even then the +hand of death was upon him, and soon its waters were to enshroud his +mortal remains. "His soldiers," says Bancroft, "pronounced his eulogy +by grieving for their loss, and the priests chanted over his body the +first requiems ever heard on the Mississippi. To conceal his death, +his body was wrapped in a mantle, and, in the stillness of midnight, +was silently sunk in the middle of the stream." Just across the river +the Arkansas was pouring in its tumultuous flood, and its confluence +was the site of the future town of Napoleon, which in coming years was +to be historic ground. + +Worn by suffering, hardships and peril, and racked by the pestilential +fever that still hovers about the river lowlands, De Soto paid the +debt of nature, and his thrice decimated followers made their way back +to France. It seemed a strange, incredible story that they told, for +such a mighty river, with its vast plain, was beyond conception. Its +source, they said, was in the north--among the eternal snows--farther +than it had ever been given to man to penetrate. Its waters, they +thought, were poured into the Gulf of California, or perhaps into the +great Virginia Sea. Its flood, they said, was so great that if all the +rivers of Europe were gathered into one channel, they would not be a +tithe as large. But the people who heard these wonderful accounts were +unconcerned. The French monarch knew naught but to debauch his +heritance; the French courtier intrigued and plundered; the French +peasant, dogged and sullen in his long suffering, dragged out his +miserable existence. The flood of waters rolled on, and a hundred and +thirty years must come and go before the next white man should see the +sheen of its rippling. + +Let us cast a retrograde glance to the history of this period. It was +only fifty years before that Columbus had dropped anchor off the coral +reef of Samana Cay, and thrilled the Old World by announcing the +discovery of the New. Elizabeth, the virgin Queen of England, was a +proud, haughty girl just entering her teens, all unmindful of her +eventful future. Mary Queen of the Scots was a tiny infant in +swaddling clothes. The labors of Rafael Sanzio were still fresh in the +memory of his surviving pupils. Michael Angelo was in the zenith of +his fame, bending his energies to the beautifying of the great +cathedral. Martin Luther was in the sere old age of his life, waiting +for the command of the Master, which should bid him lay down his +armor. A hundred years were to elapse before Charles I. of England +must pay with his life the price of his folly. + +Joliet, a French trader, was a man possessed of far more brains than +marked the average men of his times. He had not only the indomitable +courage which is essential to the successful explorer, but he had also +the rare ability to manage men; and we find him in 1672 with a +commission from the French king directing him to explore the valley +which was to be a part of New France. The lands which he visited must +be his fee to the king; certain rights of trade he wisely secured to +himself. So, with Pere Marquette, a Jesuit priest, he undertook the +mission, which we may doubt whether to call a journey of discovery or +an errand of diplomacy. Crossing the ocean, their route lay along the +St. Lawrence River to the Great Lakes; through the Great Lakes to the +country of the Illini; down the Illinois to the Mississippi, and down +the Mississippi to its junction with the Arkansas. Here they encamped +near the site of Napoleon. Everywhere along their route they had won +the hearts of the savage Illini. They possessed that rare tact which +was born in French travelers, and which no English explorer ever had. +When they had reached the junction of the Arkansas, "they were kindly +received by the Indian tribes." They held a council with the various +chiefs, with whom they made a treaty. The treaty was celebrated by a +feast, and, if we may believe the record thereof, libations of wine +were freely poured forth to pledge the stipulations of the business +transaction. For a heavenly possession in the uncertain future, the +Indian acknowledged, by the cross raised in commemoration, that he had +bartered away his earthly kingdom. The title by which the Indian held +the soil wrested from the Mound-builder may not have been perfect; +that of the wily Joliet may have been equally defective. But Joliet +builded more wisely than he knew, for to this day, fraud, treachery +and broken faith are the chief witnesses to our treaties with the +aboriginal owners of the land. + +Nine years after the business venture of Joliet, La Salle received +letters extraordinary from the King of France, directing him to make +additional explorations along the course of the great river. He +organized an expedition, crossed the ocean, and made his way rapidly +to the scene of his explorations. Preparing his canoes and launches, +he followed the sinuous course of the river to Napoleon. His arrival +was celebrated by another feast and post-prandial business agreement, +and New France began its brief existence. Never in the history of the +world had such an empire been founded--such another could not be +formed until the domains of this had been widened from sea to sea, and +the energy of Saxon, Teuton and Kelt mingled to build a greater. + +To La Salle belongs the honor of tracing the true course of the +Mississippi river. He charted it with a faithfulness and accuracy that +would do credit to the surveys of the present day. He seemed to have +noted all the important feeders and tributaries, correctly locating +their points of confluence. He did not cease his work until he reached +the Gulf of Mexico.[3] So not only was La Salle the most indefatigable +explorer of this region, but he also earned the credit of having made +the most important discovery. + + [Footnote 3: From the best information I can gather I am unable to + decide to my own satisfaction whether or not La Salle discovered + the Red River. It is not improbable that he never saw this stream, + for it is more than likely that at that time, Red River poured its + waters directly into the Gulf of Mexico, through Atchafalaya and + Cocoudrie Bayous. That these were formerly a part of the channel + of Red River, there can be no doubt. The sluggish swale that now + leads from the river to the Gulf is a silted channel that was + formerly large enough to carry the whole volume of Red River. Such + changes in the channel of a river, when the latter flows through + "made" soil, are by no means infrequent. It is only a few years + since the Hoang River, "the sorrow of Han," broke through its + restraining banks, and poured its flood into the Gulf of + Pe-chee-lee, 350 miles distant from its former mouth.] + +With La Salle's exploration the future importance of the Mississippi +began; and though the railway has of late years largely supplanted it +as a commercial highway, yet, with the possible exception of the +Ganges, no other river in the world transports yearly a greater +tonnage of merchandise. The early traders were content to carry their +supplies back and forth in canoes. As settlement and business +increased, the canoe gave place to the raft, and the raft yielded to +the flatboat. In the course of time, steam was applied to the +propulsion of boats, and the flatboat yielded to the inevitable: the +palatial steamboat was supreme. But the days of the steamboat were +numbered when the civil war cast its blight over the land; and when +the years of strife were over, so also was the river traffic which had +created the floating palaces of the Mississippi. There were several +things that operated to prevent the reorganization of the fleet of +steamboats which for size, beauty and capacity were found in no other +part of the world. Many of these boats had been destroyed, and the +companies that owned them were financially ruined. Most of those +remaining were purchased or confiscated for military purposes, and +rebuilt either as transports or as gunboats. A period of unparalleled +railway construction began at the close of the war, and most of the +traffic was turned to the railway. Finally, it was discovered that a +puffy, wheezy tug, with its train of barges, costing but a few +thousand dollars, and equipped with half a score of men, could, at a +much less rate, tow a vastly greater cargo than the river steamer. +That discovery was the knell of the old-time steamboat, and the +beginning of a new era of navigation. Powerful as the railway may be, +we cannot shut our eyes to the fact that a tug and train of barges +will carry a cargo of merchandise from St. Paul to St. Louis for +one-tenth the sum the consignee must pay for railway transportation. +So, to-day, the river is just as important as a highway of commerce as +it was in the palmy days of the floating palace and river greyhound. +Railway traffic has enormously increased, but river traffic along the +most wonderful of streams has not materially lessened. + +The Mississippi is certainly a wonderful river. From Elk Lake to the +Gulf of Mexico it has a variable length of about 2,800 miles; from +Pass à l'Outre to the head of the Missouri its extent is nearly 4,200 +miles--a length not equaled by any other river in the world. It is +evident, by a moment of reflection, that a river which traverses a +great extent of latitude offers much greater facilities for commerce +and settlement than a longitudinal river. The Mississippi traverses a +greater breadth of latitude than any other river, except the Nile, for +its sources are in regions of almost arctic cold, while its delta is +in a land that is practically tropical. The volume of its flood is +surpassed by the Amazon and, perhaps, the Yukon. It discharges, +however, three times as much water as the Danube, twenty-five times as +much as the Rhine, and almost three hundred and fifty times as much as +the Thames. It has several hundred navigable tributaries, and its +navigable waters, stretched in a straight line, would reach nearly +three-fourths the distance around the earth. It is one of the most +sinuous of rivers. In one part of its course it flows in a channel +nearly 1,400 miles long to accomplish, as the crow flies, the distance +of 700 miles. In more than one place the current forms a loop ten, +twenty and even thirty miles around, rather than to cut through a neck +perhaps not half a mile in width. It is one of the most capricious of +rivers, for its channel rarely lies in the same place during two +successive seasons. The river manifests a strong inclination to move +east; and were La Salle to repeat his memorable voyage, he would touch +in scarcely half a score of places the course he formerly traveled; or +if he were to go over exactly the same course, he must of necessity +have his boats dragged over the ground, for almost the entire course +over which he traveled is now dry land. Since that time the river has +deserted almost all of its former channel, as if to repudiate its +connection with the after-dinner treaties of two hundred years lang +syne; in places its channel lies to the west, but for the greater +extent it is to the eastward.[4] + +[Footnote 4: "The bed of the river is so broad that the channel +meanders from side to side within the bed, just as the bed itself +meanders from bluff to bluff; and, as by erosions and deposits, the +river, in long periods of time, traverses the valley, so the channel +traverses the bed from bank to bank, justifying the remark often +heard, that 'not a square rod of the bed could be pointed out that had +not, at some time, been covered by the track of steamboats.'"--J.H. +SIMPSON, _Col. Eng., Brevet Brig.-Gen., U.S.A._] + + +PHYSICAL. + +The lower Mississippi is among the muddiest streams in the world. +During the average year it brings down 7,500,000,000 cubic yards of +sediment, discharging it along the lower course, or pushing it into +the Gulf. As one thinks of the small amount of sediment held in a +gallon or two of river water, a comprehension of this vast amount of +silt is impossible. It is enough to cover a square mile in area to a +depth of 268 feet. In five hundred years it would build above the sea +level a State as large and as high as Rhode Island. Thus, by means of +this sediment, the river has pushed its mouths fifty miles into the +sea, confining its flow within narrow strips of land--natural levees +made by the river itself. + +The Mississippi is notable for its varying length. Within the memory +of the oldest pilot the length of the river between St. Louis and New +Orleans has varied more than one hundred and fifty miles, being +sometimes longer and sometimes shorter, as the year may be one of +drought or of excessive rainfall. Occasionally the river will shorten +itself a score of miles at a single leap. The shortening invariably +takes place at one of its long sinuous curves for which it is so +remarkable. At a season when the volume of water begins to increase, +the narrow neck of the loop gives way little by little under the +continuous impact of the strengthening current. Narrower and narrower +it grows as the water ceaselessly cuts away the bank. Finally the +barrier is broken; there is a tumultuous meeting of waters; the next +steamboat that comes along goes through a new cut; and a moat or +ox-bow lake is the only reminder of the former channel.[5] + +[Footnote 5: One of the most noteworthy examples of these cut-offs is +Davis'. This cut-off occurred at Palmyra Bend, eighteen miles below +Vicksburg. The mid-channel distance around the bend was not far from +twenty miles; the neck was only twelve hundred feet across. The fall +of the river, measured around the bend, was about four inches per +mile; the slope, measured across the neck, was about five and one-half +feet, nearly twenty feet per mile. Inasmuch as the soil in the neck +was wholly alluvial, the current cut its new channel with exceedingly +great rapidity, soon clearing it out a mile in width and more than one +hundred feet in depth. The water rushed through the channel with such +a velocity that steamboats could not breast its flow for many weeks, +while the roaring of its flood could be heard many miles away. The +influence of the cut-off was felt both above and below Vicksburg for +several years after. The rate of erosion has been perceptibly +increased above Vicksburg: and it is not unlikely that the cut-off +which occurred a few years later at Commerce, about thirty miles below +Memphis, was a result of Davis' Cut. Other recent cut-offs have +occurred near Arkansas City, below Greenville, near Duncansby, below +Lake Providence at Vicksburg, and at Kienstra. The latter place is +below Natchez; all the others are between Natchez and Memphis. A +double cut-off is strongly threatened at Greenville.] + +In 1863 the city of Vicksburg was situated on the outer curve of such +a loop. At that time General Grant and his army were on the opposite +side of the river, and the whole power of the Federal government was +directed upon devising how the army might cross it and capture the +long-beleagured city. So an army engineer conceived the idea of +turning the river around the rear of the army. Accordingly, a canal +was cut across the loop, in order to make an artificial channel +through which its current might run. But the river steadfastly refused +to accept any channel it had not itself made, and the ditch soon +silted up. Twelve years or more afterward there was trouble; for the +river, which had all this time so persistently ignored the canal, one +stormy night, when its current was considerably swollen, took a notion +to adopt the canal that it had so long refused. Next morning the good +people of Vicksburg woke to find their metropolis, not on the river +channel, but practically an inland town overlooking a stagnant mud +flat. The town of Delta, which, the night before, was three miles +below Vicksburg, was, in the morning, two miles above it. Since that +time, energy and intelligence have conspired in its behalf, and +Vicksburg is still an important river port; but the channel of the +river is persistent, and constant effort and watchfulness alone keep a +depth of water sufficient for the needs of navigation before the +wharves. + +The average inhabitant of the flood plain of the Mississippi is not +surprised at this capriciousness of the river, for long experience has +taught him to look for it. During seasons of mean or of low water, +there is little or no trouble; but when floods begin to swell the +current, then it is high time to be on the alert, for no one knows +what a day or even an hour may bring forth. Perhaps a snag, loosened +from the bank above, may come floating down the stream. It strikes a +shallow place somewhere in the river, and thereupon anchors in +mid-channel. Directly it does, a small riffle or bar of silt will form +around it, and this, in turn, sends an eddying current over against +the bank. By and by the latter begins to be chipped away, little by +little. Perhaps the corrosion of the bank might not be noticed except +by a bottom land planter or a riverman. But there is no time to be +lost. If some unfortunate individual happens to possess belongings in +that vicinity, he simply lays aside his coat and works as if he were a +whole legion doing Cæsar's bidding; he well knows that in a very few +hours the river will be swallowing up his real estate at the rate of +half an acre to the mouthful. It is certainly hard to see one's +earthly possessions disappear before the angry flood of the river, but +the bottom land planter does not complain, because the experience of +generations has taught him that he must expect it. A queer fortune +befell Island No. 74. + +Between the States of Arkansas and Mississippi there is a large +island, which, for want of a name, is commonly known as Island No. +74.[6] This slip of insular land is probably the only territory within +the United States and not of it, for this island is without the +boundaries of either State, county or township. It is not under +control of the government, because it is in the possession of an owner +whose claim is acknowledged by the government. The anomalous position +of the island as to political situation is due to the erosion of the +river as an active and the defects of statutory law as a passive +agent. According to the enactment whereby the States of Arkansas and +Mississippi were created, the river boundary of the former extends to +_mid-stream_; that of the latter to _mid-channel_. Herein is the +difficulty. A dissipated freshet turned the current against the +Mississippi bank, and shifted the former position of mid-channel many +rods to the eastward, so that the fortunate or unfortunate owner found +his possessions lying beyond both the mid-river point of Arkansas and +the mid-channel line of Mississippi. The owner of the plantation may +be unhappy at time of election, for he is practically a non-resident +of any political division. His grief, however, is somewhat assuaged +when the tax gatherer calls, for, being outside of all political +boundaries, he has no taxes to pay. + +[Footnote 6: For convenience to navigation, the islands in the lower +Mississippi, beginning at St. Louis, are numbered. Many of them, +however, have local names by which they are frequently known.] + +Within a few years the town of Napoleon, which has already been +mentioned as the site which beheld the cross erected by Marquette and +the seizure of La Salle, was the scene of still another chapter in +history. Almost two hundred years from the time when Joliet and +Marquette beheld the historic ground, the river turned its current +against the banks, and in a few hours the crumbling walls of an old +stone building, half a mile or more from the river banks, were the +surviving monument that marked the former location of the town. + +The Mississippi is indeed a grand study, and the people who have lived +in its valley during past ages have seen the river doing just what it +is doing to-day; and as race has succeeded race, each in turn has seen +the landmarks of its predecessors swept away by its angry flood and +buried beneath its sediment. Ever since the crests of the Appalachian +and Rocky Mountains were thrust up above the sea, the river has been +wearing them away, and bearing the scourings to the vast plain below. +In the time of its building it has made the greatest and the richest +valley on the face of the earth; next to that of the Amazon it is the +largest, covering an area of one and one-quarter million square miles. +The river and its tributaries drain twenty-eight States and +Territories--an area equal to that of all Europe except Russia. This +basin includes half the area of the United States, exclusive of +Alaska. It is five times as large as Austria-Hungary, six times the +size of France or Germany, nine times the area of Spain, and ten times +that of the British Isles. Measured by its grain-producing capacity, +this valley is capable of supporting a larger population than any +other physical region on the face of the earth. Already it is the +foremost region in the world in the production of grain, meat and +cotton. The rich soil, sedentary on the prairie and alluvial in the +bottomlands, is almost inexhaustible in its nutritious qualities. The +soil cannot be "worn out" in the bottomlands, for nature restores its +vitality by bringing fresh supplies from the highlands as fast or +faster than the seed crop exhausts it. Sixty bushels of wheat or two +bales of cotton may be harvested from an acre of bottom lands. So vast +in proportions is the yearly crop of food stuffs that more than three +hundred thousand freight cars and about two thousand vessels are +required to move the crop from farm to market. One hundred and +twenty-five thousand miles of railway, fifteen thousand miles of +navigable water, exclusive of the Great Lakes, and several thousand +miles of canals are insufficient to transport this enormous +production; thousands of miles of railway are therefore yearly built +in order to keep pace with the growth of population and the settlement +of new lands. To the natural resources of the soil add the enormous +mineral wealth hidden but a few feet below the surface, and wonder +grows to amazement. Coal fields surpassing in extent all the remaining +fields in the world; iron ore sufficient to stock the world with iron +and steel for the next thousand years; copper of the finest quality; +zinc, lead, salt, building stone and timber, all in quantities +sufficient for a population a hundred times as great. Is it strange +that wise economists point to this territory and say, "Behold the +future empire of the world"? Where in the wide world is another valley +in which climate, latitude and nature have been so liberal? + +It is only a few years since the Indian and the bison divided between +them the sole possession of this region. What a change hath the hand +of destiny wrought! What a revelation, had some unseen hand lifted the +curtain that separated the past from the future! Iron, steam and +electricity have in them more of mysterious power than ever oriental +fancy accredited to the genii of the lamp, and the future of the basin +of the Mississippi will be a greater wonder than the past. + +The feast of La Salle was the death warrant of the Indian, and the +Aryan has crowded out the Indian, just as the latter evicted the mound +builder--just as the mound builder overcame the people whose monuments +of burned brick and cut stone now lie fifty feet below the surface. +Only a few centuries have gone by since these happenings; can we +number the years hence when rapacious hordes from another land shall +drive out the effete descendants of the now sturdy Aryan? + +(_To be continued_.) + + * * * * * + + + + +FREEZING MIXTURES. + + +The following selection of mixtures causing various degrees of cold, +the starting point of the cooling being indicated in the first column, +will probably serve many purposes. It should be stated that the amount +of depression in temperature will practically be the same, even if the +temperature to start from is higher. Of course in the case of snow it +cannot be higher than 0° C. (32° F.) But in some cases it is necessary +to start at a temperature below 0° C. For instance, the temperature of +-49° C. may be reached by mixing 1 part of snow with ½ part of dilute +nitric acid. But then the snow must have the temperature -23° C. If it +were only at 0° C., the depression would be only to about -26° C.: + + _________________________________________________________________ + | + | The temperature sinks + Substances to be mixed in parts by |------------------------- + weight. | from | to + _______________________________________|____________|____________ + | | + 1. Water. 1 | +10° C. | -15.5° C. + Ammonium nitrate. 1 | | + 2. Dil. hydrochloric acid. 10 | +10 | -17.8 + Sodium sulphate. 16 | | + 3. Dil. hydrochloric acid. 1 | +10 | -16 + Sodium sulphate. 1½ | | + 4. Snow. 1 | + 0 | -32.5 + Sulphuric acid. 4 | | + Water. 1 | | + 5. Snow. 1 | - 7 | -51 + Dil. sulphuric acid. 1 | | + 6. Snow. 1 | -23 | -49 + Dil. nitric acid. ½ | | + 7. Snow. 1 | 0 | -17.8 + Sodium chloride. 1 | | + 8. Snow. 1 | 0 | -49 + Calcium chloride. 1.3 | | + 9. Snow. 1 | 0 | -33 + Hydrochloric acid. 0.625 | | + 10. Snow. 1 | 0 | -24 + Sodium chloride. 0.4 | | + Ammon. chloride. 0.2 | | + 11. Snow. 1 | 0 | -31 + Sodium chloride. 0.416 | | + Ammon. nitrate. 0.416 | | + _______________________________________|____________|____________ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE APPLICATION OF ELECTROLYSIS TO QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. + +By CHARLES A. KOHN, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant Lecturer in Chemistry, +University College, Liverpool. + + +The first application of electrolysis to chemical analysis was made by +Gaultier de Claubry, in 1850, who employed the electric current for +the detection of metals when in solution. Other early workers followed +in this direction, and in 1861 Bloxam published two papers (J. Chem. +Soc., 13, 12 and 338) on "The application of electrolysis to the +detection of poisonous metals in mixtures containing organic matters." +In these papers a description is given of means for detecting small +quantities of arsenic and of antimony by subjecting their acidulated +solutions to electrolysis. The arsenic was evolved as hydride and +recognized by the usual reactions, while the antimony was mainly +deposited as metal upon the cathode. The electrolytic method for the +detection of arsenic, in which all fear of contamination from impure +zinc is overcome, has since been elaborated by Wolff, who has +succeeded in detecting as little as 0.00001 grm. arsenious oxide by +this means (this Journal, 1887, 147). + +In a somewhat different manner the voltaic current is made use of in +ordinary qualitative analysis for the detection of tin, antimony, +silver, lead, arsenic, etc., by employing a more electro-positive +metal to precipitate a less electro-positive one from its solution. + +The quantitative electrolytic methods of analysis, some of which I had +the honor of bringing before the notice of the Society some time back +(this Journal, 1889, 256), have placed a number of methods of +determination and separation of metals in the hands of chemists, which +can be employed with advantage in qualitative analysis, especially in +case of medical and medico-legal inquiry. These methods are not +supposed to supersede in any way the ordinary methods of qualitative +analysis, but to serve as a final and crucial means of identification, +and thus to render it possible to detect very small quantities of the +substances in question with very great certainty. As such they fulfill +the required conditions admirably, being readily carried out, +comparatively free from contamination with impure reagents, and +capable of being rendered quantitative whenever desired. + +In conjunction with Mr. E.V. Ellis, B.Sc., I have examined the +applicability of the electrolytic methods for the detection of the +chief mineral poisons (with the exception of arsenic, an electrolytic +process for the detection of which has already been devised, as +described), viz., antimony, mercury, lead, and copper. + +_Antimony_.--The method employed in the case of antimony is that +adopted in its quantitative estimation by means of electrolysis, a +method which insures a complete separation from those metals with +which it is precipitated in the ordinary course of analysis--arsenic +and tin. This fact is of considerable importance in reference to the +special objects for which these methods have been worked out. + +The precipitated sulphide is dissolved in potassium sulphide, and the +resultant solution, after warming with a little hydrogen peroxide to +discolorize any poly-sulphides that may be present, electrolyzed with +a current of 1.5-2 c.c. of electrolytic gas per minute (10.436 c.c. at +0° and 760 mm. = 1 ampere), when the antimony is deposited as metal +upon the negative electrode. One part of antimony (as metal) in +1,500,000 parts of solution may be thus detected, a reaction thirty +times more delicate than the deposition by means of zinc and +potassium. The stain on the cathode, which latter is best used in the +form of a piece of platinum foil about 1 sq. cm. in diameter, is +distinct even with a solution containing 1/28 mgrm. of antimony; and +by carefully evaporating a little ammonium sulphide on the foil, or +by dissolving the stain in hot hydrochloric acid and then passing a +few bubbles of sulphureted hydrogen gas into the solution, the orange +colored sulphide is obtained as a satisfactory confirmatory test. The +detection of 0.0001 grm. of metal can be fully relied on under all +conditions, and one hour is sufficient to completely precipitate such +small quantities. + +_Mercury_.--Mercury is best separated from its nitric acid solution on +a small closely wound spiral of platinum wire. The solution to be +tested is acidified with nitric acid and electrolyzed with a current +of 4-5 c.c. (c.c. refer to c.c. of electrolytic gas per minute). The +deposition is effected in half an hour. The deposited metal is removed +from the spiral by heating the latter gently in a test tube, when the +mercury forms in characteristic globules on the upper portion of the +tube. As a confirmatory and very characteristic test, a crystal of +iodine is dropped into the tube, and the whole allowed to stand for a +short time, when the presence of mercury is indicated by the formation +of the red iodide. 0.0001 grm. of mercury in 150 c.c. of solution can +be clearly detected. + +Wolff has applied this test under similar conditions, using a special +form of apparatus and a silver-coated iron anode (this Journal, 1888, +454). + +_Lead_.--Lead is precipitated either as PbO_{2} at the anode from a +nitric acid solution or as metal at the cathode from an ammonium +oxalate solution. In both cases a current of 2-3 c.c. suffices to +effect the deposition in one hour. + +Here, again, 0.0001 grm. of metal in 150 c.c. of solution can be +easily detected. With both solutions this amount gives a distinct +discoloration to the platinum spiral, on which the deposition is best +effected. As a confirmatory test the deposited metal is dissolved in +nitric acid and tested with sulphureted hydrogen, or the spiral may be +placed in a test tube and warmed with a crystal of iodine, when the +yellow iodide is formed. This latter reaction is very distinct, +especially in the case of the peroxide. + +Of the above two methods, that in which an ammonium oxalate solution +is used is the more delicate, although it cannot be employed +quantitatively, owing to the oxidation of the metal that takes place. + +An addition of 1 grm. of ammonium oxalate to the suspected solution is +sufficient. + +_Copper_.--0.00005 grm. of copper can be very readily detected by +electrolyzing an acid solution in the usual way. A spiral of platinum +wire is employed as the cathode, and the presence of the metal +confirmed for by dissolving it in a little nitric acid, diluting with +water and adding potassium ferrocyanide. + +To detect these metals in cases of poisoning, the organic matter with +which they are associated must first be destroyed in the usual way by +means of hydrochloric acid and potassium chlorate, and the +precipitates obtained in the ordinary course of analysis, then +subjected, at suitable stages, to electrolysis. As the solutions thus +obtained will be still contaminated by some organic matter, it is +necessary to pass the current for a longer time than indicated above. +On the other hand, _urine_ can be tested directly for these poisons. + +The presence of mercury or of copper may be detected by acidifying the +urine with 2-3 c.c. of nitric acid (conc.), and electrolyzing as +described. 0.0001 grm. of metal in 30 c.c. of urine can be detected +thus, or 1 part in 300,000 of urine. + +Lead does not separate well as peroxide from urine, but if ammonium +oxalate be added, and the lead deposited as metal, the reaction is +quite as delicate as in aqueous solution, and 0.0001 grm. of lead can +be thus detected. + +With antimony it is advisable to precipitate it first as sulphide, but +it can be detected directly, though not so satisfactorily, by +acidifying the urine with 2-3 c.c. of sulphuric acid (dil.), and +electrolyzing with a current of 1-5 to 2 c.c. In this case also it is +precipitated as metal upon the cathode (cp. Chittenden, Proceedings +Connecticut Acad. Science, Vol. 8). + +In the presence of urine it is advisable to continue the passage of +the current for about twice the time required in the case of aqueous +solutions. + +That an approximately quantitative result can be obtained under the +above conditions was shown in several cases in which deposition of +0.001 grm. of metal was confirmed with considerable accuracy, the +spiral or foil being weighed before and after the experiment. + +A comparison of the delicacy of these tests with the ordinary +qualitative tests for antimony, mercury, lead, and copper by means of +sulphureted hydrogen, showed that the two were equally delicate in the +case of antimony and of copper, but that in that of mercury and of +lead the electrolytic test was at least eight times the more delicate. +These comparisons were made in aqueous solutions. In testing urine the +value of the electrolytic method is still more evident, for here the +color of the liquid interferes materially with the reliability of the +ordinary qualitative tests when only very small quantities of the +metals referred to are present. + +Beyond the detection of mineral poisons, qualitative electrolysis can +only offer attraction to analysts in special cases, and the data on +the subject are to be found in the many electrolytic methods already +published. Beyond testing for gold and silver in this manner, I have +not therefore examined the applicability of these methods further. + +The detection of small quantities of gold and silver is of +considerable importance, and advantage can be taken of the ease with +which they are separated from potassium cyanide solution by the +electric current for this purpose. + +_Silver_.--Silver is obtained as chloride in the course of analysis. +To confirm for the metal electrolytically, this precipitate is +dissolved in potassium cyanide and the resulting solution electrolyzed +with a current of 1-1.5 c.c. A spiral of platinum wire is employed as +the anode, from which the silver may be dissolved by means of nitric +acid, and tested for by hydrochloric acid or by sulphureted hydrogen. +0.0001 grm. of silver in 150 c.c. of solution can be detected thus, +and one hour is sufficient for the deposition. + +_Gold_.--Gold is deposited under similar conditions to silver from +cyanide solutions. The deposit, which is rather dark colored, can be +dissolved in aqua regia and confirmed for by the Cassius' purple test. +Here again 0.0001 grm. of metal in 150 c.c. of solution can be +detected without any difficulty. + +As gold and silver are both extracted from quartziferous ores by +treatment with potassium cyanide solution according to the +MacArthur-Forrest process of gold extraction (this Journal, 1890, +267), this electrolytic method should prove very useful. By +electrolyzing the resulting solution a mixture of gold and silver will +be deposited upon the cathode, which can then be parted by nitric acid +and tested for as described. + + +DISCUSSION. + +The chairman said that there was little doubt but that further +investigation into electrolytic methods of chemical analysis would +give even more valuable results than those already obtained. +Systematic investigations of the subject, such as have been given by +Dr. Kohn, would go far to prove the adaptability of this method as a +substitute for or aid in ordinary qualitative examinations. The +remarks of Dr. Kohn respecting quantitative examinations were very +interesting, and well worth following up by other practical work. + +Professor Campbell Brown said that Dr. Kohn had shown that electricity +brought the same kind of elegance, neatness, and simplicity into +analysis that it did into lighting and silver plating. + +In its applications to the detection of poisons, he understood Dr. +Kohn to say that the poisons must first be extracted by chemical +means. That would not be sufficient, and he had no doubt that if the +subject was pursued farther they would have a paper from him (Dr. +Kohn) some day, indicating that he had obtained arsenic and such +poisons without the previous separation of the metal from organic +matter. It was a very great desideratum to have a method for detecting +arsenic and separating it from the contents of the stomach and food +directly without previous destruction of the organic matter, and he +hoped Dr. Kohn would pursue his work in that direction. + +Dr. Hurter said he was about to construct a new laboratory, and he +would assure them that one of its arrangements would be the +installation of electricity, by which to carry out researches similar +to those described. He was very glad to learn that the presence of +arsenic, etc., could be readily proved by means of electrolysis. + + * * * * * + + +A NEW CATALOGUE OF VALUABLE PAPERS + + +Contained in SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT during the past ten years, +sent _free of charge_ to any address. MUNN & CO., 361 Broadway, New +York. + + * * * * * + + +THE SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN + +ARCHITECTS AND BUILDERS EDITION. + +$2.50 A YEAR. SINGLE COPIES, 25 CTS. + + +This is a Special Edition of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, issued +monthly--on the first, day of the month. Each number contains about +forty large quarto pages, equal to about two hundred ordinary book +pages, forming, practically, a large and splendid MAGAZINE OF +ARCHITECTURE, richly adorned with _elegant plates in colors_ and with +fine engravings, illustrating the most interesting examples of modern +Architectural Construction and allied subjects. + +A special feature is the presentation in each number of a variety of +the latest and best plans for private residences, city and country, +including those of very moderate cost as well as the more expensive. +Drawings in perspective and in color are given, together with full +Plans, Specifications, Costs, Bills of Estimate, and Sheets of +Details. + +No other building paper contains so many plans, details, and +specifications regularly presented as the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN. +Hundreds of dwellings have already been erected on the various plans +we have issued during the past year, and many others are in process of +construction. + +Architects, Builders, and Owners will find this work valuable in +furnishing fresh and useful suggestions. All who contemplate building +or improving homes, or erecting structures of any kind, have before +them in this work an almost _endless series of the latest and best +examples_ from which to make selections, thus saving time and money. + +Many other subjects, including Sewerage, Piping, Lighting, Warming, +Ventilating, Decorating, Laying out of Grounds, etc., are illustrated. +An extensive Compendium of Manufacturers' Announcements is also given, +in which the most reliable and approved Building Materials, Goods, +Machines, Tools, and Appliances are described and illustrated, with +addresses of the makers, etc. + +The fullness, richness, cheapness, and convenience of this work have +won for it the LARGEST CIRCULATION of any Architectural publication in +the world. + +A Catalogue of valuable books on Architecture, Building, Carpentry, +Masonry, Heating, Warming, Lighting, Ventilation, and all branches of +industry pertaining to the art of Building, is supplied free of +charge, sent to any address. + + MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS, + 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. + + * * * * * + + +BUILDING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. + + +In connection with the publication of the BUILDING EDITION of the +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. Munn & Co. furnish plans and +specifications for buildings of every kind, including Churches, +Schools, Stores, Dwellings, Carriage Houses, Barns, etc. + +In this work they are assisted by able and experienced architects. +Full plans, details, and specifications for the various buildings +illustrated in this paper can be supplied. + +Those who contemplate building, or who wish to alter, improve, extend, +or add to existing buildings, whether wings, porches, bay windows, or +attic rooms, are invited to communicate with the undersigned. Our work +extends to all parts of the country. Estimates, plans, and drawings +promptly prepared. Terms moderate. Address + + MUNN & CO., 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. + + * * * * * + + +THE SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT. + +PUBLISHED WEEKLY. + +TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION, $5 A YEAR. + + +Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the +United States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any +foreign country. + +All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January +1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each. + +All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two +volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50 stitched in +paper, or $3.50 bound in stiff covers. + +COMBINED RATES.--One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00. + +A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers. + + MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS, + 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK, N.Y. + + * * * * * + + +USEFUL ENGINEERING BOOKS + + +Manufacturers, Agriculturists, Chemists, Engineers, Mechanics, +Builders, men of leisure, and professional men, of all classes, need +good books in the line of their respective callings. Our post office +department permits the transmission of books through the mails at very +small cost. A comprehensive catalogue of useful books by different +authors, on more than fifty different subjects, has recently been +published, for free circulation, at the office of this paper. Subjects +classified with names of author. Persons desiring a copy have only to +ask for it, and it will be mailed to them. Address, + + MUNN & CO., 361 Broadway, New York. + + * * * * * + + +PATENTS! + + +MESSRS. MUNN & CO., in connection with the publication of the +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, continue to examine improvements, and to act as +Solicitors of Patents for Inventors. + +In this line of business they have had _forty-five years' experience_, +and now have _unequaled facilities_ for the preparation of Patent +Drawings, Specifications, and the prosecution of Applications for +Patents in the United States, Canada, and Foreign Countries. Messrs. +Munn & Co. also attend to the preparation of Caveats, Copyrights for +Books, Labels, Reissues, Assignments, and Reports on Infringements of +Patents. All business intrusted to them is done with special care and +promptness, on very reasonable terms. + +A pamphlet sent free of charge, on application, containing full +information about Patents and how to procure them; directions +concerning Labels, Copyrights, Designs, Patents, Appeals, Reissues, +Infringements, Assignments, Rejected Cases, Hints on the Sale of +Patents, etc. + +We also send, _free of charge_, a Synopsis of Foreign Patent Laws, +showing the cost and method of securing patents in all the principal +countries of the world. + + MUNN & CO., SOLICITORS OF PATENTS, + 361 Broadway, New York. + +BRANCH OFFICES.--No. 622 and 624 F Street, Pacific Building, +near 7th Street, Washington, D.C. + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. +810, July 11, 1891, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + +***** This file should be named 15050-8.txt or 15050-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/0/5/15050/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the PG Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at www.pgdp.net. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/15050-8.zip b/15050-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5a5d5b --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-8.zip diff --git a/15050-h.zip b/15050-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f56980 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h.zip diff --git a/15050-h/15050-h.htm b/15050-h/15050-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d8f624 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/15050-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5594 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Scientific American +Supplement, July 11, 1891</title> +<style type="text/css"> +<!-- + body {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; background-color: white} + img {border: 0;} + h1,h2,h3 {text-align: center;} + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} + .ind {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + hr {text-align: center; width: 50%;} + .ctr {text-align: center;} +--> +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 810, +July 11, 1891, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 810, July 11, 1891 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: February 14, 2005 [EBook #15050] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the PG Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at www.pgdp.net. + + + + + + +</pre> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/title.png"><img src="./images/title_th.png" alt=""></a> +</p> +<h1>SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 810</h1> +<h2>NEW YORK, July 11, 1891</h2> +<h3>Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XXXII, No. 810.</h3> +<h3>Scientific American established 1845</h3> +<h3>Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year.</h3> +<h3>Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year.</h3> +<hr /> +<table summary="Contents" border="0" cellspacing="5"> +<tr> +<th colspan="2">TABLE OF CONTENTS.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">I.</td> +<td><a href="#I_1"> +BOTANY.—Cocos Pynaerti.—A new dwarf growing palm.—1 illustration. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">II.</td> +<td><a href="#II_1"> +CHEMISTRY.—The Application of Electrolysis to Quantitative +Analysis.—By CHARLES A. KOHN, B.Sc., Ph.D.—Applicability of +these methods to poison determinations.</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">III.</td> +<td><a href="#III_1"> +CIVIL ENGINEERING.—The Kioto-Fu Canal in Japan.—A +Japanese canal connecting the interior of the country with the +sea.—3 illustrations. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#III_2"> +The Iron Gates of the Danube.—An important engineering work, +opening a channel in the Danube.—1 illustration. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#III_3"> +The New German Ship Canal.—Connection of the Baltic with +the North Sea.—Completion of this work.—1 illustration. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#III_4"> +Transit in London, Rapid and Otherwise.—By JAMES A. TILDEN.—A +practical review of London underground railroads and their +defects and peculiarities. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">IV.</td> +<td><a href="#IV_1"> +ELECTRICITY.—An Electrostatic Safety Device.—Apparatus +for grounding a circuit of too high potential.—1 illustration.</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#IV_2"> +Experiments with High Tension Alternating Currents.—Sparking +distance of arc formed by a potential difference of 20,000 volts.—1 illustration. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#IV_3"> +Laying a Military Field Telegraph Line,—Recent field trials in +laying telegraph line in England.—3 illustrations. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#IV_4"> +Some Experiments on the Electric Discharge in Vacuum Tubes.—By Prof. J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S.—Interesting experiments +described and illustrated.—4 illustrations. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#IV_5"> +The Electrical Manufacture of Phosphorus.—Note upon a new +English works for this industry. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">V.</td> +<td><a href="#V_1"> +GEOGRAPHY.—The Mississippi River.—By JACQUES W. REDWAY.—An interesting paper on the great river and its work and +history. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">VI.</td> +<td><a href="#VI_1"> +MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—How to Find the Crack.—Note on a point in foundry work. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#VI_2"> +Riveted Joints in Boiler Shells.—By WILLIAM BARNET LE +VAN.—Continuation of this practical and important paper.—10 illustrations. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">VII.</td> +<td><a href="#VII_1"> +MEDICINE AND HYGIENE.—Influence of Repose on the Retina.—Important +researches on the physiology of the eye. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#VII_2"> +The Relation of Bacteria to Practical Surgery.—By JOHN B. +ROBERTS, A.M., M.D.—A full review from the surgeon's standpoint +of this subject, with valuable directions for practitioners. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">VIII.</td> +<td><a href="#VIII_1"> +MINERALOGY.—Precious and Ornamental Stones and Diamond +Cutting.—By GEORGE FREDERICK KUNZ.—An abstract +from a recent census bulletin, giving interesting data.</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">IX.</td> +<td><a href="#IX_1"> +MINING ENGINEERING.—Mine Timbering.—The square system +of mine timbering as used in this country in the Pacific coast +mines and now introduced into Australia.—1 illustration.</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">X.</td> +<td><a href="#X_1"> +MISCELLANEOUS.—Freezing Mixtures.—A list of useful freezing +mixtures.</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#X_2"> +Sun Dials.—Two interesting forms of sun dials described.—3 illustrations. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#X_3"> +The Undying Germ Plasm and the Immortal Soul.—By DR. R. +VON LENDENFELD.—A curious example of modern speculative +thought.</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">XI.</td> +<td><a href="#XI_1"> +NAVAL ENGINEERING.-The New British Battle Ship Empress +of India.—A first class battle ship recently launched at +Pembroke dockyard. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td valign="top">XII.</td> +<td><a href="#XII_1"> +TECHNOLOGY.—Composition of Wheat Grain and its Products +in the Mill.—A scientific examination of the composition of +wheat and its effect on mill products. +</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td><a href="#XII_2"> +Fast and Fugitive Dyes.—By Prof. J.J. HAMMEL.—Practical +notes from the dyer's standpoint upon coloring agents. +</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="IX_1" id="IX_1"></a>MINE TIMBERING.</h2> + +<p>The square system of timbering, in use in most of our large mines +on the Pacific coast, was first introduced in Australia by Mr. W.H. +Patton, who adopted it in the Broken Hill Proprietary mines, although +it does not seem to be so satisfactory to the people there as to our +miners, who are more familiar with it. The accompanying description +and plans were furnished by Mr. Patton to the report of the Secretary +of Mines for Victoria:</p> + +<blockquote><p>"The idea is supposed to have originated in the German +mines, but in a crude form. It was introduced among the mines of the +Pacific coast of America some 20 years ago, by a gentleman named +Diedesheimer. Its use there is universal, and experience has evolved +it from the embryo state to its present perfection. The old system and +its accompanying disadvantages are well known. A drive would be put in +for a certain distance, when it had to be abandoned until it could be +filled up with waste material and made secure. This process entailed +much expense. The stuff had first to be broken on the surface, then +sent below, trucked along the drives, and finally shoveled into place. +Ventilation was impaired and the drives were filled with dust. The men +worked in discomfort, and were not in a condition to perform a full +measure of labor. Under the system as adopted in the Proprietary mine, +these disadvantages disappear. The cost is one-third less, ventilation +is perfect, and every portion of the faces are accessible at all +times. Sawn timber is used throughout; the upright and cross pieces +are 10 inches by 10 inches, and stand 4 feet 6 inches apart; along the +course of the drive, the cross pieces are five feet in length, and the +height of the main drives and sill floor sets are 7 feet 2 inches in +the clear. In blocking out the stopes, the uprights are 6 feet 2 +inches, just one foot shorter than those in the main drives. The caps +and struts are of the same dimensions and timber as the sill floor. +The planks used as staging are 9 inches by 2½ inches; they are moved +from place to place as required, and upon them the men stand when +working in the stopes and in the faces. A stope resembles a huge +chamber fitted with scaffolding from floor to roof. The atmosphere is +cool and pure, and there is no dust. Stage is added to stage, +according as the stoping requires it, and ladders lead from one floor +to the other; the accessibility to all the faces is a great +advantage.</p> + +<p>If, while driving, a patch of low grade ore is met with, it can be +enriched by taking a higher class from another face, and so on. Any +grade can be produced by means of this power of selection. Opinions +have been expressed that this system of timbering is not secure, and +that pressure from above would bring the whole structure down in +ruins. But an opinion such as this is due to miscomprehension of the +facts. If signs of weakening in the timbers become apparent, the +remedy is very simple. Four or more of the uprights are lined with +planks, and waste material is shot in from above, and a strong support +is at once formed, or if signs of crushing are noticed, it is possible +to go into the stope, break down ore, and at once relieve the weight."</p> +</blockquote> + +<p class="ctr"> +<a href="./images/01-1.png"><img src="./images/01-1_th.jpg" alt="THE SQUARE SYSTEM OF TIMBERING IN MINES." title="" /> +</a><br />THE SQUARE SYSTEM OF TIMBERING IN MINES.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="III_4" id="III_4"></a>TRANSIT IN LONDON, RAPID AND OTHERWISE.<a name="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By JAMES A. TILDEN.</h3> + +<p>The methods of handling the travel and traffic in the city of +London form a very interesting subject for the study of the engineer. +The problem of rapid transit and transportation for a city of five +millions of inhabitants is naturally very complicated, and a very +difficult one to solve satisfactorily.</p> + +<p>The subject may be discussed under two divisions: first, how the +suburban travel is accommodated, that is, the great mass of people who +come into the business section of the city every morning and leave at +night; second, how the strictly local traffic from one point to +another is provided for. Under the first division it will be noted in +advance that London is well provided with suburban railroad +accommodation upon through lines radiating in every direction from the +center of the city, but the terminal stations of these + +roads, as a rule, do not penetrate far enough into the heart of the +city to provide for the suburban travel without some additional +methods of conveyance.</p> + +<p>The underground railroad system is intended to relieve the traffic +upon the main thoroughfares, affording a rapid method of +transportation between the residential and business portions, and in +addition to form a communicating link between the terminals of the +roads referred to. These terminal stations are arranged in the form of +an irregular ellipse and are eleven in number.</p> + +<p>One of the most noticeable features of the underground system in +London is that it connects these stations by means of a continuous +circuit, or "circle," as it is there called. The line connecting the +terminal stations is called the "inner circle." There is also an +extension at one end of this elliptical shaped circle which also makes +a complete circuit, and which is called the "middle circle," and a +very much larger circle reaching the northern portions of the city, +which is called the "outer circle." The eastern ends of these three +circles run for a considerable distance on the same track. In addition +to this the road branches off in a number of directions, reaching +those parts of the city which were not before accommodated by the +surface roads, or more properly the elevated or depressed roads, as +there are no grade crossings.</p> + +<p>With regard to the accommodation afforded by this system: it is a +convenience for the residents of the western and southern parts of +London, especially where they arrive in the city at any of the +terminal stations on the line of the "circle," as they can change to +the underground. They can reach the eastern end of the "circle," at +which place is located the bank and the financial section of London, +in a comparatively short time. For example, passengers arriving at +Charing Cross, Victoria or Paddington stations, can change to the +underground, and in ten, fifteen and thirty minutes respectively, +reach the Mansion House or Cannon street stations, which are the +nearest to the Bank of England. In a similar manner those arriving at +Euston, St. Pancras or King's Cross on the northern side of the +"circle," can reach Broad Street station in ten or fifteen minutes, +which station is nearest the bank on that side of the "circle."</p> + +<p>In a number of cases the underground station is in the same +building or directly connected by passages with the terminal stations +of the roads leading into the city. Examples of this kind would be +such stations as Cannon Street, Victoria or Paddington. They are not, +however, sufficiently convenient to allow the transference of baggage +so as to accommodate through passengers desiring to make connection +from one station to another across the city. Hand baggage only is +carried, about the same as it is on the elevated road in New York. The +method of cross town transfer, passengers and baggage, is invariably +done by small omnibuses, which all the railroads maintain on hand for +that special purpose. A very large proportion of the travel, however, +if not the largest, is obtained by direct communication by means of +the "circle" on branch lines with the various residential portions of +north, west and south London.</p> + +<p>Approximately on the underground railroad the fare is one cent per +mile for third class, one cent and a half for second class, and two +cents for first class, but no fare is less than a penny, or two cents. +Omnibus fares in some instances are as low as a penny for two miles. +This is not by any means the rule, and is only to be found on +competing lines. The average fare would be a penny a mile or more.</p> + +<p>The fares on the main lines which accommodate the suburban traffic +are somewhat higher than on the underground, perhaps 50 per cent. +more. In every case, on omnibus, tram cars or railroads, the rates are +charged according to distance. The system such as in use on our +electric, cable and horse cars and on the elevated road in New York, +of charging a fixed fare, is not in use anywhere.</p> + +<p>The ticket offices of the underground roads are generally on a +level with the street. In some instances both the uptown and downtown +trains are approached from one entrance, but generally there is an +entrance at either side of the railroad, similar to the elevated +railroad system. In purchasing a ticket, the destination, number of +the class, and whether it is a single or return ticket have to be +given. The passenger then descends by generally well lighted stairways +to the station below, and his ticket is punched by the man at the +gate. He then has to be careful about two things; first, to place +himself on that part of the platform where the particular class which +he wishes to take stops, and secondly, to get on to the right train. +In the formation of the train the first class coaches are placed in +the center, the second and third class respectively at the front and +rear end. There are signs which indicate where passengers are to wait, +according to the class. There is a sign at the front end of the +engine, which to those initiated sufficiently indicates the +destination of the train. The trains are also called out, and at some +stations there is an obscure indicator which also gives the desired +information. The stations are from imperfectly to well lighted, +generally from daylight which sifts down from the smoky London +atmosphere through the openings above. The length of the train +averages about eight carriages of four compartments, each compartment +holding ten persons, making a carrying capacity of 320 passengers. The +equipment of the cars is very inferior. The first class compartments +are upholstered and cushioned in blue cloth, the second class in a +cheaper quality, while most of the third class compartments have +absolutely nothing in the way of a cushion or covering either on the +seat or back, and are little better than cattle pens. The width of the +compartment is so narrow that the feet can easily be placed on the +opposite seat, that is, a very little greater distance than would be +afforded by turning two of our seats face to face. The length of the +compartment, which is the width of the car, is about a foot and a half +less than the width of our passenger cars, about equal to our freight +cars. Each compartment is so imperfectly lighted by a single lamp put +into position through the top of the car that it is almost impossible +to read.</p> + +<p>The length of time which a train remains at a station is from +thirty to forty seconds, or from three to four times the length of +time employed at the New York elevated railroad stations. The reason +for this is that a large proportion of the doors are opened by +passengers getting in or out, and all these have to be shut by the +station porter or guard of the train before the train can start. If +the train is crowded one has to run up and down to find a compartment +with a vacant seat, and also hunt for his class, and as each class is +divided into smoking and non-smoking compartments, making practically +six classes, it will be observed that all this takes time, especially +when you add the lost time at the ticket office and gate.</p> + +<p>The ventilation of the tunnels and even the stations is oftentimes +simply abominable, and although the roads are heavily patronized there +is a great amount of grumbling and disfavor on this account. The +platforms of the stations are flush with those of the cars, so that +the delay of getting in or out is very small, but the doors are so low +that a person above the average height has to stoop to get in, and +cannot much more than stand upright with a tall hat on when he is once +in the car. The monitor roof is unknown.</p> + +<p>The trains move with fair speed and the stations are plainly and +liberally marked, so that the passenger has little difficulty in +knowing when to get out. There are two signs in general use on English +railroads which + +are very simple and right to the point, namely, "Way Out" and "Way +In," so that when a passenger arrives at a station he has no question +how to get out of it. The ticket is given up as the passenger leaves +the station. There is nothing to prevent a passenger with a third +class ticket getting into a first class compartment excepting the +ominous warning of 40 shillings fine if he does so, and the liability +of having his sweet dreams interrupted by an occasional inspector who +asks to see the denomination of his ticket. All compartments intended +for the use of smokers are plainly marked and are to be found in each +class. Almost the entire part of the railroads within the thickly +settled portions of the city run in closed tunnels. Outside of this +they frequently run in open cuttings, and still further out they run +on to elevated tracks.</p> + +<p>With regard to the equipment of the suburban or surface lines not +belonging to the underground system the description is about the same. +The cars are generally four compartments long and sometimes not +exceeding three. They are coupled together with a pair of links and +fastened to the draw bar on one car and the other thrown over a hook +opposite and brought into tension by a right and left hand screw +between the links. This is obviously very inconvenient for shunting +purposes, especially as the cars are not provided with hand brakes and +no chance to get at them if there were any. Consequently it appears +that when a train is made up it stays so for an indefinite period. A +load of passengers is brought into the station and the train remains +in position until it is ready to go out. As the trains run very +frequently this appears to be a very economical arrangement, as no +shunting tracks are needed for storage. The engine which brings the +train in of course cannot get out until the train goes out with the +next load. Turn tables for the locomotives are but very little used, +as they run as double enders for suburban purposes.</p> + +<p>In conclusion it will be safe to say that the problem of rapid +transit for a city as large as London is far from solved by the +methods described. Although there are a great many miles of +underground lines and main lines, as they have been called throughout +the paper, and although grade crossings have been entirely abolished, +allowing the trains to run at the greatest speed suitable to their +frequency, still there are a great many sections which have to depend +entirely upon the omnibus or tram car. The enormous expense entailed +by the construction of the elevated structures can hardly be imagined. +We have but one similar structure in this country, which is that +running from the Schuylkill River to Broad Street station, in +Philadelphia. The underground system is even more expensive, +especially in view of the tremendous outlay for damages. This goes to +show that money has not been spared to obtain rapid transit.</p> + +<p>After all, the means to be depended upon when one desires to make a +rapid trip from one part of the city to another is the really +admirable, cheap, always ready, convenient and comfortable London +hansom; while the way to see London is from the top of an omnibus, the +most enjoyable, if not the most expeditious, means of conveyance.</p> + +<a name="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1">[1]</a><div class="note">Abstract from a paper read before the Boston Society +of Engineers, in April, 1890.</div> + +<hr /> + +<p class="ctr">[Continued from SUPPLEMENT, NO. 809, page 12930.]</p> + +<h2><a name="VI_2" id="VI_2"></a>RIVETED JOINTS IN BOILER SHELLS.<a name="FNanchor_2_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By WILLIAM BARNET LE VAN.</h3> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/02-fig11.png" alt="FIG. 11." title="" /><br />FIG. 11. +</p> + +<p>Fig. 11 represents the spacing of rivets composed of steel plates +three-eighths inch thick, averaging 58,000 pounds tensile strength on +boiler fifty-four inches diameter, secured by iron rivets +seven-eighths inch diameter. Joints of these dimensions have been in +constant use for the last fourteen years, carrying 100 pounds per +square inch.</p> + +<p><i>Punching Rivet Holes.</i>—Of all tools that take part in the +construction of boilers none are more important, or have more to do, +than the machine for punching rivet holes.</p> + +<p>That punching, or the forcible detrusion of a circular piece of +metal to form a rivet hole, has a more or less injurious effect upon +the metal plates surrounding the hole, is a fact well known and +admitted by every engineer, and it has often been said that the rivet +holes ought all to be drilled. But, unfortunately, at present writing, +no drilling appliances have yet been placed on the market that can at +all compare with punching apparatus in rapidity and cheapness of +working. A first-class punching machine will make from forty to fifty +holes per minute in a thick steel plate. Where is the drilling machine +that will approach that with a single drill?</p> + +<p>The most important matter in punching plates is the diameter of the +opening in the bolster or die relatively to that of the punch. This +difference exercises an important influence in respect not only of +easy punching but also in its effect upon the plate punched. If we +attempt to punch a perfectly cylindrical hole, the opening in the die +block must be of the same diameter as the point of the punch, or, at +least, a very close fit. The point of the punch ought to be slightly +larger in diameter than the neck, or upper part, as shown in Figs. 12 +and 13, so as to clear itself easily. + +When the hole in the bolster or die block is of a larger diameter than +the punch, the piece of metal thrust out is of larger diameter on the +bottom side, and it comes out with an ease proportionate to the +difference between the lower and upper diameters; or, in other words, +it produces a taper hole in the plate, but allows the punching to be +done with less consumption of power and, it is said, with less strain +on the plate.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/02-fig12-13.png" alt="FIG. 12.-13." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 12. and FIG. 13. +</p> + +<p>As to the difference which should exist between the diameter of the +punch and the die hole, this varies a little with the thickness of the +plate punched, or should do so in all carefully executed work, for it +is easy to understand that the die which might give a suitable taper +in a three-fourths inch plate would give too great a taper in a +three-eighths inch plate. There is no fixed rule; practical experience +determines this in a rough and ready way—often a very rough way, +indeed, for if a machine has to punch different thicknesses of plate +for the same size of rivets, the workman will seldom take the trouble +to change the die with every variation of thickness. The maker of +punches and dies generally allows about three sixty-fourths or 0.0468 +of an inch clearance.</p> + +<p>The following formula is also used by punch and die makers:</p> + + +<p class="ind">Clearance = D = d + 0.2t</p> +<p>where</p> + +<p class="ind">D = diameter of hole in die block;<br /> +d = diameter of cutting edge of punch;<br /> +t = thickness of plate in fractions of an inch;</p> + + +<p>that is to say, the diameter of the die hole equals diameter of +punch plus two-tenths the thickness of the plate to be punched.</p> + +<p><i>Example</i>.—Given a plate 3/8 or 0.375 of an inch thick, the +diameter of the punch being 13/16 or 0.8125 of an inch, then the +diameter of the die hole will be as follows:</p> + + +<p class="ind">Diameter of die hole = 0.8125 + 0.375 X 0.2 = 0.8875 inch diameter,<br /> +or say 7/8 or 0.875 inch diameter.</p> + +<p>Punches are generally made flat on their cutting edge, as shown in +Fig. 12. There are also punches made spiral on their cutting edge, as +shown in Fig. 13. This punch, instead of being flat, as in Fig. 12, is +of a helical form, as shown in Fig. 13, so as to have a gradual +shearing action commencing at the center and traveling round to the +circumference. Its form may be explained by imagining the upper cutter +of a shearing machine being rolled upon itself so as to form a +cylinder of which its long edge is the axis. The die being quite flat, +it follows that the shearing action proceeds from the center to the +circumference, just as in a shearing machine it travels from the +deeper to the shallower end of the upper cutter. The latter is not +recommended for use in metal of a thickness greater than the diameter +of the punch, and is best adapted for thicknesses of metal two-thirds +the diameter of the punch.</p> + +<p>Fig. 14 shows positions of punch and attachments in the +machine.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/02-fig14.png" alt="FIG. 14." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 14.</p> + +<p>It is of the greatest importance that the punch should be kept +sharp and the die in good order. If the punch is allowed to become +dull, it will produce a fin on the edge of the rivet hole, which, if +not removed, will cut into the rivet head and destroy the fillet by +cutting into the head. When the punch is in good condition it will +leave a sharp edge, which, if not removed, will also destroy the +fillet under the head by cutting it away.</p> + +<p>Punching possesses so many advantages over drilling as to render it +extremely important that the operation should be reduced to a system +so as to be as harmless as possible to the plate. In fact, no plate +should be used in the construction of a boiler that does not improve +with punching, and further on I will show by the experiments made by +Hoopes & Townsend, of Philadelphia, that good material is improved +by punching; that is to say, with properly made punches and dies, by +the upsetting around the punched hole, the value of the plate is +increased instead of diminished, the flow of particles from the hole +into the surrounding parts causing stiffening and strengthening.</p> + + +<p><i>Drilling Rivet Holes.</i>—In the foregoing I have not referred to +the drilling of rivet holes in place of punching. The great objection +to drilling rivet holes is the expense, from the fact that it takes +more time, and when drilled of full rivet size we are met with the +difficulty of getting the rivet holes to correspond, as they are when +punched of full rivet diameter. When two plates are drilled in place +together, the drill will produce a <i>burr</i> between the two plates—on +account of their uneven surfaces—which prevents them being brought +together, so as to be water and steam tight, unless the plates are +afterward separated and the burr removed, which, of course, adds +greatly to the expense.</p> + +<p>The difference in strength between boiler plates punched or drilled +of full rivet size may be either greater or less than the difference +in strength between unperforated plates of equal areas of fracture +section. When the metal plates are very soft and ductile, the +operation of punching does no appreciable injury. Prof. Thurston says +he has sometimes found it actually productive of increased strength; +the flow of particles from the rivet hole into the surrounding parts +causing stiffening and strengthening. With most steel and hard iron +plates the effect of punching is often to produce serious weakening +and a tendency to crack, which in some cases has resulted seriously. +With first class steel or iron plates, punching is perfectly +allowable, and the cost is twenty-five per cent. less than drilling; +in fact, none but first class metal plates should be used in the +construction of steam boilers.</p> + +<p>In the original punching machines the die was made much larger than +the punch, and the result was a conical taper hole to receive the +rivet. With the advanced state of the arts the punch and die are +accurately fitted; that is to say, the ordinary clearance for a rivet +of (say) three-fourths of an inch diameter, the dies have about three +sixty-fourths of an inch, the punch being made of full rivet size, and +the clearance allowed in the diameter of the die.</p> + +<p>Take, for example, cold punched nuts. Those made by Messrs. Hoopes +& Townsend, Philadelphia, when taken as specimens of "commercial," +as distinguished from merely experimental punching, are of +considerable interest in this connection, owing to the entire absence +of the conical holes above mentioned.</p> + +<p>When the holes are punched by machines properly built, with the +punch accurately fitted to the die, the effect is that the metal is +made to flow around the punch, and thus is made more dense and +stronger. That some such action takes place seems probable, from the +appearance of the holes in the Hoopes & Townsend nuts, which are +straight and almost as smooth as though they were drilled.</p> + +<p>Therefore I repeat that iron or steel that is not improved by +proper punching machinery is not of fit quality to enter into the +construction of steam boilers.</p> + +<p class="ctr">STRENGTH OF PUNCHED AND DRILLED IRON BARS.</p> + +<p class="ctr">HOOPES & TOWNSEND.</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table align="center" border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="6"><col align="right" ><col align="left" > +<col align="right" ><col align="left" ><col align="right" span="2" ></colgroup> +<tr><th colspan="2" align="center">Thickness of bar<br /> in inches.</th> +<th colspan="2" align="center">Thickness outside of hole<br /> in inches.</th> +<th>Punched bars<br />broke in pounds.</th> +<th>Drilled bars <br /> broke in pounds.</th></tr> +<tr><td>3/8 or</td><td>0.375</td><td>3/8 or</td><td>0.375</td><td>31,740</td><td>28,000</td></tr> +<tr><td>3/8 or</td><td>0.375</td><td>3/8 or</td><td>0.375</td><td>31,380</td><td>26,950</td></tr> +<tr><td>5/8 or</td><td>0.625</td><td>1/4 or</td><td>0.25</td><td>18,820</td><td>18,000</td></tr> +<tr><td>5/8 or</td><td>0.625</td><td>1/4 or</td><td>0.25</td><td>18,750</td><td>17,590</td></tr> +<tr><td>5/8 or</td><td>0.625</td><td>3/16 or</td><td>0.1875</td><td>14,590</td><td>13,230</td></tr> +<tr><td>5/8 or</td><td>0.625</td><td>3/16 or</td><td>0.1875</td><td>15,420</td><td>13,750</td></tr> +<tr><td>5/8 or</td><td>0.625</td><td>1/8 or</td><td>0.125</td><td>10,670</td><td>9,320</td></tr> +<tr><td>5/8 or</td><td>0.625</td><td>1/8 or</td><td>0.125</td><td>11,730</td><td>9,580</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will be seen from the above that the punched bars had the +greatest strength, indicating that punching had the effect of +strengthening instead of weakening the metal. These experiments have +given results just the reverse of similar experiments made on boiler +plates; but the material, such as above experimented upon, is what +should be placed in boilers, tough and ductile, and the manner of, and +care taken in, punching contribute to these results.</p> + +<p>It is usual to have the rivet holes one-sixteenth of an inch in +diameter larger than the rivets, in order to allow for their expansion +when hot; it is evident, however, that the difference between the +diameters of the rivet hole and of the rivet should vary with the size +of the rivet.</p> + +<p>The hole in the die is made larger than the punch; for ordinary +work the proportion of their respective diameters varies from 1:1.5 to +1:2.</p> + +<p>As I have before stated, the best plate joint is that in which the +strength of the plate and the resistance of the rivet to shearing are +equal to each other.</p> + +<p>In boilers as commercially made and sold the difference in quality +of the plates and rivets, together with the great uncertainty as to +the exact effect of punching the plates, have, so far, prevented +anything like the determination either by calculation or experiment of +what might be accepted as the best proportions of riveted joints.</p> + +<p>In regard to steel plates for boilers Mr. F.W. Webb, of Crewe, +England, chief engineer of the London and Northwestern Railway, has +made over 10,000 tests of steel plates, but had only two plates fail +in actual work; these failures he thought were attributable solely to +the want of care on the part of the men who worked the plates up.</p> + +<p>All their rivet holes for boilers were punched in a Jacquard +machine, the plates then annealed, and afterward bent in rolls; they +only used the reamer slightly when they had three thicknesses of plate +to deal with, as in butt joints with inside and outside covering +strips. These works turn out two locomotive boilers every three +days.</p> + +<p>The Baldwin Locomotive Works, which turn out on an average three +locomotives per day, punch all their rivet holes one sixteenth inch +less in diameter and ream them to driven rivet size when in place. +They also use rivets with a fillet formed under head made in solid +dies.</p> + +<p><i>Rivets.</i>—Rivets of steel or iron should be made in solid dies. +Rivets made in open dies are liable to have a fin on the shank, which +prevents a close fit into the holes of the plates. The use of solid +dies in forming the rivet insures a round shank, and an accurate fit +in a round hole. In addition, there is secured by the use of solid +dies, a strong, clean fillet under the head, the point where strength +is most needed.</p> + +<p>Commencing with a countersunk head as the strongest form of head, +the greater the fillet permissible under the head of a rivet, or bolt, +the greater the strength and the decrease in liability to fracture, as +a fillet is the life of the rivet.</p> + +<p>If rivets are made of iron, the material should be strong, tough, +and ductile, of a tensile strength not exceeding 54,000 pounds per +square inch, and giving an elongation in <i>eight inches</i> of not less +than twenty-five per cent. The rivet iron should be as ductile as the +best boiler plate when cold. Iron rivets should be annealed and the +iron in the bar should be sufficiently ductile to be bent cold to a +right angle without fracture. When heated it should be capable of +being flattened out to one-third its diameter without crack or +flaw.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/03-fig15-16.png" alt="FIG. 15. and 16." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 15. Solid Die Rivet. and FIG. 16. Open Die Rivet.</p> + +<p>If rivets are made of steel they must be low in carbon, otherwise +they will harden by chilling when the hot rivets are placed in the +cold plates. Therefore, the steel must be particularly a low grade or +mild steel. The material should show a tensile strength not greater +than 54,000 pounds per square inch and an elongation in <i>eight inches</i> +of thirty per cent. The United States government requirements are that +steel rivets shall flatten out cold under the hammer to the thickness +of one-half their diameter without showing cracks or flaws; shall +flatten out hot to one-third their diameter, and be capable of being +bent cold in the form of a hook with parallel sides without cracks or +flaws. These requirements were thought at first to be severe, but the +makers of steel now find no practical difficulty in meeting these +specifications.</p> + +<p>The forming of the head of rivets, whether of steel or iron, and +whether the heads are conical or semi-spherical, should not be changed +by the process of riveting. The form of the head is intended to be +permanent, and this permanent form can only be retained by the use of +a "hold fast," which conforms to the shape of the head. In the use of +the flat hold fast (in general use in a majority of boiler shops) the +form of the head is changed, and if the rivet, by inadequate heating, +requires severe hammering, there is danger that the head of the rivet +may be "punched" off. By the use of a hold fast made to the shape of +the rivet head, this danger is avoided and the original form of the +head is retained. This feature of the use of proper rivet tools in +boiler shops has not received the attention it deserves. Practical use +of the above named hold fast would soon convince the consumers of +rivets of its value and efficiency.</p> + +<p>The practice of driving rivets into a punched rivet hole from which +the fin or cold drag, caused by the movement of the punch, has not +been removed by reaming with a countersunk reamer, or better still a +countersunk set, should be condemned, as by driving the hot rivet head +down against the fin around the hole in the cold plate caused by the +action of punching the countersunk fillet is not only destroyed, but +it is liable to be driven into the head of the rivet, partially +cutting the head from the shank. If the rivet is driven into a hole +that has been punched with a sharp punch and sharp die, the result is +that the fillet is cut off under the head, and the riveted end is also +cut, and does not give the clinch or hold desired. That is to say, +rivet holes in plates to be riveted should have the burr or sharp edge +taken off, either by countersinking, by reamer, or set.</p> + +<p><i>Heating of Rivets.</i>—Iron rivets are generally heated in an +ordinary blacksmith's or rivet fire having a forced blast; they are +inserted with the points down into the fire, so that the heads are +kept practically cool.</p> + +<p>Steel rivets should be heated in the hearth of a reverberatory +furnace so arranged that the flame shall play over the top of the +rivets, and should be heated uniformly throughout the entire length of +the rivet to a cherry red. Particular attention must be given to the +thickness of the fire in which they are heated.</p> + +<p>Steel, of whatever kind, should never be heated in a thin fire, +especially in one having a forced blast, such as an ordinary +blacksmith's or iron rivet furnace fire. The reason for this is that +more air passes through the fire than is needed for combustion, and in +consequence there is a considerable quantity of free oxygen in the +fire which will oxidize the steel, or in other words, burn it. If free +oxygen is excluded steel cannot burn; if the temperature is high +enough it can be melted and will run down through the fire, but +burning is impossible in a thick fire with a moderate draught.</p> + +<p>This is an important matter in using steel rivets and should not be +overlooked; the same principle applies to the heating of steel plates +for flanging.</p> + +<p><i>Riveting.</i>—There are four descriptions of riveting, namely:</p> + +<p class="ind">(1) Hammered or hand riveting.<br /> +(2) Snapped or set.<br /> +(3) Countersunk..<br /> +(4) Machine.</p> + +<p>For good, sound work, machine riveting is the best.</p> + +<p>Snapped riveting is next in quality to machine riveting.</p> + +<p>Countersunk riveting is generally tighter than snapped, because +countersinking the hole is really facing it; and the countersunk rivet +is, in point of fact, made on a face joint. But countersinking the +hole also weakens the plate, inasmuch as it takes away a portion of +the metal, and should only be resorted to + +where necessary, such as around the front of furnaces, steam chests or +an odd hole here and there to clear a flange, or something of that +sort.</p> + +<p>Hammered riveting is much more expensive than machine or snapped +riveting, and has a tendency to crystallize the iron in the rivets, +causing brittleness.</p> + +<p>In the present state of the arts all the best machine riveters do +their work by pressure, and not by impact or blow.</p> + +<p>The best machines are those of the hydraulic riveting system, which +combines all of the advantages and avoids all the difficulties which +have characterized previous machine systems; that is to say, the +machine compresses without a blow, and with a uniform pressure at +will; each rivet is driven with a single progressive movement, +controlled at will. The pressure upon the rivet after it is driven is +maintained, or the die is retracted at will.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/03-fig17.png" alt="FIG. 17." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 17.</p> + +<p>Hydraulic riveting has demonstrated not only that the work could be +as well done without a blow, but that it could be <i>better done without +a blow</i>, and that the riveted material was stronger when so secured +than when subjected to the more severe treatment under impact.</p> + +<p>What is manifestly required in perfect riveting is that the metal +of the rivet while hot and plastic shall be made to flow into all the +irregularities of the rivet holes in the boiler sheets; that the +surplus metal be formed into heads as large as need be, and that the +pressure used to produce these results should not be in excess of what +the metal forming the boiler shall be capable of resisting.</p> + +<p>It is well known that metals, when subjected, either cold or hot, +to sufficient pressure, will obey almost exactly the same laws as +fluids under similar conditions, and will flow into and fill all the +crevices of the chamber or cavity in which they are contained. If, +therefore, a hot rivet is inserted into the holes made in a boiler to +receive it, and is then subjected to a sufficient pressure, it will +fill every irregularity of the holes, and thus fulfill one of the +conditions of perfect riveting. This result it is impossible to +accomplish with perfection or certainty by ordinary hand riveting, in +doing which the intermittent blows of an ordinary hammer are used to +force the metal into the holes. With a hydraulic riveting machine, +however, an absolutely uniform and continuous pressure can be imparted +to each rivet, so as to force the hot metal of the rivet into all the +irregularities of the holes in the same way as a hydraulic ram will +cause water to fill any cavity, however irregular.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/03-fig18.png" alt="FIG. 18." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 18.</p> + +<p>In order to illustrate the relative advantages of machine over hand +riveting, two plates were riveted together, the holes of which were +purposely made so as not to match perfectly. These plates were then +planed through the center of the rivets, so as to expose a section of +both the plates and rivets. From this an impression was taken with +printer's ink on paper and then transferred to a wooden block, from +which Figs. 17 and 18 were made.</p> + +<p>The machine-driven rivet is marked <i>a</i>, and <i>b</i> represents the +hammered rivet.</p> + +<p>It will be observed that the machine rivet fills the hole +completely, while the hand rivet is very imperfect. This experiment +was tried several times, with similar results each time.</p> + +<p>The hand rivet, it will be observed, filled up the hole very well +immediately under the head formed by the hammer; but sufficient +pressure could not be given to the metal—or at least it could not be +transferred far enough—to affect the metal at some distance from the +driven head. So great is this difficulty that in hand riveting much +shorter rivets must be used, because it is impossible to work +effectively so large a mass of metal with hammers as with a machine. +The heads of the machine rivets are, therefore, larger and stronger, +and will hold the plates together more firmly than the smaller +hammered heads.</p> + +<p>To drive rivets by hand, two strikers and one helper are needed in +the gang, besides the boy who heats and passes the rivets; to drive +each five-eighths inch rivet, an average of 250 blows of the hammer is +needed, and the work is but imperfectly done. With a machine, two men +handle the boiler, and one man works the machine; thus, with the same +number of men as is required in riveting by hand, five rivets are +driven each minute.</p> + +<p>The superior quality of the work done by the machine would alone +make its use advantageous; but to this is added greatly increased +amount of work done.</p> + +<p>The difference in favor of the riveting machine over hand riveting +is at least <i>ten</i> to <i>one</i>.</p> + +<p>In a large establishment a record of the number of rivets driven by +the hand-driving gang, also by the gang at the steam-riveting machine +for a long period of time, in both cases making no allowances of any +kind of delays, the rivets driven per month by each was—for the hand +driven rivets at the rate of twelve rivets per hour, and for the +machine driven rivets, 120 per hour. In the case of the hand driven +rivets the boiler remains stationary and the men move about it, while +the machine driven rivets require the whole boiler to be hoisted and +moved about at the riveting machine to bring each hole to the position +required for the dies. Notwithstanding the trouble involved in +handling and moving the boiler, it shows that it is possible to do ten +times as much work, and with less skilled labor, by the employment of +the riveting machine.</p> + +<p><i>Calking.</i>—One great source of danger in boiler making is +excessive joint calking—both inside and out—where a sharp nosed tool +is employed, and for the reason that it must be used so close to the +inner edge of plate as to indent, and in many cases actually cut +through the skin of the lower plate. This style of calking puts a +positive strain upon the rivets, commencing distortion and putting +excessive stress upon rivets—already in high tension before the +boiler is put in actual use. It is, I hope, rapidly becoming a thing +of the past.</p> + +<p>With a proper proportion of diameter and pitch of rivet, all that +is required is the use of a light "fuller tool" or the round-nosed +tool used in what is known to the trade as the "Connery system."</p> + +<p>There is but little need of calking if means are taken to secure a +clean metal-to-metal face at the joint surfaces. When the plates are +put together in ordinary course of manufacture, a portion of the mill +scale is left on, and this is reduced to powder or shaken loose in the +course of riveting and left between the plates, thus offering a +tempting opening for the steam to work through, and is really cause of +the heavy calking that puts so unnecessary a pressure on both plate +and rivet. A clean metallic joint can be secured by passing over the +two surfaces a sponge wet with a weak solution of sal-ammoniac and hot +water, an operation certainly cheap enough both as to materials and +labor required.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/03-fig19.png" alt="FIG. 10." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 19.</p> + +<p>The above cut, Fig. 19, gives an illustration of calking done by +sharp-nosed and round nosed tools, respectively. It will be seen by +Fig. 20 that the effect of a round-nosed tool is to divide the plate +calked, and as the part divided is well driven toward the rivets, a +bearing is formed at <i>a</i>, from one-half to three-fourths of an inch, +which increases the strength of joint, and will in no way cut or +injure the surface of the under plate. A perfect joint is thus +secured.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/03-fig20.png" alt="FIG. 20." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 20.</p> + +<a name="Footnote_2_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_1">[1]</a> +<div class="note">A paper read at a meeting of the Franklin Institute. +From the journal of the Institute.</div> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="XI_1" id="XI_1"></a>THE NEW BRITISH BATTLE SHIP EMPRESS +OF INDIA.</h2> + +<p>The launching of this first-class battle ship was successfully +carried out at Pembroke Dockyard on May 7. She is the second of a +class of eight battle ships built and building under the Naval Defense +Act of 1889, which were specially designed to take part in general +fleet actions in European waters. The leading dimensions are: Length, +between perpendiculars, 380 ft.; breadth, extreme, 75 ft.; mean +draught of water, 27 ft. 6 in.; and displacement at this draught, +14,150 tons, which surpasses that of any other ship in the navies of +the world. Previous to the launching of the Royal Sovereign—a sister +vessel—which took place at Portsmouth in February last, the largest +war ships in the British navy were the Nile and Trafalgar, each of +12,500 tons, and these were largely exceeded in displacement by the +Italia, of 13,900 tons, and the Lepanto, of 13,550 tons, belonging to +the Italian navy.</p> + +<p>The Empress of India is built throughout of mild steel, the stem +and stern post, together with the shaft brackets, being of cast steel. +Steel faced armor, having a maximum thickness of 18 in., extends along +the sides for 250 ft. amidships, the lower edge of the belt being 5 +ft. 6 in. below the normal water line. The belt is terminated at the +fore and after ends by transverse armored bulkheads, over which is +built a 3 in. protective steel deck extending to the ends of the +vessel and terminating forward at the point of the ram. Above the belt +the broadside is protected by 5 in. armor, the central battery being +inclosed by screen bulkheads of the same thickness. The barbettes, +which are formed of armor 17 in. thick, rise from the protective deck +at the fore and after ends of the main belt. The principal armor +throughout is backed by teak, varying in thickness from 18 in. to 20 +in., behind which is an inner skin of steel 2 in. thick. The engines +are being constructed by Messrs. Humphreys, Tennant & Co, London, + +and are of the vertical triple expansion type, capable of developing a +maximum horse power of 13,000 with forced draught and 9,000 horse +power under natural draught, the estimated speeds being 16 and 17½ +knots respectively at the normal displacement. The regular coal supply +is 900 tons, which will enable the ship to cover a distance of 5,000 +knots at a reduced speed of ten knots and about 1,600 knots at her +maximum speed. The main armament of the Empress will consist of four +67 ton breechloading guns mounted in pairs <i>en barbette</i>. The +secondary armament includes ten 6 in. 100 pounder quick firing guns, +four being mounted on the main deck and six in the sponsons on the +upper deck, sixteen 6 pounder and nine 3 pounder quick-firing guns, in +addition to a large number of machine guns.</p> + +<p>The largest guns at present mounted in any British warship are the +110 ton guns mounted in the Benbow class, and the difference between +these weapons and those to be carried by the Empress of India is very +marked.</p> + +<p>The projectile fired from either of the Benbow's heavy gun weighs +1,800 lb., and is capable of penetrating 35 in. of unbacked wrought +iron at a distance of 1,000 yards. The projectile fired from the 67 +ton guns of the Empress of India will have much less penetrating +power, being only equal to 27 in. of wrought iron with a full charge +of 520 lb. of prismatic brown powder, the missile weighing 1,250 lb. +or about one-half less than the weight of the shot used with the 110 +ton gun. It will thus be seen that the ordnance of the Benbow can +penetrate armor that would defy the attack of the guns of the Empress. +It should be said, however, that the heavy artillery of the latter +vessel is capable of penetrating any armor at present afloat, and is +carried at a much greater height above the designed load water line +than in any existing battle ship, either in the British or foreign +navies. The armor being of less weight, too, enables the new ship, and +others of her class, to carry an auxiliary armament of unprecedented +weight and power.</p> + +<p>The Empress will be lighted throughout by electricity, the +installation comprising some 600 lights, and will be provided with +four 25,000 candle power search lights, each of which will be worked +by a separate dynamo. The ship has been built from the designs of Mr. +W.H. White, C.B., Director of Naval Construction, and will be fitted +out for the use of an admiral, and when commissioned her complement of +officers and men will number 700.—<i>Industries.</i></p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="III_2" id="III_2"></a>THE "IRON GATES" OF THE DANUBE.</h2> + +<p>The work of blowing up the masses of rock which form the dangerous +rapids known as the Iron Gates, on the Danube, was inaugurated on +September 15, 1890, when the Greben Rock was partially blown up by a +blast of sixty kilogrammes of dynamite, in the presence of Count +Szapary, the Hungarian premier; M. Baross, Hungarian minister of +commerce; Count Bacquehem, Austrian minister of commerce; M. Gruitch, +the Servian premier; M. Jossimovich, Servian minister of public works; +M. De Szogyenyi, chief secretary in the Austro-Hungarian ministry of +foreign affairs; and other Hungarian and Servian authorities. Large +numbers of the inhabitants had collected on both banks of the Danube +to witness the ceremony, and the first explosion was greeted with +enthusiastic cheers. The history of this great scheme was told at the +time the Hungarian Parliament passed the bill on the subject two years +ago. It is known that the Roman Emperor Trajan, seventeen centuries +ago, commenced works, of which traces are still to be seen, for the +construction of a navigable canal to avoid the Iron Gates.</p> + +<p>For the remedy of the obstruction in the Danube, much discussed of +late years, there were two rival systems—the French, which proposed +to make locks, and + +the English and American, which was practically the same as that of +Trajan, namely, blasting the minor rocks and cutting canals and +erecting dams where the rocks were too crowded. The latter plan was in +principle adopted, and the details were worked out, in 1883, by the +Hungarian engineer Willandt. The longest canal will be that on the +Servian bank, with a length of over two kilometers and a width of +eighty meters. It will be left for a later period to make the canal +wider and deeper, as was done with the Suez Canal. For the present it +is considered sufficient that moderate sized steamers shall be able to +pass through without hindrance, and thus facilitate the exchange of +goods between the west of Europe and the east.</p> + +<p>The first portion of the rocks to be removed, and of the channels +to be cut, runs through Hungarian territory; the second portion is in +Servia. The new waterway will, it is anticipated, be finished by the +end of 1895, and then, for the first time in history, Black Sea +steamers will be seen at the quays of Pesth and Vienna, having, of +course, previously touched at Belgrade. The benefit to Servian trade +will then be quite on a par with that of Austria-Hungary. Even Germany +will derive benefit from this extension of trade to the east. These, +however, are by no means the only countries which will be benefited by +the opening of the great river to commerce. Turkey, Southern Russia, +Roumania, and Bulgaria, not to speak of the states of the west of +Europe, will reap advantage from this new departure. England, as the +chief carrier of the world, is sure to feel the beneficial effects of +the Danube being at length navigable from its mouth right up to the +very center of Europe.</p> + +<p>The removal of the Iron Gates has always been considered a matter +of European importance. The treaty of Paris stipulated for freedom of +navigation on the Danube. The London treaty of 1871 again authorized +the levying of tolls to defray the cost of the Danube regulation; and +article 57 of the treaty of Berlin intrusted Austria-Hungary with the +task of carrying out the work. By these international compacts the +European character of the great undertaking is sufficiently +attested.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/04-1.png"> +<img src="./images/04-1_th.jpg" alt="THE IRON GATES OF THE DANUBE" title=""/></a> +<br />THE "IRON GATES" OF THE DANUBE.</p> + +<p>The work of blasting the rocks will be undertaken by contractors in +the employ of the Hungarian government, as the official invitation for +tenders brought no offers from any quarter. The construction of the +dams, however, and the cutting of several channels to compass the most +difficult rocks and rapids, will be carried out by an association of +Pesth and other firms. The cost, estimated altogether at nine million +florins, will be borne by the Hungarian exchequer, to which will fall +the tolls to be levied on all vessels passing through the Gates until +the original outlay is repaid.</p> + +<p>Very few persons know, says the <i>American Architect</i>, what an +enormous work has been undertaken at the Iron Gates of the Danube, +where operations are rapidly progressing, mainly in accordance with a +plan devised many years ago by our distinguished countryman, Mr. +McAlpine. The total length of that part of the river to be regulated +is about two hundred and fifty miles, so that the enterprise ranks +with the cutting of the Panama and Suez canals as one of the greatest +engineering feats ever attempted. Work has been begun simultaneously +at three points: at Greben, where there are reefs to be taken care of; +at the cataract, near Jucz, and at the Iron Gate proper, below Orsova. +At Greben, where the stream is shallow, but swift, a channel two +hundred feet wide is to be blasted out of the rock, and below it a +stone embankment wall is to be built more than four miles long. From a +reef which projects into the river a piece is to be blasted away, +measuring five hundred feet in length, and about nine feet in depth. +The difficulties of working in this part of the river are very great. +Not only is the current extremely rapid, but in certain places ridges +of rock barely covered at low water alternate + +with pools a hundred and forty feet deep, which give rise, in the +rapid current, to frightful whirlpools and eddies. These deep pools +are to be filled at the same time that the reefs are cut away, and it +is estimated that nearly three million cubic feet of loose stonework +will be needed for this purpose alone. In addition to the excavation, +artificial banks and breakwaters, for modifying the course of the +stream, are to be built; so that it is estimated that the masonry to +be executed in this section will amount to about five and one-half +million cubic feet.</p> + +<p>In the cataract section, at Jucz, a channel two hundred feet wide, +and more than half a mile long, is to be blasted out of the rock, and +a breakwater built, to moderate the suddenness of the fall. This +breakwater is to be about two miles long, and ten feet thick at the +top, increasing in thickness toward the bottom. The rock in which the +channel must be cut at this point is partly serpentine greenstone, +partly chrome iron ore, and is intensely hard. In the section of the +Iron Gate, the work to be done consists in "canalizing" the river for +a distance of a mile and a half, by building a wall on each side, and +excavating the bed of the river between. The channel between the walls +will be two hundred and fifty feet wide. It is estimated that nearly +three million cubic feet of rock will have to be excavated here, all +of which will be used to fill in behind the embankment walls. Of +course, the greater part of the rock will be removed by means of +blasting with high explosives, but some of it is to be attacked with a +novel instrument, which was first tried, on a small scale, on the +Panama Canal, and is to be used for serious work here. This +instrument, as it is to be employed on the Danube, consists of an +enormous steel drill, thirty-three feet long, and weighing ten tons. +By means of a machine like a pile driver, this monstrous tool is +raised to a height of about fifty feet, and allowed to drop, point +first. So heavy a mass of metal, falling from a considerable height, +meets with comparatively little resistance from the water, and the +point shatters and grinds up the rock on which it strikes. Fifty or +sixty blows per minute can be struck with a tool of this kind, and ten +thousand blows in all can be inflicted before the tool is so worn as +to be past service. Several of these drills will be at work at the +same time, and to remove the fragments of rock which they break off, a +huge dredge of three hundred and fifty horse power is to be employed. +For excavating by means of explosives, arrangements have been made for +drilling the holes for the cartridges with the greatest possible +rapidity, as on this depends the celerity with which the work can be +pushed forward. Much of the work will be done by means of diamond +drills, which are mounted on boats. Five of these boats have been +provided, each with seven diamond drills, arranged so as to work +perfectly in twenty feet of water. Other boats are fitted with +pneumatic drills, which are operated by means of air, compressed to a +tension of seven hundred and fifty pounds to the square inch. The +pressure of the compressed air is transmitted by means of water to the +drills, which act by percussion, and work very rapidly. These drills +are curiously automatic in their operation. After boring the holes to +the allotted depth, the machine automatically sets in each a tube, +washes out the dust, inserts a dynamite cartridge, withdraws the tube, +and connects the wire of the electric fuse in the cartridge with the +battery wire in the boat. The cartridges are charged with a pound of +dynamite to each. In hard rock only one charge is fired at a time, but +in softer material four are fired at once. If the water over the work +is deep, the boat is not moved from its position, but in shallow water +it is towed a few yards away from the spot where the explosion is to +take place. The drill holes are about six feet deep, and are spaced at +the rate of about one to every three square feet, something, of +course, depending upon the character of the rock. + +The whole work is now under contract, the mechanical engineering firm +of Luther, of Brunswick, having undertaken to complete it in five +years, for a payment of less than four million dollars.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="III_3" id="III_3"></a>THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL.</h2> + +<p>The gates which admit the water into the new canal which is to +connect the Baltic with the North Sea have been recently opened by the +Emperor William. This canal is being constructed by the German +government principally for the purpose of strengthening the naval +resources of Germany, by giving safer and more direct communication +for the ships of the navy to the North German ports. The depth of +water will be sufficient for the largest ships of the German navy. The +canal will also prove of very great advantage to the numerous timber +and other vessels trading between St. Petersburg, Stockholm, Dantzic, +Riga, and all the North German ports in the Baltic and this country. +The passage by the Kattegat and Skager Rack is exceedingly intricate +and very dangerous, the yearly loss of shipping being estimated at +half a million of money. In addition to the avoidance of this +dangerous course, the saving in distance will be very considerable. +Thus, for vessels trading to the Thames the saving will be 250 miles, +for those going to Lynn or Boston 220, to Hull 200, to Newcastle or +Leith 100. This means a saving of three days for a sailing vessel +going to Boston docks, the port lying in the most direct line from the +timber ports of the Baltic to all the center of England. The direction +of the canal is shown by the thick line in the accompanying sketch map +of the North Sea and Baltic. Considering that between 30,000 and +40,000 ships now pass through the Sound annually, the advantage to the +Baltic trade is very apparent.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/05-1.png"> +<img src="./images/05-1_th.jpg" alt="THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL." title="" /></a> +<br />THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL.</p> + +<p>The new canal starts at Holtenau, on the north side of the Kiel +Bay, and joins the Elbe fifteen miles above the mouth. From Kiel Bay +to Rendsborg, at the junction with the Eider, the new canal follows +the Schleswig and Holstein Canal, which was made about one hundred +years ago, and is adapted for boats drawing about eight feet; thence +it follows the course of the Eider to near Willenbergen, when it +leaves that river and turns southward to join the Elbe at Brunsbuttel, +about forty miles below Hamburg. The canal is 61 miles long, 200 ft. +wide at the surface, and 85 ft. at the bottom, the depth of water +being 28 ft. The surface of the water in the two seas being level, no +locks are required; sluices or floodgates only being provided where it +enters the Eider and at its termination. The country being generally +level there are no engineering difficulties to contend with, except a +boggy portion near the Elbe; the ground to be removed is chiefly sandy +loam. Four railways cross the canal and two + +main roads, and these will be carried across on swing bridges. The +cost is estimated at £8,000,000. About six thousand men are employed +on the works, principally Italians and Swiss.—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="III_1" id="III_1"></a>THE KIOTO-FU CANAL, IN JAPAN.</h2> + +<p>Japan is already traversed by a system of railways, and its +population is entering more and more into the footsteps of western +civilization. This movement, a consequence of the revolution of 1868, +is extending to the public works of every kind, for while the first +railway lines were being continued, there was in the course of +excavation (among other canals) a navigable canal designed to connect +Lake Biwa and the Bay of Osaka, upon which is situated Kioto, the +ancient capital of Japan.</p> + +<p>The work, which was begun in 1885, was finished last year, and one +of our readers has been kind enough to send us, along with some +photographs which we herewith reproduce, a description written by Mr. +S. Tanabe, engineer in chief of the work.</p> + +<p>The object of the Kioto-Fu Canal is not only to provide a navigable +watercourse, putting the interior of the country in connection with +the sea, but also to furnish waterfalls for supplying the water works +of the city of Kioto with the water necessary for the irrigation + +of the rice plantations, and that employed for city distribution. It +starts from the southwest extremity of Lake Biwa, the largest lake in +Japan, and the area of which is 800 square kilometers. This lake, +which is situated at 84 meters above the level of the sea, is 56 +kilometers from the Bay of Osaka. As this bay is already in +communication with Kioto by a canal, the Kioto-Fu forms a junction +with the latter after a stretch of 11 kilometers and a difference of +level of 45 meters between its extremities.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/05-fig1.png"> +<img src="./images/05-fig1_th.jpg" alt="FIG. 1.—EXTREMITY OF LAKE BIWA AND BEGINNING OF THE CANAL." title="" /></a> +<br />FIG. 1.—EXTREMITY OF LAKE BIWA AND BEGINNING OF THE CANAL.</p> + +<p>The lake terminates in a marshy plain (Fig. 1), in which the first +excavation was made. This is protected by longitudinal dikes which +lead back the water to it in case of freshets. At the end of this +cutting, which is 100 meters in length, begins the canal properly so +called, with a width of 5.7 meters, at the surface, and a depth of 1.5 +meters, for a length of 540 meters. It then reaches the first tunnel +for crossing the Nagara-yama chain. This tunnel is 2,500 meters in +length, 4.8 in width and 4.2 in height. The water reaches a depth of +1.8 meters upon the floor. It was pierced through very varied +materials, such as clay, schists, sandstone and porphyry, and is lined +throughout with brick masonry. The construction was effected by means +of a working shaft 45 meters in depth, sunk in the axis of the work, +at a third of its length from the west side. At the upper extremity +are established sluices that permit of securing to the canal a +constant discharge of 8.5 cubic meters per second. Fig. 2 represents +the head of this work.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/05-fig2.png"> +<img src="./images/05-fig2_th.jpg"alt="FIG. 2.—HEAD OF THE PRINCIPAL TUNNEL." title="" /></a> +<br />FIG. 2.—HEAD OF THE PRINCIPAL TUNNEL.</p> + +<p>Starting from the tunnel, the canal extends in the open air for a +length of 4,500 meters. To reach the basin of Kioto, it traverses the +Hino-oko-yama chain of hills, through two tunnels of the same section +and construction as the one just mentioned, and of the respective +lengths of 125 and 841 meters. Traction in the tunnels is to be +effected by means of an immersed chain.</p> + +<p>On leaving tunnel No. 3, at about 8,400 meters from its origin, the +canal divides into two branches. The first of these, which is designed +to serve as a navigable way, has a slope 0.066 per meter for a length +of 540 meters. It is a true inclined plane, which the boats pass over +by means of a cradle carried by trucks and drawn by a cable actuated +by the fall furnished by the other branch. At the foot of the inclined +plane, the canal widens out to 18 meters at the surface, with a depth +of 1.5 meter, and, through a sluice, joins the Osaka Bay Canal, after +a stretch of 2 kilometers.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/05-fig3.png"> +<img src="./images/05-fig3_th.jpg" alt="FIG. 3.—AQUEDUCT OVER THE VALLEY OF THE TOMBS OF THE EMPERORS." title="" /></a> +<br />FIG. 3.—AQUEDUCT OVER THE VALLEY OF THE TOMBS OF THE EMPERORS.</p> + +<p>The second branch traverses a small tunnel, crosses the valley of +the emperors' tombs upon an aqueduct of 14 arches (Fig. 3), and +reaches Kogawa, a faubourg north of Kioto, after a stretch of 8 +kilometers. Its slope is greater than that of the main canal, from +which it derives but 1.4 cubic meter. The 7 cubic meters remaining may +be employed for the production of motive power under a fall of 56 +meters. It is proposed to utilize a portion of it, at the point of +bifurcation and at the top of the inclined plane, in a hydraulic +installation that will drive electric machines. The total cost of the +work was one million dollars, a third of which was furnished by the +imperial treasury, a quarter by the central government, and the rest +by various taxes.—<i>La Nature.</i></p> + +<hr /> + +<p><a name="VI_1" id="VI_1"></a>HOW TO FIND THE CRACK.—Most mechanics +know that by drilling a hole at the inner end of a crack in cast metal +its extension can be prevented. But to find out the exact point where +the crack ends, the <i>Revue Industrielle</i> recommends moistening the +cracked surface with petroleum, then, after wiping it, to immediately +rub it with chalk. The oil that has penetrated into the crack will, by +exudation, indicate the exact course and end of the crack.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="XII_2" id="XII_2"></a>FAST AND FUGITIVE DYES.<a name="FNanchor_3_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By Prof. J.J. HUMMEL2</h3> + +<p>As it is with many other arts, the origin of dyeing is shrouded in +the obscurity of the past; but no doubt it was with the desire to +attract his fellow that man first began to imitate the variety of +color he saw around him in nature, and colored his body or his +dress.</p> + +<p>Probably the first method of ornamenting textile fabrics was to +stain them with the juices of fruits, or the flowers, leaves, stems, +and roots of plants bruised with water, and we may reasonably assume +that the primitive colors thus obtained would lack durability.</p> + +<p>By and by, however, it was found possible to render some of the +dyes more permanent, probably in the first instance by the application +of certain kinds of earth or mud, as we know to be practiced by the +Maori dyers of to-day, and in this way, as it appears to me, the early +dyers learnt the efficacy of what we now call "mordants," which I may +briefly describe as fixing agents for coloring matters.</p> + +<p>At a very remote period therefore, I imagine, the subject of fast +and fugitive dyes engaged the attention of textile colorists.</p> + +<p>Our European knowledge of dyeing seems to have come to us from the +East, and although at first indigenous dyestuffs were largely +employed, with the discovery of new countries many of these fell +slowly and gradually into disuse, giving way to the newly imported +dyestuffs of other lands, which possessed some advantage, being either +richer in coloring matter, yielding brighter or faster colors, or +being capable of more easy application. Thus kermes gave way to +cochineal, woad to indigo, and so on.</p> + +<p>Down to about the year 1856, natural dyestuffs alone, with but one +or two exceptions, were employed by dyers; but in that year a present +distinguished member of this Society, Dr. Perkin, astonished the +scientific and industrial world by his epoch-making discovery of the +coal tar color mauve. From that time down to the present, the textile +colorist has had placed before him an ever increasing number of +coloring matters derived from the same source.</p> + +<p>Specially worthy of notice are the discoveries of artificial +alizarin, in 1868, by Graebe and Liebermann, and of indigotin, in +1878, by Adolf Baeyer, both coloring matters being identical with the +respective dyes obtained from plants.</p> + +<p>In view of the vast array of coal tar colors now at our disposal, +and their almost universal application in the decoration of all manner +of textile fabrics, threatening even the continued use of well known +dyestuffs of vegetable origin, it becomes of the greatest importance +to examine most thoroughly, and to compare the stability of both old +and new coloring matters.</p> + +<p>The first point in discussing this question of fast and fugitive +dyes is to define the meaning of these terms "fast" and "fugitive." +Unfortunately, as frequently employed, they have no very definite +signification. The great variety of textile fabrics to which coloring +matters are applied, the different stages of manufacture at which the +coloring matter is applied, and the many uses to which the fabrics are +ultimately put, all these are elements which cause dyed colors to be +exposed to the most varied influences.</p> + +<p>The term a "fast color," then, may convey a different meaning to +different individuals. To one it implies that the color will not fade +when exposed to light and atmospheric conditions; to another that it +is not impoverished by washing with soap and water; to a third it may +indicate that the color will withstand the action of certain +manufacturing operations, such as scouring, milling, stoving, etc.; +while a fourth person might be so exacting as to demand that a fast +color should resist all the varied influences I have named.</p> + +<p>It is well to state at once that no dyed color is absolutely fast, +even to a single influence, and it certainly cannot pass unscathed +through all the operations to which it may be necessary to submit +individual colors applied to this or that material. Many colors are +fast to washing or milling, and yet very fugitive to light; others are +fast to light, but fugitive toward milling; while others again are +fast to both influences. In short, each color has its own special, +characteristic properties, so that colors may be classified with +respect to each particular influence, and may occupy a very different +rank in the different arrangements.</p> + +<p>It is, however, by no means necessary to demand absolute fastness +from any color. A color may "bleed" in milling, and therefore be very +unsuitable for tweeds, and yet be most excellent for curtains and +hangings, because of its fastness to light. So, too, a dye capable of +yielding rich or delicate tints, but only moderately fast to light, +may still be perfectly well adapted for the silks and satins of the +ball room, or even the rapidly changing fashion, although it would be +quite inadmissible for the pennon at the masthead.</p> + +<p>The colors of carpets, curtains, and tapestry should certainly be +fast to light, but no one expects them to undergo the fatigue of the +weekly washtub; and just as little as we look for the exposure of +flannels and hosiery, day by day and week by week, to the glare of +sunlight, much as we desire that the colors shall not run in +washing.</p> + +<p>For all practical purposes, then, it seems reasonable to define a +"fast color" as one which will not be materially affected by those +influences to which, in the natural course of things, it will be +submitted. Hence, in speaking of a fast color, it becomes necessary to +refer specially to the particular influences which it resists before +the term acquires a definite meaning. To be precise, one should say +that a color is "fast to light," or "fast to washing," or "fast to +light and washing," and so on. Further, it is necessary, as we shall +see afterward, to give always the name of the fiber to which the color +is applied.</p> + +<p>All that I have said with respect to the term "fast" may be applied +with equal propriety to the term "fugitive." This, too, has no very +definite meaning until a qualifying statement, such as I have referred +to, gives it precision.</p> + +<p>The most important question to be considered is</p> + +<h3>THE ACTION OF LIGHT ON DYED COLORS.</h3> + +<p>That light can effect radical changes in many substances was known +to the ancients. Its destructive action on artists' pigments, <i>e.g.</i>, +the blackening of vermilion, was recorded 2,000 years ago by +Vitruvius. + +Since that time it has been well established, by numerous observations +and experiments, that light possesses, in a high degree, the power of +exerting chemical action, <i>i.e.</i>, causing the combination or +decomposition of a large number of substances. The union of chlorine +with hydrogen gas, the blackening of silver salts, the reduction of +bichromate of potash and of certain ferric salts in contact with +organic substances, are all familiar instances of the action of light. +In illustration of this, I show here some calico prints produced by +first preparing the calico with a solution of potassium bichromate, +then exposing the dried calico under a photographic negative, and, +after washing, dyeing with alizarin or some similar coloring matter. +During the exposure under the negative, the light has reduced and +fixed the chromium salt upon certain parts of the fiber as insoluble +chromate of chromium (Cr<sub>2</sub>O<sub>3</sub>CrO<sub>3</sub>) in +the more protected portions, the bichromate remains unchanged, and is +subsequently removed by washing. During the dyeing process, the +coloring matter combines with the chromium fixed on the fiber, and +thus develops the colored photograph.</p> + +<p>The prints in Prussian blue are produced in a similar manner, the +sensitive salt with which the calico is prepared being ammonium +ferricitrate, and the developer potassium ferricyanide.</p> + +<p>Investigation has shown that the most chemically active rays are +those situated at the blue end of the solar spectrum; and although all +the rays absorbed by a sensitive colored body affect its change, it is +doubtless the blue rays which are the chief cause of the fading of +colors. Experiments are on record, indeed, which prove this.</p> + +<p>Depierre and Clouet (1878-82) exposed a series of colors, printed +and dyed on calico, to light which had passed through glasses stained +red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet, corresponding to +definite parts of the spectrum. They found that the blue light +possessed the greatest fading power, red light the least.</p> + +<p>More recently (1886-88) Abney and Russell exposed water colors +under red, green, and blue glass, and came to the same conclusion.</p> + +<p>But the chemical energy of the sun's rays is not the sole cause of +the fading of colors. There are certain contributory causes as +important as the light itself.</p> + +<p>About fifty years ago, Chevreul showed what these accessory causes +are, by exposing to light a number of dyed colors under varied +conditions, <i>e.g.</i>, in a vacuum, in dry and moist hydrogen, dry and +moist air, water vapor, and the ordinary atmosphere. He found that +such fugitive colors as orchil, safflower, and indigo-carmine fade +very rapidly in moist air, less rapidly in dry air, and that they +experience little or no change in hydrogen or in a vacuum. The general +conclusion arrived at was, that light, when acting alone, <i>i.e.</i>, +without the aid of air and moisture, exercises a very feeble +influence. Further, it was determined that the air and moisture, +without aid of light, have also comparatively little effect on dyed +colors. Abney and Russell, in their experiments with water colors, +obtained similar results.</p> + +<p>These conclusions are exactly in accordance with our common +knowledge of the old fashioned method of bleaching cotton and linen, +in which the wetted fabric is exposed to light on the grass, and +frequently sprinkled with water. If the material becomes dry through +the absence of dew or rain, or the want of sprinkling, little or no +bleaching takes place.</p> + +<p>The one color which Chevreul found to behave abnormally was +Prussian blue. This faded even in a vacuum; but, strange to say, on +keeping the faded color in the dark, and exposed to air, the color was +restored. It was shown that, during the exposure to light, the color +lost cyanogen, or hydrocyanic acid, while in the dark and exposed to +the air, oxygen was absorbed. Chevreul concluded, therefore, that the +fading of Prussian blue was due to a process of reduction.</p> + +<p>The prevailing opinion, however, is that the fading of colors is a +process of oxidation, caused by the ozone, or hydrogen peroxide, which +is probably formed in small quantity during the evaporation of the +moisture present, and both these substances are powerful bleaching +agents.</p> + +<p>It would be extremely convenient to have some rapid method of +testing colors for fastness to light, and I believe it is the custom +with some to apply certain chemical tests with this object in view. +The results of my own experiments in this direction lead me to the +conclusion that at present we have no sufficient substitute for +sunlight for this purpose, since I have not found any oxidizing or +reducing substance which affects dyed colors in all respects like the +natural color-fading agencies; further, I am inclined to the opinion +that the action of light varies somewhat with the different coloring +matters, according to their chemical constitution and the fiber upon +which they are applied.</p> + +<p>With respect to this last point, Chevreul actually found that +colors are faster to light on some fibers than on others, and this +fact, which is generally known to practical men, is abundantly shown +in the diagrams on the wall. As a rule we may say that colors are most +fugitive on cotton and most permanent on wool, those on silk holding +an intermediate position. Still there are many exceptions to this +order, especially as between silk and wool.</p> + +<p>Since the time of Chevreul, the action of light on dyed colors has +not been seriously and exhaustively studied. From time to time, series +of patterns dyed with our modern colors have been exposed to light, +<i>e.g.</i>, by Depierre and Clouet, Joffre, Muller, Kallab, Schmidt, and +others; but the published results must at best be considered as more +or less fragmentary. Under the auspices of the British Association, +and a committee appointed at its last meeting in Leeds, I hope to have +the pleasure during the next few years of studying this interesting +subject.</p> + +<p>To-night I propose to give you some of the prominent results +already obtained in past years, in the dyeing department of the +Yorkshire College, where it has been our custom to expose to light and +other influences the patterns dyed by our students. Further, I wish to +give you an ocular demonstration of the action of light or dyed +colors, by means of these silk, wool, and cotton patterns, portions of +which have been exposed for 34 days and nights on the sea coast near +Bombay, during the month of February of this year.</p> + + +<p>I may remark that this test has been a very trying one, for I +estimate that it is equal to more than a year's exposure in this +country. During the whole period there was cloudless sunshine, without +any rain, and each evening heavy dew. I have pleasure in acknowledging +the services of Mr. W. Reid, a former student, who superintended the +exposure of the patterns, and from time to time took notes of the rate +at which individual patterns faded.</p> + +<p>These diagrams contain, perhaps, the most complete series of both +old and new dyes, on the three fibers, which have been simultaneously +exposed to sunlight, and they form an instructive object lesson.</p> + +<p>Let me first direct your attention to the diagram containing the +<i>natural coloring matters</i>—those dyestuffs which were in use previous +to 1856. Broadly speaking, they are of two kinds; those which dye +textile materials "direct," and those which give no useful color +without the aid of certain metallic salts, called "mordants."</p> + +<p>Now, among the natural coloring matters, these "mordant dyes," as +they may be conveniently termed, are much more numerous than the +"direct dyes;" but be it observed, we have fast and fugitive colors in +both classes.</p> + +<p>Referring first to the wool patterns and to the "direct dyes," we +find that the only really fast colors are Prussian blue and Vat indigo +blue. Turmeric, orchil, catechu, and indigo carmine are all extremely +fugitive.</p> + +<p>As to the "mordant dyes," some yield fast colors with all the usual +mordants, <i>e.g.</i>, madder, cochineal, lac dye, kermes, viz., reds with +tin and aluminum, claret browns with copper and chromium, and dull +violets with iron.</p> + +<p>Other dyestuffs, like camwood, brazilwood, and their allies, also +young fustic, give always fugitive colors whatever mordant be +employed; others again, <i>e.g.</i>, weld, old fustic, quercitron bark, +flavin, and Persian berries, give fast colors with some mordants and +fugitive colors with others; compare, for example, the fast olives of +the chromium, copper, and iron mordants with the fugitive yellows +given by aluminum and tin. A still more striking case is presented by +logwood, which gives a fast greenish-black with copper and very +fugitive colors with aluminum and tin. Other experiments have shown +that the chromium and iron logwood blacks hold an intermediate +position. Abnormal properties are found to be exhibited by camwood and +its allies, with aluminum and tin, the colors at first becoming +darker, and only afterward fading in the normal manner.</p> + +<p>When we examine the silk patterns, we find, generally speaking, a +similar degree of fastness among the various natural dyes, as with +wool; in some instances the colors appear even faster, notice, for +example, the catechu brown and the colors given by brazilwood and its +allies, with iron mordant.</p> + +<p>On examining the cotton patterns, we are at once struck with the +marked fugitive character of nearly all the natural dyes. The +exceptions are: the madder colors, especially when fixed on +oil-prepared cotton, as in Turkey red; the black produced by logwood, +tannin, and iron; and a few mineral colors, <i>e.g.</i>, iron buff, +manganese brown, chromate of lead orange, etc., and Prussian blue. +Cochineal and its allies, which are such excellent dyes for wool and +silk, give only fugitive colors on cotton.</p> + +<p>The main point which arrests our attention in connection with the +natural dyes seems to me to be the comparatively limited number of +fast colors. Very remarkable is the total absence of any really fast +yellow vegetable dye, and it is probably on this account that gold +thread was formerly so much introduced into textile fabrics. Notice +further the decided fastness of Prussian blue, especially on wool and +silk; while we cannot but remark the comparatively fugitive character +of vat indigo blue on cotton, and even on silk, compared with the +fastness of the same color when fixed on wool.</p> + +<p>Now, let us turn our attention to the <i>artificial coloring +matters</i>, derived with few exceptions from coal tar products.</p> + +<p>Here again we have two classes, "mordant dyes" and "direct dyes." +Both classes are somewhat numerous, but whereas the former may be +conveniently shown on a single diagram sheet, it requires a +considerable number to display the latter.</p> + +<p>First let us examine the wool patterns dyed with the "mordant +dyes."</p> + +<p>We find there a few yellow dyes quite equal in fastness to those of +natural origin, or even somewhat surpassing them, <i>e.g.</i>, two of the +alizarin yellows, viz., those marked R and G G W. Except in point of +fastness and mode of application, I may say that these are not true +alizarin colors, neither are they analogous to the natural yellow +dyestuffs, for they are incapable of giving dark olives with iron +mordants. Truer representatives of the natural yellow dyes appear, +however, to exist in galloflavin and the alizarin yellows marked A and +C, and, as you see, they are of about the same degree of fastness.</p> + +<p>Among the red dyes we have alizarin and its numerous allies, and +these are certainly fit representatives of the madder root, which +indeed they have almost entirely displaced. The most recent additions +to this important class are the various alizarin Bordeaux. The only +dyes in this group which appear somewhat behind the rest in point of +fastness are purpurin and alizarin maroon.</p> + +<p>On this same diagram we notice, also, fast blues and dark greens, +of which we have no similar representatives among the natural coloring +matters. I refer to alizarin blue, alizarin cyanin, alizarin indigo, +alizarin green, and cœrulin.</p> + +<p>Further, an excellent group of coloring matters, giving fast browns +and greens with copper and iron mordants respectively, is formed by +naphthol green, resorcinol green, gambin, and dioxin.</p> + +<p>The only fugitive dyes of the class now under consideration are +some of the yellows, gallamin blue and gallocyanin.</p> + +<p>If we now turn to examine the colors given by these artificial +"mordant dyes" on silk, we notice, also, a good series of fast colors +similar to those which they give on wool; and even on cotton we see +many fast colors, of which we have no representatives among the +dyewoods.</p> + +<p>If we were not prepared to find so few really fast natural dyes, +surely we cannot but be surprised to find what a considerable number +of fast dyes are to be met with among the coal tar coloring matters +requiring the aid of mordants.</p> + +<p>On these diagrams, the first vertical column shows the stain given +by the coloring matter alone; the remaining columns show the colors +obtained when the same coloring matters are applied in conjunction +with the several mordants—chromium, aluminum, tin, copper, and +iron.</p> + +<p>It was formerly held that the office of a mordant was merely to fix +the coloring matter upon the fiber; we now know, however, and it is +plainly illustrated by these diagrams, that this view is erroneous, +for the mordant not only fixes but also develops the color; the +mordant and coloring matter chemically combine with each other, and +the resultant compound represents the really useful pigment or dye. If +a coloring matter is combined with different mordants, the dyes thus +obtained represent distinct chemical products, and it is quite +natural, therefore, to find them differing from each other in color, +and their resistance toward light.</p> + +<p>Knowing this, it is clearly the duty of the dyer to apply each +coloring matter of this class with a variety of mordants, and to +select the particular combination which gives him the desired color +and fastness. By adopting this method, however, his selection would +ultimately comprise a large number of coloring matters paired with a +great variety of mordants. In order, therefore, to avoid the intricacy +involved in the use of several mordants, and to simplify the process +of dyeing, especially when dyeing compound shades, the dyer prefers to +limit himself as far as possible to the use of a single mordant, and +to employ along with it a mixture of several coloring matters.</p> + +<p>Now the woolen dyer has largely adopted an excellent mordant in +bichromate of potash; it is cheap, easily applied, and not perceptibly +injurious to the fiber. It is his desire, therefore, to have a good +range of red, yellow, blue, and other coloring matters, all giving +fast dyes with this mordant. This action and desire on the part of the +dyer has more and more placed the problem of producing fast colors +upon the shoulders of the color manufacturer or chemist, and right +well has the demand been met, for in the diagram on the wall we see +how, in the alizarin colors and their allies, he has already furnished +the dyer with a goodly number of dyestuffs yielding fast dyes with +this chosen mordant of the woolen dyer. Since, however, they yield +fast colors with other useful mordants, and upon other fibers than +wool, these alizarin colors prove of the greatest value to the dyer of +textile fabrics generally. Let us not forget the fact, then, that it +is among the "mordant dyes," the very class to which belong most of +the natural coloring matters, that we find our fastest coal tar +dyes.</p> + +<p>When we examine the results of actual exposure experiments, such as +are here shown on these four diagram sheets, surely we have no +hesitation in declaring how utterly false is the popular opinion that +all coal tar colors are fugitive to light, while the good +old-fashioned natural dyes are all fast. The very opposite indeed is +here shown to be the case. For myself, I feel persuaded that at the +present time the dyer has at his command a greater number of fast dyes +derived from coal tar than from any other source, and I believe it +possible to produce with dyes obtained from this source alone, if need +be, tapestries, rugs, carpets, and other textile fabrics which shall +vie successfully in point of color and duration of color with the best +productions of the East, either of this or any other age.</p> + +<p>How, then, does it happen that these coal tar colors have been so +long and so seriously maligned by the general public? Apart from the +fact that public opinion has been based upon an imperfect knowledge of +the subject, we shall find a further explanation when we examine the +diagrams showing the "direct dyes" obtained from coal tar. According +to their mode of application I have here arranged them in three large +groups, viz., basic, acid, and Congo colors. A fourth group, +comprising comparatively few, is made up of those colors which are +directly produced upon the fiber itself.</p> + +<p>The "basic colors" have a well known type in magenta. They are +usually applied to wool and silk in a neutral or slightly alkaline +bath; on cotton they are fixed by means of tannate of antimony or tin. +The "acid colors" are only suitable for wool and silk, to which they +are applied in an acid bath. A typical representative of this group is +furnished by any one of the ordinary azo scarlets which in recent +years have come into prominence as competitors of cochineal. The +"Congo colors" are comparatively new, and are conveniently so named +from the first coloring matter of the group which was discovered, +viz., Congo red. They are applicable to wool, silk, and cotton, +usually in a neutral or slightly alkaline bath. Of the dyes produced +directly upon the fiber itself, one may take aniline black and also +primulin as a type, the latter a dye somewhat recently introduced by +Mr. A.G. Green, of this city.</p> + +<p>Our first impression, in looking at these "direct dyes," is that +they are more numerous and more brilliant than the "mordant dyes," and +that they are for the most part fugitive. Still, if we examine the +different series in detail, we shall find here and there, on the +different fibers, colors quite equal in fastness to any of the +"mordant dyes."</p> + +<p>Among the "basic colors" we search in vain, however, for a really +fast dye on any fiber. Still, Magdala red, perhaps, appears faster +than the rest on silk, and among the greens and blues we find a few +dull blues on cotton, which, for this fiber, have been recommended as +substitutes for indigo, viz., Indophenin, paraphenylene, blue, +cinerein, Meldola's blue, etc. The azine greens, also, appear +tolerably fast on cotton and on silk, but although possessing some +body of color, after exposure, the original dark green has changed to +a decided drab.</p> + +<p>When we examine the "acid colors," however, we meet with a number +of scarlets, crimsons, and clarets, possessing considerable fastness +both on wool and on silk. Some, indeed, appear almost, if not +entirely, as fast as cochineal scarlet, <i>e.g.</i>, Biebriech scarlet, +brilliant crocein, etc.</p> + +<p>Among the "acid oranges and yellows," we also find a goodly number +which are of medium fastness. About ten, either on wool or on silk, +may even be accounted really fast, and are fit, apparently, to rank +with alizarin colors. Note, for example, on wool: Crocein orange, +aurantia, orange crystal, tartrazin, milling yellow, palatine orange; +on silk, acid yellow D, brilliant yellow, azo acid yellow, metanil +yellow, curcumin S, etc. I may remark that these are some of the +fastest yellows on wool and silk with which we are acquainted. It is +interesting to note the decided fugitive character, on silk, of +tartrazin, aurantia, orange crystal, etc., compared with their great +fastness on wool. Observe, also, how, on wool, the pale lemon yellow +of picric acid has changed to a full reddish brown.</p> + +<p>Among the "acid greens and blues," all the colors are fugitive, +both on wool and on silk. Patent blue appears slightly better than the +rest. Of the "acid blacks and violets," a few colors are of medium +fastness, both on wool and silk, <i>e.g.</i>, naphthol black, +naphthylamine, black, resorcinol brown, fast brown, etc.</p> + +<p>When we examine the Congo colors, amid a number of very fugitive +colors, we find a few which are satisfactorily fast. Among the reds, +for example, diamine fast red is quite remarkable for its fastness, +both on wool and silk, and may certainly rank with alizarin; but on +cotton, it is quite as fugitive as the rest. Of medium fastness on +wool are brilliant Congo G and R, Congo G R; and on silk, diamine +scarlet B, deltapurpurin 5 B, and brilliant Congo R.</p> + +<p>Among the "Congo oranges and yellows," we find some of the fastest +on cotton of this class of colors. Still they deserve only the rank of +medium fastness. They are Mikado orange 4 R, R, G. Hessian yellow, +curcumin S, chrysophenin. On wool, we have about half a dozen of +medium fastness, viz., benzo-orange, Congo orange R, chrysophenin G, +chrysamin R, brilliant yellow. On silk, however, we find in this group +about a dozen of the fastest oranges and yellows with which we are +acquainted for this fiber, viz., Congo orange R, chrysophenin G, +diamine yellow N, brilliant yellow, curcumin W, benzo orange, Hessian +yellow, chrysamin R and G, cresotin yellow R and G, cotton yellow G, +and carbazol yellow.</p> + +<p>Does it not appear somewhat remarkable that we should find among +this generally fugitive group of coloring matters colors which are so +eminently fast on silk, and which we entirely fail to meet with among +those groups which usually furnish our fast colors, <i>e.g.</i>, the +alizarin group?</p> + +<p>Passing on to the "Congo violets, blues, and purples," we find few +colors worthy of particular notice for fastness. Diamine violet N +appears, perhaps, of medium fastness on wool and silk, while +sulphonazurin, benzo-black blue, and direct gray may claim the same +distinction on silk.</p> + +<p>In the small group of colors which are produced directly upon the +fiber, none seems to call for special notice, except aniline black, +which, notwithstanding its direct derivation from aniline, is probably +the fastest color we have upon any fiber.</p> + +<p>Now, in classifying the whole range of coal tar coloring matters +into "mordant dyes" and "direct dyes," and the latter into acid, +basic, Congo colors, etc., I have looked at them from the point of +view of the dyer and arranged them according to color and mode of +application. The chemist, however, classifies them quite differently, +viz., according to their chemical constitution, <i>i.e.</i>, the +arrangement of the atoms of which they are composed, and thus we have +nitro colors, phthaleins, azines, and so on.</p> + +<p>In studying the action of light on the coal tar colors from this +point of view, we find that whereas the members of some groups are for +the most part fugitive, the members of other groups are nearly all +fast, and it becomes at once apparent that the chemical constitution +of a coloring matter exercises a profound influence upon its behavior +toward light. Members of the rosaniline group are all similarly +fugitive, while those of the alizarin group possess generally the +quality of fastness. Particularly fugitive are the eosins, and yet +some of these, by a slight modification of constitution, <i>e.g.</i>, the +introduction of an ethyl group, as in ethyl-eosin, are rendered +distinctly faster.</p> + +<p>In the azo group some colors are fugitive, others are moderately +fast, and it is generally recognized that certain classes of the +tetrazo compounds are distinctly faster than the ordinary diazo +colors.</p> + +<p>By a careful study of the influence of the atomic arrangement upon +the stability of colors, information useful to the color manufacturer +may possibly be gained, but at present my facts are not yet +sufficiently tabulated to enable one to recognize any generally +pervading law in this direction.</p> + +<p>It is scarcely necessary to say that the fastness to light of a +color is independent of its commercial value, this being mainly +determined by the price of the raw material from which it is +manufactured, the working expenses, and the profit desired by the +manufacturer. Neither must we suppose that facility of application +necessarily interferes with its fastness to light, for some of our +fastest coal tar colors on wool, <i>e.g.</i>, diamine fast red, tartrazin, +etc., are applied in the simplest possible manner. On the other hand, +the intensity or depth of a color has considerable influence on its +fastness. Dark full shades invariably appear faster than pale ones +produced from the same coloring matter, simply because of the larger +body of pigment present. A pale shade of even a very fast color like +indigo will fade with comparative rapidity. The fugitive character of +many of the coal tar colors is, in my opinion, rendered more marked, +because, owing to their intense coloring power, there is often such an +infinitesimal amount of coloring matter on the dyed fiber. Hence it is +that in the Gobelin tapestries pale shades on wool are frequently +obtained by the use of more or less unchangeable metallic oxides and +other mineral colors, to the exclusion of even fast vegetable +dyes.</p> + +<p>It is interesting to examine what is the action of light upon +compound colors. Is a fugitive color rendered faster by being applied +along with a fast color?</p> + +<p>My own opinion, based upon general observation, is that it is not, +and that when light acts upon a compound color the unstable color +fades, while the stable color remains behind. A woaded color, for +example, is only fast in respect of the vat indigo which it contains, +and yet how frequent is the custom to unite with the indigo such dyes +as barwood, orchil, and indigo-carmine, the fugitive character of +which I have pointed out.</p> + +<p>Having thus rapidly surveyed these numerous coal tar colors, both +in their dyed and exposed conditions, I again ask why are they so +generally regarded as altogether fugitive?</p> + +<p>First, because we have, especially among these "direct dyes," a +very large number which are undoubtedly very fugitive.</p> + +<p>Moreover, all the earlier coal tar dyes—mauve, magenta, Nicholson +blue, etc., belonged to a class which, even up to the present time, +has only furnished us with fugitive colors. They were indeed prepared +from aniline, and it appears to me that the defects of these early +aniline colors, as well as their designation, have been handed down to +their successors without due discrimination, so that in the popular +mind the term "aniline color" has become, as a matter of habit, +synonymous with "fugitive color." But science is progressive, fields +of investigation other than aniline have been opened up, so that now, +although a large number of fugitive dyes are still manufactured from +coal tar, there are others, as we have seen, which are as fast and +permanent as we have ever had from natural sources.</p> + +<p>Finally, and perhaps this is the most important cause of all, many +of the fugitive coal tar colors are gifted, I will not say with fatal +beauty, but with a facility of application, and such comparative +cheapness in consequence of their intense coloring power, that the +dyer, tempted by competition, applies them not unfrequently to +materials for which, because of their ultimate uses, they are +altogether unsuited; and so it comes about that we find the most +fugitive colors applied indiscriminately and without due +discretion.</p> + +<p>As we look upon these multitudinous colors, one other thought +cannot fail to cross our minds. Is there not surely an overproduction +of these fugitive coal tar colors? Is not the dyer bewildered with an +<i>embarras de richesses</i>, so that he knows not where to choose?</p> + +<p>There is indeed much truth in this. With rare skill and ingenuity +an army of chemists is busy elaborating these wonderful dyes; but in +such quick succession are they introduced into the dye house that the +busy dyer has no time sufficiently to prove them, and it is not +surprising therefore that he is liable to commit errors in their +application.</p> + +<p>But if there is an over-production of fugitive colors, there is +also at work, as in the organic world around us, the counteracting +influence of the law of the survival of the fittest. Sooner or later, +the fugitive colors must give way to those which are more permanent, +and already the number of coal tar colors which have been discarded, +for one reason or another, is considerable.</p> + +<p>Not unfrequently one is asked the question, Is there no method +whereby these fugitive colors can be made fast? Knowing the efficacy +of mordants with certain coloring matters, is there no mordant which +we can generally apply with this desirable object in view? The +discovery of such a universal mordant I believe to be somewhat +chimerical, and yet, curiously enough, a number of experiments have +been recorded in recent years, which almost seem to point in the +direction of selecting for such a purpose ordinary sulphate of +copper.</p> + +<p>Some of these diagrams before you this evening show clearly the +fastness to light generally of the lakes formed with copper mordant. +This peculiarity of the copper compounds has not escaped the notice of +other observers. Dr. Schunck, for example, during the progress of his +research on chlorophyl, noticed the very permanent green dye which +this otherwise fugitive coloring matter gives in combination with +copper.</p> + +<p>Then there is the assertion of practical dyers, that the use of +copper sulphate in dyeing catechu brown on cotton assists materially +in rendering this color fast to light.</p> + +<p>The use of copper mordant with phenolic coloring matters is +perfectly natural. Some time ago, however, it was successfully +applied, for the purpose of rendering more permanent, to certain of +the Congo colors on cotton, <i>e.g.</i>, benzo-azurine, etc., in the +application of which, metallic salts had not hitherto been deemed +necessary.</p> + +<p>Noelting and Herzberg have also observed that the fastness to +light, even of basic colors, <i>e.g.</i>, magenta, methyl violet, malachite +green, etc., is increased by a subsequent treatment of the dyed fabric +with copper sulphate solution, although in many cases the color is +much soiled thereby.</p> + +<p>Still more recently, A. Scheurer records that by impregnating or +padding certain dyed fabrics with an ammoniacal solution of copper +sulphate, the colors gain considerably in fastness to light. As the +result of his experiments Scheurer concludes that this protective +influence of copper on dyed colors is a general fact, apparently +applicable to all colors; that it is not necessarily due to its action +as a lake-forming substance, since intimate union between the coloring +matter and the copper salt is not necessary. He seems rather inclined +to ascribe its efficacy to the light being deprived of its active rays +during its passage through the oxide of copper.</p> + +<p>Knowing, however, the strong reducing action of light in many +cases, and with the absence of positive knowledge concerning the cause +of the fading of colors, it seems to me that the beneficial influence +of the copper may just as probably be due to its well known oxidizing +power, which counteracts the reducing action of the light.</p> + +<p>It is interesting to note, in connection with Scheurer's view, +that, many years ago, Gladstone and Wilson (1860) proposed to +impregnate colored materials with some colorless fluorescent +substance, <i>e.g.</i>, sulphate of quinine, evidently with the idea of +filtering off the active ultra-violet rays. How far some such method +as this might prove successful I cannot say, but since we cannot keep +our dyed textile materials in a vacuum, as Chevreul did, nor is it +desirable to impregnate them with mastic varnish for the purpose of +excluding air and moisture, as Mr. Laurie proposes, in order to +preserve the colors of oil paintings, it is perhaps well to bear in +mind the principle here alluded to as a possible solution of the +difficulty.</p> + +<p>I have dwelt rather long on this important question of the action +of light on dyed colors, but I have done so because I thought it would +most interest you. With the remaining portions of my subject I must be +more brief.</p> + +<p>(<i>To be continued.</i>)</p> + +<a name="Footnote_3_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_1">[1]</a><div class="note">A paper recently read before the Society of Arts, London.</div> + +<hr /> + +<p>To introduce free fat acids from an oil, it must be decomposed. +This may be done by the use of lead oxide +and water or by analogous processes. To clarify an +oil, expose to the sun in leaden trays. Often washing +with water will answer the purpose.</p> +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="XII_1" id="XII_1"></a>COMPOSITION OF WHEAT GRAIN AND ITS +PRODUCTS IN THE MILL.</h2> + +<p>Probably the most striking difference in the average mineral +composition of the grain of wheat is the very much lower proportion of +phosphoric acid, and of magnesia also, in the dry substance of the +best matured grain; and it is now known that these characteristics +point to a less proportion of bran to flour, or, in other words, of a +greater accumulation of starch in the process of ripening, and +consequently of a whiter and better quality of bakers' flour. The +study of the chemical composition of wheat and its products in the +mill, therefore, and of the amount of fertilizing matters (nitrogen, +phosphoric acid and potash) removed from the soil by the crop, becomes +of direct interest not only to the producer from whose soil these +ingredients are removed, but to the consumer of the byproducts as +well, who desires to know what proportion of these elements of +fertility he is returning to his own soil in the different products he +may use as animal food. It is desirable also to determine what is the +average composition of wheats and the flour made from them, in order +to see in what direction efforts should be turned, by the selection of +seed wheats, to improve the present varieties for the production of +the best quality of flour. This can only be done after we determine +what variation there is for different years due to climatic influences +and variations of soil, for it has been shown in our former papers +that environment very largely influences the quality of wheat grain, +and also of the flour. When these have been determined, than we may +hope to be able to determine which factors under our control enter in +to permanently improve the better flour-producing quality of +wheats.</p> + +<p>A mixture, in equal proportions, was made of Clawson, +Mediterranean, and early amber wheats, and submitted to the mill, +using the Hungarian roller process. From this mixture for each one +bushel of the grain of 60 lb. weight was furnished the following +proportion of products:</p> + +<div class="ctr"><table border="0" cellpadding="4" summary=""> +<colgroup span="3"><col align="left" ><col align="right" span="2" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Lb. per Bushel.</td><td>Per cent.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Flour.</td><td>44</td><td>73.3</td></tr> +<tr><td>Middlings.</td><td>4</td><td>6.7</td></tr> +<tr><td>Shipstuff.</td><td>2</td><td>3.3</td></tr> +<tr><td>Bran.</td><td>10</td><td>16.7</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>—</td><td>—-—</td></tr> +<tr><td>Total.</td><td>60</td><td>100.0</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>These data furnish us a means of estimating the amount of the +different ingredients removed in the various products in one bushel of +wheat with the foregoing component parts.</p> + +<h3>FLOUR.</h3> + +<p>The analysis of the flour shows us that the 44 lb. obtained from +the one bushel of grain would contain the following ingredients:</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="2"><col align="left" ><col align="right" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Lb. per Bushel of Wheat.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Water.</td><td>5.834</td></tr> +<tr><td>Ash.</td><td>0.167</td></tr> +<tr><td>Albuminoids.</td><td>4.620</td></tr> +<tr><td>Woody fiber.</td><td>0.532</td></tr> +<tr><td>Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters).</td><td>33.391</td></tr> +<tr><td>Fat.</td><td>0.453</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h3>WHEAT MIDDLINGS.</h3> + +<p>The middlings form the inner coating of the wheat grain, next the +floury or starchy portion, and contain particles of the germ and a +larger percentage of carbohydrates than either shipstuff or bran, and +a less proportion of fiber, while the percentage of albuminoids +usually stands between that of shipstuff and bran. The following data +are obtained from the 4 lb. procured from a bushel of wheat:</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="2"><col align="left" ><col align="right" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Lb. per Bushel of Wheat.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Water.</td><td>0.562</td></tr> +<tr><td>Ash.</td><td>0.138</td></tr> +<tr><td>Albuminoids.</td><td>0.657</td></tr> +<tr><td>Woody fiber.</td><td>0.142</td></tr> +<tr><td>Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters).</td><td>2.307</td></tr> +<tr><td>Fat.</td><td>0.193</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>SHIPSTUFF.</h3> + +<p>That part separated and known as shipstuff is a very thin layer +next outside of the middlings, and contains the germ not found in the +middlings or left as a part of the flour. The quantity produced, 2 lb. +from a bushel of wheat, is very small and rarely kept separate from +the bran. The following shows the analysis:</p> + +<div class="ctr"><table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="2"><col align="left" ><col align="right" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Lb. per Bushel of Wheat.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Water.</td><td>0.282</td></tr> +<tr><td>Ash.</td><td>0.101</td></tr> +<tr><td>Albuminoids.</td><td>0.349</td></tr> +<tr><td>Woody fiber.</td><td>0.160</td></tr> +<tr><td>Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters).</td><td>1.088</td></tr> +<tr><td>Fat.</td><td>0.099</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h3>BRAN.</h3> + +<p>Bran, the outer coating of the wheat, contains twice or three times +as much fiber as does either of the other products from wheat, and +proportionately less of each of the other ingredients except ash, +which is greater, perhaps partly due to foreign matter adhering to the +kernel. The following analysis shows the amount of constituents +removed by the bran (10 lb.) from one bushel of wheat:</p> + +<div class="ctr"><table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="2"><col align="left" ><col align="right" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Lb. per Bushel of Wheat.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Water.</td><td>1.459</td></tr> +<tr><td>Ash.</td><td>0.506</td></tr> +<tr><td>Albuminoids.</td><td>1.416</td></tr> +<tr><td>Woody fiber.</td><td>1.000</td></tr> +<tr><td>Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters).</td><td>5.277</td></tr> +<tr><td>Ash.</td><td>0.342</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>From the foregoing milling products obtained from +one bushel of wheat of 60 lb. in weight, the ash on +analysis gave the following constituents, which shows +the amount that was abstracted from the soil by its +growth:</p> + +<p class="ctr">CONSTITUENTS FROM ONE BUSHEL OF WHEAT.</p> + +<div class="ctr"><table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="5"><col align="left" ><col align="right" span="4" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Nitrogen.</td><td>Phosphoric Acid.</td><td>Potash.</td><td>Lime.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Flour.</td><td>0.739</td><td>0.092</td><td>0.054</td><td>0.013</td></tr> +<tr><td>Middlings.</td><td>0.105</td><td>0.064</td><td>0.024</td><td>0.002</td></tr> +<tr><td>Shipstuff.</td><td>0.056</td><td>0.044</td><td>0.021</td><td>0.003</td</tr> +<tr><td>Bran.</td><td>0.228</td><td>0.251</td><td>0.083</td><td>0.012</td></tr> +<tr><td>Totals.</td><td>1.118</td><td>0.454</td><td>0.182</td><td>0.030</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Or we may express the results in another form, the +amount contained in one ton of straw, and the products +of 30 bushels of wheat, which may be reckoned +as an average crop, expressing the amounts in pounds +as follows:</p> + +<p class="ctr">AMOUNTS OF SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN <br />THIRTY BUSHELS OF WHEAT AND ITS PROPORTION OF STRAW.</p> + +<div class="ctr"><table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<colgroup span="5"><col align="left" ><col align="right" span="4" ></colgroup> +<tr><td></td><td>Nitrogen.</td><td>Phosphoric Acid.</td><td>Potash.</td><td>Lime.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Straw.</td><td>11.20</td><td>2.67</td><td>13.76</td><td>6.20</td></tr> +<tr><td>Flour.</td><td>22.17</td><td>2.76</td><td>1.62</td><td>0.39</td></tr> +<tr><td>Middlings.</td><td>3.15</td><td>2.01</td><td>0.72</td><td>0.06</td></tr> +<tr><td>Shipstuff.</td><td>1.68</td><td>1.32</td><td>0.63</td><td>0.09</td></tr> +<tr><td>Bran.</td><td>6.84</td><td>7.53</td><td>2.49</td><td>0.36</td></tr> +<tr><td>Totals.</td><td>45.04</td><td>16.29</td><td>19.22</td><td>7.10</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>From numerous investigations it has been found +that in regard to the nitrogen and the ash constituents, +there is striking evidence of the much greater influence +of season than of manuring on the composition +of a ripened wheat plant, and especially of its +final product—the seed. Further, under equal circumstances +the mineral composition of the wheat grain, +excepting in cases of very abnormal exhaustion, is +very little affected by different conditions as to manuring, +provided only that the grain is well and normally +ripened. Again, it is found that the composition may +vary very greatly with variations of season, that is, +with variations in the conditions of seed formation and +maturation, upon which the organic composition of +the grain depends. In other words, differences in the +mineral composition of the ripened grain are associated +with differences in its organic composition, and hence +the great value of proper selection both for seed and +for milling purposes.</p> + +<h3>AMERICAN WHEATS.</h3> + +<p>In a comprehensive treatise on the composition of +American wheats, Mr. Clifford Richardson says we cannot +attribute the poverty of American wheats in nitrogen +as a whole to an enhanced starch formation, and +for the following reasons: An enhanced formation of +starch, there being no poverty of nitrogen in the soil, +increases the weight of the grain and diminishes the +relative percentage of nitrogen. Were this the cause +of the relatively low percentage of nitrogen in the +American wheats, the grain from the Eastern States, +which are poorest in this respect, would be heavier +than those from the middle West, which are richer in +albuminoids; but this is not the case. Formation of +starch is attributed by Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert to the +higher ripening temperature in America, but Clifford +Richardson has found that there is scarcely any difference +in composition or weight between wheats from +Canada and Alabama, and if anything those from +Canada contain more starch than those from the +South, and the spring wheat from Manitoba with its +colder climate more than those from Dakota and Minnesota, +with its milder temperature. In Oregon is +found a striking example of the formation of starch +and increase in the size of the grain, at the relative expense +of the nitrogen, due to climate, but not to high +ripening temperature. The average weight per hundred +grains of wheat from this State has been found to +be 5.044 grains, and the relative percentage of nitrogen +1.37, equivalent to 8.60 per cent. of albuminoids. These +are the extremes for America, and are due, as has +been said, to the enhanced formation of starch. This, +however, is said to be not owing to high ripening temperature, +because most of the specimens examined +were grown west of the Cascade Range, which has an +extremely moist climate and a summer heat not exceeding +82 deg. F. for any daily mean. The climate in +another way, however, is, of course, the cause, by producing +luxuriant growth, as illustrated by all the +vegetation of the country. Numerous other analyses +form illustrations of the important effect of surroundings +and season upon the storing up of starch by the +plant, and consequent relative changes in the composition +of the grain.</p> + +<p>As a whole, the poverty of American wheats in nitrogen, +decreasing toward the less exhausted lands of the +West, seems to be due more to influences of soil than of +climate, while locally the influence of season is found +to be greater than that of manure, confirming the conclusions +of Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert. Also from the +analyses of the ash of different parts of the grain, as +from the analyses of roller milling products, we learn +that a large percentage of ash constituents, other +things being equal, is indicative of large proportion of +bran, and consequently of a low percentage of flour.—<i>The Miller.</i></p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="VIII_1" id="VIII_1"></a>PRECIOUS AND ORNAMENTAL STONES AND +DIAMOND CUTTING.<a name="FNanchor_4_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By GEORGE FREDERICK KUNZ.</h3> + +<p>The statistics of this report are divided into two sections: +First, the discoveries and finds of precious stones +in the United States and the mineral specimens sold +for museums and private collections or for bric-a-brac +purposes; second, the diamond cutting industry.</p> + + +<h3>DISCOVERIES OF PRECIOUS STONES.</h3> + +<p>Up to the present time there has been very little +mining for precious or semi-precious stones in the +United States, and then only at irregular periods. It +has been carried on during the past few years at Paris, +Maine; near Los Cerrillos, New Mexico; in Alexander +County, North Carolina, from 1881 until 1888; and on +the Missouri River near Helena, Montana, since the +beginning of 1890. True beryls and garnets have been +frequently found as a by-product in the mining of +mica, especially in Virginia and North Carolina. Some +gems, such as the chlorastrolite, thomsonite, and agates +of Lake Superior, are gathered on beaches, where they +have fallen from rock which has gradually disintegrated +by weathering and wave action.</p> + +<p><i>Diamond.</i>—A very limited number of diamonds have +been found in the United States. They are met with +in well-defined districts of California, North Carolina, +Georgia, and recently in Wisconsin, but up to the present +time the discoveries have been rare and purely accidental.</p> + +<p><i>Sapphire.</i>—Of the corundum gems (sapphire, ruby, +and other colored varieties), no sapphires of fine blue +color and no rubies of fine red color have been found. +The only locality which has been at all prolific is the +placer ground between Ruby and Eldorado bars, on the +Missouri River, sixteen miles east of Helena, Montana. +Here sapphires are found in glacial auriferous gravels +while sluicing for gold, and until now have been considered +only a by-product. Up to the present time +they have never been systematically mined. In +1889 one company took the option on four thousand +acres of the river banks, and several smaller companies +have since been formed with a view of mining for these +gems alone or in connection with gold. The colors of +the gems obtained, although beautiful and interesting, +are not the standard blue or red shades generally demanded +by the public.</p> + +<p>At Corundum Hill, Macon County, North Carolina, +about one hundred gems have been found during the +last twenty years, some of good blue color and some of +good red color, but none exceeding $100 in value, and +none within the past ten years.</p> + +<p><i>Beryl Gems.</i>—Of the beryl gems (emerald, aquamarine, +and yellow beryl) the emerald has been mined +to some extent at Stony Point in Alexander County, +North Carolina, and has also been obtained at two +other places in the county. Nearly everything found +has come from the Emerald and Hiddenite mines, +where during the past decade emeralds have been +mined and cut into gems to the value of $1,000, and +also sold as mineralogical specimens to the value of +$3,000; lithia emerald, or hiddenite, to be cut into +gems, $8,500, and for mineralogical specimens, $1,500; +rutile, cut and sold as gems, $150, and as specimens, +$50; and beryl, cut and sold as gems, $50.</p> + +<p>At an altitude of 14,000 feet, on Mount Antero, +Colorado, during the last three years, material has +been found which has afforded $1,000 worth of cut +beryls. At Stoneham, Maine, about $1,500 worth of +fine aquamarine has been found, which was cut into +gems.</p> + +<p>At New Milford, Connecticut, a property was extensively +worked from October, 1885, to May, 1886, for +mica and beryl. The beryls were yellow, green, blue, +and white in color, the former being sold under the +name of "golden beryl." No work has been done at +the mine since then. In 1886 and 1887 there were +about four thousand stones cut and sold for some +$15,000, the cutting of which cost about $3,000.</p> + +<p><i>Turquoise.</i>—This mineral, which was worked by the +Aztecs before the advent of the Spaniards, and since +then by the Pueblo Indians, and largely used by them +for ornament and as an article of exchange, is now +systematically mined near Los Cerrillos, New Mexico. +Its color is blue, and its hardness is fully equal to that +of the Persian, or slightly greater, owing to impurities, +but it lacks the softness of color belonging to the +Persian turquoise.</p> + +<p>From time immemorial this material has been +rudely mined by the Indians. Their method is to pour +cold water on the rocks after previously heating them +by fires built against them. This process generally deteriorates +the color of the stone to some extent, tending +to change it to a green. The Indians barter turquoise +with the Navajo, Apache, Zuni, San Felipe, and +other New Mexican tribes for their baskets, blankets, +silver ornaments, and ponies.</p> + +<p><i>Garnet and Olivine (Peridot).</i>—The finest garnets +and nearly all the peridots found in the United States +are obtained in the Navajo Nation, in the northwestern +part of New Mexico and the northeastern part of +Arizona, where they are collected from ant hills and +scorpion nests by Indians and by the soldiers stationed +at adjacent forts. Generally these gems are traded for +stores to the Indians at Gallup, Fort Defiance, Fort +Wingate, etc., who in turn send them to large cities in +the East in parcels weighing from half an ounce to +thirty or forty pounds each. These garnets, which +are locally known as Arizona and New Mexico rubies, +are the finest in the world, rivaling those from the +Cape of Good Hope. Fine gems weighing from two to +three carats each and upward when cut are not uncommon. +The peridots found associated with garnets +are generally four or five times as large, and from their +pitted and irregular appearance have been called +"Job's tears." They can be cut into gems weighing +three to four carats each, but do not approach those +from the Levant either in size or color.</p> + +<p><i>Gold Quartz.</i>—Since the discovery of gold in California, +compact gold quartz has been extensively used +in the manufacture of jewelry, at one time to the +amount of $100,000 per annum. At present, however, +the demand has so much decreased that only from five +to ten thousand dollars' worth is annually used for +this purpose.</p> + +<p>In addition to the minerals used for cabinet specimens, +etc., there is a great demand for making clocks, +inkstands, and other objects.</p> + +<p><i>Quartz.</i>—During the year 1887 about half a ton of +rock crystal, in pieces weighing from a few pounds up +to one hundred pounds each, was found in decomposing +granite in Chestnut Hill township, Ashe County, +North Carolina. One mass of twenty and one-half +pounds was absolutely pellucid, and more or less of the +material was used for art purposes. This lot of crystal +was valued at $1,000.</p> + +<p>In Arkansas, especially in Garland and Montgomery +Counties, rock crystals are found lining cavities of + +variable size, and in one instance thirty tons of crystals +were found in a single cavity. These crystals are +mined by the farmers in their spare time and sold in +the streets of Hot Springs, their value amounting to +some $10,000 annually. Several thousand dollars' +worth are cut from quartz into charms and faceted +stones, although ten times that amount of paste or +imitation diamonds are sold as Arkansas crystals.</p> + +<p>Rose quartz is found in the granitic veins of Oxford +County, Maine, and in 1887, 1888, and 1889 probably +$500 worth of this material was procured and worked +into small spheres, dishes, charms, and other ornamental +objects.</p> + +<p>The well-known agatized and jasperized wood of +Arizona is so much richer in color than that obtained +from any other known locality that, since the problem +of cutting and polishing the large sections used for +table tops and other ornamental purposes was solved, +fully $50,000 worth of the rough material has been +gathered and over $100,000 worth of it has been cut +and polished. This wood, which was a very prominent +feature at the Paris Exposition, promises to become +one of our richest ornamental materials.</p> + +<p>Chlorastrolite in pebbles is principally found on the +inside and outside shores of Rock Harbor, a harbor +about eight miles in length on the east end of Isle +Royale, Lake Superior, where they occur from the size +of a pin head to, rarely, the size of a pigeon's egg. +When larger than a pea they frequently are very poor +in form or are hollow in fact, and unfit for cutting into +gems. They are collected in a desultory manner, and +are sold by jewelers of Duluth, Petoskey, and other +cities, principally to visitors. The annual sale ranges +from $200 to $1,000.</p> + +<p>Thomsonite in pebbles occurs with the chlorastrolite +at Isle Royal, but finer stones are found on the beach +at Grand Marais, Cook County, Minnesota. Like the +chlorastrolites, they result from the weathering of the +amygdaloid rock, in which they occur as small nodules, +and in the same manner are sold by jewelers in the +cities bordering on Lake Superior to the extent of $200 +to $1,000 worth annually.</p> + +<h3>THE DIAMOND CUTTING INDUSTRY.</h3> + +<p>In New York there are sixteen firms engaged in cutting +and recutting diamonds, and in Massachusetts +there are three. Cutting has also been carried on at +times in Pennsylvania and Illinois, but has been discontinued. +The firms that were fully employed were +generally the larger ones, whose business consisted +chiefly in repairing chipped or imperfectly cut stones or +in recutting stones previously cut abroad, which, owing +to the superior workmanship in command here, could +be recut at a profit, or in recutting very valuable +diamonds when it was desired, with the certainty that +the work could be done under their own supervision, +thus guarding against any possible loss by exchange +for inferior stones.</p> + +<p>The industry employed 236 persons, of whom 69 were +under age, who received $148,114 in wages. Of the 19 +establishments, 16 used steam power. The power is +usually rented. Foot power is only used in one establishment. +Three of the firms are engaged in shaping +black diamonds for mechanical purposes, for glass cutters +and engravers, or in the manufacture of watch +jewels.</p> + +<p>The diamonds used in this industry are all imported, +for, as already stated, diamonds are only occasionally +found in the United States.</p> + +<p>The importation of rough and uncut diamonds in +1880 amounted to $129,207, in 1889 to $250,187, and the +total for the decade was $3,133,529, while in 1883 there +were imported $443,996 worth, showing that there was +94 per cent. more cutting done in 1889 than 1880, but +markedly more in 1882 and 1883. This large increase of +importation is due to the fact that in the years 1882 to +1885 a number of our jewelers opened diamond cutting +establishments, but the cutting has not been profitably +carried on in this country on a scale large enough to +justify branch houses in London, the great market for +rough diamonds, where advantage can be taken of +every fluctuation in the market and large parcels purchased, +which can be cut immediately and converted +into cash; for nothing is bought and sold on a closer +margin than rough diamonds.</p> + +<p>There has been a remarkable increase in the importation +of precious stones in this country in the last ten +years. The imports from 1870 to 1879, inclusive, +amounted to $26,698,203, whereas from 1880 to 1889, inclusive, +the imports amounted to $87,198,114, more +than three times as much as were imported the previous +decade.</p> + + +<a name="Footnote_4_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_1">[1]</a><div class="note">Abstract from Census Bulletin No. 49, April, 1891.</div> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="IV_4" id="IV_4"></a>SOME EXPERIMENTS ON THE ELECTRIC +DISCHARGE IN VACUUM TUBES.<a name="FNanchor_5_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By Prof. J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S.</h3> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/09-fig1.png" alt="FIG. 1.—Coil of Glass Tube for Vacuum Discharge Experiments." title="" /> +<br />FIG. 1.—Coil of Glass Tube for Vacuum Discharge Experiments. +The primary coils are filled with mercury, the secondary coils form +continuous closed circuits.</p> + +<p>The phenomena of vacuum discharges were, he said, +greatly simplified when their path was wholly gaseous, +the complication of the dark space surrounding the +negative electrode and the stratifications so commonly +observed in ordinary vacuum tubes being absent. +To produce discharges in tubes devoid of electrodes +was, however, not easy to accomplish, for the only +available means of producing an electromotive force +in the discharge circuit was by electromagnetic induction. +Ordinary methods of producing variable induction +were valueless, and recourse was had to the oscillatory +discharge of a Leyden jar, which combines the +two essentials of a current whose maximum value is +enormous, and whose rapidity of alternation is immensely +great.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/09-fig2.png" alt="FIG. 2.—Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Spiral" title="" /> +<br />FIG. 2.—Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Spiral Consisting of a Coiled Glass Tube Containing Mercury.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/09-fig3.png" alt="FIG. 3.—Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Coils" title="" /> +<br />FIG. 3.—Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Coils, Inclosed in Bell Jar.</p> + +<p>The discharge circuits, which may take the shape of bulbs, or of +tubes bent in the form of coils, were placed in close proximity to +glass tubes filled with mercury, which formed the path of the +oscillatory discharge. The parts thus corresponded to the windings of +an induction coil, the vacuum tubes being the secondary and the tubes +filled with the mercury the primary. In such an apparatus the Leyden +jar need not be large, and neither primary nor secondary need have +many turns, for this would increase the self-induction of the former +and lengthen the discharge path in the latter. Increasing +self-induction of the primary reduces the E.M.F. induced in the +secondary, while lengthening the secondary does not increase the +E.M.F. per unit length. Two or three turns (Fig. 1) in each were found +to be quite sufficient, and on discharging the Leyden jar between two +highly polished knobs in the primary circuit, a plain uniform band of +light was seen to pass round the secondary. An exhausted bulb (Fig. 2) +containing traces of oxygen was placed within a primary spiral of +three turns, and, on passing the jar discharge, a circle of light was +seen within the bulb in close proximity to the primary circuit, +accompanied by a purplish glow, which lasted for a second or more. On +heating the bulb the duration of the glow was greatly diminished, and +it could be instantly extinguished by the presence of an +electromagnet. Another exhausted bulb (Fig. 3), surrounded by a +primary spiral, was contained in a bell jar, and when the pressure of +air in the jar was about that of the atmosphere the secondary +discharge occurred in the bulb, as is ordinarily the case. On +exhausting the jar, however, the luminous discharge grew fainter, and +a point was reached at which no secondary discharge was visible. +Further exhaustion of the jar caused the secondary discharge to appear +outside the bulb. The fact of obtaining no luminous discharge either +in the bulb or jar the author could only explain on two suppositions, +viz., that under the conditions then existing the specific inductive +capacity of the gas was very great, or that a discharge could pass +without being luminous. The author had also observed that the +conductivity of a vacuum tube without electrodes increased as the +pressure diminished until a certain point was reached, and afterward +diminished again, thus showing that the high resistance of a nearly +perfect vacuum is in no way due to the presence of the electrodes. One +peculiarity of the discharges was their local nature, the rings of +light being much more sharply defined than was to be expected. They +were also found to be most easily produced when the chain of molecules +in the discharge were all of the same kind. For example, a discharge +could be easily sent through a tube many feet long, but the +introduction of a small pellet of mercury in the tube stopped the +discharge, although the conductivity of the mercury was much greater +than that of the vacuum. In some cases he had noticed that a very fine +wire placed within a tube on the side remote from the primary circuit +would prevent a luminous discharge in that tube.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/09-fig4.png" alt="FIG. 4.—Exhausted Secondary Coil of One Loop Containing Bulbs." title="" /> +<br /> FIG. 4.—Exhausted Secondary Coil of One Loop Containing Bulbs. The discharge passed along the inner side of the bulbs, the primary coils being placed within the secondary.</p> + +<a name="Footnote_5_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_1">[1]</a><div class="note">From a recent communication made to the Physical Society, London.</div> + +<hr /> + +<h3><a name="IV_5" id="IV_5"></a>THE ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURE OF +PHOSPHORUS.</h3> + +<p>Dr. Readman, at the May meeting of the Glasgow +Section of the Society of Chemical Industry, gave a +description of the new works and plant which have +been erected at Wolverhampton for the manufacture +of phosphorus by the Readman-Parker patents. The +process consists in decomposing the mixture of phosphoric +acid, or acid phosphates and carbon, by the heat +of the electric arc embedded in the mass.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="IV_3" id="IV_3"></a>LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH +LINE.</h2> + +<p>The 1st Division of the Royal Engineers, Telegraph +Battalion, now encamped at Chevening, close to Lord +Stanhope's park, as a summer exercise is engaged in +running a military telegraph field line from Aldershot +to Chatham. Along the whole of the line the wire is +supported on light fir and bamboo poles. The work +has been carried out with unusual celerity. From +Aldershot to Chevening, a distance of fifty miles, the +line was erected in a day and a quarter, or under thirty +hours, the detachments employed having worked or +marched all night. This is, it is said, the greatest +length of telegraph line ever laid within so short a +time. The result cannot fail to be useful, for by the new +line communication is now established both by telegraph +and telephone between Aldershot and Chatham. +For laying such telegraph lines to accompany calvary, +a light cable is made use of. This is carried on reels on +a wheeled cart, and can be laid at the rate of six to +seven miles an hour. The Telegraph Battalion of the +Royal Engineers comprises two divisions. One is employed +in time of peace under the Post Office in the +construction and maintenance of postal lines; the +other, stationed at Aldershot, is equipped with field +telegraph material.—<i>Daily Graphic.</i></p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<a href="./images/09-telegraph.png"><img src="./images/09-telegraph_th.png" alt="LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH LINE." title="" /> +</a><br />LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH LINE.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="IV_1" id="IV_1"></a>AN ELECTROSTATIC SAFETY DEVICE.</h2> + +<p>This device, as shown in the accompanying illustration, is a glass +cylinder fixed on an ebonite base, and closed at the top by an ebonite +cap. A solid brass rod runs from top to bottom, and near the bottom, +and at right angles to it, is fixed a smaller adjustable rod, +terminating in a flat head. Opposite to this flat disk there is a +brass strip secured to the ebonite cap. From the top of this brass +strip hangs a gold or aluminum foil. The foil and strip are placed to +earth, and the solid brass rod is connected to the circuit to be +protected. Should the difference of potential between the foil and the +terminal opposite to it attain more than a certain amount, +electrostatic attraction will cause the foil to touch the disk and +place the circuit to earth. The apparatus, which is a modification of +the Cardew earthing device, is constructed by Messrs. Drake & +Gorham, of Victoria Street.—<i>The Electrician</i>.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<a href="./images/10-safety.png"><img src="./images/10-safety_th.jpg" alt="SAFETY DEVICE" title="" /> +</a></p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="IV_2" id="IV_2"></a>EXPERIMENTS WITH HIGH TENSION +ALTERNATING CURRENTS.</h2> + +<p>Messrs. Siemens and Halske, of Berlin, recently invited the members +of the Elektrotechnische Verein of that city to their works to witness +the demonstration of a series of experiments on alternating currents +under a pressure of 20,000 volts. In order to show that the desired +pressure was really <i>en evidence</i>, the high tension was conducted +through a pair of wires of only 0.2 mm. diameter to a battery of 200 +100-volt incandescent lamps, all connected up in series. An ordinary +Siemens electric light cable was inserted, and broke down at a +pressure of some 15,000 volts.</p> + +<p>At the end of the meeting a few experiments on the formation of the +arc under this enormous pressure were shown. The sparking distance +varied considerably, according to the shape of the electrodes. At +20,000 volts a spark jumped from a ball to a ball about 10 +millimeters, while between two points a sparking distance of 30 +millimeters, and sometimes even more, was reached. This arc is shown +half size in the accompanying engraving.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<img src="./images/10-arc.png" alt="A 20,000 VOLT ALTERNATING ARC (half size)." title="" /> +<br />A 20,000 VOLT ALTERNATING ARC (half size).</p> + +<p>The arc which followed the jumping over of a spark +made a loud humming and clapping noise, and flapped +about, being easily carried away by the slightest +draught. The arc could be drawn out horizontally to +something like 100 millimeters distance between the +electrodes, and even to a distance of 150 millimeters, +when carbon pencils were used as electrodes, but it always +remained standing up in a point.—<i>Electrical +Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="VII_2" id="VII_2"></a>THE RELATION OF BACTERIA TO PRACTICAL +SURGERY.<a name="FNanchor_6_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By JOHN B. ROBERTS, A.M., M.D., Professor of +Surgery in the Woman's Medical College and in +the Philadelphia Polyclinic.</h3> + +<p>The revolution which has occurred in practical surgery since the +discovery of the relation of micro-organisms to the complications +occurring in wounds has caused me to select this subject for +discussion. Although many of my hearers are familiar with the germ +theory of disease, it is possible that it may interest some of them to +have put before them in a short address a few points in bacteriology +which are of value to the practical surgeon.</p> + +<p>It must be remembered that the groups of symptoms which were +formerly classed under the heads "inflammatory fever," "symptomatic +fever," "traumatic fever," "hectic fever," and similar terms, varying +in name with the surgeon speaking of them, or with the location of the +disease, are now known to be due to the invasion of the wound by +microscopic plants. These bacteria, after entering the blood current +at the wound, multiply with such prodigious rapidity that the whole +system gives evidence of their existence. Suppuration of wounds is +undoubtedly due to these organisms, as is tubercular disease, whether +of surgical or medical character. Tetanus, erysipelas, and many other +surgical conditions have been almost proved to be the result of +infection by similar microscopic plants, which, though acting in the +same way, have various forms and life histories.</p> + +<p>A distinction must be made between the "yeast plants," one of which +produces thrush, and the "mould plants," the existence of which, as +parasites in the skin, gives rise to certain cutaneous diseases. These +two classes of germs are foreign to the present topic, which is +surgery; and I shall, therefore, confine my remarks to that group of +vegetable parasites to which the term bacteria has been given. These +are the micro-organisms whose actions and methods of growth +particularly concern the surgeon. The individual plants are so minute +that it takes in the neighborhood of ten or fifteen hundred of them +grouped together to cover a spot as large as a full stop or period +used in punctuating an ordinary newspaper. This rough estimate applies +to the globular and the egg-shaped bacteria, to which is given the +name "coccus" (plural, cocci). The cane or rod shaped bacteria are +rather larger plants. Fifteen hundred of these placed end to end would +reach across the head of a pin. Because of the resemblance of these +latter to a walking stick they have been termed bacillus (plural, +bacilli).</p> + +<p>The bacteria most interesting to the surgeon belong to the cocci +and the bacilli. There are other forms which bacteriologists have +dubbed with similar descriptive names, but they are more interesting +to the physician than to the surgeon. Many micro-organisms, whether +cocci, bacilli, or of other shapes, are harmless, hence they are +called non-pathogenic, to distinguish them from the disease-producing +or pathogenic germs.</p> + +<p>As many trees have the same shape and a similar method of growing, +but bear different fruits—in the one case edible and in the other +poisonous—so, too, bacteria may look alike to the microscopist's eye, +and grow much in the same way, but one will cause no disease, while +the other will produce perhaps tuberculosis of the lungs or brain.</p> + +<p>Many scores of bacteria have been, by patient study, differentiated +from their fellows and given distinctive names. Their nomenclature +corresponds in classification and arrangement with the nomenclature +adopted in different departments of botany. Thus we have the +pus-causing chain coccus (streptococcus pyogenes), so-called because +it is globular in shape, because it grows with the individual plants +attached to each other, or arranged in a row like a chain of beads on +a string, and because it produces pus. In a similar way we have the +pus-causing grape coccus of a golden color (staphylococcus pyogenes +aureus). It grows with the individual plants arranged somewhat after +the manner of a bunch of grapes, and when millions of them are +collected together, the mass has a golden yellow hue. Again, we have +the bacillus tuberculosis, the rod-shaped plant which is known to +cause tuberculosis of the lungs, joints, brain, etc.</p> + +<p>It is hardly astonishing that these fruitful sources of disease +have so long remained undetected, when their microscopic size is borne +in mind. That some of them do cause disease is indisputable, since +bacteriologists have, by their watchful and careful methods, separated +almost a single plant from its surroundings and congeners, planted it +free from all contamination, and observed it produce an infinitesimal +brood of its own kind. Animals and patients inoculated with the plants +thus cultivated have rapidly become subjects of the special disease +which the particular plant was supposed to produce.</p> + +<p>The difficulty of such investigation becomes apparent when it is +remembered that under the microscope many of these forms of vegetable +life are identical in appearance, and it is only by observing their +growth when in a proper soil that they can be distinguished from each +other. In certain cases it is quite difficult to distinguish them by +the physical appearances produced during their growth. Then it is only +after an animal has been inoculated with them that the individual +parasite can be accurately recognized and called by name. It is known +then by the results which it is capable of producing.</p> + +<p>The various forms of bacteria are recognized, as I have said, by +their method of growth and by their shape. Another means of +recognition is their individual peculiarity of taking certain dyes, so +that special plants can be recognized, under the microscope, by the +color which a dye gives to them, and which they refuse to give up when +treated with chemical substances which remove the stain from, or +bleach, all the other tissues which at first have been similarly +stained.</p> + +<p>The similarity between bacteria and the ordinary plants with which +florists are familiar is, indeed, remarkable. Bacteria grow in animal +and other albuminous fluids; but it is just as essential for them to +have a suitable soil as it is for the corn or wheat that the farmer +plants in his field. By altering the character of the albuminous fluid +in which the micro-organism finds its subsistence, these small plants +can be given a vigorous growth, or may be actually starved to death. +The farmer knows that it is impossible for him to grow the same crop +year after year in the same field, and he is, therefore, compelled to +rotate his crops. So it is with the microscopic plants which we are +considering.</p> + +<p>After a time the culture fluid or soil becomes so exhausted of its +needed constituents, by the immense number of plants living in it, +that it is unfit for their life and development. Then this particular +form will no longer thrive; but some other form of bacterium may find +in it the properties required for functional activity, and may grow +vigorously. It is probable that exhaustion or absence of proper soil +is an important agent in protecting man from sickness due to infection +from bacteria. The ever-present bacteria often gain access to man's +blood through external wounds, or through the lungs and digestive +tracts; but unless a soil suited for their development is found in its +fluids, the plants will not grow. If they do not grow and increase in +numbers, they can do little harm.</p> + +<p>Again, there are certain bacteria which are so antagonistic to each +other that it is impossible to make them grow in company, or to +co-exist in the blood of the same individual. For example, an animal +inoculated with erysipelas germs cannot be successfully inoculated +immediately afterward with the germs of malignant pustule. This +antagonism is illustrated by the impossibility of having a good crop +of grain in a field overrun with daisies.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, however, there are some micro-organisms which +flourish luxuriantly when planted together in the same fluid, somewhat +after the manner of pumpkins and Indian corn growing between the same +fence rails. Others seem unwilling to grow alone, and only flourish +when planted along with other germs. It is very evident, therefore, +that bacteriology is a branch of botany, and that nature shows the +same tendencies in these minute plants as it does in the larger +vegetable world visible to our unaided eyes.</p> + +<p>As the horticulturist is able to alter the character of his plants +by changing the circumstances under which they live, so can the +bacteriologist change the vital properties and activities of bacteria +by chemical and other manipulations of the culture substances in which +these organisms grow. The power of bacteria to cause pathological +changes may thus be weakened and attenuated; in other words, their +functional power for evil is taken from them by alterations in the +soil. The pathogenic, or disease producing, power may be increased by +similar, though not identical, alterations. The rapidity of their +multiplication may be accelerated, or they may be compelled to lie +dormant and inactive for a time; and, on the other hand, by exhausting +the constituents of the soil upon which they depend for life, they may +be killed.</p> + +<p>It is a most curious fact, also, that it is possible by selecting +and cultivating only the lighter colored specimens of a certain purple +bacterium for the bacteriologist to obtain finally a plant which is +nearly white, but which has the essential characteristics of the +original purple fungus. In this we see the same power which the +florist has to alter the color of the petals of his flowers by various +methods of selective breeding.</p> + +<p>The destruction of bacteria by means of heat and antiseptics is the +essence of modern surgery. It is, then, by preventing access of these +parasitic plants to the human organism (aseptic surgery), or the +destruction of them by chemical agents and heat (antiseptic surgery), +that we are enabled to invade by operative attack regions of the body +which a few years ago were sacred.</p> + +<p>When the disease-producing bacteria gain access to the tissues and +blood of human and other animals by means of wounds, or through an +inflamed pulmonary or alimentary mucous membrane, they produce +pathological effects, provided there is not sufficient resistance and +health power in the animal's tissues to antagonize successfully the +deleterious influence of the invading parasitic fungus. It is the +rapid multiplication of the germs which furnishes a <i>continuous</i> +irritation that enables them to have such a disastrous effect upon the +tissues of the animal. If the tissues had only the original dose of +microbes to deal with, the warfare between health and disease would be +less uncertain in outcome. Victory would usually be on the side of the +tissues and health. The immediate cause of the pathogenic influence is +probably the chemical excretions which are given out by these +microscopic organisms. All plants and animals require a certain number +of substances to be taken into their organisms for preservation of +their vital activities. After these substances have been utilized +there occurs a sort of excretion of other chemical products. It is +probably the excretions of many millions of micro-organisms, +circulating in the blood, which give rise to the disease +characteristic of the fungus with which the animal has been infected. +The condition called sapræmia, or septic intoxication, for example, is +undoubtedly due to the entrance of the excretory products of +putrefaction bacteria into the circulation. This can be proved by +injecting into an animal a small portion of these products obtained +from cultures of germs of putrefaction. Characteristic symptoms will +at once be exhibited.</p> + +<p>Septicæmia is a similar condition due to the presence of the +putrefactive organisms themselves, and hence of their products, or +ptomaines, also in the blood. The rapidity of their multiplication in +this albuminous soil and the great amount of excretion from these +numerous fungi make the condition more serious than sapræmia. +Clinically, the two conditions occur together.</p> + +<p>The rapidity with which symptoms may arise after inoculation of +small wounds with a very few germs will be apparent, when it is stated +that one parasitic plant of this kind may, by its rapidity of +multiplication, give rise to fifteen or sixteen million individuals +within twenty-four hours. The enormous increase which takes place +within three or four days is almost incalculable. It has been +estimated that a certain bacillus, only about one thousandth of an +inch in length, could, under favorable conditions, develop a brood of +progeny in less than four days which would make a mass of fungi +sufficient to fill all the oceans of the world, if they each had a +depth of one mile.</p> + +<p>Bacteria are present everywhere. They exist in the water, earth, +air, and within our respiratory and digestive tracts. Our skin is +covered with millions of them, as is every article about us. They can +circulate in the lymph and blood and reach every tissue and + +part of our organisms by passing through the walls of the capillaries. +Fortunately, they require certain conditions of temperature, moisture, +air, and organic food for existence and for the preservation of their +vital activities.</p> + +<p>If the surroundings are too hot, too cold, or too dry, or if they +are not supplied with a proper quantity and quality of food, the +bacterium becomes inactive until the surrounding circumstances change; +or it may die absolutely. The spores, which finally become +full-fledged bacteria, are able to stand a more unfavorable +environment than the adult bacteria. Many spores and adults, however, +perish. Each kind of bacterium requires its own special environment to +permit it to grow and flourish. The frequency with which an +unfavorable combination of circumstances occurs limits greatly the +disease-producing power of the pathogenic bacteria.</p> + +<p>Many bacteria, moreover, are harmless and do not produce disease, +even when present in the blood and tissues. Besides this, the white +blood cells are perpetually waging war against the bacteria in our +bodies. They take the bacteria into their interiors and render them +harmless by eating them up, so to speak. They crowd together and form +a wall of white blood cells around the place where the bacteria enter +the tissue, thus forming a barrier to cut off the blood supply to the +germs and, perhaps, to prevent them from entering the general blood +current.</p> + +<p>The war between the white blood cells and the bacteria is a bitter +one. Many bacteria are killed; but, on the other hand, the life of +many blood cells is sacrificed by the bacteria poisoning them with +ptomaines. The tissue cells, if healthy, offer great resistance to the +attacks of the army of bacteria. Hence, if the white cells are +vigorous and abundant at the site of the battle, defeat may come to +the bacteria; and the patient suffer nothing from the attempt of these +vegetable parasites to harm him. If, on the other hand, the tissues +have a low resistive power, because of general debility of the +patient, or of a local debility of the tissues themselves, and the +white cells be weak and not abundant, the bacteria will gain the +victory, get access to the general blood current, and invade every +portion of the organism. Thus, a general or a local disease will be +caused; varying with the species of bacteria with which the patient +has been affected, and the degree of resistance on the part of the +tissues.</p> + +<p>From what has been stated it must be evident that the bacterial +origin of disease depends upon the presence of a disease-producing +fungus and a diminution of the normal healthy tissue resistance to +bacterial invasion. If there is no fungus present, the disease caused +by such fungus cannot develop. If the fungus be present and the normal +or healthy tissue resistance be undiminished, it is probable that +disease will not occur. As soon, however, as overwork, injury of a +mechanical kind, or any other cause diminishes the local or general +resistance of the tissues and individual, the bacteria get the upper +hand, and are liable to produce their malign effect.</p> + +<p>Many conditions favor the bacterial attack. The patient's tissues +may have an inherited peculiarity, which renders it easy for the +bacteria to find a good soil for development; an old injury or +inflammation may render the tissues less resistant than usual; the +point, at which inoculation has occurred may have certain anatomical +peculiarities which make it a good place in which bacteria may +multiply; the blood may have undergone certain chemical changes which +render it better soil than usual for the rapid growth of these +parasitic plants.</p> + +<p>The number of bacteria originally present makes a difference also. +It is readily understood that the tissues and white blood cells would +find it more difficult to repel the invasion of an army of a million +microbes than the attack of a squad of ten similar fungi. I have said +that the experimenter can weaken and augment the virulence of bacteria +by manipulating their surroundings in the laboratory. It is probable +that such a change occurs in nature. If so, some bacteria are more +virulent than others of the same species; some less virulent. A few of +the less virulent disposition would be more readily killed by the +white cells and tissues than would a larger number of the more +virulent ones. At other times the danger from microbic infection is +greater because there are two species introduced at the same time; and +these two multiply more vigorously when together than when separated. +There are, in fact, two allied hosts trying to destroy the blood cells +and tissues. This occurs when the bacteria of putrefaction and the +bacteria of suppuration are introduced into the tissues at the same +time. The former cause sapræmia and septicæmia, the latter cause +suppuration. The bacteria of tuberculosis are said to act more +viciously if accompanied by the bacteria of putrefaction. +Osteomyelitis is of greater severity, it is believed, if due to a +mixed infection with both the white and golden grape-coccus of +suppuration.</p> + +<p>I have previously mentioned that the bacteria of malignant pustule +are powerless to do harm when the germs of erysipelas are present in +the tissues and blood. This is an example of the way in which one +species of bacteria may actually aid the white cells, or leucocytes, +and the tissues in repelling an invasion of disease-producing +microbes.</p> + +<p>Having occupied a portion of the time allotted to me in giving a +crude and hurried account of the characteristics of bacteria, let me +conclude my address by discussing the relation of bacteria to the +diseases most frequently met with by the surgeon.</p> + +<p>Mechanical irritations produce a very temporary and slight +inflammation, which rapidly subsides, because of the tendency of +nature to restore the parts to health. Severe injuries, therefore, +will soon become healed and cured if no germs enter the wound.</p> + +<p>Suppuration of operative and accidental wounds was, until recently, +supposed to be essential. We now know, however, that wounds will not +suppurate if kept perfectly free from one of the dozen forms of +bacteria that are known to give rise to the formation of pus.</p> + +<p>The doctrine of present surgical pathology is that suppuration will +not take place if pus-forming bacteria are kept out of the wound, +which will heal by first intention without inflammation and without +inflammatory fever.</p> + +<p>In making this statement I am not unaware that there is a certain +amount of fever following various severe wounds within twenty-four +hours, even when no suppuration occurs. This wound fever, however, is +transitory; not high; and entirely different from the prolonged +condition of high temperature formerly observed nearly always after +operations and injuries. The occurrence of this "inflammatory," +"traumatic," "surgical," or "symptomatic" fever, as it was formerly +called, means that the patient has been subjected to the poisonous +influence of putrefactive germs, the germs of suppuration, or +both.</p> + +<p>We now know why it is that certain cases of suppuration are not +circumscribed but diffuse, so that the pus dissects up the fascias and +muscles and destroys with great rapidity the cellular tissue. This +form of suppuration is due to a particular form of bacterium called +the pus-causing "chain coccus." Circumscribed abscesses, however, are +due to one or more of the other pus-causing micro-organisms.</p> + +<p>How much more intelligent is this explanation than the old one that +diffuse abscesses depended upon some curious characteristic of the +patient. It is a satisfaction to know that the two forms of abscess +differ because they are the result of inoculation with different +germs. It is practically a fact that wherever there is found a diffuse +abscess there will be discovered the streptococcus pyogenes, which is +the name of the chain coccus above mentioned.</p> + +<p>So, also, is it easy now to understand the formation of what the +old surgeons called "cold" abscesses, and to account for the +difference in appearance of its puriform secretion from the pus of +acute abscesses. Careful search in the fluid coming from such "cold" +abscesses reveals the presence of the bacillus of tuberculosis, and +proves that a "cold" abscess is not a true abscess, but a lesion of +local tuberculosis.</p> + +<p>Easy is it now to understand the similarity between the "cold +abscess" of the cervical region and the "cold abscess" of the lung in +a phthisical patient. Both of them are, in fact, simply the result of +invasion of the tissues with the ubiquitous tubercle bacillus; and are +not due to pus-forming bacteria.</p> + +<p>Formerly it was common to speak of the scrofulous diathesis, and +attempts were made to describe the characteristic appearance of the +skin and hair pertaining to persons supposed to be of scrofulous +tendencies. The attempt was unsuccessful and unsatisfactory. The +reason is now clear, because it is known that the brunette or the +blond, the old or the young, may become infected with the tubercle +bacillus. Since the condition depends upon whether one or the other +become infected with the generally present bacillus of tubercle, it is +evident that there can be no distinctive diathesis. It is more than +probable, moreover, that the cutaneous disease so long described as +lupus vulgaris is simply a tubercular ulcer of the skin, and not a +special disease of unknown causation.</p> + +<p>The metastatic abscesses of pyæmia are clearly explained when the +surgeon remembers that they are simply due to a softened blood clot +containing pus-causing germs being carried through the circulation and +lodged in some of the small capillaries.</p> + +<p>A patient suffering with numerous boils upon his skin has often +been a puzzle to his physician, who has in vain attempted to find some +cause for the trouble in the general health alone. Had he known that +every boil owed its origin to pus bacteria, which had infected a sweat +gland or hair follicle, the treatment would probably have been more +efficacious. The suppuration is due to pus germs either lodged upon +the surface of the skin from the exterior or deposited from the +current of blood in which they have been carried to the spot.</p> + +<p>I have not taken time to go into a discussion of the methods by +which the relationship of micro-organisms to surgical affections has +been established; but the absolute necessity for every surgeon to be +fully alive to the inestimable value of aseptic and antiseptic surgery +has led me to make the foregoing statements as a sort of <i>résumé</i> of +the relation of the germ theory of disease to surgical practice. It is +clearly the duty of every man who attempts to practice surgery to +prevent, by every means in his power, the access of germs, whether of +suppuration, putrefaction, erysipelas, tubercle, tetanus, or any other +disease, to the wounds of a patient. This, as we all know, can be done +by absolute bacteriological cleanliness. It is best, however, not to +rely solely upon absolute cleanliness, which is almost unattainable, +but to secure further protection by the use of heat and antiseptic +solutions. I am fully of the opinion that chemical antiseptics would +be needless if absolute freedom from germs was easily obtained. When I +know that even such an enthusiast as I myself is continually liable to +forget or neglect some step in this direction, I feel that the +additional security of chemical antisepsis is of great value. It is +difficult to convince the majority of physicians, and even ourselves, +that to touch a finger to a door knob, to an assistant's clothing, or +to one's own body, may vitiate the entire operation by introducing one +or two microbic germs into the wound.</p> + +<p>An illustration of how carefully the various steps of an operation +should be guarded is afforded by the appended rules, which I have +adopted at the Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia for the guidance of +the assistants and nurses. If such rules were taught every medical +student and every physician entering practice as earnestly as the +paragraphs of the catechism are taught the Sunday school pupil (and +they certainly ought to be so taught) the occurrence of suppuration, +hectic fever, septicæmia, pyæmia, and surgical erysipelas would be +practically unknown. Death, then, would seldom occur after surgical +operations, except from hemorrhage, shock, or exhaustion.</p> + +<p>I have taken the liberty of bringing here a number of culture tubes +containing beautiful specimens of some of the more common and +interesting bacteria. The slimy masses seen on the surfaces of jelly +contained in the tubes are many millions of individual plants, which +have aggregated themselves in various forms as they have been +developed as the progeny of the few parent cells planted in the jelly +as a nutrient medium or soil.</p> + +<p>With this feeble plea, Mr. President and members of the Society, I +hope to create a realization of the necessity for knowledge and +interest in the direction of bacteriology; for this is the foundation +of modern surgery. There is, unfortunately, a good deal of abominable +work done under the names of antiseptic and aseptic surgery, because +the simplest facts of bacteriology are not known to the operator.</p> + +<p><i>Rules to be observed in Operations at Dr. Roberts' Clinic at the +Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia.</i>—After wounds or operations high +temperature usually, and + +suppuration always, is due to blood poisoning, which is caused by +infection with vegetable parasites called bacteria.</p> + +<p>These parasites ordinarily gain access to the wound from the skin +of the patient, the finger nails or hands of the operator or his +assistants, the ligatures, sutures, or dressings.</p> + +<p>Suppuration and high temperature should not occur after operation +wounds if no suppuration has existed previously.</p> + +<p>Bacteria exist almost everywhere as invisible particles in the +dust; hence, everything that touches or comes into even momentary +contact with the wound must be germ-free—technically called +"sterile."</p> + +<p>A sterilized condition of the operator, the assistant, the wound, +instruments, etc., is obtained by removing all bacteria by means of +absolute surgical cleanliness (asepsis), and by the use of those +chemical agents which destroy the bacteria not removed by cleanliness +itself (antisepsis).</p> + +<p>Surgical cleanliness differs from the housewife's idea of +cleanliness in that its details seem frivolous, because it aims at the +removal of microscopic particles. Stains, such as housewives abhor, if +germ-free, are not objected to in surgery.</p> + +<p>The hands and arms, and especially the finger nails, of the +surgeon, assistants, and nurses should be well scrubbed with hot water +and soap, by means of a nail brush, immediately before the operation. +The patient's body about the site of the proposed operation should be +similarly scrubbed with a brush and cleanly shaved. Subsequently the +hands of the operator, assistants, and nurses, and the field of +operation should be immersed in, or thoroughly washed with, corrosive +sublimate solution (1:1,000 or 1:2,000). Finger rings, bracelets, +bangles, and cuffs worn by the surgeon, assistants, or nurses must be +removed before the cleansing is begun; and the clothing covered by a +clean white apron, large enough to extend from neck to ankles and +provided with sleeves.</p> + +<p>The instruments should be similarly scrubbed with hot water and +soap, and all particles of blood and pus from any previous operation +removed from the joints. After this they should be immersed for at +least fifteen minutes in a solution of beta-naphthol (1:2,500), which +must be sufficiently deep to cover every portion of the instruments. +After cleansing the instruments with soap and water, baking in a +temperature a little above the boiling point of water is the best +sterilizer. During the operation the sterilized instruments should be +kept in a beta-naphthol solution and returned to it when the operator +is not using them.</p> + +<p>[The antiseptic solutions mentioned here are too irritating for use +in operations within the abdomen and pelvis. Water made sterile by +boiling is usually the best agent for irrigating these cavities, and +for use on instruments and sponges. The instruments and sponges must +be previously well sterilized.]</p> + +<p>Sponges should be kept in a beta-naphthol or a corrosive sublimate +solution during the operation. After the blood from the wound has been +sponged away, they should be put in another basin containing the +antiseptic solution, and cleansed anew before being used again. The +antiseptic sutures and ligatures should be similarly soaked in +beta-naphthol solution during the progress of the operation.</p> + +<p>No one should touch the wound but the operator and his first +assistant. No one should touch the sponges but the operator, his first +assistant, and the nurse having charge of them. No one should touch +the already prepared ligatures or instruments except the surgeon and +his first or second assistants.</p> + +<p>None but those assigned to the work are expected to handle +instruments, sponges, dressings, etc., during the operation.</p> + +<p>When any one taking part in the operation touches an object not +sterilized, such as a table, a tray, or the ether towel, he should not +be allowed to touch the instruments, the dressings, or the ligatures +until his hands have been again sterilized. It is important that the +hands of the surgeon, his assistants, and nurses should not touch any +part of his own body, nor of the patient's body, except at the +sterilized seat of operation, because infection may be carried to the +wound. Rubbing the head or beard or wiping the nose requires immediate +disinfection of the hands to be practiced.</p> + +<p>The trailing ends of ligatures and sutures should never be allowed +to touch the surgeon's clothing or to drag upon the operating table, +because such contact may occasionally, though not always, pick up +bacteria which may cause suppuration in the wound.</p> + +<p>Instruments which fall upon the floor should not be again used +until thoroughly disinfected.</p> + +<p>The clothing of the patient, in the vicinity of the part to be +operated upon, and the blanket and sheets used there to keep him warm, +should be covered with dry sublimate towels. All dressings should be +kept safe from infection by being stored in glass jars, or wrapped in +dry sublimate towels.</p> + +<a name="Footnote_6_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_1">[1]</a><div class="note">The address in surgery delivered before the Medical Society of the State of Pennsylvania, June 4, 1890.</div> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="VII_1" id="VII_1"></a>INFLUENCE OF REPOSE ON THE RETINA.</h2> + +<p>Some interesting researches have lately been published +in an Italian journal concerning the influence of +repose on the sensitiveness of the retina (a nervous +network of the eye) to light and color. The researches +in question—those of Bassevi—appear to corroborate +investigations which were made some years ago by +other observers. In the course of the investigations +the subject experimented upon was made to remain in +a dark room for a period varying in extent from fifteen +to twenty minutes. The room was darkened, it is +noted, by means of heavy curtains, through which the +light could not penetrate. After the eyes of the subject +had thus been rested in the darkness, it was noted +that the sensitiveness of his sight had been increased +threefold. The mere sense of light itself had increased +eighteen times. It was further noted that the sensitiveness +to light rays, after the eye had been rested, +was developed in a special order; the first color which +was recognized being red, then followed yellow, while +green and blue respectively succeeded. If color fatigue +was produced in the eye by a glass of any special hue, +it was found that the color in question came last in the +series in point of recognition. The first of these experiments, +regarded from a practical point of view, would +appear to consist in an appreciation of the revivifying +power of darkness as regards the sight. The color +purple of the retina is known to become redeveloped in +darkness; and it is probable, therefore, that the alternation + +of day and night is a physical and external condition +with which the sight of animals is perfectly in +accord.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="X_2" id="X_2"></a>SUN DIALS.</h2> + +<p>An article on the subject, recently published by us, +has gained for us the communication of two very interesting +sun dials, which we shall describe. The first, +which we owe to the kindness of General Jancigny, is +of the type of the circular instrument, of which we explained +the method of using in our preceding article. +The hour here is likewise deduced from the height of +the sun converted into a horary angle by the instrument +itself; but the method by which such conversion +operates is a little different. Fig. 1 shows the instrument +open for observation. We find here the meridian +circle, M, and the equator E, of the diagram shown +in Fig. 3 (No. 4); but the circle with alidade is here +replaced by a small aperture movable in a slide that +is placed in a position parallel with the axis of the +world. Upon this slide are marked, on one side, the +initials of the names of the months and on the other +side the corresponding signs of the zodiac. The sun +apparently describing a circle around the axis, PP¹, +the rays passing through a point of the axis (small +aperture of the slide) will travel over a circular cone +around such axis. If, then, the apparatus be so suspended +that the circle, M, shall be in the meridian, the +slide parallel with the earth's axis, and the circle, E, at +right angles with the slide, the pencil of solar light +passing through the aperture will describe, in one day, +a cone having the slide for an axis; that is to say, concentric +with the equator circle. If, moreover, the aperture +is properly placed, the luminous pencil will pass +through the equator circle itself; to this effect, the +aperture should be in a position such that the angle, a +(Fig. 3, No. 4), may be equal to the declination of the +sun on the day of observation. It is precisely to this +end that the names of the months are inscribed upon +the slide....</p> + +<p class="ctr"><a href="./images/12-fig1.png"> +<img src="./images/12-fig1_th.jpg" alt="FIG. 1." title="" /></a> +<br />FIG. 1.—TRAVELER'S SUN DIAL.</p> + +<p>The accessories of the instrument are as follows: A +ring with a pivot for suspending the meridian circle, +and the position of which, given by a division in degrees +marked upon this circle, must correspond with +the latitude of the place; two stops serving to fix the +position of the equator circle; finally the latitude of +various cities. The instrument was constructed at +Paris, by Butterfield, probably in the last quarter of +the eighteenth century.</p> + +<p>The second instrument, which is of the same nature +as the cubical sun dial—that is to say, with horary angle—is, +unlike the latter, a true trinket, as interesting +as a work of art as it is as an astronomical instrument. +It is a little mandolin of gilded brass, and is shown of +actual size in Fig. 2. The cover, which is held by a +hook, may be placed in a vertical position, in which +it is held by a second hook. It bears in the interior +the date 1612. This is the only explicit historic datum +that this little masterpiece reveals to us. Its maker, +who was certainly an artist, and, as we shall see, also +a man of science, had the modesty not to inscribe his +name in it.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<a href="./images/12-fig2.png"><img src="./images/12-fig2_th.jpg" alt="FIG. 2." title="" /></a> +<br />FIG. 2.—SUN DIAL IN THE FORM OF A MANDOLIN, CONSTRUCTED IN 1612.</p> + +<p>No. 2 of Fig. 3 represents the instrument open. It rests upon the +tail piece and neck of the mandolin. The cover is exactly vertical. +The bottom of the mandolin is closed by a horizontal silver plate, +beneath which is soldered the box of a compass designed to put the +instrument in the meridian, and carrying upon its face an arrow and +the indications S. OR. M. OC., that is to say, "Septentrion" (north), +"Orient" (east), "Midi" (south), "Occident" (west). One of the ends of +the needle of the compass is straight, while the other is forked. It +is placed in a position in which it completes the arrow, thus +permitting of making a very accurate observation (Fig. 2, No. 3). +Around the compass, the silver plate carries the lines of hours. It is +perfectly adjusted, and held in place by a screw that traverses the +bottom of the instrument. In front of the compass it contains a small +aperture designed to permit of the passage of the indicating thread, +which, at the other end, is fastened to the cover. The silver plate is +not soldered, in order that the thread may be replaced when it chances +to break. On the inner part of the cover are marked in the first place +the horary lines, traversed by curves that are symmetrical with +respect to the vertical and having the aspect of arcs of hyperbolas. +At the extremity of these lines are marked the signs of the zodiac. At +the top, a pretty banderole, which appears at first sight to form a +part of the <i>ensemble</i> of the curves, completes the design. Such is +this wonderful little instrument, in which everything is arranged in +harmonious lines that delight the eye and easily detract one's +attention from a scientific examination of it. Let us enter upon this +drier part of our subject; we shall still have room to wonder, and let +us take up first the higher question.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<a href="./images/12-fig3.png"><img src="./images/12-fig3_th.jpg" alt="FIG. 3." title="" /></a> +<br />FIG. 3.—DIAGRAM EXPLANATORY OF THE MANDOLIN SUN DIAL.</p> + +<p>Let us consider a horizontal plane (Fig. 3, No. 2)—a +plane perpendicular to the meridian, and a right line +parallel with the axis of the world. Let P be a point +upon this line. As we have seen, such point is the +summit of a very wide cone described in one day by +the solar rays. At the equinox this cone is converted +into a plane, which, in a vertical plane, intersects the +straight line A B. Between the vernal and autumnal +equinoxes the sun is situated above this plane, and, +consequently, the shadow of P describes the lower +curves at A B. During winter, on the contrary, it is +the upper curves that are described. It is easily seen +that the curves traced by the shadow of the point P +are hyperbolas whose convexity is turned toward A B. +It therefore appears evident to us that the thread of +our sun dial carried a knot or bead whose shadow was +followed upon the curves. This shadow showed at +every hour of the day the approximate date of the +day of observation. The sun dial therefore served as +a calendar. But how was the position of the bead +found? Here we are obliged to enter into new details. +Let us project the figure upon a vertical plane (Fig. 3, +No. 1) and designate by H E the summits of the hyperbolas +corresponding to the winter and summer solstices. +If P be the position of the bead, the angles, P H H¹, +P E E¹, will give the height of the sun above the horizon +at noon, at the two solstices. Between these angles +there should exist an angle of 47°, double the obliquity +of the ecliptic, that is to say, the excursion of the sun +in declination: now P E E¹-P H H¹ = E P H = 47°.</p> + + +<p>Let us carry, at H and E, the angles, O H E = H E O += 43° = 90°-47°; the angle at 0° will be equal to 180-86 += 94°. If we trace the circumference having O for a +center, and passing through E and H, each point, Q, +of such circumference will possess the same property +as the angle, H Q E = 47°. The intersection, P, of the +circumference with the straight line, N, therefore +gives the position of the bead.</p> + +<p>Let us return to our instrument. We have traced +upon a diagram the distance of the points of attachment +of the thread, at the intersection of the planes +of projection. We have thus obtained the position of +the line, N S. Then, operating as has just been said, +we have marked the point, P. Now, accurately measuring +all the angles, we have found: N S R = 50°; +P H H¹ = 18°; P E E¹ = 65°. The first shows that the +instrument has been constructed for a place on the +parallel of 50°, and the others show that, at the solstices, +the height of the sun was respectively 18° and +65°, decompounded as follows:</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table border="0" summary="" align="center"> +<tr><td>18° = </td><td>polar height of the place</td><td>-23½°.</td></tr> +<tr><td>65° = </td><td>"</td><td>+23½°.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The polar height of the place where the object was +to be observed would therefore be 41½°, that is to say, +its latitude would be 48½°.</p> + +<p>Minor views of construction and measurement and +the deformations that the instrument has undergone +sufficiently explain the divergence of 1½° between the +two results, which comprise between them the latitude +of Paris.</p> + +<p>After doing all the reasoning that we have just +given at length, we have finally found the means by +which the hypothetic bead was to be put in place. A +little beyond the curves, a very small but perfectly +conspicuous dot is engraved—the intersection of two +lines of construction that it was doubtless desired to +efface, but the scarcely visible trace of which subsists. +Upon measuring with the compasses the distance +between the insertion of the thread and this dot, we +find exactly the distance, N P, of our diagram. Therefore +there is no doubt that this dot served as a datum +point. The existence of the bead upon the thread and +the use of it as a rude calendar therefore appears to be +certain.</p> + +<p>The compass is to furnish us new indications. After +dismounting it—an operation that the quite primitive +enchasing of the face plate renders very easy—we took +a copy of it, which we measured with care. The arrow +forms with the line O C-O R an angle of 90° + 8°. +The compass was therefore constructed in view of an +eastern declination of 8°.</p> + +<p>Now, here is what we know with most certainty as +to the magnetic declination of Paris at the epoch in +question:</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="4" summary=""> +<tr><td>Years.</td><td>Declinations.</td></tr> +<tr><td>1550.</td><td>8° east.</td></tr> +<tr><td>1580.</td><td>11.30</td></tr> +<tr><td>1622.</td><td>6.30</td></tr> +<tr><td>1634.</td><td>4.16</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>On causing the curve (Fig. 3, No. 3) to pass through +the four points thus determined, we find, for 1612, the +declination 8½°. This is, with an approximation +closer than that of the measurements that can be +made upon the small compass, the value that we +found. From these data as a whole we draw the two +following conclusions: (1) The instrument was constructed +at Paris; and (2) the inventor was accurately +posted in the science of his time.</p> + +<p>Certain easily perceived retouchings, moreover, +show that this sun dial is not a copy, but rather an +original. We are therefore in an attitude to claim, as +we did at the outset, that the constructor of this +pleasing object was not only an artist, but a man of +science as well.</p> + +<p>Let us compare a few dates: In 1612, Galileo and +Kepler were still living. Thirty years were yet to +lapse before the birth of Newton. Modern astronomy +was in its tenderest infancy, and remained the privilege +of a few initiated persons.—<i>C.E. Guillaume, in +La Nature.</i></p> + +<hr /> + +<p class="ctr">[MIND.]</p> + +<h2><a name="X_3" id="X_3"></a>THE UNDYING GERM PLASM AND THE IMMORTAL SOUL.</h2> + +<h3>By Dr. R. VON LENDENFELD.</h3> + +<p>[The following article appeared originally, last year, in the German scientific +monthly, <i>Humboldt</i>. It, is reproduced here (by permission)—the +English from the hand of Mr. A.E. Shipley—as a specimen of the +kind of general speculation to which modern biology is giving rise.—EDITOR.]</p> + +<p>To Weismann is due the credit of transforming those vague ideas on +the immortality of the germ plasma which have been for some time in +the minds of many scientific men, myself among the number, into a +clear and sharply-defined theory, against the accuracy of which no +doubt can be raised either from the theoretical or from the empirical +standpoint. This theory, defined as it is by Weismann, has but +recently come before us, and some time must elapse before all the +consequences which it entails will be evident. But there is one +direction which I have for some time followed, and indeed began to +think out long before Weismann's remarkable work showed the importance +of this matter. I mean the origin of the conception of the immortal +soul.</p> + +<p>Before I approach the solution of this problem, it may be advisable +to recall in a few words to my readers the theory of the immortality +of the germ plasm.</p> + +<p>All unicellular beings, such as the protozoa and the simpler algæ, +fungi, etc., reproduce themselves by means of simple fission. The +mother organism may split into two similar halves, as the amoeba does, +or, as is more common in the lowest unicellular plants, it may divide +into a great number of small spores. In these processes it often +happens that the whole body of the mother, the entire cell, may +resolve itself into two or more children; at times, however, a small +portion of the mother cell remains unused. This remnant, in the +spore-forming unicellular plants represented by the cell wall, is then +naturally dead.</p> + +<p>From this it follows that these unicellular beings are immortal. +The mother cell divides, the daughter cells resulting from the first +division repeat the process, the third generation does the same, and +so on. At each division the mother cell renews its youth and +multiplies, without ever dying.</p> + +<p>External circumstances can, of course, at any moment bring about +the death of these unicellular organisms, and in reality almost every +series of beings which originate from one another in this way is +interrupted by death. Some, however, persist. From the first +appearance of living organisms on our planet till to-day, several such +series—at the very least certainly one—have persisted.</p> + +<p>The immortality of unicellular beings is not at any time absolute, +but only potential. Weismann has recently directed attention to this +point. External occurrences may at any moment cause the death of an +individual, and in this way interrupt the immortal series; but in the +intimate organization of the living plasma there exist no seeds of +death. The plasma is itself immortal and will in fact live forever, +provided only external circumstances are favorable.</p> + +<p>Death is always said to be inherent in the nature of protoplasm. +This is not so. The plasm, as such, is immortal.</p> + +<p>But a further complication of great importance affects the +reproduction and the rejuvenescence of these unicellular organisms; +this is the process of conjugation. Two separate cells, distinct +individuals, fuse together. Their protoplasmic bodies not only unite +but intermingle, and their nuclei do likewise; from two individuals +one results. A single cell is thus produced, and this divides. As a +rule this cell seems stronger than the single individual before the +union. The offspring of a double individual, originated in this way, +increase for some time parthenogenetically by simple fission without +conjugation, until at length a second conjugation takes place among +them. I cannot consider further the origin of this universally +important process of conjugation. I will only suggest that a kind of +conjugation may have existed from the very beginning and may have been +determined by the original method of reproduction, if such +existed.</p> + +<p>At any rate conjugation has been observed in very many plants and +animals, and is possibly universally present in the living world.</p> + +<p>Conjugation does not affect the theory of immortality. The double +individual produced from the fusion of two individuals, which divides +and lives on in its descendants, contains the substance of both. The +conjugating cells have in no way died during the process of +conjugation; they have only united.</p> + +<p>If we examine a little more closely the history of such a "family" +of unicellular beings from one period of conjugation to the next, we +see that a great number of single individuals, that is, single cells, +have proceeded from the double individual formed by conjugation. These +may all continue to increase by splitting in two, and then the family +tree is composed of dichotomously branching lines; or they may resolve +themselves into numerous spores, and then the family tree exhibits a +number of branches springing from the same point.</p> + +<p>The majority of these branches end blindly with the death, caused +by external circumstances, of that individual which corresponds with +the branch. Only a few persist till the next period of conjugation, +and then unite with other individuals and afford the opportunity for +giving rise to a new family tree.</p> + +<p>All the single individuals of such a genealogical table belong to +one another, even though they be isolated. Among certain infusoria and +other protista, they do, in fact, remain together and build up +branching colonies. At the end of each branch is situated an +infusorian (vorticella), and the whole colony represents in itself the +genealogical family tree.</p> + +<p>In the beginning, there existed no other animal organisms than +these aggregations of similar unicellular beings, all of which +reproduced themselves. Later on, division of labor made its appearance +among the individuals of the animal colony, and it increased their +dependence upon one another, so that their individuality was to a +great extent lost, and they were no longer able to live independently +of one another.</p> + +<p>By the development of this process, multicellular metazoa arose +from the colonies of similar protozoa, and at length culminated in the +higher animals and man.</p> + +<p>If we examine the human body, its origin and end, in the light of +these facts, we shall see that a comparison between the simple +immortal protozoa and man leads us to the result that man himself, or +at least a part of him and that the most important, is immortal.</p> + +<p>When we turn to the starting point of human development, we find an +egg cell and a spermatozoon, which unite and whose nuclei intermingle. +Thus a new cell is produced. This process is similar to the +conjugation of two unicellular beings, such as two acinetiform +infusoria, one of which, the female (੐), is larger than the other, the +male (੒). This difference of size in the conjugating cell is, however, +without importance.</p> + +<p>From this double cell produced by conjugation many generations of +cells arise by continual cell division in divergent series. Among the +infusoria these are all immortal, but many of them are destroyed, and +only a few persist till conjugation again takes place. The same is the +case with man. Numerous series of cell families arise, which are all +immortal: of these but few—strictly speaking, only one—live till the +next period of conjugation and then give the impulse which results in +the formation of a new diverging series of cells. The difference +between man and the infusorian is only that in the former the cells +which originate from the double cell (the fertilized ovum) remain +together and become differentiated one from another, while in the +latter the cells are usually scattered but remain alike in appearance, +etc.</p> + +<p>The seeds of death do not lie, as Weismann appears to assume, in +the differentiation of the cells of the higher animals. On the +contrary, all the cell series, not only those of the reproductive +cells, are immortal. As a matter of fact all must die; not because +they themselves contain the germs of death and have contained them +from the beginning, but because the structure which is built up by +them collectively finally brings about the death of all. The living +plasm in every cell is itself immortal. It is the higher life of the +collective organism which continually condemns countless cells to +death. They die, not because they cannot continue to exist as such but +because conditions necessary for their preservation are no longer +present.</p> + +<p>Thus, while the cells are +themselves immortal, the whole organism which they build up is mortal. The complex +inter-dependence between the single cells, which, since they have +adapted themselves to division of labor, has become necessary, carries +with it, from the beginning, the seeds of death. The mutual dependence +ceases to work, and the various cells are killed.</p> + +<p>The death of the individual is a consequence of the defective +precision in the working of the division of labor among the cells. +This defect, after a longer or shorter time, causes the death of all +the cells composing the body. Only those which quit the body retain +their power of living.</p> + +<p>Of all those countless cells which, in the course of a lifetime, +are thrown off from the body, only one kind is adapted for existence +outside the body, namely, the reproductive cells.</p> + +<p>Among the lower animals the reproductive cells often leave the body +of their parents only after the death of the latter. This is not the +case in man.</p> + +<p>All the cell series which do not take part in the formation of +reproductive cells, as well as all the reproductive cells without +exception, or with only a few exceptions, die through unfavorable +external conditions; just as all, or almost all, of the infusoria +which arose from the double cell die before they can conjugate +again.</p> + +<p>At times, however, some of the infusoria persist till the next +period of conjugation, and in the same way, from time to time, some of +the human reproductive cells succeed in conjugating, and from them a +new individual arises.</p> + +<p>A man is the outgrowth of the double cell produced from the +conjugation of two human reproductive cells, and consists of all the +cells which arise from this and remain in connection with each other. +The human individual originates at the moment of the mingling of the +nuclei of the reproductive cells; and the details of this mingling +determine his individual peculiarities.</p> + +<p>The end of man is manifestly to preserve, to nourish, and to +protect the series of reproductive cells which are continually +developing within him, to select a suitable mate and to care for the +children which he produces. His whole structure is acquired by means +of selection with this one object in view, the maintenance of the +series of reproductive cells.</p> + +<p>From this standpoint the individual loses his significance and +becomes, so to speak, the slave of the reproductive cells. These are +the important and essential and also the undying parts of the +organism. Like raveled threads whose branches separate and reunite, +the series of reproductive cells permeate the successive generations +of the human race. They continually give off other cell series which +branch out from this network of reproductive cells, and, after a +longer or shorter course, come to an end. Twigs from these branches +represent the human individuals, and any one who considers the matter +must recognize that, as was said above, apart from the preservation of +the reproductive cell series the individuals are purposeless.</p> + +<p>It is on this basis that the moral ordering of the world must place +itself if it is to stand on any basis at all. It is an easy and a +pleasant task to interpret the facts of history from this standpoint. +Everything fits together and harmonizes, and each turn in the +historical development of civilization when observed from this point +of view acquires a simple and a clear causality.</p> + +<p>I cannot enlarge on this topic, engaging as it is, but here a +further question obtrudes itself. May there not be some connection +between the actual immortality of the germ cells, the continuity of +their series and the importance of the part they play, and the origin +of the idea of an immortal soul? May not the former have given rise to +the latter?</p> + +<p>As a matter of fact, the series of reproductive cells possess the +essential attributes of the human soul; they are the immortal living +part of a man, which contain, in a latent form, his spiritual +peculiarities. The immortality of the reproductive cells is only +potential and is essentially different from that absolute eternal life +which certain religions ascribe to the soul.</p> + +<p>We must not, however, forget that at the time when the conception +of a soul arose among men, owing to a defective knowledge of the laws +of logic, no clear distinction was made between a potential +immortality and an absolute life without end.</p> + +<p>Herbert Spencer has pointed out that all religions have their +origin in reverence paid to ancestors. Each religion must have a true +foundation, and the deification of our forefathers has this true and +natural foundation inasmuch as they belong to the same series of +reproductive cells as their descendants. Of course our barbaric +ancestors who initiated the ancestor worship had no idea of this +motive for their religion, but that in no way disproves that this and +this alone was the <i>causa efficiens</i> of the origin of such religions. +It is indeed typical of a religion that it depends upon facts which +are not discerned and which are not fully recognized.</p> + +<p>With the origin and development of every religion the origin and +development of the conception of the soul progresses step by step.</p> + +<p>We find the justification of ancestor worship in the immortality of +the reproductive cells, and in the continuity of their series. This +should also take a part in the origin of the conception of the +soul.</p> + +<p>Spencer derives the conception of the existence of the soul from +dreams, and from the imagination of the mentally afflicted. The savage +dreams he is hunting, and wakes up to find himself at home. In his +dream he talks with friends who are not present where he sleeps; he +may even in the course of his dream encounter the dead. From this he +draws the conclusions—(1) that he himself has two persons, one +hunting while the other sleeps; (2) that his acquaintances also have a +double existence; and, from those cases in which he met with the dead, +(3) that they are not only double persons, but that one of the persons +is dead while the other continues to live.</p> + +<p>Thus, according to Spencer, the idea arises that man consists of +two separable thinking parts, and that one of these can survive the +other.</p> + +<p>When a person faints and recovers, we say he comes to himself. That +is, a part of his person left him and has returned. But in this case, +as in the dream, the body has not divided, so that in a swoon the +outgoing portion is not corporeal.</p> + +<p>The savage will think that this is what remains alive + +after death, for he is incapable of distinguishing between a swoon and +death. Then he will associate the part which leaves the body during a +swoon with that which gives life, and some will regard the heart, +which fails to beat after death, and others the breath, which ceases +when life does, as this life-giving part or soul.</p> + +<p>Thus far I am quoting from Spencer.</p> + +<p>The conception of the soul, which has thus arisen, has been +utilized by astute priests to obtain power over their fellow-men; +while the genuine founders of religions have made use of it, and by +threats of punishment, and promises of reward, have tried to induce +mankind to live uprightly.</p> + +<p>With this purpose in view, the teachers of religion have changed +the original conception of the soul and have added to it the attribute +of absolute immortality and eternal duration, an attribute which is in +no way connected by people in a low state of development with their +conception of the soul.</p> + +<p>At the present time among the religions of all civilized people the +undying soul plays an extraordinarily important part.</p> + +<p>I start from the position that no doctrine can receive a general +acceptation among men which does not depend on a truth of nature. The +various religions agree on one point, and this is the doctrine of the +immortal soul. Such a point of universal agreement, I am convinced, +cannot have been entirely derived from the air. It must have had some +foundation in fact, and the question arises, What was this foundation? +Dreams and phantasms, as Spencer believes? No; there must have been +something real and genuine, and the path we have entered upon to find +traces of this true foundation of the conception of the soul cannot be +distrusted.</p> + +<p>We must compare the conception of the soul as held by various +related religions, and strip off from it all those attributes which +are not common to all. But those which all the various religions agree +in ascribing to the soul we may regard as its true attributes.</p> + +<p>It would take too long to go into the details of this examination +of the conception of the soul. As the general result of a comparison +of the various views of the soul we may put down the following +characteristics which are invariably ascribed to it:</p> + +<blockquote> <p>(1) The soul is living.</p> + +<p>(2) It survives the body, and can continue to exist without it.</p> + +<p>(3) During life it is contained in the body, but leaves it after +death.</p> + +<p>(4) The soul participates in the conduct of the body: after the +death of the latter, causality (retribution) can still affect the +soul.</p> </blockquote> + +<p>The characteristics (1) to (3) hold also for the series of +reproductive cells continually developing within the body; and these +attributes of the germ cells may well be the true but unrecognized +cause of the origin of those conceptions of the soul's character.</p> + +<p>This like holds true for (4), although the connection is not so +obvious. For this reason it will be advisable to consider the point in +more detail.</p> + +<p>It has been already indicated that the founders of religions have +made use of the survival of the soul after death to endeavor to lead +mankind to live righteously, by threats of punishments or promises of +reward, which will affect the soul after the death of the body.</p> + +<p>It is precisely on this point that in the most highly developed +religions there is the greatest falling off from the original +conception of the after-effect of human conduct on the soul, and the +most astounding things are inculcated by the Koran and other works +with respect to this.</p> + +<p>But here again we may separate the true kernel from the artificial +shell, and reach the conclusion that good conduct is advantageous for +the soul after the death of the body, and that bad conduct is +detrimental. In no other way can the Mohammedan paradise or the +Christian hell be explained than as sheer anthropomorphic realizations +of these facts, which can appeal even to the densest intellect.</p> + +<p>What then is good conduct, or bad?</p> + +<p>The question is easily asked, but without reference to external +circumstances impossible to answer. <i>Per se</i> there is no good or bad +conduct. Under certain circumstances a vulgar, brutal murder may +become a glorious and heroic act, a good deed in the truest sense of +the word; as, for example, in the case of Charlotte Corday. Nor must +the view of one's fellow creatures be accepted as a criterion of good +or bad conduct, for different parties are apt to cherish diametrically +opposed opinions on one and the same subject. There remains then only +one's own inner feeling or conscience. Good conduct awakes in this a +feeling of pleasure, bad conduct a feeling of pain. And by this alone +can we discriminate. Now let us further ask. What sort of conduct +produces in our conscience pleasure and what sort of conduct induces +pain? If we investigate a great number of special cases, we shall +recognize that conduct which proves advantageous to the individual, to +the family, to the state, and finally to mankind, produces a good +conscience, and that conduct which is injurious to the same series +give rise to a bad conscience. If a collision of interests arise, it +is the degree of relationship which determines the influence of +conduct on the conscience. As, for instance, among the clans in +Scotland, a deed which is advantageous for the clan produces a good +conscience, even if it be injurious to the state and to mankind.</p> + +<p>The conscience is one of the mental faculties of man acquired by +selection and rendered possible by the construction and development of +the commonwealth of the state. Conscience urges us to live rightly, +that is, to do those things which will help ourselves and our family, +whereby our fellow creatures according to their degree of relationship +may be benefited. These are good deeds, and they will merit from the +teachers of religion much praise for the soul. We find, therefore, +that the only possible definition of a good deed is one which will +benefit the series of germ cells arising from one individual, and +further which will be of use to others with their own series of germ +cells, and that in proportion to the degree of connection +(relationship).</p> + +<p>It is clear that in this point also the ordinary conception of the +future fate of the soul agrees fundamentally with the result of +observation on the prosperity of the series of germ cells.</p> + + +<p>As all the forces of nature, known to the ignorant barbarian only +by their visible workings, call forth in him certain vague and, +therefore, religious ideas, which are but a reflection of these forces +in an anthropomorphically distorted form, so the apparently +enigmatical conception of the eternal soul is founded on the actual +immortality and continuity of the germ plasma.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="I_1" id="I_1"></a>COCOS PYNAERTI.</h2> + +<p>This is an acquisition to the dwarf growing palms, +and a graceful table plant. It first appeared in the +nurseries of M. Pynaert, Ghent, and is evidently a +form of C. Weddelliana, having similar character, +though, as shown by the accompanying illustration, +it is quite distinct. The leaves are gracefully arched, +the pinnules rather broader than in the type, more +closely arranged, and of a deep tone of rich green. +Such a small growing palm possessing elegant and +distinct character should become a favorite.—<i>The +Gardener's Magazine</i>.</p> + +<p class="ctr"> +<a href="./images/14-1.png"><img src="./images/14-1_th.jpg" alt="COCOS PYNAERTI" title="" /></a> +<br />COCOS PYNAERTI—A NEW PALM.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="V_1" id="V_1"></a>THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER.<a name="FNanchor_7_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By JACQUES W. REDWAY.</h3> + +<h3>INTRODUCTION.</h3> + +<p>The purport of the following paper is to show that +corrosion of its banks and deposition of sediment constitute +the legitimate business of a river. If the bed +of the Mississippi were of adamant, and its drainage +slopes were armored with chilled steel, its current +would do just what it has been doing in past ages—wear +them away, and fill the Gulf of Mexico with the +detritus.</p> + +<p>Many thoughts were suggested by Mr. S.C. Clemens, +erstwhile a Mississippi pilot, and by Mr. D.A. Curtis. +Both of these gentlemen <i>know</i> the river.</p> + +<h3>GENERAL GEOGRAPHY.</h3> + +<p>The Mississippi River, as ordinarily regarded, has its +head waters in a chain of lakes situated mainly in +Beltrami and Cass counties, Minnesota. The lake +most distant from the north is Elk Lake, so named in +the official surveys of the U.S. Land Office. A short +stream flows from Elk Lake to Lake Itaska, a beautiful +sheet of water, considerably larger than Elk Lake. +From Lake Itaska it flows in a general northeasterly +direction, receiving the waters of innumerable springs +and ponds, among them Lake Bemidji, a body of water +equal in size to Lake Itaska. After a course of 135 +miles the steam flows into Cass Lake, absorbing in the +meantime the waters of another chain of lakes, discharged +through Turtle River. From Cass Lake the +waters flow a distance of twenty miles, and are +poured into Lake Winnibigoshish. The latter has an +area of eighty square miles; it is twice the size of Cass +Lake and more than six times that of Lake Itaska. +From Lake Winnibigoshish to the point where it receives +the discharge of Leech Lake, the river flows +through an open savannah, from a quarter of a mile to +a mile in width. Forty miles beyond are Pokegama +Falls. Here the river flows from Pokegama Lake, +falling about fourteen feet before quiet water is +reached. All the country about the headwaters is +densely wooded with Norway pine on the higher +ground, and with birch, maple, poplar and tamarack +on the lower ground. Between Pokegama Falls and + +the Falls of St. Anthony, the river receives the waters +of a number of other similar streams, all flowing from +the lake region.</p> + +<p>At St. Paul the navigable stage of the river practically +begins, although there is more or less navigable +water above the falls at certain seasons. From St. +Paul to Cairo the river flows between bluffs, the +terraces of Champlain times, from ten to fifty miles +apart. Between the bluffs are the bottom lands, often +coincident with the flood plain, along which the river +channel wanders in a devious course of 1,100 miles. +The soil of the bottom lands is, of course, alluvial, and +was deposited by the river during past ages; that +beyond the bluffs is a part of the great intermontane +plain, and is sedentary—that is, it has not been materially +disturbed since the plain was raised above the +sea level by the uplift of the continent.</p> + +<p>From Cairo, at the junction of the Ohio River, the +plain to the southward is nearly all made land, and in +a few spots only does the river touch soil which it has +not itself made. Here the Lower Mississippi proper +begins, and here, at some not far distant time in the +past,<a name="FNanchor_8_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_2"><sup>2</sup></a> was the head of the Gulf of Mexico. A fuller +description of the Lower Mississippi is unnecessary +here, inasmuch as the following pages are mainly devoted +to this part alone.</p> + +<h3>HISTORICAL.</h3> + +<p>Nearly three and a half centuries have elapsed since +De Soto, that prince among explorers, traversed the +broad prairies that lie between the border highlands +of the Western continent, and beheld the stream which +watered the future empire of the world. His chroniclers +tell us that he was raised to an upright position, so that +he could catch a fleeting glimpse of the restless, turbulent +flood; for even then the hand of death was upon +him, and soon its waters were to enshroud his mortal +remains. "His soldiers," says Bancroft, "pronounced +his eulogy by grieving for their loss, and the priests +chanted over his body the first requiems ever heard on +the Mississippi. To conceal his death, his body was +wrapped in a mantle, and, in the stillness of midnight, +was silently sunk in the middle of the stream." Just +across the river the Arkansas was pouring in its +tumultuous flood, and its confluence was the site of the +future town of Napoleon, which in coming years was +to be historic ground.</p> + +<p>Worn by suffering, hardships and peril, and racked +by the pestilential fever that still hovers about the +river lowlands, De Soto paid the debt of nature, and +his thrice decimated followers made their way back to +France. It seemed a strange, incredible story that +they told, for such a mighty river, with its vast plain, +was beyond conception. Its source, they said, was in +the north—among the eternal snows—farther than it had +ever been given to man to penetrate. Its waters, they +thought, were poured into the Gulf of California, or +perhaps into the great Virginia Sea. Its flood, they +said, was so great that if all the rivers of Europe were +gathered into one channel, they would not be a tithe +as large. But the people who heard these wonderful +accounts were unconcerned. The French monarch +knew naught but to debauch his heritance; the French +courtier intrigued and plundered; the French peasant, +dogged and sullen in his long suffering, dragged out +his miserable existence. The flood of waters rolled +on, and a hundred and thirty years must come and go +before the next white man should see the sheen of its +rippling.</p> + + +<p>Let us cast a retrograde glance to the history of this +period. It was only fifty years before that Columbus +had dropped anchor off the coral reef of Samana Cay, +and thrilled the Old World by announcing the discovery +of the New. Elizabeth, the virgin Queen of +England, was a proud, haughty girl just entering her +teens, all unmindful of her eventful future. Mary +Queen of the Scots was a tiny infant in swaddling +clothes. The labors of Rafael Sanzio were still fresh +in the memory of his surviving pupils. Michael +Angelo was in the zenith of his fame, bending his +energies to the beautifying of the great cathedral. +Martin Luther was in the sere old age of his life, +waiting for the command of the Master, which should +bid him lay down his armor. A hundred years were +to elapse before Charles I. of England must pay with +his life the price of his folly.</p> + +<p>Joliet, a French trader, was a man possessed of far +more brains than marked the average men of his times. +He had not only the indomitable courage which is +essential to the successful explorer, but he had also the +rare ability to manage men; and we find him in 1672 +with a commission from the French king directing +him to explore the valley which was to be a part of +New France. The lands which he visited must be his +fee to the king; certain rights of trade he wisely +secured to himself. So, with Pere Marquette, a Jesuit +priest, he undertook the mission, which we may doubt +whether to call a journey of discovery or an errand of +diplomacy. Crossing the ocean, their route lay along +the St. Lawrence River to the Great Lakes; through +the Great Lakes to the country of the Illini; down the +Illinois to the Mississippi, and down the Mississippi to +its junction with the Arkansas. Here they encamped +near the site of Napoleon. Everywhere along their +route they had won the hearts of the savage Illini. +They possessed that rare tact which was born in French +travelers, and which no English explorer ever had. +When they had reached the junction of the Arkansas, +"they were kindly received by the Indian tribes." +They held a council with the various chiefs, with +whom they made a treaty. The treaty was celebrated +by a feast, and, if we may believe the record thereof, +libations of wine were freely poured forth to pledge +the stipulations of the business transaction. For a +heavenly possession in the uncertain future, the +Indian acknowledged, by the cross raised in commemoration, +that he had bartered away his earthly kingdom. +The title by which the Indian held the soil +wrested from the Mound-builder may not have been +perfect; that of the wily Joliet may have been equally +defective. But Joliet builded more wisely than he +knew, for to this day, fraud, treachery and broken +faith are the chief witnesses to our treaties with the +aboriginal owners of the land.</p> + +<p>Nine years after the business venture of Joliet, La +Salle received letters extraordinary from the King of +France, directing him to make additional explorations +along the course of the great river. He organized an +expedition, crossed the ocean, and made his way +rapidly to the scene of his explorations. Preparing +his canoes and launches, he followed the sinuous course +of the river to Napoleon. His arrival was celebrated +by another feast and post-prandial business agreement, +and New France began its brief existence. +Never in the history of the world had such an empire +been founded—such another could not be formed +until the domains of this had been widened from +sea to sea, and the energy of Saxon, Teuton and Kelt +mingled to build a greater.</p> + +<p>To La Salle belongs the honor of tracing the true +course of the Mississippi river. He charted it with a +faithfulness and accuracy that would do credit to the +surveys of the present day. He seemed to have noted +all the important feeders and tributaries, correctly +locating their points of confluence. He did not cease +his work until he reached the Gulf of Mexico.<a name="FNanchor_9_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_3"><sup>3</sup></a> So not +only was La Salle the most indefatigable explorer of +this region, but he also earned the credit of having +made the most important discovery.</p> + +<p>With La Salle's exploration the future importance of +the Mississippi began; and though the railway has of +late years largely supplanted it as a commercial highway, +yet, with the possible exception of the Ganges, +no other river in the world transports yearly a greater +tonnage of merchandise. The early traders were content +to carry their supplies back and forth in canoes. +As settlement and business increased, the canoe gave +place to the raft, and the raft yielded to the flatboat. +In the course of time, steam was applied to the propulsion +of boats, and the flatboat yielded to the inevitable: +the palatial steamboat was supreme. But the days of +the steamboat were numbered when the civil war cast +its blight over the land; and when the years of strife +were over, so also was the river traffic which had +created the floating palaces of the Mississippi. There +were several things that operated to prevent the reorganization +of the fleet of steamboats which for size, +beauty and capacity were found in no other part of the +world. Many of these boats had been destroyed, and +the companies that owned them were financially +ruined. Most of those remaining were purchased or +confiscated for military purposes, and rebuilt either as +transports or as gunboats. A period of unparalleled +railway construction began at the close of the war, and +most of the traffic was turned to the railway. Finally, +it was discovered that a puffy, wheezy tug, with its +train of barges, costing but a few thousand dollars, and +equipped with half a score of men, could, at a much +less rate, tow a vastly greater cargo than the river +steamer. That discovery was the knell of the old-time +steamboat, and the beginning of a new era of navigation. +Powerful as the railway may be, we cannot shut +our eyes to the fact that a tug and train of barges will +carry a cargo of merchandise from St. Paul to St. +Louis for one-tenth the sum the consignee must pay +for railway transportation. So, to-day, the river is +just as important as a highway of commerce as it was +in the palmy days of the floating palace and river +greyhound. Railway traffic has enormously increased, +but river traffic along the most wonderful of streams +has not materially lessened.</p> + +<p>The Mississippi is certainly a wonderful river. From +Elk Lake to the Gulf of Mexico it has a variable length +of about 2,800 miles; from Pass à l'Outre to the head of +the Missouri its extent is nearly 4,200 miles—a length +not equaled by any other river in the world. It is evident, +by a moment of reflection, that a river which +traverses a great extent of latitude offers much greater +facilities for commerce and settlement than a longitudinal +river. The Mississippi traverses a greater +breadth of latitude than any other river, except the +Nile, for its sources are in regions of almost arctic cold, +while its delta is in a land that is practically tropical. +The volume of its flood is surpassed by the Amazon +and, perhaps, the Yukon. It discharges, however, +three times as much water as the Danube, twenty-five +times as much as the Rhine, and almost three hundred +and fifty times as much as the Thames. It has several +hundred navigable tributaries, and its navigable +waters, stretched in a straight line, would reach nearly +three-fourths the distance around the earth. It is one +of the most sinuous of rivers. In one part of its course +it flows in a channel nearly 1,400 miles long to accomplish, +as the crow flies, the distance of 700 miles. In +more than one place the current forms a loop ten, +twenty and even thirty miles around, rather than to +cut through a neck perhaps not half a mile in width. +It is one of the most capricious of rivers, for its channel +rarely lies in the same place during two successive +seasons. The river manifests a strong inclination to +move east; and were La Salle to repeat his memorable +voyage, he would touch in scarcely half a score of +places the course he formerly traveled; or if he were +to go over exactly the same course, he must of necessity +have his boats dragged over the ground, for almost +the entire course over which he traveled is now dry +land. Since that time the river has deserted almost +all of its former channel, as if to repudiate its connection +with the after-dinner treaties of two hundred +years lang syne; in places its channel lies to the west, +but for the greater extent it is to the eastward.<a name="FNanchor_10_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_4"><sup>4</sup></a></p> + + +<h3>PHYSICAL.</h3> + +<p>The lower Mississippi is among the muddiest streams +in the world. During the average year it brings down +7,500,000,000 cubic yards of sediment, discharging it +along the lower course, or pushing it into the Gulf. +As one thinks of the small amount of sediment held in +a gallon or two of river water, a comprehension of this +vast amount of silt is impossible. It is enough to cover +a square mile in area to a depth of 268 feet. In five +hundred years it would build above the sea level a State +as large and as high as Rhode Island. Thus, by means +of this sediment, the river has pushed its mouths fifty +miles into the sea, confining its flow within narrow +strips of land—natural levees made by the river itself.</p> + +<p>The Mississippi is notable for its varying length. +Within the memory of the oldest pilot the length of +the river between St. Louis and New Orleans has +varied more than one hundred and fifty miles, being +sometimes longer and sometimes shorter, as the year +may be one of drought or of excessive rainfall. Occasionally +the river will shorten itself a score of miles at +a single leap. The shortening invariably takes place +at one of its long sinuous curves for which it is so remarkable. +At a season when the volume of water +begins to increase, the narrow neck of the loop gives +way little by little under the continuous impact of the +strengthening current. Narrower and narrower it +grows as the water ceaselessly cuts away the bank. +Finally the barrier is broken; there is a tumultuous +meeting of waters; the next steamboat that comes +along goes through a new cut; and a moat or ox-bow +lake is the only reminder of the former channel.<a name="FNanchor_11_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_5"><sup>5</sup></a></p> + + +<p>In 1863 the city of Vicksburg was situated on the +outer curve of such a loop. At that time General +Grant and his army were on the opposite side of the +river, and the whole power of the Federal government +was directed upon devising how the army might cross +it and capture the long-beleagured city. So an army +engineer conceived the idea of turning the river around +the rear of the army. Accordingly, a canal was cut +across the loop, in order to make an artificial channel +through which its current might run. But the river +steadfastly refused to accept any channel it had not +itself made, and the ditch soon silted up. Twelve +years or more afterward there was trouble; for the +river, which had all this time so persistently ignored +the canal, one stormy night, when its current was considerably +swollen, took a notion to adopt the canal that +it had so long refused. Next morning the good people +of Vicksburg woke to find their metropolis, not on the +river channel, but practically an inland town overlooking +a stagnant mud flat. The town of Delta, which, the +night before, was three miles below Vicksburg, was, in +the morning, two miles above it. Since that time, +energy and intelligence have conspired in its behalf, and +Vicksburg is still an important river port; but the +channel of the river is persistent, and constant effort +and watchfulness alone keep a depth of water sufficient +for the needs of navigation before the wharves.</p> + +<p>The average inhabitant of the flood plain of the +Mississippi is not surprised at this capriciousness of the +river, for long experience has taught him to look for it. +During seasons of mean or of low water, there is little + +or no trouble; but when floods begin to swell the current, +then it is high time to be on the alert, for no one +knows what a day or even an hour may bring forth. +Perhaps a snag, loosened from the bank above, may +come floating down the stream. It strikes a shallow +place somewhere in the river, and thereupon anchors +in mid-channel. Directly it does, a small riffle or bar +of silt will form around it, and this, in turn, sends an +eddying current over against the bank. By and by +the latter begins to be chipped away, little by little. +Perhaps the corrosion of the bank might not be +noticed except by a bottom land planter or a riverman. +But there is no time to be lost. If some unfortunate +individual happens to possess belongings in that vicinity, +he simply lays aside his coat and works as if he +were a whole legion doing Cæsar's bidding; he well +knows that in a very few hours the river will be +swallowing up his real estate at the rate of half an +acre to the mouthful. It is certainly hard to see one's +earthly possessions disappear before the angry flood +of the river, but the bottom land planter does not +complain, because the experience of generations has +taught him that he must expect it. A queer fortune +befell Island No. 74.</p> + +<p>Between the States of Arkansas and Mississippi there +is a large island, which, for want of a name, is commonly +known as Island No. 74.<a name="FNanchor_12_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_6"><sup>6</sup></a> This slip of insular +land is probably the only territory within the United +States and not of it, for this island is without the +boundaries of either State, county or township. It is +not under control of the government, because it is in +the possession of an owner whose claim is acknowledged +by the government. The anomalous position of +the island as to political situation is due to the erosion +of the river as an active and the defects of statutory +law as a passive agent. According to the enactment +whereby the States of Arkansas and Mississippi were +created, the river boundary of the former extends to +<i>mid-stream</i>; that of the latter to <i>mid-channel</i>. Herein +is the difficulty. A dissipated freshet turned the current +against the Mississippi bank, and shifted the +former position of mid-channel many rods to the eastward, +so that the fortunate or unfortunate owner found +his possessions lying beyond both the mid-river point +of Arkansas and the mid-channel line of Mississippi. +The owner of the plantation may be unhappy at time +of election, for he is practically a non-resident of any +political division. His grief, however, is somewhat +assuaged when the tax gatherer calls, for, being outside +of all political boundaries, he has no taxes to pay.</p> + +<p>Within a few years the town of Napoleon, which has +already been mentioned as the site which beheld the +cross erected by Marquette and the seizure of La Salle, +was the scene of still another chapter in history. Almost +two hundred years from the time when Joliet +and Marquette beheld the historic ground, the river +turned its current against the banks, and in a few +hours the crumbling walls of an old stone building, +half a mile or more from the river banks, were the +surviving monument that marked the former location +of the town.</p> + +<p>The Mississippi is indeed a grand study, and the +people who have lived in its valley during past ages +have seen the river doing just what it is doing to-day; +and as race has succeeded race, each in turn has seen +the landmarks of its predecessors swept away by its +angry flood and buried beneath its sediment. Ever +since the crests of the Appalachian and Rocky Mountains +were thrust up above the sea, the river has been +wearing them away, and bearing the scourings to the +vast plain below. In the time of its building it has +made the greatest and the richest valley on the face of +the earth; next to that of the Amazon it is the largest, +covering an area of one and one-quarter million square +miles. The river and its tributaries drain twenty-eight +States and Territories—an area equal to that of all +Europe except Russia. This basin includes half the +area of the United States, exclusive of Alaska. It is +five times as large as Austria-Hungary, six times the +size of France or Germany, nine times the area of +Spain, and ten times that of the British Isles. Measured +by its grain-producing capacity, this valley is +capable of supporting a larger population than any +other physical region on the face of the earth. Already +it is the foremost region in the world in the production +of grain, meat and cotton. The rich soil, +sedentary on the prairie and alluvial in the bottomlands, +is almost inexhaustible in its nutritious qualities. +The soil cannot be "worn out" in the bottomlands, +for nature restores its vitality by bringing fresh +supplies from the highlands as fast or faster than the +seed crop exhausts it. Sixty bushels of wheat or two +bales of cotton may be harvested from an acre of +bottom lands. So vast in proportions is the yearly crop +of food stuffs that more than three hundred thousand +freight cars and about two thousand vessels are required +to move the crop from farm to market. One +hundred and twenty-five thousand miles of railway, +fifteen thousand miles of navigable water, exclusive of +the Great Lakes, and several thousand miles of canals +are insufficient to transport this enormous production; +thousands of miles of railway are therefore yearly +built in order to keep pace with the growth of population +and the settlement of new lands. To the natural +resources of the soil add the enormous mineral wealth +hidden but a few feet below the surface, and wonder +grows to amazement. Coal fields surpassing in extent all +the remaining fields in the world; iron ore sufficient +to stock the world with iron and steel for the next +thousand years; copper of the finest quality; zinc, lead, +salt, building stone and timber, all in quantities sufficient +for a population a hundred times as great. Is it +strange that wise economists point to this territory +and say, "Behold the future empire of the world"? +Where in the wide world is another valley in which +climate, latitude and nature have been so liberal?</p> + +<p>It is only a few years since the Indian and the bison +divided between them the sole possession of this region. +What a change hath the hand of destiny wrought! +What a revelation, had some unseen hand lifted the +curtain that separated the past from the future! Iron, +steam and electricity have in them more of mysterious +power than ever oriental fancy accredited to the genii +of the lamp, and the future of the basin of the +Mississippi will be a greater wonder than the past.</p> + +<p>The feast of La Salle was the death warrant of the +Indian, and the Aryan has crowded out the Indian, +just as the latter evicted the mound builder—just as +the mound builder overcame the people whose monuments +of burned brick and cut stone now lie fifty +feet below the surface. Only a few centuries have gone +by since these happenings; can we number the years +hence when rapacious hordes from another land shall +drive out the effete descendants of the now sturdy +Aryan?</p> + +<p>(<i>To be continued</i>.)</p> + +<a name="Footnote_7_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_1">[1]</a><div class="note">Read May 17, 1890, before the Engineers' Club of Philadelphia.</div> + +<a name="Footnote_8_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_2">[2]</a><div class="note"><p>Estimated at from 100,000 to 150,000 years. Such estimates, however, +are but little better than guesses.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_9_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_3">[3]</a><div class="note"> +<p>From the best information I can gather I am unable to +decide to my own satisfaction whether or not La Salle discovered the +Red River. It is not improbable that he never saw this stream, for it +is more than likely that at that time, Red River poured its waters +directly into the Gulf of Mexico, through Atchafalaya and Cocoudrie +Bayous. That these were formerly a part of the channel of Red River, +there can be no doubt. The sluggish swale that now leads from the +river to the Gulf is a silted channel that was formerly large enough +to carry the whole volume of Red River. Such changes in the channel of +a river, when the latter flows through "made" soil, are +by no means infrequent. It is only a few years since the Hoang River, "the sorrow of Han," broke +through its restraining banks, and poured its flood into the Gulf of Pe-chee-lee, 350 miles distant +from its former mouth.]</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_10_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_4">[4]</a><div class="note"><p>"The bed of the river is so broad that the channel meanders from side +to side within the bed, just as the bed itself meanders from bluff to bluff; +and, as by erosions and deposits, the river, in long periods of time, +traverses the valley, so the channel traverses the bed from bank to bank, +justifying the remark often heard, that 'not a square rod of the bed +could be pointed out that had not, at some time, been covered by the +track of steamboats.'"—J.H. SIMPSON, <i>Col. Eng., Brevet Brig.-Gen., +U.S.A.</i></p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_11_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_5">[5]</a><div class="note"><p>One of the most noteworthy examples of these cut-offs is Davis'. +This cut-off occurred at Palmyra Bend, eighteen miles below Vicksburg. +The mid-channel distance around the bend was not far from twenty +miles; the neck was only twelve hundred feet across. The fall of the +river, measured around the bend, was about four inches per mile; the +slope, measured across the neck, was about five and one-half feet, nearly +twenty feet per mile. Inasmuch as the soil in the neck was wholly alluvial, +the current cut its new channel with exceedingly great rapidity, soon +clearing it out a mile in width and more than one hundred feet in +depth. The water rushed through the channel with such a velocity that +steamboats could not breast its flow for many weeks, while the roaring +of its flood could be heard many miles away. The influence of the cut-off +was felt both above and below Vicksburg for several years after. The +rate of erosion has been perceptibly increased above Vicksburg: and it is +not unlikely that the cut-off which occurred a few years later at Commerce, +about thirty miles below Memphis, was a result of Davis' Cut. +Other recent cut-offs have occurred near Arkansas City, below Greenville, +near Duncansby, below Lake Providence at Vicksburg, and at Kienstra. +The latter place is below Natchez; all the others are between Natchez +and Memphis. A double cut-off is strongly threatened at Greenville.</p></div> + +<a name="Footnote_12_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_6">[6]</a><div class="note"><p>For convenience to navigation, the islands in the lower Mississippi, +beginning at St. Louis, are numbered. Many of them, however, have +local names by which they are frequently known.</p></div> + + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="X_1" id="X_1"></a>FREEZING MIXTURES.</h2> + +<p>The following selection of mixtures causing various +degrees of cold, the starting point of the cooling being +indicated in the first column, will probably serve many +purposes. It should be stated that the amount of depression +in temperature will practically be the same, +even if the temperature to start from is higher. Of +course in the case of snow it cannot be higher than 0° +C. (32° F.) But in some cases it is necessary to start +at a temperature below 0° C. For instance, the temperature +of -49° C. may be reached by mixing 1 part of +snow with ½ part of dilute nitric acid. But then the +snow must have the temperature -23° C. If it were +only at 0° C., the depression would be only to about +-26° C.:</p> + +<div class="ctr"> +<table border="1" width="75%" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><th colspan="4" align="left">Substances to be mixed in parts by weight.</th> +<th colspan="2">The temperature sinks</th></tr> +<tr><th colspan="4"> </th><th>from</th><th>to</th></tr> +<tr><td>1.</td><td>Water.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">+10° C.</td><td rowspan="2">-15.5° C.</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Ammonium nitrate.</td><td>1</td></tr> +<tr><td>2.</td><td>Dil. hydrochloric acid.</td><td>10</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">+10</td><td rowspan="2">-17.8</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Sodium sulphate.</td><td>16</td></tr> +<tr><td>3.</td><td>Dil. hydrochloric acid.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">+10</td><td rowspan="2">-16</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Sodium sulphate.</td><td>1½</td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td>4.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="3"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="3">+ 0</td><td rowspan="3">-32.5</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Sulphuric acid.</td><td>4</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Water.</td><td>1</td></tr> +<tr><td>5.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">- 7</td><td rowspan="2">-51</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Dil. sulphuric acid.</td><td>1</td></tr> +<tr><td>6.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">-23</td><td rowspan="2">-49</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Dil. nitric acid.</td><td>½</td></tr> +<tr><td>7.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">0</td><td rowspan="2">-17.8</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Sodium chloride.</td><td>1</td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td>8.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">0</td><td rowspan="2">-49</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Calcium chloride.</td><td>1.3</td></tr> +<tr><td>9.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="2"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="2">0</td><td rowspan="2">-33</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Hydrochloric acid.</td><td>0.625</td></tr> +<tr><td>10.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="3"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="3">0</td><td rowspan="3">-24</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Sodium chloride.</td><td>0.4</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Ammon. chloride.</td><td>0.2</td></tr> +<tr><td>11.</td><td>Snow.</td><td>1</td><td rowspan="3"><span style="font-size: xx-large;">}</span></td><td rowspan="3">0</td><td rowspan="3">-31</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Sodium chloride.</td><td>0.416</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td>Ammon. nitrate.</td><td>0.416</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr /> + +<h2><a name="II_1" id="II_1"></a>THE APPLICATION OF ELECTROLYSIS TO +QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.</h2> + +<h3>By CHARLES A. KOHN, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant Lecturer +in Chemistry, University College, Liverpool.</h3> + +<p>The first application of electrolysis to chemical analysis +was made by Gaultier de Claubry, in 1850, who +employed the electric current for the detection of +metals when in solution. Other early workers followed +in this direction, and in 1861 Bloxam published two +papers (J. Chem. Soc., 13, 12 and 338) on "The application +of electrolysis to the detection of poisonous metals +in mixtures containing organic matters." In these +papers a description is given of means for detecting +small quantities of arsenic and of antimony by subjecting +their acidulated solutions to electrolysis. The +arsenic was evolved as hydride and recognized by the +usual reactions, while the antimony was mainly deposited +as metal upon the cathode. The electrolytic +method for the detection of arsenic, in which all fear +of contamination from impure zinc is overcome, has +since been elaborated by Wolff, who has succeeded in +detecting as little as 0.00001 grm. arsenious oxide by this +means (this Journal, 1887, 147).</p> + +<p>In a somewhat different manner the voltaic current +is made use of in ordinary qualitative analysis for the +detection of tin, antimony, silver, lead, arsenic, etc., +by employing a more electro-positive metal to precipitate +a less electro-positive one from its solution.</p> + +<p>The quantitative electrolytic methods of analysis, +some of which I had the honor of bringing before the +notice of the Society some time back (this Journal, +1889, 256), have placed a number of methods of determination +and separation of metals in the hands of chemists, +which can be employed with advantage in qualitative +analysis, especially in case of medical and medico-legal +inquiry. These methods are not supposed to +supersede in any way the ordinary methods of qualitative +analysis, but to serve as a final and crucial +means of identification, and thus to render it possible to +detect very small quantities of the substances in question +with very great certainty. As such they fulfill the +required conditions admirably, being readily carried +out, comparatively free from contamination with impure +reagents, and capable of being rendered quantitative +whenever desired.</p> + +<p>In conjunction with Mr. E.V. Ellis, B.Sc., I have +examined the applicability of the electrolytic methods +for the detection of the chief mineral poisons (with the +exception of arsenic, an electrolytic process for the detection +of which has already been devised, as described), +viz., antimony, mercury, lead, and copper.</p> + +<p><i>Antimony</i>.—The method employed in the case of +antimony is that adopted in its quantitative estimation +by means of electrolysis, a method which insures a +complete separation from those metals with which it +is precipitated in the ordinary course of analysis—arsenic +and tin. This fact is of considerable importance +in reference to the special objects for which these +methods have been worked out.</p> + +<p>The precipitated sulphide is dissolved in potassium +sulphide, and the resultant solution, after warming +with a little hydrogen peroxide to discolorize any poly-sulphides +that may be present, electrolyzed with a current +of 1.5-2 c.c. of electrolytic gas per minute (10.436 +c.c. at 0° and 760 mm. = 1 ampere), when the antimony +is deposited as metal upon the negative electrode. +One part of antimony (as metal) in 1,500,000 parts of +solution may be thus detected, a reaction thirty times +more delicate than the deposition by means of zinc and +potassium. The stain on the cathode, which latter is +best used in the form of a piece of platinum foil about +1 sq. cm. in diameter, is distinct even with a solution +containing 1/28 mgrm. of antimony; and by carefully +evaporating a little ammonium sulphide on the foil, or +by dissolving the stain in hot hydrochloric acid and +then passing a few bubbles of sulphureted hydrogen +gas into the solution, the orange colored sulphide is +obtained as a satisfactory confirmatory test. The detection +of 0.0001 grm. of metal can be fully relied on +under all conditions, and one hour is sufficient to completely +precipitate such small quantities.</p> + +<p><i>Mercury</i>.—Mercury is best separated from its nitric +acid solution on a small closely wound spiral of platinum +wire. The solution to be tested is acidified with +nitric acid and electrolyzed with a current of 4-5 c.c. +(c.c. refer to c.c. of electrolytic gas per minute). The +deposition is effected in half an hour. The deposited +metal is removed from the spiral by heating the latter +gently in a test tube, when the mercury forms in characteristic +globules on the upper portion of the tube. +As a confirmatory and very characteristic test, a crystal +of iodine is dropped into the tube, and the whole +allowed to stand for a short time, when the presence of +mercury is indicated by the formation of the red iodide. +0.0001 grm. of mercury in 150 c.c. of solution can be +clearly detected.</p> + +<p>Wolff has applied this test under similar conditions, +using a special form of apparatus and a silver-coated +iron anode (this Journal, 1888, 454).</p> + +<p><i>Lead</i>.—Lead is precipitated either as PbO<sub>2</sub> at the +anode from a nitric acid solution or as metal at the cathode +from an ammonium oxalate solution. In both +cases a current of 2-3 c.c. suffices to effect the deposition +in one hour.</p> + +<p>Here, again, 0.0001 grm. of metal in 150 c.c. of solution +can be easily detected. With both solutions this +amount gives a distinct discoloration to the platinum +spiral, on which the deposition is best effected. As a +confirmatory test the deposited metal is dissolved in +nitric acid and tested with sulphureted hydrogen, or +the spiral may be placed in a test tube and warmed +with a crystal of iodine, when the yellow iodide is +formed. This latter reaction is very distinct, especially +in the case of the peroxide.</p> + +<p>Of the above two methods, that in which an ammonium +oxalate solution is used is the more delicate, +although it cannot be employed quantitatively, owing +to the oxidation of the metal that takes place.</p> + +<p>An addition of 1 grm. of ammonium oxalate to the +suspected solution is sufficient.</p> + +<p><i>Copper</i>.—0.00005 grm. of copper can be very readily +detected by electrolyzing an acid solution in the usual +way. A spiral of platinum wire is employed as the +cathode, and the presence of the metal confirmed for +by dissolving it in a little nitric acid, diluting with +water and adding potassium ferrocyanide.</p> + +<p>To detect these metals in cases of poisoning, the organic +matter with which they are associated must first +be destroyed in the usual way by means of hydrochloric +acid and potassium chlorate, and the precipitates +obtained in the ordinary course of analysis, then subjected, +at suitable stages, to electrolysis. As the solutions +thus obtained will be still contaminated by some +organic matter, it is necessary to pass the current for a +longer time than indicated above. On the other +hand, <i>urine</i> can be tested directly for these poisons.</p> + +<p>The presence of mercury or of copper may be detected +by acidifying the urine with 2-3 c.c. of nitric +acid (conc.), and electrolyzing as described. 0.0001 grm. +of metal in 30 c.c. of urine can be detected thus, or 1 +part in 300,000 of urine.</p> + +<p>Lead does not separate well as peroxide from urine, +but if ammonium oxalate be added, and the lead deposited +as metal, the reaction is quite as delicate as in +aqueous solution, and 0.0001 grm. of lead can be thus +detected.</p> + +<p>With antimony it is advisable to precipitate it first +as sulphide, but it can be detected directly, though not +so satisfactorily, by acidifying the urine with 2-3 c.c. +of sulphuric acid (dil.), and electrolyzing with a current +of 1-5 to 2 c.c. In this case also it is precipitated +as metal upon the cathode (cp. Chittenden, Proceedings +Connecticut Acad. Science, Vol. 8).</p> + +<p>In the presence of urine it is advisable to continue +the passage of the current for about twice the time +required in the case of aqueous solutions.</p> + +<p>That an approximately quantitative result can be +obtained under the above conditions was shown in several +cases in which deposition of 0.001 grm. of metal +was confirmed with considerable accuracy, the spiral +or foil being weighed before and after the experiment.</p> + +<p>A comparison of the delicacy of these tests with +the ordinary qualitative tests for antimony, mercury, +lead, and copper by means of sulphureted hydrogen, +showed that the two were equally delicate in the case +of antimony and of copper, but that in that of mercury +and of lead the electrolytic test was at least eight times +the more delicate. These comparisons were made in +aqueous solutions. In testing urine the value of the +electrolytic method is still more evident, for here the +color of the liquid interferes materially with the reliability +of the ordinary qualitative tests when only +very small quantities of the metals referred to are +present.</p> + +<p>Beyond the detection of mineral poisons, qualitative +electrolysis can only offer attraction to analysts in +special cases, and the data on the subject are to be +found in the many electrolytic methods already published. +Beyond testing for gold and silver in this +manner, I have not therefore examined the applicability +of these methods further.</p> + +<p>The detection of small quantities of gold and silver +is of considerable importance, and advantage can be +taken of the ease with which they are separated from +potassium cyanide solution by the electric current for +this purpose.</p> + +<p><i>Silver</i>.—Silver is obtained as chloride in the course +of analysis. To confirm for the metal electrolytically, +this precipitate is dissolved in potassium cyanide and +the resulting solution electrolyzed with a current of +1-1.5 c.c. A spiral of platinum wire is employed as +the anode, from which the silver may be dissolved by +means of nitric acid, and tested for by hydrochloric +acid or by sulphureted hydrogen. 0.0001 grm. of silver +in 150 c.c. of solution can be detected thus, and one +hour is sufficient for the deposition.</p> + +<p><i>Gold</i>.—Gold is deposited under similar conditions to +silver from cyanide solutions. The deposit, which is +rather dark colored, can be dissolved in aqua regia +and confirmed for by the Cassius' purple test. Here +again 0.0001 grm. of metal in 150 c.c. of solution can +be detected without any difficulty.</p> + +<p>As gold and silver are both extracted from quartziferous + +ores by treatment with potassium cyanide solution +according to the MacArthur-Forrest process of +gold extraction (this Journal, 1890, 267), this electrolytic +method should prove very useful. By electrolyzing +the resulting solution a mixture of gold and silver will +be deposited upon the cathode, which can then be +parted by nitric acid and tested for as described.</p> + +<h3>DISCUSSION.</h3> + +<p>The chairman said that there was little doubt but +that further investigation into electrolytic methods of +chemical analysis would give even more valuable results +than those already obtained. Systematic investigations +of the subject, such as have been given by Dr. +Kohn, would go far to prove the adaptability of this +method as a substitute for or aid in ordinary qualitative +examinations. The remarks of Dr. Kohn respecting +quantitative examinations were very interesting, +and well worth following up by other practical work.</p> + +<p>Professor Campbell Brown said that Dr. Kohn had +shown that electricity brought the same kind of elegance, +neatness, and simplicity into analysis that it did +into lighting and silver plating.</p> + +<p>In its applications to the detection of poisons, he understood +Dr. Kohn to say that the poisons must first +be extracted by chemical means. That would not be +sufficient, and he had no doubt that if the subject was +pursued farther they would have a paper from him +(Dr. Kohn) some day, indicating that he had obtained +arsenic and such poisons without the previous separation +of the metal from organic matter. It was a very +great desideratum to have a method for detecting +arsenic and separating it from the contents of the +stomach and food directly without previous destruction +of the organic matter, and he hoped Dr. Kohn +would pursue his work in that direction.</p> + +<p>Dr. Hurter said he was about to construct a new +laboratory, and he would assure them that one of its +arrangements would be the installation of electricity, +by which to carry out researches similar to those described. +He was very glad to learn that the presence +of arsenic, etc., could be readily proved by means of +electrolysis.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h2>A New Catalogue of Valuable Papers</h2> + +<p>Contained in SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT +during the past ten years, sent <i>free of charge</i> to any +address. MUNN & CO., 361 Broadway, New York.</p> + +<hr /> + +<h3>The Scientific American</h3> +<h2>Architects and Builders Edition.</h2> + +<p><b>$2.50 a Year. Single Copies, 25 cts.</b></p> + +<p>This is a Special Edition of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, +issued monthly—on the first, day of the month. +Each number contains about forty large quarto pages, +equal to about two hundred ordinary book pages, +forming, practically, a large and splendid <b>Magazine +of Architecture</b>, richly adorned with <i>elegant plates +in colors</i> and with fine engravings, illustrating the +most interesting examples of modern Architectural +Construction and allied subjects.</p> + +<p>A special feature is the presentation in each number +of a variety of the latest and best plans for private +residences, city and country, including those of very +moderate cost as well as the more expensive. Drawings +in perspective and in color are given, together +with full Plans, Specifications, Costs, Bills of Estimate, +and Sheets of Details.</p> + +<p>No other building paper contains so many plans, +details, and specifications regularly presented as the +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN. Hundreds of dwellings have +already been erected on the various plans we have +issued during the past year, and many others are in +process of construction.</p> + +<p>Architects, Builders, and Owners will find this work +valuable in furnishing fresh and useful suggestions. +All who contemplate building or improving homes, or +erecting structures of any kind, have before them in +this work an almost <i>endless series of the latest and best +examples</i> from which to make selections, thus saving +time and money.</p> + +<p>Many other subjects, including Sewerage, Piping, +Lighting, Warming, Ventilating, Decorating, Laying +out of Grounds, etc., are illustrated. An extensive +Compendium of Manufacturers' Announcements is also +given, in which the most reliable and approved Building +Materials, Goods, Machines, Tools, and Appliances +are described and illustrated, with addresses of the +makers, etc.</p> + +<p>The fullness, richness, cheapness, and convenience of +this work have won for it the <b>Largest Circulation</b> +of any Architectural publication in the world.</p> + +<p>A Catalogue of valuable books on Architecture, +Building, Carpentry, Masonry, Heating, Warming, +Lighting, Ventilation, and all branches of industry +pertaining to the art of Building, is supplied free of +charge, sent to any address.</p> + + +<p class="ctr"> <b>MUNN & CO., Publishers,<br /> +361 Broadway, New York.</b></p> + + +<hr /> + +<h3>Building Plans and Specifications.</h3> + +<p>In connection with the publication of the BUILDING +EDITION of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. Munn +& Co. furnish plans and specifications for buildings +of every kind, including Churches, Schools, Stores, +Dwellings, Carriage Houses, Barns, etc.</p> + +<p>In this work they are assisted by able and experienced +architects. Full plans, details, and specifications +for the various buildings illustrated in this paper +can be supplied.</p> + +<p>Those who contemplate building, or who wish to +alter, improve, extend, or add to existing buildings, +whether wings, porches, bay windows, or attic rooms, +are invited to communicate with the undersigned. +Our work extends to all parts of the country. Estimates, +plans, and drawings promptly prepared. Terms +moderate. Address</p> + +<p class="ctr"> <b>MUNN & CO., 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK.</b></p> +<hr /> + +<h3>THE</h3> +<h2>Scientific American Supplement.</h2> + +<h3>PUBLISHED WEEKLY.</h3> + +<h3>Terms of Subscription, $5 a year.</h3> + +<p>Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any +part of the United States or Canada. Six dollars a +year, sent, prepaid, to any foreign country.</p> + +<p>All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the +commencement, January 1, 1876, can be had. Price, +10 cents each.</p> + +<p>All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise +be supplied. Two volumes are issued yearly. +Price of each volume, $2.50 stitched in paper, or $3.50 +bound in stiff covers.</p> + +<p>COMBINED RATES.—One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN +and one copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, +one year, postpaid, $7.00.</p> + +<p>A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and +canvassers.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><b>MUNN & CO., Publishers,<br /> +361 Broadway, New York, N.Y.</b></p> + +<hr /> + +<h3>Useful Engineering Books</h3> + +<p>Manufacturers, Agriculturists, Chemists, Engineers, +Mechanics, Builders, men of leisure, and professional +men, of all classes, need good books in the line of their +respective callings. Our post office department permits +the transmission of books through the mails at very +small cost. A comprehensive catalogue of useful books +by different authors, on more than fifty different subjects, +has recently been published, for free circulation, +at the office of this paper. Subjects classified with +names of author. Persons desiring a copy have only +to ask for it, and it will be mailed to them. Address,</p> + +<p class="ctr"><b>MUNN & CO., 361 Broadway, New York.</b></p> + +<hr /> + +<h2>PATENTS!</h2> + +<p>MESSRS. MUNN & CO., in connection with the publication +of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, continue to examine +improvements, and to act as Solicitors of Patents for +Inventors.</p> + +<p>In this line of business they have had <i>forty-five years' experience</i>, and +now have <i>unequaled facilities</i> for the preparation of Patent Drawings, +Specifications, and the prosecution of Applications for Patents in the +United States, Canada, and Foreign Countries. Messrs. Munn & Co. also +attend to the preparation of Caveats, Copyrights for Books, Labels, +Reissues, Assignments, and Reports on Infringements of Patents. All +business intrusted to them is done with special care and promptness, on +very reasonable terms.</p> + +<p>A pamphlet sent free of charge, on application, containing full information +about Patents and how to procure them; directions concerning +Labels, Copyrights, Designs, Patents, Appeals, Reissues, Infringements, +Assignments, Rejected Cases, Hints on the Sale of Patents, etc.</p> + +<p>We also send, <i>free of charge</i>, a Synopsis of Foreign Patent Laws, showing +the cost and method of securing patents in all the principal countries +of the world.</p> + +<p class="ctr"><b>MUNN & CO., Solicitors of Patents,</b><br /> +361 Broadway, New York.</p> + +<p class="ctr">BRANCH OFFICES.—No. 622 and 624 F Street, Pacific Building,<br /> +near 7th Street, Washington, D.C.</p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. +810, July 11, 1891, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + +***** This file should be named 15050-h.htm or 15050-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/0/5/15050/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the PG Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at www.pgdp.net. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + + + + + + + diff --git a/15050-h/images/01-1.png b/15050-h/images/01-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6a7346 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/01-1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/01-1_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/01-1_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b027f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/01-1_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/02-fig11.png b/15050-h/images/02-fig11.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c0c1d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/02-fig11.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/02-fig12-13.png b/15050-h/images/02-fig12-13.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3250877 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/02-fig12-13.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/02-fig14.png b/15050-h/images/02-fig14.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c01f80c --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/02-fig14.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/03-fig15-16.png b/15050-h/images/03-fig15-16.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c5d616 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/03-fig15-16.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/03-fig17.png b/15050-h/images/03-fig17.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7639253 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/03-fig17.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/03-fig18.png b/15050-h/images/03-fig18.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..86bdf90 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/03-fig18.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/03-fig19.png b/15050-h/images/03-fig19.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc84b09 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/03-fig19.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/03-fig20.png b/15050-h/images/03-fig20.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b21bd --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/03-fig20.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/04-1.png b/15050-h/images/04-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..56ef9f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/04-1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/04-1_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/04-1_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35e9fc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/04-1_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-1.png b/15050-h/images/05-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e427f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-1_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/05-1_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3dab43 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-1_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-fig1.png b/15050-h/images/05-fig1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57765c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-fig1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-fig1_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/05-fig1_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9c4d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-fig1_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-fig2.png b/15050-h/images/05-fig2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e202757 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-fig2.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-fig2_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/05-fig2_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5863842 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-fig2_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-fig3.png b/15050-h/images/05-fig3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4573129 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-fig3.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/05-fig3_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/05-fig3_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bf1df6 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/05-fig3_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/09-fig1.png b/15050-h/images/09-fig1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33aeb5c --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/09-fig1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/09-fig2.png b/15050-h/images/09-fig2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6ef426 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/09-fig2.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/09-fig3.png b/15050-h/images/09-fig3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c8ef20 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/09-fig3.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/09-fig4.png b/15050-h/images/09-fig4.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9030fd --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/09-fig4.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/09-telegraph.png b/15050-h/images/09-telegraph.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef28917 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/09-telegraph.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/09-telegraph_th.png b/15050-h/images/09-telegraph_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..40404c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/09-telegraph_th.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/10-arc.png b/15050-h/images/10-arc.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5d6705 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/10-arc.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/10-safety.png b/15050-h/images/10-safety.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc34dec --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/10-safety.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/10-safety_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/10-safety_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b7c4f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/10-safety_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/12-fig1.png b/15050-h/images/12-fig1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7291a5e --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/12-fig1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/12-fig1_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/12-fig1_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4f21f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/12-fig1_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/12-fig2.png b/15050-h/images/12-fig2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f56b4f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/12-fig2.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/12-fig2_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/12-fig2_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff05d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/12-fig2_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/12-fig3.png b/15050-h/images/12-fig3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7555611 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/12-fig3.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/12-fig3_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/12-fig3_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a7ae04 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/12-fig3_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/14-1.png b/15050-h/images/14-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3ee217 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/14-1.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/14-1_th.jpg b/15050-h/images/14-1_th.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb1d413 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/14-1_th.jpg diff --git a/15050-h/images/title.png b/15050-h/images/title.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e22774 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/title.png diff --git a/15050-h/images/title_th.png b/15050-h/images/title_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d24c701 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050-h/images/title_th.png diff --git a/15050.txt b/15050.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b342701 --- /dev/null +++ b/15050.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5190 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 810, +July 11, 1891, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 810, July 11, 1891 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: February 14, 2005 [EBook #15050] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the PG Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at www.pgdp.net. + + + + + +[Illustration] + + + + +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 810 + + + + +NEW YORK, JULY 11, 1891 + +Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XXXII, No. 810. + +Scientific American established 1845 + +Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year. + +Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year. + + * * * * * + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + + +I. BOTANY.--Cocos Pynaerti.--A new dwarf growing palm.--1 illustration. + +II. CHEMISTRY.--The Application of Electrolysis to Quantitative + Analysis.--By CHARLES A. KOHN, B.Sc., Ph.D.--Applicability of + these methods to poison determinations. + +III. CIVIL ENGINEERING.--The Kioto-Fu Canal in Japan.--A + Japanese canal connecting the interior of the country with the + sea.--3 illustrations. + + The Iron Gates of the Danube.--An important engineering work, + opening a channel in the Danube.--1 illustration. + + The New German Ship Canal.--Connection of the Baltic with + the North Sea.--Completion of this work.--1 illustration. + + Transit in London, Rapid and Otherwise.--By JAMES A. TILDEN. + --A practical review of London underground railroads and their + defects and peculiarities. + +IV. ELECTRICITY.--An Electrostatic Safety Device.--Apparatus + for grounding a circuit of too high potential.--1 illustration. + + Experiments with High Tension Alternating Currents.--Sparking + distance of arc formed by a potential difference of 20,000 volts. + --1 illustration. + + Laying a Military Field Telegraph Line,--Recent field trials in + laying telegraph line in England.--3 illustrations. + + Some Experiments on the Electric Discharge in Vacuum Tubes. + --By Prof. J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S.--Interesting experiments + described and illustrated.--4 illustrations. + + The Electrical Manufacture of Phosphorus.--Note upon a new + English works for this industry. + +V. GEOGRAPHY.--The Mississippi River.--By JACQUES W. REDWAY. + --An interesting paper on the great river and its work and + history. + +VI. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.--How to Find the Crack.-- + Note on a point in foundry work. + + Riveted Joints in Boiler Shells.--By WILLIAM BARNET LE + VAN.--Continuation of this practical and important paper. + --10 illustrations. + +VII. MEDICINE AND HYGIENE.--Influence of Repose on the Retina. + --Important researches on the physiology of the eye. + + The Relation of Bacteria to Practical Surgery.--By JOHN B. + ROBERTS, A.M., M.D.--A full review from the surgeon's standpoint + of this subject, with valuable directions for practitioners. + +VIII. MINERALOGY.--Precious and Ornamental Stones and Diamond + Cutting.--By GEORGE FREDERICK KUNZ.--An abstract + from a recent census bulletin, giving interesting data. + +IX. MINING ENGINEERING.--Mine Timbering.--The square system + of mine timbering as used in this country in the Pacific coast + mines and now introduced into Australia.--1 illustration. + +X. MISCELLANEOUS.--Freezing Mixtures.--A list of useful freezing + mixtures. + + Sun Dials.--Two interesting forms of sun dials described. + --3 illustrations. + + The Undying Germ Plasm and the Immortal Soul.--By DR. R. + VON LENDENFELD.--A curious example of modern speculative + thought. + +XI. NAVAL ENGINEERING.-The New British Battle Ship Empress + of India.--A first class battle ship recently launched at + Pembroke dockyard. + +XII. TECHNOLOGY.--Composition of Wheat Grain and its Products + in the Mill.--A scientific examination of the composition of + wheat and its effect on mill products. + + Fast and Fugitive Dyes.--By Prof. J.J. HAMMEL.--Practical + notes from the dyer's standpoint upon coloring agents. + + * * * * * + + + + +MINE TIMBERING. + + +The square system of timbering, in use in most of our large mines on +the Pacific coast, was first introduced in Australia by Mr. W.H. +Patton, who adopted it in the Broken Hill Proprietary mines, although +it does not seem to be so satisfactory to the people there as to our +miners, who are more familiar with it. The accompanying description +and plans were furnished by Mr. Patton to the report of the Secretary +of Mines for Victoria: + + "The idea is supposed to have originated in the German mines, + but in a crude form. It was introduced among the mines of the + Pacific coast of America some 20 years ago, by a gentleman + named Diedesheimer. Its use there is universal, and experience + has evolved it from the embryo state to its present + perfection. The old system and its accompanying disadvantages + are well known. A drive would be put in for a certain + distance, when it had to be abandoned until it could be filled + up with waste material and made secure. This process entailed + much expense. The stuff had first to be broken on the surface, + then sent below, trucked along the drives, and finally + shoveled into place. Ventilation was impaired and the drives + were filled with dust. The men worked in discomfort, and were + not in a condition to perform a full measure of labor. Under + the system as adopted in the Proprietary mine, these + disadvantages disappear. The cost is one-third less, + ventilation is perfect, and every portion of the faces are + accessible at all times. Sawn timber is used throughout; the + upright and cross pieces are 10 inches by 10 inches, and stand + 4 feet 6 inches apart; along the course of the drive, the + cross pieces are five feet in length, and the height of the + main drives and sill floor sets are 7 feet 2 inches in the + clear. In blocking out the stopes, the uprights are 6 feet 2 + inches, just one foot shorter than those in the main drives. + The caps and struts are of the same dimensions and timber as + the sill floor. The planks used as staging are 9 inches by 21/2 + inches; they are moved from place to place as required, and + upon them the men stand when working in the stopes and in the + faces. A stope resembles a huge chamber fitted with + scaffolding from floor to roof. The atmosphere is cool and + pure, and there is no dust. Stage is added to stage, according + as the stoping requires it, and ladders lead from one floor to + the other; the accessibility to all the faces is a great + advantage. + + If, while driving, a patch of low grade ore is met with, it + can be enriched by taking a higher class from another face, + and so on. Any grade can be produced by means of this power of + selection. Opinions have been expressed that this system of + timbering is not secure, and that pressure from above would + bring the whole structure down in ruins. But an opinion such + as this is due to miscomprehension of the facts. If signs of + weakening in the timbers become apparent, the remedy is very + simple. Four or more of the uprights are lined with planks, + and waste material is shot in from above, and a strong support + is at once formed, or if signs of crushing are noticed, it is + possible to go into the stope, break down ore, and at once + relieve the weight." + +[Illustration: THE SQUARE SYSTEM OF TIMBERING IN MINES.] + + * * * * * + + + + +TRANSIT IN LONDON, RAPID AND OTHERWISE.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Abstract from a paper read before the Boston Society + of Engineers, in April, 1890.] + +By JAMES A. TILDEN. + + +The methods of handling the travel and traffic in the city of London +form a very interesting subject for the study of the engineer. The +problem of rapid transit and transportation for a city of five +millions of inhabitants is naturally very complicated, and a very +difficult one to solve satisfactorily. + +The subject may be discussed under two divisions: first, how the +suburban travel is accommodated, that is, the great mass of people who +come into the business section of the city every morning and leave at +night; second, how the strictly local traffic from one point to +another is provided for. Under the first division it will be noted in +advance that London is well provided with suburban railroad +accommodation upon through lines radiating in every direction from the +center of the city, but the terminal stations of these roads, as a +rule, do not penetrate far enough into the heart of the city to +provide for the suburban travel without some additional methods of +conveyance. + +The underground railroad system is intended to relieve the traffic +upon the main thoroughfares, affording a rapid method of +transportation between the residential and business portions, and in +addition to form a communicating link between the terminals of the +roads referred to. These terminal stations are arranged in the form of +an irregular ellipse and are eleven in number. + +One of the most noticeable features of the underground system in +London is that it connects these stations by means of a continuous +circuit, or "circle," as it is there called. The line connecting the +terminal stations is called the "inner circle." There is also an +extension at one end of this elliptical shaped circle which also makes +a complete circuit, and which is called the "middle circle," and a +very much larger circle reaching the northern portions of the city, +which is called the "outer circle." The eastern ends of these three +circles run for a considerable distance on the same track. In addition +to this the road branches off in a number of directions, reaching +those parts of the city which were not before accommodated by the +surface roads, or more properly the elevated or depressed roads, as +there are no grade crossings. + +With regard to the accommodation afforded by this system: it is a +convenience for the residents of the western and southern parts of +London, especially where they arrive in the city at any of the +terminal stations on the line of the "circle," as they can change to +the underground. They can reach the eastern end of the "circle," at +which place is located the bank and the financial section of London, +in a comparatively short time. For example, passengers arriving at +Charing Cross, Victoria or Paddington stations, can change to the +underground, and in ten, fifteen and thirty minutes respectively, +reach the Mansion House or Cannon street stations, which are the +nearest to the Bank of England. In a similar manner those arriving at +Euston, St. Pancras or King's Cross on the northern side of the +"circle," can reach Broad Street station in ten or fifteen minutes, +which station is nearest the bank on that side of the "circle." + +In a number of cases the underground station is in the same building +or directly connected by passages with the terminal stations of the +roads leading into the city. Examples of this kind would be such +stations as Cannon Street, Victoria or Paddington. They are not, +however, sufficiently convenient to allow the transference of baggage +so as to accommodate through passengers desiring to make connection +from one station to another across the city. Hand baggage only is +carried, about the same as it is on the elevated road in New York. The +method of cross town transfer, passengers and baggage, is invariably +done by small omnibuses, which all the railroads maintain on hand for +that special purpose. A very large proportion of the travel, however, +if not the largest, is obtained by direct communication by means of +the "circle" on branch lines with the various residential portions of +north, west and south London. + +Approximately on the underground railroad the fare is one cent per +mile for third class, one cent and a half for second class, and two +cents for first class, but no fare is less than a penny, or two cents. +Omnibus fares in some instances are as low as a penny for two miles. +This is not by any means the rule, and is only to be found on +competing lines. The average fare would be a penny a mile or more. + +The fares on the main lines which accommodate the suburban traffic are +somewhat higher than on the underground, perhaps 50 per cent. more. In +every case, on omnibus, tram cars or railroads, the rates are charged +according to distance. The system such as in use on our electric, +cable and horse cars and on the elevated road in New York, of charging +a fixed fare, is not in use anywhere. + +The ticket offices of the underground roads are generally on a level +with the street. In some instances both the uptown and downtown trains +are approached from one entrance, but generally there is an entrance +at either side of the railroad, similar to the elevated railroad +system. In purchasing a ticket, the destination, number of the class, +and whether it is a single or return ticket have to be given. The +passenger then descends by generally well lighted stairways to the +station below, and his ticket is punched by the man at the gate. He +then has to be careful about two things; first, to place himself on +that part of the platform where the particular class which he wishes +to take stops, and secondly, to get on to the right train. In the +formation of the train the first class coaches are placed in the +center, the second and third class respectively at the front and rear +end. There are signs which indicate where passengers are to wait, +according to the class. There is a sign at the front end of the +engine, which to those initiated sufficiently indicates the +destination of the train. The trains are also called out, and at some +stations there is an obscure indicator which also gives the desired +information. The stations are from imperfectly to well lighted, +generally from daylight which sifts down from the smoky London +atmosphere through the openings above. The length of the train +averages about eight carriages of four compartments, each compartment +holding ten persons, making a carrying capacity of 320 passengers. The +equipment of the cars is very inferior. The first class compartments +are upholstered and cushioned in blue cloth, the second class in a +cheaper quality, while most of the third class compartments have +absolutely nothing in the way of a cushion or covering either on the +seat or back, and are little better than cattle pens. The width of the +compartment is so narrow that the feet can easily be placed on the +opposite seat, that is, a very little greater distance than would be +afforded by turning two of our seats face to face. The length of the +compartment, which is the width of the car, is about a foot and a half +less than the width of our passenger cars, about equal to our freight +cars. Each compartment is so imperfectly lighted by a single lamp put +into position through the top of the car that it is almost impossible +to read. + +The length of time which a train remains at a station is from thirty +to forty seconds, or from three to four times the length of time +employed at the New York elevated railroad stations. The reason for +this is that a large proportion of the doors are opened by passengers +getting in or out, and all these have to be shut by the station porter +or guard of the train before the train can start. If the train is +crowded one has to run up and down to find a compartment with a vacant +seat, and also hunt for his class, and as each class is divided into +smoking and non-smoking compartments, making practically six classes, +it will be observed that all this takes time, especially when you add +the lost time at the ticket office and gate. + +The ventilation of the tunnels and even the stations is oftentimes +simply abominable, and although the roads are heavily patronized there +is a great amount of grumbling and disfavor on this account. The +platforms of the stations are flush with those of the cars, so that +the delay of getting in or out is very small, but the doors are so low +that a person above the average height has to stoop to get in, and +cannot much more than stand upright with a tall hat on when he is once +in the car. The monitor roof is unknown. + +The trains move with fair speed and the stations are plainly and +liberally marked, so that the passenger has little difficulty in +knowing when to get out. There are two signs in general use on English +railroads which are very simple and right to the point, namely, "Way +Out" and "Way In," so that when a passenger arrives at a station he +has no question how to get out of it. The ticket is given up as the +passenger leaves the station. There is nothing to prevent a passenger +with a third class ticket getting into a first class compartment +excepting the ominous warning of 40 shillings fine if he does so, and +the liability of having his sweet dreams interrupted by an occasional +inspector who asks to see the denomination of his ticket. All +compartments intended for the use of smokers are plainly marked and +are to be found in each class. Almost the entire part of the railroads +within the thickly settled portions of the city run in closed tunnels. +Outside of this they frequently run in open cuttings, and still +further out they run on to elevated tracks. + +With regard to the equipment of the suburban or surface lines not +belonging to the underground system the description is about the same. +The cars are generally four compartments long and sometimes not +exceeding three. They are coupled together with a pair of links and +fastened to the draw bar on one car and the other thrown over a hook +opposite and brought into tension by a right and left hand screw +between the links. This is obviously very inconvenient for shunting +purposes, especially as the cars are not provided with hand brakes and +no chance to get at them if there were any. Consequently it appears +that when a train is made up it stays so for an indefinite period. A +load of passengers is brought into the station and the train remains +in position until it is ready to go out. As the trains run very +frequently this appears to be a very economical arrangement, as no +shunting tracks are needed for storage. The engine which brings the +train in of course cannot get out until the train goes out with the +next load. Turn tables for the locomotives are but very little used, +as they run as double enders for suburban purposes. + +In conclusion it will be safe to say that the problem of rapid transit +for a city as large as London is far from solved by the methods +described. Although there are a great many miles of underground lines +and main lines, as they have been called throughout the paper, and +although grade crossings have been entirely abolished, allowing the +trains to run at the greatest speed suitable to their frequency, still +there are a great many sections which have to depend entirely upon the +omnibus or tram car. The enormous expense entailed by the construction +of the elevated structures can hardly be imagined. We have but one +similar structure in this country, which is that running from the +Schuylkill River to Broad Street station, in Philadelphia. The +underground system is even more expensive, especially in view of the +tremendous outlay for damages. This goes to show that money has not +been spared to obtain rapid transit. + +After all, the means to be depended upon when one desires to make a +rapid trip from one part of the city to another is the really +admirable, cheap, always ready, convenient and comfortable London +hansom; while the way to see London is from the top of an omnibus, the +most enjoyable, if not the most expeditious, means of conveyance. + + * * * * * + +[Continued from SUPPLEMENT, NO. 809, page 12930.] + + + + +RIVETED JOINTS IN BOILER SHELLS.[1] + + [Footnote 1: A paper read at a meeting of the Franklin Institute. + From the journal of the Institute.] + +By WILLIAM BARNET LE VAN. + + +[Illustration: FIG. 11.] + +Fig. 11 represents the spacing of rivets composed of steel plates +three-eighths inch thick, averaging 58,000 pounds tensile strength on +boiler fifty-four inches diameter, secured by iron rivets +seven-eighths inch diameter. Joints of these dimensions have been in +constant use for the last fourteen years, carrying 100 pounds per +square inch. + +_Punching Rivet Holes._--Of all tools that take part in the +construction of boilers none are more important, or have more to do, +than the machine for punching rivet holes. + +That punching, or the forcible detrusion of a circular piece of metal +to form a rivet hole, has a more or less injurious effect upon the +metal plates surrounding the hole, is a fact well known and admitted +by every engineer, and it has often been said that the rivet holes +ought all to be drilled. But, unfortunately, at present writing, no +drilling appliances have yet been placed on the market that can at all +compare with punching apparatus in rapidity and cheapness of working. +A first-class punching machine will make from forty to fifty holes per +minute in a thick steel plate. Where is the drilling machine that will +approach that with a single drill? + +The most important matter in punching plates is the diameter of the +opening in the bolster or die relatively to that of the punch. This +difference exercises an important influence in respect not only of +easy punching but also in its effect upon the plate punched. If we +attempt to punch a perfectly cylindrical hole, the opening in the die +block must be of the same diameter as the point of the punch, or, at +least, a very close fit. The point of the punch ought to be slightly +larger in diameter than the neck, or upper part, as shown in Figs. 12 +and 13, so as to clear itself easily. When the hole in the bolster or +die block is of a larger diameter than the punch, the piece of metal +thrust out is of larger diameter on the bottom side, and it comes out +with an ease proportionate to the difference between the lower and +upper diameters; or, in other words, it produces a taper hole in the +plate, but allows the punching to be done with less consumption of +power and, it is said, with less strain on the plate. + +[Illustration: FIG. 12.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 13.] + +As to the difference which should exist between the diameter of the +punch and the die hole, this varies a little with the thickness of the +plate punched, or should do so in all carefully executed work, for it +is easy to understand that the die which might give a suitable taper +in a three-fourths inch plate would give too great a taper in a +three-eighths inch plate. There is no fixed rule; practical experience +determines this in a rough and ready way--often a very rough way, +indeed, for if a machine has to punch different thicknesses of plate +for the same size of rivets, the workman will seldom take the trouble +to change the die with every variation of thickness. The maker of +punches and dies generally allows about three sixty-fourths or 0.0468 +of an inch clearance. + +The following formula is also used by punch and die makers: + + Clearance = D = d + 0.2t + +where + D = diameter of hole in die block; + d = diameter of cutting edge of punch; + t = thickness of plate in fractions of an inch; + +that is to say, the diameter of the die hole equals diameter of punch +plus two-tenths the thickness of the plate to be punched. + +_Example_.--Given a plate 3/8 or 0.375 of an inch thick, the diameter +of the punch being 13/16 or 0.8125 of an inch, then the diameter of +the die hole will be as follows: + + Diameter of die hole = 0.8125 + 0.375 X 0.2 = 0.8875 inch diameter, + or say 7/8 or 0.875 inch diameter. + +Punches are generally made flat on their cutting edge, as shown in +Fig. 12. There are also punches made spiral on their cutting edge, as +shown in Fig. 13. This punch, instead of being flat, as in Fig. 12, is +of a helical form, as shown in Fig. 13, so as to have a gradual +shearing action commencing at the center and traveling round to the +circumference. Its form may be explained by imagining the upper cutter +of a shearing machine being rolled upon itself so as to form a +cylinder of which its long edge is the axis. The die being quite flat, +it follows that the shearing action proceeds from the center to the +circumference, just as in a shearing machine it travels from the +deeper to the shallower end of the upper cutter. The latter is not +recommended for use in metal of a thickness greater than the diameter +of the punch, and is best adapted for thicknesses of metal two-thirds +the diameter of the punch. + +Fig. 14 shows positions of punch and attachments in the machine. + +[Illustration: FIG. 14.] + +It is of the greatest importance that the punch should be kept sharp +and the die in good order. If the punch is allowed to become dull, it +will produce a fin on the edge of the rivet hole, which, if not +removed, will cut into the rivet head and destroy the fillet by +cutting into the head. When the punch is in good condition it will +leave a sharp edge, which, if not removed, will also destroy the +fillet under the head by cutting it away. + +Punching possesses so many advantages over drilling as to render it +extremely important that the operation should be reduced to a system +so as to be as harmless as possible to the plate. In fact, no plate +should be used in the construction of a boiler that does not improve +with punching, and further on I will show by the experiments made by +Hoopes & Townsend, of Philadelphia, that good material is improved by +punching; that is to say, with properly made punches and dies, by the +upsetting around the punched hole, the value of the plate is increased +instead of diminished, the flow of particles from the hole into the +surrounding parts causing stiffening and strengthening. + +_Drilling Rivet Holes._--In the foregoing I have not referred to the +drilling of rivet holes in place of punching. The great objection to +drilling rivet holes is the expense, from the fact that it takes more +time, and when drilled of full rivet size we are met with the +difficulty of getting the rivet holes to correspond, as they are when +punched of full rivet diameter. When two plates are drilled in place +together, the drill will produce a _burr_ between the two plates--on +account of their uneven surfaces--which prevents them being brought +together, so as to be water and steam tight, unless the plates are +afterward separated and the burr removed, which, of course, adds +greatly to the expense. + +The difference in strength between boiler plates punched or drilled of +full rivet size may be either greater or less than the difference in +strength between unperforated plates of equal areas of fracture +section. When the metal plates are very soft and ductile, the +operation of punching does no appreciable injury. Prof. Thurston says +he has sometimes found it actually productive of increased strength; +the flow of particles from the rivet hole into the surrounding parts +causing stiffening and strengthening. With most steel and hard iron +plates the effect of punching is often to produce serious weakening +and a tendency to crack, which in some cases has resulted seriously. +With first class steel or iron plates, punching is perfectly +allowable, and the cost is twenty-five per cent. less than drilling; +in fact, none but first class metal plates should be used in the +construction of steam boilers. + +In the original punching machines the die was made much larger than +the punch, and the result was a conical taper hole to receive the +rivet. With the advanced state of the arts the punch and die are +accurately fitted; that is to say, the ordinary clearance for a rivet +of (say) three-fourths of an inch diameter, the dies have about three +sixty-fourths of an inch, the punch being made of full rivet size, and +the clearance allowed in the diameter of the die. + +Take, for example, cold punched nuts. Those made by Messrs. Hoopes & +Townsend, Philadelphia, when taken as specimens of "commercial," as +distinguished from merely experimental punching, are of considerable +interest in this connection, owing to the entire absence of the +conical holes above mentioned. + +When the holes are punched by machines properly built, with the punch +accurately fitted to the die, the effect is that the metal is made to +flow around the punch, and thus is made more dense and stronger. That +some such action takes place seems probable, from the appearance of +the holes in the Hoopes & Townsend nuts, which are straight and almost +as smooth as though they were drilled. + +Therefore I repeat that iron or steel that is not improved by proper +punching machinery is not of fit quality to enter into the +construction of steam boilers. + + + STRENGTH OF PUNCHED AND DRILLED IRON BARS. + + HOOPES & TOWNSEND. + +----------------+------------------+----------------+----------------+ +Thickness of bar|Thickness outside | Punched bars | Drilled bars | + in inches. |of hole in inches.|broke in pounds.|broke in pounds.| +----------------+------------------+----------------+----------------+ + 3/8 or 0.375 | 3/8 or 0.375 | 31,740 | 28,000 | + 3/8 or 0.375 | 3/8 or 0.375 | 31,380 | 26,950 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/4 or 0.25 | 18,820 | 18,000 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/4 or 0.25 | 18,750 | 17,590 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 3/16 or 0.1875 | 14,590 | 13,230 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 3/16 or 0.1875 | 15,420 | 13,750 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/8 or 0.125 | 10,670 | 9,320 | + 5/8 or 0.625 | 1/8 or 0.125 | 11,730 | 9,580 | +---------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + +It will be seen from the above that the punched bars had the greatest +strength, indicating that punching had the effect of strengthening +instead of weakening the metal. These experiments have given results +just the reverse of similar experiments made on boiler plates; but the +material, such as above experimented upon, is what should be placed in +boilers, tough and ductile, and the manner of, and care taken in, +punching contribute to these results. + +It is usual to have the rivet holes one-sixteenth of an inch in +diameter larger than the rivets, in order to allow for their expansion +when hot; it is evident, however, that the difference between the +diameters of the rivet hole and of the rivet should vary with the size +of the rivet. + +The hole in the die is made larger than the punch; for ordinary work +the proportion of their respective diameters varies from 1:1.5 to 1:2. + +As I have before stated, the best plate joint is that in which the +strength of the plate and the resistance of the rivet to shearing are +equal to each other. + +In boilers as commercially made and sold the difference in quality of +the plates and rivets, together with the great uncertainty as to the +exact effect of punching the plates, have, so far, prevented anything +like the determination either by calculation or experiment of what +might be accepted as the best proportions of riveted joints. + +In regard to steel plates for boilers Mr. F.W. Webb, of Crewe, +England, chief engineer of the London and Northwestern Railway, has +made over 10,000 tests of steel plates, but had only two plates fail +in actual work; these failures he thought were attributable solely to +the want of care on the part of the men who worked the plates up. + +All their rivet holes for boilers were punched in a Jacquard machine, +the plates then annealed, and afterward bent in rolls; they only used +the reamer slightly when they had three thicknesses of plate to deal +with, as in butt joints with inside and outside covering strips. These +works turn out two locomotive boilers every three days. + +The Baldwin Locomotive Works, which turn out on an average three +locomotives per day, punch all their rivet holes one sixteenth inch +less in diameter and ream them to driven rivet size when in place. +They also use rivets with a fillet formed under head made in solid +dies. + +_Rivets._--Rivets of steel or iron should be made in solid dies. +Rivets made in open dies are liable to have a fin on the shank, which +prevents a close fit into the holes of the plates. The use of solid +dies in forming the rivet insures a round shank, and an accurate fit +in a round hole. In addition, there is secured by the use of solid +dies, a strong, clean fillet under the head, the point where strength +is most needed. + +Commencing with a countersunk head as the strongest form of head, the +greater the fillet permissible under the head of a rivet, or bolt, the +greater the strength and the decrease in liability to fracture, as a +fillet is the life of the rivet. + +If rivets are made of iron, the material should be strong, tough, and +ductile, of a tensile strength not exceeding 54,000 pounds per square +inch, and giving an elongation in _eight inches_ of not less than +twenty-five per cent. The rivet iron should be as ductile as the best +boiler plate when cold. Iron rivets should be annealed and the iron in +the bar should be sufficiently ductile to be bent cold to a right +angle without fracture. When heated it should be capable of being +flattened out to one-third its diameter without crack or flaw. + +[Illustration: FIG. 15. Solid Die Rivet.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 16. Open Die Rivet.] + +If rivets are made of steel they must be low in carbon, otherwise they +will harden by chilling when the hot rivets are placed in the cold +plates. Therefore, the steel must be particularly a low grade or mild +steel. The material should show a tensile strength not greater than +54,000 pounds per square inch and an elongation in _eight inches_ of +thirty per cent. The United States government requirements are that +steel rivets shall flatten out cold under the hammer to the thickness +of one-half their diameter without showing cracks or flaws; shall +flatten out hot to one-third their diameter, and be capable of being +bent cold in the form of a hook with parallel sides without cracks or +flaws. These requirements were thought at first to be severe, but the +makers of steel now find no practical difficulty in meeting these +specifications. + +The forming of the head of rivets, whether of steel or iron, and +whether the heads are conical or semi-spherical, should not be changed +by the process of riveting. The form of the head is intended to be +permanent, and this permanent form can only be retained by the use of +a "hold fast," which conforms to the shape of the head. In the use of +the flat hold fast (in general use in a majority of boiler shops) the +form of the head is changed, and if the rivet, by inadequate heating, +requires severe hammering, there is danger that the head of the rivet +may be "punched" off. By the use of a hold fast made to the shape of +the rivet head, this danger is avoided and the original form of the +head is retained. This feature of the use of proper rivet tools in +boiler shops has not received the attention it deserves. Practical use +of the above named hold fast would soon convince the consumers of +rivets of its value and efficiency. + +The practice of driving rivets into a punched rivet hole from which +the fin or cold drag, caused by the movement of the punch, has not +been removed by reaming with a countersunk reamer, or better still a +countersunk set, should be condemned, as by driving the hot rivet head +down against the fin around the hole in the cold plate caused by the +action of punching the countersunk fillet is not only destroyed, but +it is liable to be driven into the head of the rivet, partially +cutting the head from the shank. If the rivet is driven into a hole +that has been punched with a sharp punch and sharp die, the result is +that the fillet is cut off under the head, and the riveted end is also +cut, and does not give the clinch or hold desired. That is to say, +rivet holes in plates to be riveted should have the burr or sharp edge +taken off, either by countersinking, by reamer, or set. + +_Heating of Rivets._--Iron rivets are generally heated in an ordinary +blacksmith's or rivet fire having a forced blast; they are inserted +with the points down into the fire, so that the heads are kept +practically cool. + +Steel rivets should be heated in the hearth of a reverberatory furnace +so arranged that the flame shall play over the top of the rivets, and +should be heated uniformly throughout the entire length of the rivet +to a cherry red. Particular attention must be given to the thickness +of the fire in which they are heated. + +Steel, of whatever kind, should never be heated in a thin fire, +especially in one having a forced blast, such as an ordinary +blacksmith's or iron rivet furnace fire. The reason for this is that +more air passes through the fire than is needed for combustion, and in +consequence there is a considerable quantity of free oxygen in the +fire which will oxidize the steel, or in other words, burn it. If free +oxygen is excluded steel cannot burn; if the temperature is high +enough it can be melted and will run down through the fire, but +burning is impossible in a thick fire with a moderate draught. + +This is an important matter in using steel rivets and should not be +overlooked; the same principle applies to the heating of steel plates +for flanging. + +_Riveting._--There are four descriptions of riveting, namely: + + (1) Hammered or hand riveting. + + (2) Snapped or set. + + (3) Countersunk. + + (4) Machine. + +For good, sound work, machine riveting is the best. + +Snapped riveting is next in quality to machine riveting. + +Countersunk riveting is generally tighter than snapped, because +countersinking the hole is really facing it; and the countersunk rivet +is, in point of fact, made on a face joint. But countersinking the +hole also weakens the plate, inasmuch as it takes away a portion of +the metal, and should only be resorted to where necessary, such as +around the front of furnaces, steam chests or an odd hole here and +there to clear a flange, or something of that sort. + +Hammered riveting is much more expensive than machine or snapped +riveting, and has a tendency to crystallize the iron in the rivets, +causing brittleness. + +In the present state of the arts all the best machine riveters do +their work by pressure, and not by impact or blow. + +The best machines are those of the hydraulic riveting system, which +combines all of the advantages and avoids all the difficulties which +have characterized previous machine systems; that is to say, the +machine compresses without a blow, and with a uniform pressure at +will; each rivet is driven with a single progressive movement, +controlled at will. The pressure upon the rivet after it is driven is +maintained, or the die is retracted at will. + +[Illustration: FIG. 17.] + +Hydraulic riveting has demonstrated not only that the work could be as +well done without a blow, but that it could be _better done without a +blow_, and that the riveted material was stronger when so secured than +when subjected to the more severe treatment under impact. + +What is manifestly required in perfect riveting is that the metal of +the rivet while hot and plastic shall be made to flow into all the +irregularities of the rivet holes in the boiler sheets; that the +surplus metal be formed into heads as large as need be, and that the +pressure used to produce these results should not be in excess of what +the metal forming the boiler shall be capable of resisting. + +It is well known that metals, when subjected, either cold or hot, to +sufficient pressure, will obey almost exactly the same laws as fluids +under similar conditions, and will flow into and fill all the crevices +of the chamber or cavity in which they are contained. If, therefore, a +hot rivet is inserted into the holes made in a boiler to receive it, +and is then subjected to a sufficient pressure, it will fill every +irregularity of the holes, and thus fulfill one of the conditions of +perfect riveting. This result it is impossible to accomplish with +perfection or certainty by ordinary hand riveting, in doing which the +intermittent blows of an ordinary hammer are used to force the metal +into the holes. With a hydraulic riveting machine, however, an +absolutely uniform and continuous pressure can be imparted to each +rivet, so as to force the hot metal of the rivet into all the +irregularities of the holes in the same way as a hydraulic ram will +cause water to fill any cavity, however irregular. + +[Illustration: FIG. 18.] + +In order to illustrate the relative advantages of machine over hand +riveting, two plates were riveted together, the holes of which were +purposely made so as not to match perfectly. These plates were then +planed through the center of the rivets, so as to expose a section of +both the plates and rivets. From this an impression was taken with +printer's ink on paper and then transferred to a wooden block, from +which Figs. 17 and 18 were made. + +The machine-driven rivet is marked _a_, and _b_ represents the +hammered rivet. + +It will be observed that the machine rivet fills the hole completely, +while the hand rivet is very imperfect. This experiment was tried +several times, with similar results each time. + +The hand rivet, it will be observed, filled up the hole very well +immediately under the head formed by the hammer; but sufficient +pressure could not be given to the metal--or at least it could not be +transferred far enough--to affect the metal at some distance from the +driven head. So great is this difficulty that in hand riveting much +shorter rivets must be used, because it is impossible to work +effectively so large a mass of metal with hammers as with a machine. +The heads of the machine rivets are, therefore, larger and stronger, +and will hold the plates together more firmly than the smaller +hammered heads. + +To drive rivets by hand, two strikers and one helper are needed in the +gang, besides the boy who heats and passes the rivets; to drive each +five-eighths inch rivet, an average of 250 blows of the hammer is +needed, and the work is but imperfectly done. With a machine, two men +handle the boiler, and one man works the machine; thus, with the same +number of men as is required in riveting by hand, five rivets are +driven each minute. + +The superior quality of the work done by the machine would alone make +its use advantageous; but to this is added greatly increased amount of +work done. + +The difference in favor of the riveting machine over hand riveting is +at least _ten_ to _one_. + +In a large establishment a record of the number of rivets driven by +the hand-driving gang, also by the gang at the steam-riveting machine +for a long period of time, in both cases making no allowances of any +kind of delays, the rivets driven per month by each was--for the hand +driven rivets at the rate of twelve rivets per hour, and for the +machine driven rivets, 120 per hour. In the case of the hand driven +rivets the boiler remains stationary and the men move about it, while +the machine driven rivets require the whole boiler to be hoisted and +moved about at the riveting machine to bring each hole to the position +required for the dies. Notwithstanding the trouble involved in +handling and moving the boiler, it shows that it is possible to do ten +times as much work, and with less skilled labor, by the employment of +the riveting machine. + +_Calking._--One great source of danger in boiler making is excessive +joint calking--both inside and out--where a sharp nosed tool is +employed, and for the reason that it must be used so close to the +inner edge of plate as to indent, and in many cases actually cut +through the skin of the lower plate. This style of calking puts a +positive strain upon the rivets, commencing distortion and putting +excessive stress upon rivets--already in high tension before the +boiler is put in actual use. It is, I hope, rapidly becoming a thing +of the past. + +With a proper proportion of diameter and pitch of rivet, all that is +required is the use of a light "fuller tool" or the round-nosed tool +used in what is known to the trade as the "Connery system." + +There is but little need of calking if means are taken to secure a +clean metal-to-metal face at the joint surfaces. When the plates are +put together in ordinary course of manufacture, a portion of the mill +scale is left on, and this is reduced to powder or shaken loose in the +course of riveting and left between the plates, thus offering a +tempting opening for the steam to work through, and is really cause of +the heavy calking that puts so unnecessary a pressure on both plate +and rivet. A clean metallic joint can be secured by passing over the +two surfaces a sponge wet with a weak solution of sal-ammoniac and hot +water, an operation certainly cheap enough both as to materials and +labor required. + +[Illustration: FIG. 19] + +The above cut, Fig. 19, gives an illustration of calking done by +sharp-nosed and round nosed tools, respectively. It will be seen by +Fig. 20 that the effect of a round-nosed tool is to divide the plate +calked, and as the part divided is well driven toward the rivets, a +bearing is formed at _a_, from one-half to three-fourths of an inch, +which increases the strength of joint, and will in no way cut or +injure the surface of the under plate. A perfect joint is thus +secured. + +[Illustration: Fig. 20.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NEW BRITISH BATTLE SHIP EMPRESS OF INDIA. + + +The launching of this first-class battle ship was successfully carried +out at Pembroke Dockyard on May 7. She is the second of a class of +eight battle ships built and building under the Naval Defense Act of +1889, which were specially designed to take part in general fleet +actions in European waters. The leading dimensions are: Length, +between perpendiculars, 380 ft.; breadth, extreme, 75 ft.; mean +draught of water, 27 ft. 6 in.; and displacement at this draught, +14,150 tons, which surpasses that of any other ship in the navies of +the world. Previous to the launching of the Royal Sovereign--a sister +vessel--which took place at Portsmouth in February last, the largest +war ships in the British navy were the Nile and Trafalgar, each of +12,500 tons, and these were largely exceeded in displacement by the +Italia, of 13,900 tons, and the Lepanto, of 13,550 tons, belonging to +the Italian navy. + +The Empress of India is built throughout of mild steel, the stem and +stern post, together with the shaft brackets, being of cast steel. +Steel faced armor, having a maximum thickness of 18 in., extends along +the sides for 250 ft. amidships, the lower edge of the belt being 5 +ft. 6 in. below the normal water line. The belt is terminated at the +fore and after ends by transverse armored bulkheads, over which is +built a 3 in. protective steel deck extending to the ends of the +vessel and terminating forward at the point of the ram. Above the belt +the broadside is protected by 5 in. armor, the central battery being +inclosed by screen bulkheads of the same thickness. The barbettes, +which are formed of armor 17 in. thick, rise from the protective deck +at the fore and after ends of the main belt. The principal armor +throughout is backed by teak, varying in thickness from 18 in. to 20 +in., behind which is an inner skin of steel 2 in. thick. The engines +are being constructed by Messrs. Humphreys, Tennant & Co, London, and +are of the vertical triple expansion type, capable of developing a +maximum horse power of 13,000 with forced draught and 9,000 horse +power under natural draught, the estimated speeds being 16 and 171/2 +knots respectively at the normal displacement. The regular coal supply +is 900 tons, which will enable the ship to cover a distance of 5,000 +knots at a reduced speed of ten knots and about 1,600 knots at her +maximum speed. The main armament of the Empress will consist of four +67 ton breechloading guns mounted in pairs _en barbette_. The +secondary armament includes ten 6 in. 100 pounder quick firing guns, +four being mounted on the main deck and six in the sponsons on the +upper deck, sixteen 6 pounder and nine 3 pounder quick-firing guns, in +addition to a large number of machine guns. + +The largest guns at present mounted in any British warship are the 110 +ton guns mounted in the Benbow class, and the difference between these +weapons and those to be carried by the Empress of India is very +marked. + +The projectile fired from either of the Benbow's heavy gun weighs +1,800 lb., and is capable of penetrating 35 in. of unbacked wrought +iron at a distance of 1,000 yards. The projectile fired from the 67 +ton guns of the Empress of India will have much less penetrating +power, being only equal to 27 in. of wrought iron with a full charge +of 520 lb. of prismatic brown powder, the missile weighing 1,250 lb. +or about one-half less than the weight of the shot used with the 110 +ton gun. It will thus be seen that the ordnance of the Benbow can +penetrate armor that would defy the attack of the guns of the Empress. +It should be said, however, that the heavy artillery of the latter +vessel is capable of penetrating any armor at present afloat, and is +carried at a much greater height above the designed load water line +than in any existing battle ship, either in the British or foreign +navies. The armor being of less weight, too, enables the new ship, and +others of her class, to carry an auxiliary armament of unprecedented +weight and power. + +The Empress will be lighted throughout by electricity, the +installation comprising some 600 lights, and will be provided with +four 25,000 candle power search lights, each of which will be worked +by a separate dynamo. The ship has been built from the designs of Mr. +W.H. White, C.B., Director of Naval Construction, and will be fitted +out for the use of an admiral, and when commissioned her complement of +officers and men will number 700.--_Industries._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE "IRON GATES" OF THE DANUBE. + + +The work of blowing up the masses of rock which form the dangerous +rapids known as the Iron Gates, on the Danube, was inaugurated on +September 15, 1890, when the Greben Rock was partially blown up by a +blast of sixty kilogrammes of dynamite, in the presence of Count +Szapary, the Hungarian premier; M. Baross, Hungarian minister of +commerce; Count Bacquehem, Austrian minister of commerce; M. Gruitch, +the Servian premier; M. Jossimovich, Servian minister of public works; +M. De Szogyenyi, chief secretary in the Austro-Hungarian ministry of +foreign affairs; and other Hungarian and Servian authorities. Large +numbers of the inhabitants had collected on both banks of the Danube +to witness the ceremony, and the first explosion was greeted with +enthusiastic cheers. The history of this great scheme was told at the +time the Hungarian Parliament passed the bill on the subject two years +ago. It is known that the Roman Emperor Trajan, seventeen centuries +ago, commenced works, of which traces are still to be seen, for the +construction of a navigable canal to avoid the Iron Gates. + +For the remedy of the obstruction in the Danube, much discussed of +late years, there were two rival systems--the French, which proposed +to make locks, and the English and American, which was practically +the same as that of Trajan, namely, blasting the minor rocks and +cutting canals and erecting dams where the rocks were too crowded. The +latter plan was in principle adopted, and the details were worked out, +in 1883, by the Hungarian engineer Willandt. The longest canal will be +that on the Servian bank, with a length of over two kilometers and a +width of eighty meters. It will be left for a later period to make the +canal wider and deeper, as was done with the Suez Canal. For the +present it is considered sufficient that moderate sized steamers shall +be able to pass through without hindrance, and thus facilitate the +exchange of goods between the west of Europe and the east. + +The first portion of the rocks to be removed, and of the channels to +be cut, runs through Hungarian territory; the second portion is in +Servia. The new waterway will, it is anticipated, be finished by the +end of 1895, and then, for the first time in history, Black Sea +steamers will be seen at the quays of Pesth and Vienna, having, of +course, previously touched at Belgrade. The benefit to Servian trade +will then be quite on a par with that of Austria-Hungary. Even Germany +will derive benefit from this extension of trade to the east. These, +however, are by no means the only countries which will be benefited by +the opening of the great river to commerce. Turkey, Southern Russia, +Roumania, and Bulgaria, not to speak of the states of the west of +Europe, will reap advantage from this new departure. England, as the +chief carrier of the world, is sure to feel the beneficial effects of +the Danube being at length navigable from its mouth right up to the +very center of Europe. + +The removal of the Iron Gates has always been considered a matter of +European importance. The treaty of Paris stipulated for freedom of +navigation on the Danube. The London treaty of 1871 again authorized +the levying of tolls to defray the cost of the Danube regulation; and +article 57 of the treaty of Berlin intrusted Austria-Hungary with the +task of carrying out the work. By these international compacts the +European character of the great undertaking is sufficiently attested. + +[Illustration: THE "IRON GATES" OF THE DANUBE] + +The work of blasting the rocks will be undertaken by contractors in +the employ of the Hungarian government, as the official invitation for +tenders brought no offers from any quarter. The construction of the +dams, however, and the cutting of several channels to compass the most +difficult rocks and rapids, will be carried out by an association of +Pesth and other firms. The cost, estimated altogether at nine million +florins, will be borne by the Hungarian exchequer, to which will fall +the tolls to be levied on all vessels passing through the Gates until +the original outlay is repaid. + +Very few persons know, says the _American Architect_, what an enormous +work has been undertaken at the Iron Gates of the Danube, where +operations are rapidly progressing, mainly in accordance with a plan +devised many years ago by our distinguished countryman, Mr. McAlpine. +The total length of that part of the river to be regulated is about +two hundred and fifty miles, so that the enterprise ranks with the +cutting of the Panama and Suez canals as one of the greatest +engineering feats ever attempted. Work has been begun simultaneously +at three points: at Greben, where there are reefs to be taken care of; +at the cataract, near Jucz, and at the Iron Gate proper, below Orsova. +At Greben, where the stream is shallow, but swift, a channel two +hundred feet wide is to be blasted out of the rock, and below it a +stone embankment wall is to be built more than four miles long. From a +reef which projects into the river a piece is to be blasted away, +measuring five hundred feet in length, and about nine feet in depth. +The difficulties of working in this part of the river are very great. +Not only is the current extremely rapid, but in certain places ridges +of rock barely covered at low water alternate with pools a hundred +and forty feet deep, which give rise, in the rapid current, to +frightful whirlpools and eddies. These deep pools are to be filled at +the same time that the reefs are cut away, and it is estimated that +nearly three million cubic feet of loose stonework will be needed for +this purpose alone. In addition to the excavation, artificial banks +and breakwaters, for modifying the course of the stream, are to be +built; so that it is estimated that the masonry to be executed in this +section will amount to about five and one-half million cubic feet. + +In the cataract section, at Jucz, a channel two hundred feet wide, and +more than half a mile long, is to be blasted out of the rock, and a +breakwater built, to moderate the suddenness of the fall. This +breakwater is to be about two miles long, and ten feet thick at the +top, increasing in thickness toward the bottom. The rock in which the +channel must be cut at this point is partly serpentine greenstone, +partly chrome iron ore, and is intensely hard. In the section of the +Iron Gate, the work to be done consists in "canalizing" the river for +a distance of a mile and a half, by building a wall on each side, and +excavating the bed of the river between. The channel between the walls +will be two hundred and fifty feet wide. It is estimated that nearly +three million cubic feet of rock will have to be excavated here, all +of which will be used to fill in behind the embankment walls. Of +course, the greater part of the rock will be removed by means of +blasting with high explosives, but some of it is to be attacked with a +novel instrument, which was first tried, on a small scale, on the +Panama Canal, and is to be used for serious work here. This +instrument, as it is to be employed on the Danube, consists of an +enormous steel drill, thirty-three feet long, and weighing ten tons. +By means of a machine like a pile driver, this monstrous tool is +raised to a height of about fifty feet, and allowed to drop, point +first. So heavy a mass of metal, falling from a considerable height, +meets with comparatively little resistance from the water, and the +point shatters and grinds up the rock on which it strikes. Fifty or +sixty blows per minute can be struck with a tool of this kind, and ten +thousand blows in all can be inflicted before the tool is so worn as +to be past service. Several of these drills will be at work at the +same time, and to remove the fragments of rock which they break off, a +huge dredge of three hundred and fifty horse power is to be employed. +For excavating by means of explosives, arrangements have been made for +drilling the holes for the cartridges with the greatest possible +rapidity, as on this depends the celerity with which the work can be +pushed forward. Much of the work will be done by means of diamond +drills, which are mounted on boats. Five of these boats have been +provided, each with seven diamond drills, arranged so as to work +perfectly in twenty feet of water. Other boats are fitted with +pneumatic drills, which are operated by means of air, compressed to a +tension of seven hundred and fifty pounds to the square inch. The +pressure of the compressed air is transmitted by means of water to the +drills, which act by percussion, and work very rapidly. These drills +are curiously automatic in their operation. After boring the holes to +the allotted depth, the machine automatically sets in each a tube, +washes out the dust, inserts a dynamite cartridge, withdraws the tube, +and connects the wire of the electric fuse in the cartridge with the +battery wire in the boat. The cartridges are charged with a pound of +dynamite to each. In hard rock only one charge is fired at a time, but +in softer material four are fired at once. If the water over the work +is deep, the boat is not moved from its position, but in shallow water +it is towed a few yards away from the spot where the explosion is to +take place. The drill holes are about six feet deep, and are spaced at +the rate of about one to every three square feet, something, of +course, depending upon the character of the rock. The whole work is +now under contract, the mechanical engineering firm of Luther, of +Brunswick, having undertaken to complete it in five years, for a +payment of less than four million dollars. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL. + + +The gates which admit the water into the new canal which is to connect +the Baltic with the North Sea have been recently opened by the Emperor +William. This canal is being constructed by the German government +principally for the purpose of strengthening the naval resources of +Germany, by giving safer and more direct communication for the ships +of the navy to the North German ports. The depth of water will be +sufficient for the largest ships of the German navy. The canal will +also prove of very great advantage to the numerous timber and other +vessels trading between St. Petersburg, Stockholm, Dantzic, Riga, and +all the North German ports in the Baltic and this country. The passage +by the Kattegat and Skager Rack is exceedingly intricate and very +dangerous, the yearly loss of shipping being estimated at half a +million of money. In addition to the avoidance of this dangerous +course, the saving in distance will be very considerable. Thus, for +vessels trading to the Thames the saving will be 250 miles, for those +going to Lynn or Boston 220, to Hull 200, to Newcastle or Leith 100. +This means a saving of three days for a sailing vessel going to Boston +docks, the port lying in the most direct line from the timber ports of +the Baltic to all the center of England. The direction of the canal is +shown by the thick line in the accompanying sketch map of the North +Sea and Baltic. Considering that between 30,000 and 40,000 ships now +pass through the Sound annually, the advantage to the Baltic trade is +very apparent. + +[Illustration: THE NEW GERMAN SHIP CANAL.] + +The new canal starts at Holtenau, on the north side of the Kiel Bay, +and joins the Elbe fifteen miles above the mouth. From Kiel Bay to +Rendsborg, at the junction with the Eider, the new canal follows the +Schleswig and Holstein Canal, which was made about one hundred years +ago, and is adapted for boats drawing about eight feet; thence it +follows the course of the Eider to near Willenbergen, when it leaves +that river and turns southward to join the Elbe at Brunsbuttel, about +forty miles below Hamburg. The canal is 61 miles long, 200 ft. wide at +the surface, and 85 ft. at the bottom, the depth of water being 28 ft. +The surface of the water in the two seas being level, no locks are +required; sluices or floodgates only being provided where it enters +the Eider and at its termination. The country being generally level +there are no engineering difficulties to contend with, except a boggy +portion near the Elbe; the ground to be removed is chiefly sandy loam. +Four railways cross the canal and two main roads, and these will be +carried across on swing bridges. The cost is estimated at L8,000,000. +About six thousand men are employed on the works, principally Italians +and Swiss.--_The Engineer._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE KIOTO-FU CANAL, IN JAPAN. + + +Japan is already traversed by a system of railways, and its population +is entering more and more into the footsteps of western civilization. +This movement, a consequence of the revolution of 1868, is extending +to the public works of every kind, for while the first railway lines +were being continued, there was in the course of excavation (among +other canals) a navigable canal designed to connect Lake Biwa and the +Bay of Osaka, upon which is situated Kioto, the ancient capital of +Japan. + +The work, which was begun in 1885, was finished last year, and one of +our readers has been kind enough to send us, along with some +photographs which we herewith reproduce, a description written by Mr. +S. Tanabe, engineer in chief of the work. + +The object of the Kioto-Fu Canal is not only to provide a navigable +watercourse, putting the interior of the country in connection with +the sea, but also to furnish waterfalls for supplying the water works +of the city of Kioto with the water necessary for the irrigation of +the rice plantations, and that employed for city distribution. It +starts from the southwest extremity of Lake Biwa, the largest lake in +Japan, and the area of which is 800 square kilometers. This lake, +which is situated at 84 meters above the level of the sea, is 56 +kilometers from the Bay of Osaka. As this bay is already in +communication with Kioto by a canal, the Kioto-Fu forms a junction +with the latter after a stretch of 11 kilometers and a difference of +level of 45 meters between its extremities. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--EXTREMITY OF LAKE BIWA AND BEGINNING OF THE +CANAL.] + +The lake terminates in a marshy plain (Fig. 1), in which the first +excavation was made. This is protected by longitudinal dikes which +lead back the water to it in case of freshets. At the end of this +cutting, which is 100 meters in length, begins the canal properly so +called, with a width of 5.7 meters, at the surface, and a depth of 1.5 +meters, for a length of 540 meters. It then reaches the first tunnel +for crossing the Nagara-yama chain. This tunnel is 2,500 meters in +length, 4.8 in width and 4.2 in height. The water reaches a depth of +1.8 meters upon the floor. It was pierced through very varied +materials, such as clay, schists, sandstone and porphyry, and is lined +throughout with brick masonry. The construction was effected by means +of a working shaft 45 meters in depth, sunk in the axis of the work, +at a third of its length from the west side. At the upper extremity +are established sluices that permit of securing to the canal a +constant discharge of 8.5 cubic meters per second. Fig. 2 represents +the head of this work. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--HEAD OF THE PRINCIPAL TUNNEL.] + +Starting from the tunnel, the canal extends in the open air for a +length of 4,500 meters. To reach the basin of Kioto, it traverses the +Hino-oko-yama chain of hills, through two tunnels of the same section +and construction as the one just mentioned, and of the respective +lengths of 125 and 841 meters. Traction in the tunnels is to be +effected by means of an immersed chain. + +On leaving tunnel No. 3, at about 8,400 meters from its origin, the +canal divides into two branches. The first of these, which is designed +to serve as a navigable way, has a slope 0.066 per meter for a length +of 540 meters. It is a true inclined plane, which the boats pass over +by means of a cradle carried by trucks and drawn by a cable actuated +by the fall furnished by the other branch. At the foot of the inclined +plane, the canal widens out to 18 meters at the surface, with a depth +of 1.5 meter, and, through a sluice, joins the Osaka Bay Canal, after +a stretch of 2 kilometers. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--AQUEDUCT OVER THE VALLEY OF THE TOMBS OF THE +EMPERORS.] + +The second branch traverses a small tunnel, crosses the valley of the +emperors' tombs upon an aqueduct of 14 arches (Fig. 3), and reaches +Kogawa, a faubourg north of Kioto, after a stretch of 8 kilometers. +Its slope is greater than that of the main canal, from which it +derives but 1.4 cubic meter. The 7 cubic meters remaining may be +employed for the production of motive power under a fall of 56 meters. +It is proposed to utilize a portion of it, at the point of bifurcation +and at the top of the inclined plane, in a hydraulic installation that +will drive electric machines. The total cost of the work was one +million dollars, a third of which was furnished by the imperial +treasury, a quarter by the central government, and the rest by various +taxes.--_La Nature._ + + * * * * * + + +HOW TO FIND THE CRACK.--Most mechanics know that by drilling a hole at +the inner end of a crack in cast metal its extension can be prevented. +But to find out the exact point where the crack ends, the _Revue +Industrielle_ recommends moistening the cracked surface with +petroleum, then, after wiping it, to immediately rub it with chalk. +The oil that has penetrated into the crack will, by exudation, +indicate the exact course and end of the crack. + + * * * * * + + + + +FAST AND FUGITIVE DYES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: A paper recently read before the Society of Arts, + London.] + +By Prof. J.J. HUMMEL. + + +As it is with many other arts, the origin of dyeing is shrouded in the +obscurity of the past; but no doubt it was with the desire to attract +his fellow that man first began to imitate the variety of color he saw +around him in nature, and colored his body or his dress. + +Probably the first method of ornamenting textile fabrics was to stain +them with the juices of fruits, or the flowers, leaves, stems, and +roots of plants bruised with water, and we may reasonably assume that +the primitive colors thus obtained would lack durability. + +By and by, however, it was found possible to render some of the dyes +more permanent, probably in the first instance by the application of +certain kinds of earth or mud, as we know to be practiced by the Maori +dyers of to-day, and in this way, as it appears to me, the early dyers +learnt the efficacy of what we now call "mordants," which I may +briefly describe as fixing agents for coloring matters. + +At a very remote period therefore, I imagine, the subject of fast and +fugitive dyes engaged the attention of textile colorists. + +Our European knowledge of dyeing seems to have come to us from the +East, and although at first indigenous dyestuffs were largely +employed, with the discovery of new countries many of these fell +slowly and gradually into disuse, giving way to the newly imported +dyestuffs of other lands, which possessed some advantage, being either +richer in coloring matter, yielding brighter or faster colors, or +being capable of more easy application. Thus kermes gave way to +cochineal, woad to indigo, and so on. + +Down to about the year 1856, natural dyestuffs alone, with but one or +two exceptions, were employed by dyers; but in that year a present +distinguished member of this Society, Dr. Perkin, astonished the +scientific and industrial world by his epoch-making discovery of the +coal tar color mauve. From that time down to the present, the textile +colorist has had placed before him an ever increasing number of +coloring matters derived from the same source. + +Specially worthy of notice are the discoveries of artificial alizarin, +in 1868, by Graebe and Liebermann, and of indigotin, in 1878, by Adolf +Baeyer, both coloring matters being identical with the respective dyes +obtained from plants. + +In view of the vast array of coal tar colors now at our disposal, and +their almost universal application in the decoration of all manner of +textile fabrics, threatening even the continued use of well known +dyestuffs of vegetable origin, it becomes of the greatest importance +to examine most thoroughly, and to compare the stability of both old +and new coloring matters. + +The first point in discussing this question of fast and fugitive dyes +is to define the meaning of these terms "fast" and "fugitive." +Unfortunately, as frequently employed, they have no very definite +signification. The great variety of textile fabrics to which coloring +matters are applied, the different stages of manufacture at which the +coloring matter is applied, and the many uses to which the fabrics are +ultimately put, all these are elements which cause dyed colors to be +exposed to the most varied influences. + +The term a "fast color," then, may convey a different meaning to +different individuals. To one it implies that the color will not fade +when exposed to light and atmospheric conditions; to another that it +is not impoverished by washing with soap and water; to a third it may +indicate that the color will withstand the action of certain +manufacturing operations, such as scouring, milling, stoving, etc.; +while a fourth person might be so exacting as to demand that a fast +color should resist all the varied influences I have named. + +It is well to state at once that no dyed color is absolutely fast, +even to a single influence, and it certainly cannot pass unscathed +through all the operations to which it may be necessary to submit +individual colors applied to this or that material. Many colors are +fast to washing or milling, and yet very fugitive to light; others are +fast to light, but fugitive toward milling; while others again are +fast to both influences. In short, each color has its own special, +characteristic properties, so that colors may be classified with +respect to each particular influence, and may occupy a very different +rank in the different arrangements. + +It is, however, by no means necessary to demand absolute fastness from +any color. A color may "bleed" in milling, and therefore be very +unsuitable for tweeds, and yet be most excellent for curtains and +hangings, because of its fastness to light. So, too, a dye capable of +yielding rich or delicate tints, but only moderately fast to light, +may still be perfectly well adapted for the silks and satins of the +ball room, or even the rapidly changing fashion, although it would be +quite inadmissible for the pennon at the masthead. + +The colors of carpets, curtains, and tapestry should certainly be fast +to light, but no one expects them to undergo the fatigue of the weekly +washtub; and just as little as we look for the exposure of flannels +and hosiery, day by day and week by week, to the glare of sunlight, +much as we desire that the colors shall not run in washing. + +For all practical purposes, then, it seems reasonable to define a +"fast color" as one which will not be materially affected by those +influences to which, in the natural course of things, it will be +submitted. Hence, in speaking of a fast color, it becomes necessary to +refer specially to the particular influences which it resists before +the term acquires a definite meaning. To be precise, one should say +that a color is "fast to light," or "fast to washing," or "fast to +light and washing," and so on. Further, it is necessary, as we shall +see afterward, to give always the name of the fiber to which the color +is applied. + +All that I have said with respect to the term "fast" may be applied +with equal propriety to the term "fugitive." This, too, has no very +definite meaning until a qualifying statement, such as I have referred +to, gives it precision. + +The most important question to be considered is + + +THE ACTION OF LIGHT ON DYED COLORS. + +That light can effect radical changes in many substances was known to +the ancients. Its destructive action on artists' pigments, e.g., the +blackening of vermilion, was recorded 2,000 years ago by Vitruvius. +Since that time it has been well established, by numerous observations +and experiments, that light possesses, in a high degree, the power of +exerting chemical action, i.e., causing the combination or +decomposition of a large number of substances. The union of chlorine +with hydrogen gas, the blackening of silver salts, the reduction of +bichromate of potash and of certain ferric salts in contact with +organic substances, are all familiar instances of the action of light. +In illustration of this, I show here some calico prints produced by +first preparing the calico with a solution of potassium bichromate, +then exposing the dried calico under a photographic negative, and, +after washing, dyeing with alizarin or some similar coloring matter. +During the exposure under the negative, the light has reduced and +fixed the chromium salt upon certain parts of the fiber as insoluble +chromate of chromium (Cr_{2}O_{3}CrO_{3}) in the more protected +portions, the bichromate remains unchanged, and is subsequently +removed by washing. During the dyeing process, the coloring matter +combines with the chromium fixed on the fiber, and thus develops the +colored photograph. + +The prints in Prussian blue are produced in a similar manner, the +sensitive salt with which the calico is prepared being ammonium +ferricitrate, and the developer potassium ferricyanide. + +Investigation has shown that the most chemically active rays are those +situated at the blue end of the solar spectrum; and although all the +rays absorbed by a sensitive colored body affect its change, it is +doubtless the blue rays which are the chief cause of the fading of +colors. Experiments are on record, indeed, which prove this. + +Depierre and Clouet (1878-82) exposed a series of colors, printed and +dyed on calico, to light which had passed through glasses stained red, +orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet, corresponding to definite +parts of the spectrum. They found that the blue light possessed the +greatest fading power, red light the least. + +More recently (1886-88) Abney and Russell exposed water colors under +red, green, and blue glass, and came to the same conclusion. + +But the chemical energy of the sun's rays is not the sole cause of the +fading of colors. There are certain contributory causes as important +as the light itself. + +About fifty years ago, Chevreul showed what these accessory causes +are, by exposing to light a number of dyed colors under varied +conditions, e.g., in a vacuum, in dry and moist hydrogen, dry and +moist air, water vapor, and the ordinary atmosphere. He found that +such fugitive colors as orchil, safflower, and indigo-carmine fade +very rapidly in moist air, less rapidly in dry air, and that they +experience little or no change in hydrogen or in a vacuum. The general +conclusion arrived at was, that light, when acting alone, i.e., +without the aid of air and moisture, exercises a very feeble +influence. Further, it was determined that the air and moisture, +without aid of light, have also comparatively little effect on dyed +colors. Abney and Russell, in their experiments with water colors, +obtained similar results. + +These conclusions are exactly in accordance with our common knowledge +of the old fashioned method of bleaching cotton and linen, in which +the wetted fabric is exposed to light on the grass, and frequently +sprinkled with water. If the material becomes dry through the absence +of dew or rain, or the want of sprinkling, little or no bleaching +takes place. + +The one color which Chevreul found to behave abnormally was Prussian +blue. This faded even in a vacuum; but, strange to say, on keeping the +faded color in the dark, and exposed to air, the color was restored. +It was shown that, during the exposure to light, the color lost +cyanogen, or hydrocyanic acid, while in the dark and exposed to the +air, oxygen was absorbed. Chevreul concluded, therefore, that the +fading of Prussian blue was due to a process of reduction. + +The prevailing opinion, however, is that the fading of colors is a +process of oxidation, caused by the ozone, or hydrogen peroxide, which +is probably formed in small quantity during the evaporation of the +moisture present, and both these substances are powerful bleaching +agents. + +It would be extremely convenient to have some rapid method of testing +colors for fastness to light, and I believe it is the custom with some +to apply certain chemical tests with this object in view. The results +of my own experiments in this direction lead me to the conclusion that +at present we have no sufficient substitute for sunlight for this +purpose, since I have not found any oxidizing or reducing substance +which affects dyed colors in all respects like the natural +color-fading agencies; further, I am inclined to the opinion that the +action of light varies somewhat with the different coloring matters, +according to their chemical constitution and the fiber upon which they +are applied. + +With respect to this last point, Chevreul actually found that colors +are faster to light on some fibers than on others, and this fact, +which is generally known to practical men, is abundantly shown in the +diagrams on the wall. As a rule we may say that colors are most +fugitive on cotton and most permanent on wool, those on silk holding +an intermediate position. Still there are many exceptions to this +order, especially as between silk and wool. + +Since the time of Chevreul, the action of light on dyed colors has not +been seriously and exhaustively studied. From time to time, series of +patterns dyed with our modern colors have been exposed to light, e.g., +by Depierre and Clouet, Joffre, Muller, Kallab, Schmidt, and others; +but the published results must at best be considered as more or less +fragmentary. Under the auspices of the British Association, and a +committee appointed at its last meeting in Leeds, I hope to have the +pleasure during the next few years of studying this interesting +subject. + +To-night I propose to give you some of the prominent results already +obtained in past years, in the dyeing department of the Yorkshire +College, where it has been our custom to expose to light and other +influences the patterns dyed by our students. Further, I wish to give +you an ocular demonstration of the action of light or dyed colors, by +means of these silk, wool, and cotton patterns, portions of which have +been exposed for 34 days and nights on the sea coast near Bombay, +during the month of February of this year. + +I may remark that this test has been a very trying one, for I estimate +that it is equal to more than a year's exposure in this country. +During the whole period there was cloudless sunshine, without any +rain, and each evening heavy dew. I have pleasure in acknowledging the +services of Mr. W. Reid, a former student, who superintended the +exposure of the patterns, and from time to time took notes of the rate +at which individual patterns faded. + +These diagrams contain, perhaps, the most complete series of both old +and new dyes, on the three fibers, which have been simultaneously +exposed to sunlight, and they form an instructive object lesson. + +Let me first direct your attention to the diagram containing the +_natural coloring matters_--those dyestuffs which were in use previous +to 1856. Broadly speaking, they are of two kinds; those which dye +textile materials "direct," and those which give no useful color +without the aid of certain metallic salts, called "mordants." + +Now, among the natural coloring matters, these "mordant dyes," as they +may be conveniently termed, are much more numerous than the "direct +dyes;" but be it observed, we have fast and fugitive colors in both +classes. + +Referring first to the wool patterns and to the "direct dyes," we find +that the only really fast colors are Prussian blue and Vat indigo +blue. Turmeric, orchil, catechu, and indigo carmine are all extremely +fugitive. + +As to the "mordant dyes," some yield fast colors with all the usual +mordants, e.g., madder, cochineal, lac dye, kermes, viz., reds with +tin and aluminum, claret browns with copper and chromium, and dull +violets with iron. + +Other dyestuffs, like camwood, brazilwood, and their allies, also +young fustic, give always fugitive colors whatever mordant be +employed; others again, e.g., weld, old fustic, quercitron bark, +flavin, and Persian berries, give fast colors with some mordants and +fugitive colors with others; compare, for example, the fast olives of +the chromium, copper, and iron mordants with the fugitive yellows +given by aluminum and tin. A still more striking case is presented by +logwood, which gives a fast greenish-black with copper and very +fugitive colors with aluminum and tin. Other experiments have shown +that the chromium and iron logwood blacks hold an intermediate +position. Abnormal properties are found to be exhibited by camwood and +its allies, with aluminum and tin, the colors at first becoming +darker, and only afterward fading in the normal manner. + +When we examine the silk patterns, we find, generally speaking, a +similar degree of fastness among the various natural dyes, as with +wool; in some instances the colors appear even faster, notice, for +example, the catechu brown and the colors given by brazilwood and its +allies, with iron mordant. + +On examining the cotton patterns, we are at once struck with the +marked fugitive character of nearly all the natural dyes. The +exceptions are: the madder colors, especially when fixed on +oil-prepared cotton, as in Turkey red; the black produced by logwood, +tannin, and iron; and a few mineral colors, e.g., iron buff, manganese +brown, chromate of lead orange, etc., and Prussian blue. Cochineal and +its allies, which are such excellent dyes for wool and silk, give only +fugitive colors on cotton. + +The main point which arrests our attention in connection with the +natural dyes seems to me to be the comparatively limited number of +fast colors. Very remarkable is the total absence of any really fast +yellow vegetable dye, and it is probably on this account that gold +thread was formerly so much introduced into textile fabrics. Notice +further the decided fastness of Prussian blue, especially on wool and +silk; while we cannot but remark the comparatively fugitive character +of vat indigo blue on cotton, and even on silk, compared with the +fastness of the same color when fixed on wool. + +Now, let us turn our attention to the _artificial coloring matters_, +derived with few exceptions from coal tar products. + +Here again we have two classes, "mordant dyes" and "direct dyes." Both +classes are somewhat numerous, but whereas the former may be +conveniently shown on a single diagram sheet, it requires a +considerable number to display the latter. + +First let us examine the wool patterns dyed with the "mordant dyes." + +We find there a few yellow dyes quite equal in fastness to those of +natural origin, or even somewhat surpassing them, e.g., two of the +alizarin yellows, viz., those marked R and G G W. Except in point of +fastness and mode of application, I may say that these are not true +alizarin colors, neither are they analogous to the natural yellow +dyestuffs, for they are incapable of giving dark olives with iron +mordants. Truer representatives of the natural yellow dyes appear, +however, to exist in galloflavin and the alizarin yellows marked A and +C, and, as you see, they are of about the same degree of fastness. + +Among the red dyes we have alizarin and its numerous allies, and these +are certainly fit representatives of the madder root, which indeed +they have almost entirely displaced. The most recent additions to this +important class are the various alizarin Bordeaux. The only dyes in +this group which appear somewhat behind the rest in point of fastness +are purpurin and alizarin maroon. + +On this same diagram we notice, also, fast blues and dark greens, of +which we have no similar representatives among the natural coloring +matters. I refer to alizarin blue, alizarin cyanin, alizarin indigo, +alizarin green, and coerulin. + +Further, an excellent group of coloring matters, giving fast browns +and greens with copper and iron mordants respectively, is formed by +naphthol green, resorcinol green, gambin, and dioxin. + +The only fugitive dyes of the class now under consideration are some +of the yellows, gallamin blue and gallocyanin. + +If we now turn to examine the colors given by these artificial +"mordant dyes" on silk, we notice, also, a good series of fast colors +similar to those which they give on wool; and even on cotton we see +many fast colors, of which we have no representatives among the +dyewoods. + +If we were not prepared to find so few really fast natural dyes, +surely we cannot but be surprised to find what a considerable number +of fast dyes are to be met with among the coal tar coloring matters +requiring the aid of mordants. + +On these diagrams, the first vertical column shows the stain given by +the coloring matter alone; the remaining columns show the colors +obtained when the same coloring matters are applied in conjunction +with the several mordants--chromium, aluminum, tin, copper, and iron. + +It was formerly held that the office of a mordant was merely to fix +the coloring matter upon the fiber; we now know, however, and it is +plainly illustrated by these diagrams, that this view is erroneous, +for the mordant not only fixes but also develops the color; the +mordant and coloring matter chemically combine with each other, and +the resultant compound represents the really useful pigment or dye. If +a coloring matter is combined with different mordants, the dyes thus +obtained represent distinct chemical products, and it is quite +natural, therefore, to find them differing from each other in color, +and their resistance toward light. + +Knowing this, it is clearly the duty of the dyer to apply each +coloring matter of this class with a variety of mordants, and to +select the particular combination which gives him the desired color +and fastness. By adopting this method, however, his selection would +ultimately comprise a large number of coloring matters paired with a +great variety of mordants. In order, therefore, to avoid the intricacy +involved in the use of several mordants, and to simplify the process +of dyeing, especially when dyeing compound shades, the dyer prefers to +limit himself as far as possible to the use of a single mordant, and +to employ along with it a mixture of several coloring matters. + +Now the woolen dyer has largely adopted an excellent mordant in +bichromate of potash; it is cheap, easily applied, and not perceptibly +injurious to the fiber. It is his desire, therefore, to have a good +range of red, yellow, blue, and other coloring matters, all giving +fast dyes with this mordant. This action and desire on the part of the +dyer has more and more placed the problem of producing fast colors +upon the shoulders of the color manufacturer or chemist, and right +well has the demand been met, for in the diagram on the wall we see +how, in the alizarin colors and their allies, he has already furnished +the dyer with a goodly number of dyestuffs yielding fast dyes with +this chosen mordant of the woolen dyer. Since, however, they yield +fast colors with other useful mordants, and upon other fibers than +wool, these alizarin colors prove of the greatest value to the dyer of +textile fabrics generally. Let us not forget the fact, then, that it +is among the "mordant dyes," the very class to which belong most of +the natural coloring matters, that we find our fastest coal tar dyes. + +When we examine the results of actual exposure experiments, such as +are here shown on these four diagram sheets, surely we have no +hesitation in declaring how utterly false is the popular opinion that +all coal tar colors are fugitive to light, while the good +old-fashioned natural dyes are all fast. The very opposite indeed is +here shown to be the case. For myself, I feel persuaded that at the +present time the dyer has at his command a greater number of fast dyes +derived from coal tar than from any other source, and I believe it +possible to produce with dyes obtained from this source alone, if need +be, tapestries, rugs, carpets, and other textile fabrics which shall +vie successfully in point of color and duration of color with the best +productions of the East, either of this or any other age. + +How, then, does it happen that these coal tar colors have been so long +and so seriously maligned by the general public? Apart from the fact +that public opinion has been based upon an imperfect knowledge of the +subject, we shall find a further explanation when we examine the +diagrams showing the "direct dyes" obtained from coal tar. According +to their mode of application I have here arranged them in three large +groups, viz., basic, acid, and Congo colors. A fourth group, +comprising comparatively few, is made up of those colors which are +directly produced upon the fiber itself. + +The "basic colors" have a well known type in magenta. They are usually +applied to wool and silk in a neutral or slightly alkaline bath; on +cotton they are fixed by means of tannate of antimony or tin. The +"acid colors" are only suitable for wool and silk, to which they are +applied in an acid bath. A typical representative of this group is +furnished by any one of the ordinary azo scarlets which in recent +years have come into prominence as competitors of cochineal. The +"Congo colors" are comparatively new, and are conveniently so named +from the first coloring matter of the group which was discovered, +viz., Congo red. They are applicable to wool, silk, and cotton, +usually in a neutral or slightly alkaline bath. Of the dyes produced +directly upon the fiber itself, one may take aniline black and also +primulin as a type, the latter a dye somewhat recently introduced by +Mr. A.G. Green, of this city. + +Our first impression, in looking at these "direct dyes," is that they +are more numerous and more brilliant than the "mordant dyes," and that +they are for the most part fugitive. Still, if we examine the +different series in detail, we shall find here and there, on the +different fibers, colors quite equal in fastness to any of the +"mordant dyes." + +Among the "basic colors" we search in vain, however, for a really fast +dye on any fiber. Still, Magdala red, perhaps, appears faster than the +rest on silk, and among the greens and blues we find a few dull blues +on cotton, which, for this fiber, have been recommended as substitutes +for indigo, viz., Indophenin, paraphenylene, blue, cinerein, Meldola's +blue, etc. The azine greens, also, appear tolerably fast on cotton and +on silk, but although possessing some body of color, after exposure, +the original dark green has changed to a decided drab. + +When we examine the "acid colors," however, we meet with a number of +scarlets, crimsons, and clarets, possessing considerable fastness both +on wool and on silk. Some, indeed, appear almost, if not entirely, as +fast as cochineal scarlet, e.g., Biebriech scarlet, brilliant crocein, +etc. + +Among the "acid oranges and yellows," we also find a goodly number +which are of medium fastness. About ten, either on wool or on silk, +may even be accounted really fast, and are fit, apparently, to rank +with alizarin colors. Note, for example, on wool: Crocein orange, +aurantia, orange crystal, tartrazin, milling yellow, palatine orange; +on silk, acid yellow D, brilliant yellow, azo acid yellow, metanil +yellow, curcumin S, etc. I may remark that these are some of the +fastest yellows on wool and silk with which we are acquainted. It is +interesting to note the decided fugitive character, on silk, of +tartrazin, aurantia, orange crystal, etc., compared with their great +fastness on wool. Observe, also, how, on wool, the pale lemon yellow +of picric acid has changed to a full reddish brown. + +Among the "acid greens and blues," all the colors are fugitive, both +on wool and on silk. Patent blue appears slightly better than the +rest. Of the "acid blacks and violets," a few colors are of medium +fastness, both on wool and silk, e.g., naphthol black, naphthylamine, +black, resorcinol brown, fast brown, etc. + +When we examine the Congo colors, amid a number of very fugitive +colors, we find a few which are satisfactorily fast. Among the reds, +for example, diamine fast red is quite remarkable for its fastness, +both on wool and silk, and may certainly rank with alizarin; but on +cotton, it is quite as fugitive as the rest. Of medium fastness on +wool are brilliant Congo G and R, Congo G R; and on silk, diamine +scarlet B, deltapurpurin 5 B, and brilliant Congo R. + +Among the "Congo oranges and yellows," we find some of the fastest on +cotton of this class of colors. Still they deserve only the rank of +medium fastness. They are Mikado orange 4 R, R, G. Hessian yellow, +curcumin S, chrysophenin. On wool, we have about half a dozen of +medium fastness, viz., benzo-orange, Congo orange R, chrysophenin G, +chrysamin R, brilliant yellow. On silk, however, we find in this group +about a dozen of the fastest oranges and yellows with which we are +acquainted for this fiber, viz., Congo orange R, chrysophenin G, +diamine yellow N, brilliant yellow, curcumin W, benzo orange, Hessian +yellow, chrysamin R and G, cresotin yellow R and G, cotton yellow G, +and carbazol yellow. + +Does it not appear somewhat remarkable that we should find among this +generally fugitive group of coloring matters colors which are so +eminently fast on silk, and which we entirely fail to meet with among +those groups which usually furnish our fast colors, e.g., the alizarin +group? + +Passing on to the "Congo violets, blues, and purples," we find few +colors worthy of particular notice for fastness. Diamine violet N +appears, perhaps, of medium fastness on wool and silk, while +sulphonazurin, benzo-black blue, and direct gray may claim the same +distinction on silk. + +In the small group of colors which are produced directly upon the +fiber, none seems to call for special notice, except aniline black, +which, notwithstanding its direct derivation from aniline, is probably +the fastest color we have upon any fiber. + +Now, in classifying the whole range of coal tar coloring matters into +"mordant dyes" and "direct dyes," and the latter into acid, basic, +Congo colors, etc., I have looked at them from the point of view of +the dyer and arranged them according to color and mode of application. +The chemist, however, classifies them quite differently, viz., +according to their chemical constitution, i.e., the arrangement of the +atoms of which they are composed, and thus we have nitro colors, +phthaleins, azines, and so on. + +In studying the action of light on the coal tar colors from this point +of view, we find that whereas the members of some groups are for the +most part fugitive, the members of other groups are nearly all fast, +and it becomes at once apparent that the chemical constitution of a +coloring matter exercises a profound influence upon its behavior +toward light. Members of the rosaniline group are all similarly +fugitive, while those of the alizarin group possess generally the +quality of fastness. Particularly fugitive are the eosins, and yet +some of these, by a slight modification of constitution, e.g., the +introduction of an ethyl group, as in ethyl-eosin, are rendered +distinctly faster. + +In the azo group some colors are fugitive, others are moderately fast, +and it is generally recognized that certain classes of the tetrazo +compounds are distinctly faster than the ordinary diazo colors. + +By a careful study of the influence of the atomic arrangement upon the +stability of colors, information useful to the color manufacturer may +possibly be gained, but at present my facts are not yet sufficiently +tabulated to enable one to recognize any generally pervading law in +this direction. + +It is scarcely necessary to say that the fastness to light of a color +is independent of its commercial value, this being mainly determined +by the price of the raw material from which it is manufactured, the +working expenses, and the profit desired by the manufacturer. Neither +must we suppose that facility of application necessarily interferes +with its fastness to light, for some of our fastest coal tar colors on +wool, e.g., diamine fast red, tartrazin, etc., are applied in the +simplest possible manner. On the other hand, the intensity or depth of +a color has considerable influence on its fastness. Dark full shades +invariably appear faster than pale ones produced from the same +coloring matter, simply because of the larger body of pigment present. +A pale shade of even a very fast color like indigo will fade with +comparative rapidity. The fugitive character of many of the coal tar +colors is, in my opinion, rendered more marked, because, owing to +their intense coloring power, there is often such an infinitesimal +amount of coloring matter on the dyed fiber. Hence it is that in the +Gobelin tapestries pale shades on wool are frequently obtained by the +use of more or less unchangeable metallic oxides and other mineral +colors, to the exclusion of even fast vegetable dyes. + +It is interesting to examine what is the action of light upon compound +colors. Is a fugitive color rendered faster by being applied along +with a fast color? + +My own opinion, based upon general observation, is that it is not, and +that when light acts upon a compound color the unstable color fades, +while the stable color remains behind. A woaded color, for example, is +only fast in respect of the vat indigo which it contains, and yet how +frequent is the custom to unite with the indigo such dyes as barwood, +orchil, and indigo-carmine, the fugitive character of which I have +pointed out. + +Having thus rapidly surveyed these numerous coal tar colors, both in +their dyed and exposed conditions, I again ask why are they so +generally regarded as altogether fugitive? + +First, because we have, especially among these "direct dyes," a very +large number which are undoubtedly very fugitive. + +Moreover, all the earlier coal tar dyes--mauve, magenta, Nicholson +blue, etc., belonged to a class which, even up to the present time, +has only furnished us with fugitive colors. They were indeed prepared +from aniline, and it appears to me that the defects of these early +aniline colors, as well as their designation, have been handed down to +their successors without due discrimination, so that in the popular +mind the term "aniline color" has become, as a matter of habit, +synonymous with "fugitive color." But science is progressive, fields +of investigation other than aniline have been opened up, so that now, +although a large number of fugitive dyes are still manufactured from +coal tar, there are others, as we have seen, which are as fast and +permanent as we have ever had from natural sources. + +Finally, and perhaps this is the most important cause of all, many of +the fugitive coal tar colors are gifted, I will not say with fatal +beauty, but with a facility of application, and such comparative +cheapness in consequence of their intense coloring power, that the +dyer, tempted by competition, applies them not unfrequently to +materials for which, because of their ultimate uses, they are +altogether unsuited; and so it comes about that we find the most +fugitive colors applied indiscriminately and without due discretion. + +As we look upon these multitudinous colors, one other thought cannot +fail to cross our minds. Is there not surely an overproduction of +these fugitive coal tar colors? Is not the dyer bewildered with an +_embarras de richesses_, so that he knows not where to choose? + +There is indeed much truth in this. With rare skill and ingenuity an +army of chemists is busy elaborating these wonderful dyes; but in such +quick succession are they introduced into the dye house that the busy +dyer has no time sufficiently to prove them, and it is not surprising +therefore that he is liable to commit errors in their application. + +But if there is an over-production of fugitive colors, there is also +at work, as in the organic world around us, the counteracting +influence of the law of the survival of the fittest. Sooner or later, +the fugitive colors must give way to those which are more permanent, +and already the number of coal tar colors which have been discarded, +for one reason or another, is considerable. + +Not unfrequently one is asked the question, Is there no method whereby +these fugitive colors can be made fast? Knowing the efficacy of +mordants with certain coloring matters, is there no mordant which we +can generally apply with this desirable object in view? The discovery +of such a universal mordant I believe to be somewhat chimerical, and +yet, curiously enough, a number of experiments have been recorded in +recent years, which almost seem to point in the direction of selecting +for such a purpose ordinary sulphate of copper. + +Some of these diagrams before you this evening show clearly the +fastness to light generally of the lakes formed with copper mordant. +This peculiarity of the copper compounds has not escaped the notice of +other observers. Dr. Schunck, for example, during the progress of his +research on chlorophyl, noticed the very permanent green dye which +this otherwise fugitive coloring matter gives in combination with +copper. + +Then there is the assertion of practical dyers, that the use of copper +sulphate in dyeing catechu brown on cotton assists materially in +rendering this color fast to light. + +The use of copper mordant with phenolic coloring matters is perfectly +natural. Some time ago, however, it was successfully applied, for the +purpose of rendering more permanent, to certain of the Congo colors on +cotton, e.g., benzo-azurine, etc., in the application of which, +metallic salts had not hitherto been deemed necessary. + +Noelting and Herzberg have also observed that the fastness to light, +even of basic colors, e.g., magenta, methyl violet, malachite green, +etc., is increased by a subsequent treatment of the dyed fabric with +copper sulphate solution, although in many cases the color is much +soiled thereby. + +Still more recently, A. Scheurer records that by impregnating or +padding certain dyed fabrics with an ammoniacal solution of copper +sulphate, the colors gain considerably in fastness to light. As the +result of his experiments Scheurer concludes that this protective +influence of copper on dyed colors is a general fact, apparently +applicable to all colors; that it is not necessarily due to its action +as a lake-forming substance, since intimate union between the coloring +matter and the copper salt is not necessary. He seems rather inclined +to ascribe its efficacy to the light being deprived of its active rays +during its passage through the oxide of copper. + +Knowing, however, the strong reducing action of light in many cases, +and with the absence of positive knowledge concerning the cause of the +fading of colors, it seems to me that the beneficial influence of the +copper may just as probably be due to its well known oxidizing power, +which counteracts the reducing action of the light. + +It is interesting to note, in connection with Scheurer's view, that, +many years ago, Gladstone and Wilson (1860) proposed to impregnate +colored materials with some colorless fluorescent substance, e.g., +sulphate of quinine, evidently with the idea of filtering off the +active ultra-violet rays. How far some such method as this might prove +successful I cannot say, but since we cannot keep our dyed textile +materials in a vacuum, as Chevreul did, nor is it desirable to +impregnate them with mastic varnish for the purpose of excluding air +and moisture, as Mr. Laurie proposes, in order to preserve the colors +of oil paintings, it is perhaps well to bear in mind the principle +here alluded to as a possible solution of the difficulty. + +I have dwelt rather long on this important question of the action of +light on dyed colors, but I have done so because I thought it would +most interest you. With the remaining portions of my subject I must be +more brief. + +(_To be continued._) + + * * * * * + + +To introduce free fat acids from an oil, it must be decomposed. This +may be done by the use of lead oxide and water or by analogous +processes. To clarify an oil, expose to the sun in leaden trays. Often +washing with water will answer the purpose. + + * * * * * + + + + +COMPOSITION OF WHEAT GRAIN AND ITS PRODUCTS IN THE MILL. + + +Probably the most striking difference in the average mineral +composition of the grain of wheat is the very much lower proportion of +phosphoric acid, and of magnesia also, in the dry substance of the +best matured grain; and it is now known that these characteristics +point to a less proportion of bran to flour, or, in other words, of a +greater accumulation of starch in the process of ripening, and +consequently of a whiter and better quality of bakers' flour. The +study of the chemical composition of wheat and its products in the +mill, therefore, and of the amount of fertilizing matters (nitrogen, +phosphoric acid and potash) removed from the soil by the crop, becomes +of direct interest not only to the producer from whose soil these +ingredients are removed, but to the consumer of the byproducts as +well, who desires to know what proportion of these elements of +fertility he is returning to his own soil in the different products he +may use as animal food. It is desirable also to determine what is the +average composition of wheats and the flour made from them, in order +to see in what direction efforts should be turned, by the selection of +seed wheats, to improve the present varieties for the production of +the best quality of flour. This can only be done after we determine +what variation there is for different years due to climatic influences +and variations of soil, for it has been shown in our former papers +that environment very largely influences the quality of wheat grain, +and also of the flour. When these have been determined, than we may +hope to be able to determine which factors under our control enter in +to permanently improve the better flour-producing quality of wheats. + +A mixture, in equal proportions, was made of Clawson, Mediterranean, +and early amber wheats, and submitted to the mill, using the Hungarian +roller process. From this mixture for each one bushel of the grain of +60 lb. weight was furnished the following proportion of products: + + Lb. per + Bushel. Per cent. + Flour. 44 73.3 + Middlings. 4 6.7 + Shipstuff. 2 3.3 + Bran. 10 16.7 + -- ----- + Total. 60 100.0 + + +These data furnish us a means of estimating the amount of the +different ingredients removed in the various products in one bushel of +wheat with the foregoing component parts. + + +FLOUR. + +The analysis of the flour shows us that the 44 lb. obtained from the +one bushel of grain would contain the following ingredients: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 5.834 + Ash. 0.167 + Albuminoids. 4.620 + Woody fiber. 0.532 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 33.391 + Fat. 0.453 + + +WHEAT MIDDLINGS. + +The middlings form the inner coating of the wheat grain, next the +floury or starchy portion, and contain particles of the germ and a +larger percentage of carbohydrates than either shipstuff or bran, and +a less proportion of fiber, while the percentage of albuminoids +usually stands between that of shipstuff and bran. The following data +are obtained from the 4 lb. procured from a bushel of wheat: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 0.562 + Ash. 0.138 + Albuminoids. 0.657 + Woody fiber. 0.142 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 2.307 + Fat. 0.193 + + +SHIPSTUFF. + +That part separated and known as shipstuff is a very thin layer next +outside of the middlings, and contains the germ not found in the +middlings or left as a part of the flour. The quantity produced, 2 lb. +from a bushel of wheat, is very small and rarely kept separate from +the bran. The following shows the analysis: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 0.282 + Ash. 0.101 + Albuminoids. 0.349 + Woody fiber. 0.160 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 1.088 + Fat. 0.099 + + +BRAN. + +Bran, the outer coating of the wheat, contains twice or three times as +much fiber as does either of the other products from wheat, and +proportionately less of each of the other ingredients except ash, +which is greater, perhaps partly due to foreign matter adhering to the +kernel. The following analysis shows the amount of constituents +removed by the bran (10 lb.) from one bushel of wheat: + + Lb. per Bushel + of Wheat. + Water. 1.459 + Ash. 0.506 + Albuminoids. 1.416 + Woody fiber. 1.000 + Carbo-hydrates (starchy matters). 5.277 + Ash. 0.342 + +From the foregoing milling products obtained from one bushel of wheat +of 60 lb. in weight, the ash on analysis gave the following +constituents, which shows the amount that was abstracted from the soil +by its growth: + + _____________________________________________________ + | + CONSTITUENTS FROM ONE BUSHEL OF WHEAT. | + _____________________________________________________| + | | | | | + |Nitrogen.|Phosphoric| Potash. | Lime. | + | | Acid. | | | + | | | | | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + | | | | | + Flour. | 0.739 | 0.092 | 0.054 | 0.013 | + Middlings. | 0.105 | 0.064 | 0.024 | 0.002 | + Shipstuff. | 0.056 | 0.044 | 0.021 | 0.003 | + Bran. | 0.228 | 0.251 | 0.083 | 0.012 | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + Totals. | 1.118 | 0.454 | 0.182 | 0.030 | + ____________|_________|__________|_________|_________| + + +Or we may express the results in another form, the amount contained in +one ton of straw, and the products of 30 bushels of wheat, which may +be reckoned as an average crop, expressing the amounts in pounds as +follows: + + + AMOUNTS OF SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN THIRTY + BUSHELS OF WHEAT AND ITS PROPORTION OF + STRAW. + _____________________________________________________ + | | | | | + |Nitrogen.|Phosphoric| Potash. | Lime. | + | | Acid. | | | + | | | | | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + | | | | | + Straw. | 11.20 | 2.67 | 13.76 | 6.20 | + Flour. | 22.17 | 2.76 | 1.62 | 0.39 | + Middlings. | 3.15 | 2.01 | 0.72 | 0.06 | + Shipstuff. | 1.68 | 1.32 | 0.63 | 0.09 | + Bran. | 6.84 | 7.53 | 2.49 | 0.36 | + +---------+----------+---------+---------+ + Totals. | 45.04 | 16.29 | 19.22 | 7.10 | + ____________|_________|__________|_________|_________| + + +From numerous investigations it has been found that in regard to the +nitrogen and the ash constituents, there is striking evidence of the +much greater influence of season than of manuring on the composition +of a ripened wheat plant, and especially of its final product--the +seed. Further, under equal circumstances the mineral composition of +the wheat grain, excepting in cases of very abnormal exhaustion, is +very little affected by different conditions as to manuring, provided +only that the grain is well and normally ripened. Again, it is found +that the composition may vary very greatly with variations of season, +that is, with variations in the conditions of seed formation and +maturation, upon which the organic composition of the grain depends. +In other words, differences in the mineral composition of the ripened +grain are associated with differences in its organic composition, and +hence the great value of proper selection both for seed and for +milling purposes. + + +AMERICAN WHEATS. + +In a comprehensive treatise on the composition of American wheats, Mr. +Clifford Richardson says we cannot attribute the poverty of American +wheats in nitrogen as a whole to an enhanced starch formation, and for +the following reasons: An enhanced formation of starch, there being no +poverty of nitrogen in the soil, increases the weight of the grain and +diminishes the relative percentage of nitrogen. Were this the cause of +the relatively low percentage of nitrogen in the American wheats, the +grain from the Eastern States, which are poorest in this respect, +would be heavier than those from the middle West, which are richer in +albuminoids; but this is not the case. Formation of starch is +attributed by Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert to the higher ripening +temperature in America, but Clifford Richardson has found that there +is scarcely any difference in composition or weight between wheats +from Canada and Alabama, and if anything those from Canada contain +more starch than those from the South, and the spring wheat from +Manitoba with its colder climate more than those from Dakota and +Minnesota, with its milder temperature. In Oregon is found a striking +example of the formation of starch and increase in the size of the +grain, at the relative expense of the nitrogen, due to climate, but +not to high ripening temperature. The average weight per hundred +grains of wheat from this State has been found to be 5.044 grains, and +the relative percentage of nitrogen 1.37, equivalent to 8.60 per cent. +of albuminoids. These are the extremes for America, and are due, as +has been said, to the enhanced formation of starch. This, however, is +said to be not owing to high ripening temperature, because most of the +specimens examined were grown west of the Cascade Range, which has an +extremely moist climate and a summer heat not exceeding 82 deg. F. for +any daily mean. The climate in another way, however, is, of course, +the cause, by producing luxuriant growth, as illustrated by all the +vegetation of the country. Numerous other analyses form illustrations +of the important effect of surroundings and season upon the storing up +of starch by the plant, and consequent relative changes in the +composition of the grain. + +As a whole, the poverty of American wheats in nitrogen, decreasing +toward the less exhausted lands of the West, seems to be due more to +influences of soil than of climate, while locally the influence of +season is found to be greater than that of manure, confirming the +conclusions of Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert. Also from the analyses of the +ash of different parts of the grain, as from the analyses of roller +milling products, we learn that a large percentage of ash +constituents, other things being equal, is indicative of large +proportion of bran, and consequently of a low percentage of +flour.--_The Miller._ + + * * * * * + + + + +PRECIOUS AND ORNAMENTAL STONES AND DIAMOND CUTTING.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Abstract from Census Bulletin No. 49, April, 1891.] + +By GEORGE FREDERICK KUNZ. + + +The statistics of this report are divided into two sections: First, +the discoveries and finds of precious stones in the United States and +the mineral specimens sold for museums and private collections or for +bric-a-brac purposes; second, the diamond cutting industry. + + +DISCOVERIES OF PRECIOUS STONES. + +Up to the present time there has been very little mining for precious +or semi-precious stones in the United States, and then only at +irregular periods. It has been carried on during the past few years at +Paris, Maine; near Los Cerrillos, New Mexico; in Alexander County, +North Carolina, from 1881 until 1888; and on the Missouri River near +Helena, Montana, since the beginning of 1890. True beryls and garnets +have been frequently found as a by-product in the mining of mica, +especially in Virginia and North Carolina. Some gems, such as the +chlorastrolite, thomsonite, and agates of Lake Superior, are gathered +on beaches, where they have fallen from rock which has gradually +disintegrated by weathering and wave action. + +_Diamond._--A very limited number of diamonds have been found in the +United States. They are met with in well-defined districts of +California, North Carolina, Georgia, and recently in Wisconsin, but up +to the present time the discoveries have been rare and purely +accidental. + +_Sapphire._--Of the corundum gems (sapphire, ruby, and other colored +varieties), no sapphires of fine blue color and no rubies of fine red +color have been found. The only locality which has been at all +prolific is the placer ground between Ruby and Eldorado bars, on the +Missouri River, sixteen miles east of Helena, Montana. Here sapphires +are found in glacial auriferous gravels while sluicing for gold, and +until now have been considered only a by-product. Up to the present +time they have never been systematically mined. In 1889 one company +took the option on four thousand acres of the river banks, and several +smaller companies have since been formed with a view of mining for +these gems alone or in connection with gold. The colors of the gems +obtained, although beautiful and interesting, are not the standard +blue or red shades generally demanded by the public. + +At Corundum Hill, Macon County, North Carolina, about one hundred gems +have been found during the last twenty years, some of good blue color +and some of good red color, but none exceeding $100 in value, and none +within the past ten years. + +_Beryl Gems._--Of the beryl gems (emerald, aquamarine, and yellow +beryl) the emerald has been mined to some extent at Stony Point in +Alexander County, North Carolina, and has also been obtained at two +other places in the county. Nearly everything found has come from the +Emerald and Hiddenite mines, where during the past decade emeralds +have been mined and cut into gems to the value of $1,000, and also +sold as mineralogical specimens to the value of $3,000; lithia +emerald, or hiddenite, to be cut into gems, $8,500, and for +mineralogical specimens, $1,500; rutile, cut and sold as gems, $150, +and as specimens, $50; and beryl, cut and sold as gems, $50. + +At an altitude of 14,000 feet, on Mount Antero, Colorado, during the +last three years, material has been found which has afforded $1,000 +worth of cut beryls. At Stoneham, Maine, about $1,500 worth of fine +aquamarine has been found, which was cut into gems. + +At New Milford, Connecticut, a property was extensively worked from +October, 1885, to May, 1886, for mica and beryl. The beryls were +yellow, green, blue, and white in color, the former being sold under +the name of "golden beryl." No work has been done at the mine since +then. In 1886 and 1887 there were about four thousand stones cut and +sold for some $15,000, the cutting of which cost about $3,000. + +_Turquoise._--This mineral, which was worked by the Aztecs before the +advent of the Spaniards, and since then by the Pueblo Indians, and +largely used by them for ornament and as an article of exchange, is +now systematically mined near Los Cerrillos, New Mexico. Its color is +blue, and its hardness is fully equal to that of the Persian, or +slightly greater, owing to impurities, but it lacks the softness of +color belonging to the Persian turquoise. + +From time immemorial this material has been rudely mined by the +Indians. Their method is to pour cold water on the rocks after +previously heating them by fires built against them. This process +generally deteriorates the color of the stone to some extent, tending +to change it to a green. The Indians barter turquoise with the Navajo, +Apache, Zuni, San Felipe, and other New Mexican tribes for their +baskets, blankets, silver ornaments, and ponies. + +_Garnet and Olivine (Peridot)._--The finest garnets and nearly all the +peridots found in the United States are obtained in the Navajo Nation, +in the northwestern part of New Mexico and the northeastern part of +Arizona, where they are collected from ant hills and scorpion nests by +Indians and by the soldiers stationed at adjacent forts. Generally +these gems are traded for stores to the Indians at Gallup, Fort +Defiance, Fort Wingate, etc., who in turn send them to large cities in +the East in parcels weighing from half an ounce to thirty or forty +pounds each. These garnets, which are locally known as Arizona and New +Mexico rubies, are the finest in the world, rivaling those from the +Cape of Good Hope. Fine gems weighing from two to three carats each +and upward when cut are not uncommon. The peridots found associated +with garnets are generally four or five times as large, and from their +pitted and irregular appearance have been called "Job's tears." They +can be cut into gems weighing three to four carats each, but do not +approach those from the Levant either in size or color. + +_Gold Quartz._--Since the discovery of gold in California, compact +gold quartz has been extensively used in the manufacture of jewelry, +at one time to the amount of $100,000 per annum. At present, however, +the demand has so much decreased that only from five to ten thousand +dollars' worth is annually used for this purpose. + +In addition to the minerals used for cabinet specimens, etc., there is +a great demand for making clocks, inkstands, and other objects. + +_Quartz._--During the year 1887 about half a ton of rock crystal, in +pieces weighing from a few pounds up to one hundred pounds each, was +found in decomposing granite in Chestnut Hill township, Ashe County, +North Carolina. One mass of twenty and one-half pounds was absolutely +pellucid, and more or less of the material was used for art purposes. +This lot of crystal was valued at $1,000. + +In Arkansas, especially in Garland and Montgomery Counties, rock +crystals are found lining cavities of variable size, and in one +instance thirty tons of crystals were found in a single cavity. These +crystals are mined by the farmers in their spare time and sold in the +streets of Hot Springs, their value amounting to some $10,000 +annually. Several thousand dollars' worth are cut from quartz into +charms and faceted stones, although ten times that amount of paste or +imitation diamonds are sold as Arkansas crystals. + +Rose quartz is found in the granitic veins of Oxford County, Maine, +and in 1887, 1888, and 1889 probably $500 worth of this material was +procured and worked into small spheres, dishes, charms, and other +ornamental objects. + +The well-known agatized and jasperized wood of Arizona is so much +richer in color than that obtained from any other known locality that, +since the problem of cutting and polishing the large sections used for +table tops and other ornamental purposes was solved, fully $50,000 +worth of the rough material has been gathered and over $100,000 worth +of it has been cut and polished. This wood, which was a very prominent +feature at the Paris Exposition, promises to become one of our richest +ornamental materials. + +Chlorastrolite in pebbles is principally found on the inside and +outside shores of Rock Harbor, a harbor about eight miles in length on +the east end of Isle Royale, Lake Superior, where they occur from the +size of a pin head to, rarely, the size of a pigeon's egg. When larger +than a pea they frequently are very poor in form or are hollow in +fact, and unfit for cutting into gems. They are collected in a +desultory manner, and are sold by jewelers of Duluth, Petoskey, and +other cities, principally to visitors. The annual sale ranges from +$200 to $1,000. + +Thomsonite in pebbles occurs with the chlorastrolite at Isle Royal, +but finer stones are found on the beach at Grand Marais, Cook County, +Minnesota. Like the chlorastrolites, they result from the weathering +of the amygdaloid rock, in which they occur as small nodules, and in +the same manner are sold by jewelers in the cities bordering on Lake +Superior to the extent of $200 to $1,000 worth annually. + + +THE DIAMOND CUTTING INDUSTRY. + +In New York there are sixteen firms engaged in cutting and recutting +diamonds, and in Massachusetts there are three. Cutting has also been +carried on at times in Pennsylvania and Illinois, but has been +discontinued. The firms that were fully employed were generally the +larger ones, whose business consisted chiefly in repairing chipped or +imperfectly cut stones or in recutting stones previously cut abroad, +which, owing to the superior workmanship in command here, could be +recut at a profit, or in recutting very valuable diamonds when it was +desired, with the certainty that the work could be done under their +own supervision, thus guarding against any possible loss by exchange +for inferior stones. + +The industry employed 236 persons, of whom 69 were under age, who +received $148,114 in wages. Of the 19 establishments, 16 used steam +power. The power is usually rented. Foot power is only used in one +establishment. Three of the firms are engaged in shaping black +diamonds for mechanical purposes, for glass cutters and engravers, or +in the manufacture of watch jewels. + +The diamonds used in this industry are all imported, for, as already +stated, diamonds are only occasionally found in the United States. + +The importation of rough and uncut diamonds in 1880 amounted to +$129,207, in 1889 to $250,187, and the total for the decade was +$3,133,529, while in 1883 there were imported $443,996 worth, showing +that there was 94 per cent. more cutting done in 1889 than 1880, but +markedly more in 1882 and 1883. This large increase of importation is +due to the fact that in the years 1882 to 1885 a number of our +jewelers opened diamond cutting establishments, but the cutting has +not been profitably carried on in this country on a scale large enough +to justify branch houses in London, the great market for rough +diamonds, where advantage can be taken of every fluctuation in the +market and large parcels purchased, which can be cut immediately and +converted into cash; for nothing is bought and sold on a closer margin +than rough diamonds. + +There has been a remarkable increase in the importation of precious +stones in this country in the last ten years. The imports from 1870 to +1879, inclusive, amounted to $26,698,203, whereas from 1880 to 1889, +inclusive, the imports amounted to $87,198,114, more than three times +as much as were imported the previous decade. + + * * * * * + + + + +SOME EXPERIMENTS ON THE ELECTRIC DISCHARGE IN VACUUM TUBES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: From a recent communication made to the Physical + Society, London.] + +By Prof. J.J. THOMSON, M.A., F.R.S. + + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--Coil of Glass Tube for Vacuum Discharge +Experiments. The primary coils are filled with mercury, the secondary +coils form continuous closed circuits.] + +The phenomena of vacuum discharges were, he said, greatly simplified +when their path was wholly gaseous, the complication of the dark space +surrounding the negative electrode and the stratifications so commonly +observed in ordinary vacuum tubes being absent. To produce discharges +in tubes devoid of electrodes was, however, not easy to accomplish, +for the only available means of producing an electromotive force in +the discharge circuit was by electromagnetic induction. Ordinary +methods of producing variable induction were valueless, and recourse +was had to the oscillatory discharge of a Leyden jar, which combines +the two essentials of a current whose maximum value is enormous, and +whose rapidity of alternation is immensely great. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Spiral +Consisting of a Coiled Glass Tube Containing Mercury.] + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--Exhausted Bulb Surrounded by Primary Coils, +Inclosed in Bell Jar.] + +The discharge circuits, which may take the shape of bulbs, or of tubes +bent in the form of coils, were placed in close proximity to glass +tubes filled with mercury, which formed the path of the oscillatory +discharge. The parts thus corresponded to the windings of an induction +coil, the vacuum tubes being the secondary and the tubes filled with +the mercury the primary. In such an apparatus the Leyden jar need not +be large, and neither primary nor secondary need have many turns, for +this would increase the self-induction of the former and lengthen the +discharge path in the latter. Increasing self-induction of the primary +reduces the E.M.F. induced in the secondary, while lengthening the +secondary does not increase the E.M.F. per unit length. Two or three +turns (Fig. 1) in each were found to be quite sufficient, and on +discharging the Leyden jar between two highly polished knobs in the +primary circuit, a plain uniform band of light was seen to pass round +the secondary. An exhausted bulb (Fig. 2) containing traces of oxygen +was placed within a primary spiral of three turns, and, on passing the +jar discharge, a circle of light was seen within the bulb in close +proximity to the primary circuit, accompanied by a purplish glow, +which lasted for a second or more. On heating the bulb the duration of +the glow was greatly diminished, and it could be instantly +extinguished by the presence of an electromagnet. Another exhausted +bulb (Fig. 3), surrounded by a primary spiral, was contained in a bell +jar, and when the pressure of air in the jar was about that of the +atmosphere the secondary discharge occurred in the bulb, as is +ordinarily the case. On exhausting the jar, however, the luminous +discharge grew fainter, and a point was reached at which no secondary +discharge was visible. Further exhaustion of the jar caused the +secondary discharge to appear outside the bulb. The fact of obtaining +no luminous discharge either in the bulb or jar the author could only +explain on two suppositions, viz., that under the conditions then +existing the specific inductive capacity of the gas was very great, or +that a discharge could pass without being luminous. The author had +also observed that the conductivity of a vacuum tube without +electrodes increased as the pressure diminished until a certain point +was reached, and afterward diminished again, thus showing that the +high resistance of a nearly perfect vacuum is in no way due to the +presence of the electrodes. One peculiarity of the discharges was +their local nature, the rings of light being much more sharply defined +than was to be expected. They were also found to be most easily +produced when the chain of molecules in the discharge were all of the +same kind. For example, a discharge could be easily sent through a +tube many feet long, but the introduction of a small pellet of mercury +in the tube stopped the discharge, although the conductivity of the +mercury was much greater than that of the vacuum. In some cases he had +noticed that a very fine wire placed within a tube on the side remote +from the primary circuit would prevent a luminous discharge in that +tube. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4.--Exhausted Secondary Coil of One Loop +Containing Bulbs. The discharge passed along the inner side of the +bulbs, the primary coils being placed within the secondary.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURE OF PHOSPHORUS. + + +Dr. Readman, at the May meeting of the Glasgow Section of the Society +of Chemical Industry, gave a description of the new works and plant +which have been erected at Wolverhampton for the manufacture of +phosphorus by the Readman-Parker patents. The process consists in +decomposing the mixture of phosphoric acid, or acid phosphates and +carbon, by the heat of the electric arc embedded in the mass. + + * * * * * + + + + +LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH LINE. + + +The 1st Division of the Royal Engineers, Telegraph Battalion, now +encamped at Chevening, close to Lord Stanhope's park, as a summer +exercise is engaged in running a military telegraph field line from +Aldershot to Chatham. Along the whole of the line the wire is +supported on light fir and bamboo poles. The work has been carried out +with unusual celerity. From Aldershot to Chevening, a distance of +fifty miles, the line was erected in a day and a quarter, or under +thirty hours, the detachments employed having worked or marched all +night. This is, it is said, the greatest length of telegraph line ever +laid within so short a time. The result cannot fail to be useful, for +by the new line communication is now established both by telegraph and +telephone between Aldershot and Chatham. For laying such telegraph +lines to accompany calvary, a light cable is made use of. This is +carried on reels on a wheeled cart, and can be laid at the rate of six +to seven miles an hour. The Telegraph Battalion of the Royal Engineers +comprises two divisions. One is employed in time of peace under the +Post Office in the construction and maintenance of postal lines; the +other, stationed at Aldershot, is equipped with field telegraph +material.--_Daily Graphic._ + +[Illustration: LAYING A MILITARY FIELD TELEGRAPH LINE.] + + * * * * * + + + + +AN ELECTROSTATIC SAFETY DEVICE. + + +This device, as shown in the accompanying illustration, is a glass +cylinder fixed on an ebonite base, and closed at the top by an ebonite +cap. A solid brass rod runs from top to bottom, and near the bottom, +and at right angles to it, is fixed a smaller adjustable rod, +terminating in a flat head. Opposite to this flat disk there is a +brass strip secured to the ebonite cap. From the top of this brass +strip hangs a gold or aluminum foil. The foil and strip are placed to +earth, and the solid brass rod is connected to the circuit to be +protected. Should the difference of potential between the foil and the +terminal opposite to it attain more than a certain amount, +electrostatic attraction will cause the foil to touch the disk and +place the circuit to earth. The apparatus, which is a modification of +the Cardew earthing device, is constructed by Messrs. Drake & Gorham, +of Victoria Street.--_The Electrician_. + +[Illustration.] + + * * * * * + + + + +EXPERIMENTS WITH HIGH TENSION ALTERNATING CURRENTS. + + +Messrs. Siemens and Halske, of Berlin, recently invited the members of +the Elektrotechnische Verein of that city to their works to witness +the demonstration of a series of experiments on alternating currents +under a pressure of 20,000 volts. In order to show that the desired +pressure was really _en evidence_, the high tension was conducted +through a pair of wires of only 0.2 mm. diameter to a battery of 200 +100-volt incandescent lamps, all connected up in series. An ordinary +Siemens electric light cable was inserted, and broke down at a +pressure of some 15,000 volts. + +At the end of the meeting a few experiments on the formation of the +arc under this enormous pressure were shown. The sparking distance +varied considerably, according to the shape of the electrodes. At +20,000 volts a spark jumped from a ball to a ball about 10 +millimeters, while between two points a sparking distance of 30 +millimeters, and sometimes even more, was reached. This arc is shown +half size in the accompanying engraving. + +[Illustration: A 20,000 VOLT ALTERNATING ARC (half size).] + +The arc which followed the jumping over of a spark made a loud humming +and clapping noise, and flapped about, being easily carried away by +the slightest draught. The arc could be drawn out horizontally to +something like 100 millimeters distance between the electrodes, and +even to a distance of 150 millimeters, when carbon pencils were used +as electrodes, but it always remained standing up in a point. +--_Electrical Engineer._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE RELATION OF BACTERIA TO PRACTICAL SURGERY.[1] + + [Footnote 1: The address in surgery delivered before the Medical + Society of the State of Pennsylvania, June 4, 1890.] + +By JOHN B. ROBERTS, A.M., M.D., Professor of Surgery in the Woman's +Medical College and in the Philadelphia Polyclinic. + + +The revolution which has occurred in practical surgery since the +discovery of the relation of micro-organisms to the complications +occurring in wounds has caused me to select this subject for +discussion. Although many of my hearers are familiar with the germ +theory of disease, it is possible that it may interest some of them to +have put before them in a short address a few points in bacteriology +which are of value to the practical surgeon. + +It must be remembered that the groups of symptoms which were formerly +classed under the heads "inflammatory fever," "symptomatic fever," +"traumatic fever," "hectic fever," and similar terms, varying in name +with the surgeon speaking of them, or with the location of the +disease, are now known to be due to the invasion of the wound by +microscopic plants. These bacteria, after entering the blood current +at the wound, multiply with such prodigious rapidity that the whole +system gives evidence of their existence. Suppuration of wounds is +undoubtedly due to these organisms, as is tubercular disease, whether +of surgical or medical character. Tetanus, erysipelas, and many other +surgical conditions have been almost proved to be the result of +infection by similar microscopic plants, which, though acting in the +same way, have various forms and life histories. + +A distinction must be made between the "yeast plants," one of which +produces thrush, and the "mould plants," the existence of which, as +parasites in the skin, gives rise to certain cutaneous diseases. These +two classes of germs are foreign to the present topic, which is +surgery; and I shall, therefore, confine my remarks to that group of +vegetable parasites to which the term bacteria has been given. These +are the micro-organisms whose actions and methods of growth +particularly concern the surgeon. The individual plants are so minute +that it takes in the neighborhood of ten or fifteen hundred of them +grouped together to cover a spot as large as a full stop or period +used in punctuating an ordinary newspaper. This rough estimate applies +to the globular and the egg-shaped bacteria, to which is given the +name "coccus" (plural, cocci). The cane or rod shaped bacteria are +rather larger plants. Fifteen hundred of these placed end to end would +reach across the head of a pin. Because of the resemblance of these +latter to a walking stick they have been termed bacillus (plural, +bacilli). + +The bacteria most interesting to the surgeon belong to the cocci and +the bacilli. There are other forms which bacteriologists have dubbed +with similar descriptive names, but they are more interesting to the +physician than to the surgeon. Many micro-organisms, whether cocci, +bacilli, or of other shapes, are harmless, hence they are called +non-pathogenic, to distinguish them from the disease-producing or +pathogenic germs. + +As many trees have the same shape and a similar method of growing, but +bear different fruits--in the one case edible and in the other +poisonous--so, too, bacteria may look alike to the microscopist's eye, +and grow much in the same way, but one will cause no disease, while +the other will produce perhaps tuberculosis of the lungs or brain. + +Many scores of bacteria have been, by patient study, differentiated +from their fellows and given distinctive names. Their nomenclature +corresponds in classification and arrangement with the nomenclature +adopted in different departments of botany. Thus we have the +pus-causing chain coccus (streptococcus pyogenes), so-called because +it is globular in shape, because it grows with the individual plants +attached to each other, or arranged in a row like a chain of beads on +a string, and because it produces pus. In a similar way we have the +pus-causing grape coccus of a golden color (staphylococcus pyogenes +aureus). It grows with the individual plants arranged somewhat after +the manner of a bunch of grapes, and when millions of them are +collected together, the mass has a golden yellow hue. Again, we have +the bacillus tuberculosis, the rod-shaped plant which is known to +cause tuberculosis of the lungs, joints, brain, etc. + +It is hardly astonishing that these fruitful sources of disease have +so long remained undetected, when their microscopic size is borne in +mind. That some of them do cause disease is indisputable, since +bacteriologists have, by their watchful and careful methods, separated +almost a single plant from its surroundings and congeners, planted it +free from all contamination, and observed it produce an infinitesimal +brood of its own kind. Animals and patients inoculated with the plants +thus cultivated have rapidly become subjects of the special disease +which the particular plant was supposed to produce. + +The difficulty of such investigation becomes apparent when it is +remembered that under the microscope many of these forms of vegetable +life are identical in appearance, and it is only by observing their +growth when in a proper soil that they can be distinguished from each +other. In certain cases it is quite difficult to distinguish them by +the physical appearances produced during their growth. Then it is only +after an animal has been inoculated with them that the individual +parasite can be accurately recognized and called by name. It is known +then by the results which it is capable of producing. + +The various forms of bacteria are recognized, as I have said, by their +method of growth and by their shape. Another means of recognition is +their individual peculiarity of taking certain dyes, so that special +plants can be recognized, under the microscope, by the color which a +dye gives to them, and which they refuse to give up when treated with +chemical substances which remove the stain from, or bleach, all the +other tissues which at first have been similarly stained. + +The similarity between bacteria and the ordinary plants with which +florists are familiar is, indeed, remarkable. Bacteria grow in animal +and other albuminous fluids; but it is just as essential for them to +have a suitable soil as it is for the corn or wheat that the farmer +plants in his field. By altering the character of the albuminous fluid +in which the micro-organism finds its subsistence, these small plants +can be given a vigorous growth, or may be actually starved to death. +The farmer knows that it is impossible for him to grow the same crop +year after year in the same field, and he is, therefore, compelled to +rotate his crops. So it is with the microscopic plants which we are +considering. + +After a time the culture fluid or soil becomes so exhausted of its +needed constituents, by the immense number of plants living in it, +that it is unfit for their life and development. Then this particular +form will no longer thrive; but some other form of bacterium may find +in it the properties required for functional activity, and may grow +vigorously. It is probable that exhaustion or absence of proper soil +is an important agent in protecting man from sickness due to infection +from bacteria. The ever-present bacteria often gain access to man's +blood through external wounds, or through the lungs and digestive +tracts; but unless a soil suited for their development is found in its +fluids, the plants will not grow. If they do not grow and increase in +numbers, they can do little harm. + +Again, there are certain bacteria which are so antagonistic to each +other that it is impossible to make them grow in company, or to +co-exist in the blood of the same individual. For example, an animal +inoculated with erysipelas germs cannot be successfully inoculated +immediately afterward with the germs of malignant pustule. This +antagonism is illustrated by the impossibility of having a good crop +of grain in a field overrun with daisies. + +On the other hand, however, there are some micro-organisms which +flourish luxuriantly when planted together in the same fluid, somewhat +after the manner of pumpkins and Indian corn growing between the same +fence rails. Others seem unwilling to grow alone, and only flourish +when planted along with other germs. It is very evident, therefore, +that bacteriology is a branch of botany, and that nature shows the +same tendencies in these minute plants as it does in the larger +vegetable world visible to our unaided eyes. + +As the horticulturist is able to alter the character of his plants by +changing the circumstances under which they live, so can the +bacteriologist change the vital properties and activities of bacteria +by chemical and other manipulations of the culture substances in which +these organisms grow. The power of bacteria to cause pathological +changes may thus be weakened and attenuated; in other words, their +functional power for evil is taken from them by alterations in the +soil. The pathogenic, or disease producing, power may be increased by +similar, though not identical, alterations. The rapidity of their +multiplication may be accelerated, or they may be compelled to lie +dormant and inactive for a time; and, on the other hand, by exhausting +the constituents of the soil upon which they depend for life, they may +be killed. + +It is a most curious fact, also, that it is possible by selecting and +cultivating only the lighter colored specimens of a certain purple +bacterium for the bacteriologist to obtain finally a plant which is +nearly white, but which has the essential characteristics of the +original purple fungus. In this we see the same power which the +florist has to alter the color of the petals of his flowers by various +methods of selective breeding. + +The destruction of bacteria by means of heat and antiseptics is the +essence of modern surgery. It is, then, by preventing access of these +parasitic plants to the human organism (aseptic surgery), or the +destruction of them by chemical agents and heat (antiseptic surgery), +that we are enabled to invade by operative attack regions of the body +which a few years ago were sacred. + +When the disease-producing bacteria gain access to the tissues and +blood of human and other animals by means of wounds, or through an +inflamed pulmonary or alimentary mucous membrane, they produce +pathological effects, provided there is not sufficient resistance and +health power in the animal's tissues to antagonize successfully the +deleterious influence of the invading parasitic fungus. It is the +rapid multiplication of the germs which furnishes a _continuous_ +irritation that enables them to have such a disastrous effect upon the +tissues of the animal. If the tissues had only the original dose of +microbes to deal with, the warfare between health and disease would be +less uncertain in outcome. Victory would usually be on the side of the +tissues and health. The immediate cause of the pathogenic influence is +probably the chemical excretions which are given out by these +microscopic organisms. All plants and animals require a certain number +of substances to be taken into their organisms for preservation of +their vital activities. After these substances have been utilized +there occurs a sort of excretion of other chemical products. It is +probably the excretions of many millions of micro-organisms, +circulating in the blood, which give rise to the disease +characteristic of the fungus with which the animal has been infected. +The condition called sapraemia, or septic intoxication, for example, is +undoubtedly due to the entrance of the excretory products of +putrefaction bacteria into the circulation. This can be proved by +injecting into an animal a small portion of these products obtained +from cultures of germs of putrefaction. Characteristic symptoms will +at once be exhibited. + +Septicaemia is a similar condition due to the presence of the +putrefactive organisms themselves, and hence of their products, or +ptomaines, also in the blood. The rapidity of their multiplication in +this albuminous soil and the great amount of excretion from these +numerous fungi make the condition more serious than sapraemia. +Clinically, the two conditions occur together. + +The rapidity with which symptoms may arise after inoculation of small +wounds with a very few germs will be apparent, when it is stated that +one parasitic plant of this kind may, by its rapidity of +multiplication, give rise to fifteen or sixteen million individuals +within twenty-four hours. The enormous increase which takes place +within three or four days is almost incalculable. It has been +estimated that a certain bacillus, only about one thousandth of an +inch in length, could, under favorable conditions, develop a brood of +progeny in less than four days which would make a mass of fungi +sufficient to fill all the oceans of the world, if they each had a +depth of one mile. + +Bacteria are present everywhere. They exist in the water, earth, air, +and within our respiratory and digestive tracts. Our skin is covered +with millions of them, as is every article about us. They can +circulate in the lymph and blood and reach every tissue and part of +our organisms by passing through the walls of the capillaries. +Fortunately, they require certain conditions of temperature, moisture, +air, and organic food for existence and for the preservation of their +vital activities. + +If the surroundings are too hot, too cold, or too dry, or if they are +not supplied with a proper quantity and quality of food, the bacterium +becomes inactive until the surrounding circumstances change; or it may +die absolutely. The spores, which finally become full-fledged +bacteria, are able to stand a more unfavorable environment than the +adult bacteria. Many spores and adults, however, perish. Each kind of +bacterium requires its own special environment to permit it to grow +and flourish. The frequency with which an unfavorable combination of +circumstances occurs limits greatly the disease-producing power of the +pathogenic bacteria. + +Many bacteria, moreover, are harmless and do not produce disease, even +when present in the blood and tissues. Besides this, the white blood +cells are perpetually waging war against the bacteria in our bodies. +They take the bacteria into their interiors and render them harmless +by eating them up, so to speak. They crowd together and form a wall of +white blood cells around the place where the bacteria enter the +tissue, thus forming a barrier to cut off the blood supply to the +germs and, perhaps, to prevent them from entering the general blood +current. + +The war between the white blood cells and the bacteria is a bitter +one. Many bacteria are killed; but, on the other hand, the life of +many blood cells is sacrificed by the bacteria poisoning them with +ptomaines. The tissue cells, if healthy, offer great resistance to the +attacks of the army of bacteria. Hence, if the white cells are +vigorous and abundant at the site of the battle, defeat may come to +the bacteria; and the patient suffer nothing from the attempt of these +vegetable parasites to harm him. If, on the other hand, the tissues +have a low resistive power, because of general debility of the +patient, or of a local debility of the tissues themselves, and the +white cells be weak and not abundant, the bacteria will gain the +victory, get access to the general blood current, and invade every +portion of the organism. Thus, a general or a local disease will be +caused; varying with the species of bacteria with which the patient +has been affected, and the degree of resistance on the part of the +tissues. + +From what has been stated it must be evident that the bacterial origin +of disease depends upon the presence of a disease-producing fungus and +a diminution of the normal healthy tissue resistance to bacterial +invasion. If there is no fungus present, the disease caused by such +fungus cannot develop. If the fungus be present and the normal or +healthy tissue resistance be undiminished, it is probable that disease +will not occur. As soon, however, as overwork, injury of a mechanical +kind, or any other cause diminishes the local or general resistance of +the tissues and individual, the bacteria get the upper hand, and are +liable to produce their malign effect. + +Many conditions favor the bacterial attack. The patient's tissues may +have an inherited peculiarity, which renders it easy for the bacteria +to find a good soil for development; an old injury or inflammation may +render the tissues less resistant than usual; the point, at which +inoculation has occurred may have certain anatomical peculiarities +which make it a good place in which bacteria may multiply; the blood +may have undergone certain chemical changes which render it better +soil than usual for the rapid growth of these parasitic plants. + +The number of bacteria originally present makes a difference also. It +is readily understood that the tissues and white blood cells would +find it more difficult to repel the invasion of an army of a million +microbes than the attack of a squad of ten similar fungi. I have said +that the experimenter can weaken and augment the virulence of bacteria +by manipulating their surroundings in the laboratory. It is probable +that such a change occurs in nature. If so, some bacteria are more +virulent than others of the same species; some less virulent. A few of +the less virulent disposition would be more readily killed by the +white cells and tissues than would a larger number of the more +virulent ones. At other times the danger from microbic infection is +greater because there are two species introduced at the same time; and +these two multiply more vigorously when together than when separated. +There are, in fact, two allied hosts trying to destroy the blood cells +and tissues. This occurs when the bacteria of putrefaction and the +bacteria of suppuration are introduced into the tissues at the same +time. The former cause sapraemia and septicaemia, the latter cause +suppuration. The bacteria of tuberculosis are said to act more +viciously if accompanied by the bacteria of putrefaction. +Osteomyelitis is of greater severity, it is believed, if due to a +mixed infection with both the white and golden grape-coccus of +suppuration. + +I have previously mentioned that the bacteria of malignant pustule are +powerless to do harm when the germs of erysipelas are present in the +tissues and blood. This is an example of the way in which one species +of bacteria may actually aid the white cells, or leucocytes, and the +tissues in repelling an invasion of disease-producing microbes. + +Having occupied a portion of the time allotted to me in giving a crude +and hurried account of the characteristics of bacteria, let me +conclude my address by discussing the relation of bacteria to the +diseases most frequently met with by the surgeon. + +Mechanical irritations produce a very temporary and slight +inflammation, which rapidly subsides, because of the tendency of +nature to restore the parts to health. Severe injuries, therefore, +will soon become healed and cured if no germs enter the wound. + +Suppuration of operative and accidental wounds was, until recently, +supposed to be essential. We now know, however, that wounds will not +suppurate if kept perfectly free from one of the dozen forms of +bacteria that are known to give rise to the formation of pus. + +The doctrine of present surgical pathology is that suppuration will +not take place if pus-forming bacteria are kept out of the wound, +which will heal by first intention without inflammation and without +inflammatory fever. + +In making this statement I am not unaware that there is a certain +amount of fever following various severe wounds within twenty-four +hours, even when no suppuration occurs. This wound fever, however, is +transitory; not high; and entirely different from the prolonged +condition of high temperature formerly observed nearly always after +operations and injuries. The occurrence of this "inflammatory," +"traumatic," "surgical," or "symptomatic" fever, as it was formerly +called, means that the patient has been subjected to the poisonous +influence of putrefactive germs, the germs of suppuration, or both. + +We now know why it is that certain cases of suppuration are not +circumscribed but diffuse, so that the pus dissects up the fascias and +muscles and destroys with great rapidity the cellular tissue. This +form of suppuration is due to a particular form of bacterium called +the pus-causing "chain coccus." Circumscribed abscesses, however, are +due to one or more of the other pus-causing micro-organisms. + +How much more intelligent is this explanation than the old one that +diffuse abscesses depended upon some curious characteristic of the +patient. It is a satisfaction to know that the two forms of abscess +differ because they are the result of inoculation with different +germs. It is practically a fact that wherever there is found a diffuse +abscess there will be discovered the streptococcus pyogenes, which is +the name of the chain coccus above mentioned. + +So, also, is it easy now to understand the formation of what the old +surgeons called "cold" abscesses, and to account for the difference in +appearance of its puriform secretion from the pus of acute abscesses. +Careful search in the fluid coming from such "cold" abscesses reveals +the presence of the bacillus of tuberculosis, and proves that a "cold" +abscess is not a true abscess, but a lesion of local tuberculosis. + +Easy is it now to understand the similarity between the "cold abscess" +of the cervical region and the "cold abscess" of the lung in a +phthisical patient. Both of them are, in fact, simply the result of +invasion of the tissues with the ubiquitous tubercle bacillus; and are +not due to pus-forming bacteria. + +Formerly it was common to speak of the scrofulous diathesis, and +attempts were made to describe the characteristic appearance of the +skin and hair pertaining to persons supposed to be of scrofulous +tendencies. The attempt was unsuccessful and unsatisfactory. The +reason is now clear, because it is known that the brunette or the +blond, the old or the young, may become infected with the tubercle +bacillus. Since the condition depends upon whether one or the other +become infected with the generally present bacillus of tubercle, it is +evident that there can be no distinctive diathesis. It is more than +probable, moreover, that the cutaneous disease so long described as +lupus vulgaris is simply a tubercular ulcer of the skin, and not a +special disease of unknown causation. + +The metastatic abscesses of pyaemia are clearly explained when the +surgeon remembers that they are simply due to a softened blood clot +containing pus-causing germs being carried through the circulation and +lodged in some of the small capillaries. + +A patient suffering with numerous boils upon his skin has often been a +puzzle to his physician, who has in vain attempted to find some cause +for the trouble in the general health alone. Had he known that every +boil owed its origin to pus bacteria, which had infected a sweat gland +or hair follicle, the treatment would probably have been more +efficacious. The suppuration is due to pus germs either lodged upon +the surface of the skin from the exterior or deposited from the +current of blood in which they have been carried to the spot. + +I have not taken time to go into a discussion of the methods by which +the relationship of micro-organisms to surgical affections has been +established; but the absolute necessity for every surgeon to be fully +alive to the inestimable value of aseptic and antiseptic surgery has +led me to make the foregoing statements as a sort of _resume_ of the +relation of the germ theory of disease to surgical practice. It is +clearly the duty of every man who attempts to practice surgery to +prevent, by every means in his power, the access of germs, whether of +suppuration, putrefaction, erysipelas, tubercle, tetanus, or any other +disease, to the wounds of a patient. This, as we all know, can be done +by absolute bacteriological cleanliness. It is best, however, not to +rely solely upon absolute cleanliness, which is almost unattainable, +but to secure further protection by the use of heat and antiseptic +solutions. I am fully of the opinion that chemical antiseptics would +be needless if absolute freedom from germs was easily obtained. When I +know that even such an enthusiast as I myself is continually liable to +forget or neglect some step in this direction, I feel that the +additional security of chemical antisepsis is of great value. It is +difficult to convince the majority of physicians, and even ourselves, +that to touch a finger to a door knob, to an assistant's clothing, or +to one's own body, may vitiate the entire operation by introducing one +or two microbic germs into the wound. + +An illustration of how carefully the various steps of an operation +should be guarded is afforded by the appended rules, which I have +adopted at the Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia for the guidance of +the assistants and nurses. If such rules were taught every medical +student and every physician entering practice as earnestly as the +paragraphs of the catechism are taught the Sunday school pupil (and +they certainly ought to be so taught) the occurrence of suppuration, +hectic fever, septicaemia, pyaemia, and surgical erysipelas would be +practically unknown. Death, then, would seldom occur after surgical +operations, except from hemorrhage, shock, or exhaustion. + +I have taken the liberty of bringing here a number of culture tubes +containing beautiful specimens of some of the more common and +interesting bacteria. The slimy masses seen on the surfaces of jelly +contained in the tubes are many millions of individual plants, which +have aggregated themselves in various forms as they have been +developed as the progeny of the few parent cells planted in the jelly +as a nutrient medium or soil. + +With this feeble plea, Mr. President and members of the Society, I +hope to create a realization of the necessity for knowledge and +interest in the direction of bacteriology; for this is the foundation +of modern surgery. There is, unfortunately, a good deal of abominable +work done under the names of antiseptic and aseptic surgery, because +the simplest facts of bacteriology are not known to the operator. + +_Rules to be observed in Operations at Dr. Roberts' Clinic at the +Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia._--After wounds or operations high +temperature usually, and suppuration always, is due to blood +poisoning, which is caused by infection with vegetable parasites +called bacteria. + +These parasites ordinarily gain access to the wound from the skin of +the patient, the finger nails or hands of the operator or his +assistants, the ligatures, sutures, or dressings. + +Suppuration and high temperature should not occur after operation +wounds if no suppuration has existed previously. + +Bacteria exist almost everywhere as invisible particles in the dust; +hence, everything that touches or comes into even momentary contact +with the wound must be germ-free--technically called "sterile." + +A sterilized condition of the operator, the assistant, the wound, +instruments, etc., is obtained by removing all bacteria by means of +absolute surgical cleanliness (asepsis), and by the use of those +chemical agents which destroy the bacteria not removed by cleanliness +itself (antisepsis). + +Surgical cleanliness differs from the housewife's idea of cleanliness +in that its details seem frivolous, because it aims at the removal of +microscopic particles. Stains, such as housewives abhor, if germ-free, +are not objected to in surgery. + +The hands and arms, and especially the finger nails, of the surgeon, +assistants, and nurses should be well scrubbed with hot water and +soap, by means of a nail brush, immediately before the operation. The +patient's body about the site of the proposed operation should be +similarly scrubbed with a brush and cleanly shaved. Subsequently the +hands of the operator, assistants, and nurses, and the field of +operation should be immersed in, or thoroughly washed with, corrosive +sublimate solution (1:1,000 or 1:2,000). Finger rings, bracelets, +bangles, and cuffs worn by the surgeon, assistants, or nurses must be +removed before the cleansing is begun; and the clothing covered by a +clean white apron, large enough to extend from neck to ankles and +provided with sleeves. + +The instruments should be similarly scrubbed with hot water and soap, +and all particles of blood and pus from any previous operation removed +from the joints. After this they should be immersed for at least +fifteen minutes in a solution of beta-naphthol (1:2,500), which must +be sufficiently deep to cover every portion of the instruments. After +cleansing the instruments with soap and water, baking in a temperature +a little above the boiling point of water is the best sterilizer. +During the operation the sterilized instruments should be kept in a +beta-naphthol solution and returned to it when the operator is not +using them. + +[The antiseptic solutions mentioned here are too irritating for use in +operations within the abdomen and pelvis. Water made sterile by +boiling is usually the best agent for irrigating these cavities, and +for use on instruments and sponges. The instruments and sponges must +be previously well sterilized.] + +Sponges should be kept in a beta-naphthol or a corrosive sublimate +solution during the operation. After the blood from the wound has been +sponged away, they should be put in another basin containing the +antiseptic solution, and cleansed anew before being used again. The +antiseptic sutures and ligatures should be similarly soaked in +beta-naphthol solution during the progress of the operation. + +No one should touch the wound but the operator and his first +assistant. No one should touch the sponges but the operator, his first +assistant, and the nurse having charge of them. No one should touch +the already prepared ligatures or instruments except the surgeon and +his first or second assistants. + +None but those assigned to the work are expected to handle +instruments, sponges, dressings, etc., during the operation. + +When any one taking part in the operation touches an object not +sterilized, such as a table, a tray, or the ether towel, he should not +be allowed to touch the instruments, the dressings, or the ligatures +until his hands have been again sterilized. It is important that the +hands of the surgeon, his assistants, and nurses should not touch any +part of his own body, nor of the patient's body, except at the +sterilized seat of operation, because infection may be carried to the +wound. Rubbing the head or beard or wiping the nose requires immediate +disinfection of the hands to be practiced. + +The trailing ends of ligatures and sutures should never be allowed to +touch the surgeon's clothing or to drag upon the operating table, +because such contact may occasionally, though not always, pick up +bacteria which may cause suppuration in the wound. + +Instruments which fall upon the floor should not be again used until +thoroughly disinfected. + +The clothing of the patient, in the vicinity of the part to be +operated upon, and the blanket and sheets used there to keep him warm, +should be covered with dry sublimate towels. All dressings should be +kept safe from infection by being stored in glass jars, or wrapped in +dry sublimate towels. + + * * * * * + + + + +INFLUENCE OF REPOSE ON THE RETINA. + + +Some interesting researches have lately been published in an Italian +journal concerning the influence of repose on the sensitiveness of the +retina (a nervous network of the eye) to light and color. The +researches in question--those of Bassevi--appear to corroborate +investigations which were made some years ago by other observers. In +the course of the investigations the subject experimented upon was +made to remain in a dark room for a period varying in extent from +fifteen to twenty minutes. The room was darkened, it is noted, by +means of heavy curtains, through which the light could not penetrate. +After the eyes of the subject had thus been rested in the darkness, it +was noted that the sensitiveness of his sight had been increased +threefold. The mere sense of light itself had increased eighteen +times. It was further noted that the sensitiveness to light rays, +after the eye had been rested, was developed in a special order; the +first color which was recognized being red, then followed yellow, +while green and blue respectively succeeded. If color fatigue was +produced in the eye by a glass of any special hue, it was found that +the color in question came last in the series in point of recognition. +The first of these experiments, regarded from a practical point of +view, would appear to consist in an appreciation of the revivifying +power of darkness as regards the sight. The color purple of the retina +is known to become redeveloped in darkness; and it is probable, +therefore, that the alternation of day and night is a physical and +external condition with which the sight of animals is perfectly in +accord. + + * * * * * + + + + +SUN DIALS. + + +An article on the subject, recently published by us, has gained for us +the communication of two very interesting sun dials, which we shall +describe. The first, which we owe to the kindness of General Jancigny, +is of the type of the circular instrument, of which we explained the +method of using in our preceding article. The hour here is likewise +deduced from the height of the sun converted into a horary angle by +the instrument itself; but the method by which such conversion +operates is a little different. Fig. 1 shows the instrument open for +observation. We find here the meridian circle, M, and the equator E, +of the diagram shown in Fig. 3 (No. 4); but the circle with alidade is +here replaced by a small aperture movable in a slide that is placed in +a position parallel with the axis of the world. Upon this slide are +marked, on one side, the initials of the names of the months and on +the other side the corresponding signs of the zodiac. The sun +apparently describing a circle around the axis, PP¹, the rays passing +through a point of the axis (small aperture of the slide) will travel +over a circular cone around such axis. If, then, the apparatus be so +suspended that the circle, M, shall be in the meridian, the slide +parallel with the earth's axis, and the circle, E, at right angles +with the slide, the pencil of solar light passing through the aperture +will describe, in one day, a cone having the slide for an axis; that +is to say, concentric with the equator circle. If, moreover, the +aperture is properly placed, the luminous pencil will pass through the +equator circle itself; to this effect, the aperture should be in a +position such that the angle, a (Fig. 3, No. 4), may be equal to the +declination of the sun on the day of observation. It is precisely to +this end that the names of the months are inscribed upon the slide.... + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--TRAVELER'S SUN DIAL.] + +The accessories of the instrument are as follows: A ring with a pivot +for suspending the meridian circle, and the position of which, given +by a division in degrees marked upon this circle, must correspond with +the latitude of the place; two stops serving to fix the position of +the equator circle; finally the latitude of various cities. The +instrument was constructed at Paris, by Butterfield, probably in the +last quarter of the eighteenth century. + +The second instrument, which is of the same nature as the cubical sun +dial--that is to say, with horary angle--is, unlike the latter, a true +trinket, as interesting as a work of art as it is as an astronomical +instrument. It is a little mandolin of gilded brass, and is shown of +actual size in Fig. 2. The cover, which is held by a hook, may be +placed in a vertical position, in which it is held by a second hook. +It bears in the interior the date 1612. This is the only explicit +historic datum that this little masterpiece reveals to us. Its maker, +who was certainly an artist, and, as we shall see, also a man of +science, had the modesty not to inscribe his name in it. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--SUN DIAL IN THE FORM OF A MANDOLIN, +CONSTRUCTED IN 1612.] + +No. 2 of Fig. 3 represents the instrument open. It rests upon the tail +piece and neck of the mandolin. The cover is exactly vertical. The +bottom of the mandolin is closed by a horizontal silver plate, +beneath which is soldered the box of a compass designed to put the +instrument in the meridian, and carrying upon its face an arrow and +the indications S. OR. M. OC., that is to say, "Septentrion" (north), +"Orient" (east), "Midi" (south), "Occident" (west). One of the ends of +the needle of the compass is straight, while the other is forked. It +is placed in a position in which it completes the arrow, thus +permitting of making a very accurate observation (Fig. 2, No. 3). +Around the compass, the silver plate carries the lines of hours. It is +perfectly adjusted, and held in place by a screw that traverses the +bottom of the instrument. In front of the compass it contains a small +aperture designed to permit of the passage of the indicating thread, +which, at the other end, is fastened to the cover. The silver plate is +not soldered, in order that the thread may be replaced when it chances +to break. On the inner part of the cover are marked in the first place +the horary lines, traversed by curves that are symmetrical with +respect to the vertical and having the aspect of arcs of hyperbolas. +At the extremity of these lines are marked the signs of the zodiac. At +the top, a pretty banderole, which appears at first sight to form a +part of the _ensemble_ of the curves, completes the design. Such is +this wonderful little instrument, in which everything is arranged in +harmonious lines that delight the eye and easily detract one's +attention from a scientific examination of it. Let us enter upon this +drier part of our subject; we shall still have room to wonder, and let +us take up first the higher question. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--DIAGRAM EXPLANATORY OF THE MANDOLIN SUN DIAL.] + +Let us consider a horizontal plane (Fig. 3, No. 2)--a plane +perpendicular to the meridian, and a right line parallel with the axis +of the world. Let P be a point upon this line. As we have seen, such +point is the summit of a very wide cone described in one day by the +solar rays. At the equinox this cone is converted into a plane, which, +in a vertical plane, intersects the straight line A B. Between the +vernal and autumnal equinoxes the sun is situated above this plane, +and, consequently, the shadow of P describes the lower curves at A B. +During winter, on the contrary, it is the upper curves that are +described. It is easily seen that the curves traced by the shadow of +the point P are hyperbolas whose convexity is turned toward A B. It +therefore appears evident to us that the thread of our sun dial +carried a knot or bead whose shadow was followed upon the curves. This +shadow showed at every hour of the day the approximate date of the day +of observation. The sun dial therefore served as a calendar. But how +was the position of the bead found? Here we are obliged to enter into +new details. Let us project the figure upon a vertical plane (Fig. 3, +No. 1) and designate by H E the summits of the hyperbolas +corresponding to the winter and summer solstices. If P be the position +of the bead, the angles, P H H¹, P E E¹, will give the height of the +sun above the horizon at noon, at the two solstices. Between these +angles there should exist an angle of 47 deg., double the obliquity of the +ecliptic, that is to say, the excursion of the sun in declination: now +P E E¹-P H H¹ = E P H = 47 deg.. + +Let us carry, at H and E, the angles, O H E = H E O = 43 deg. = 90 deg.-47 deg.; +the angle at 0 deg. will be equal to 180-86 = 94 deg.. If we trace the +circumference having O for a center, and passing through E and H, each +point, Q, of such circumference will possess the same property as the +angle, H Q E = 47 deg.. The intersection, P, of the circumference with the +straight line, N, therefore gives the position of the bead. + +Let us return to our instrument. We have traced upon a diagram the +distance of the points of attachment of the thread, at the +intersection of the planes of projection. We have thus obtained the +position of the line, N S. Then, operating as has just been said, we +have marked the point, P. Now, accurately measuring all the angles, we +have found: N S R = 50 deg.; P H H¹ = 18 deg.; P E E¹ = 65 deg.. The first shows +that the instrument has been constructed for a place on the parallel +of 50 deg., and the others show that, at the solstices, the height of the +sun was respectively 18 deg. and 65 deg., decompounded as follows: + + 18 deg. = polar height of the place -231/2 deg.. + 65 deg. = " " " " +231/2 deg.. + +The polar height of the place where the object was to be observed +would therefore be 411/2 deg., that is to say, its latitude would be 481/2 deg.. + +Minor views of construction and measurement and the deformations that +the instrument has undergone sufficiently explain the divergence of +11/2 deg. between the two results, which comprise between them the latitude +of Paris. + +After doing all the reasoning that we have just given at length, we +have finally found the means by which the hypothetic bead was to be +put in place. A little beyond the curves, a very small but perfectly +conspicuous dot is engraved--the intersection of two lines of +construction that it was doubtless desired to efface, but the scarcely +visible trace of which subsists. Upon measuring with the compasses the +distance between the insertion of the thread and this dot, we find +exactly the distance, N P, of our diagram. Therefore there is no doubt +that this dot served as a datum point. The existence of the bead upon +the thread and the use of it as a rude calendar therefore appears to +be certain. + +The compass is to furnish us new indications. After dismounting it--an +operation that the quite primitive enchasing of the face plate renders +very easy--we took a copy of it, which we measured with care. The +arrow forms with the line O C-O R an angle of 90 deg. + 8 deg.. The compass +was therefore constructed in view of an eastern declination of 8 deg.. + +Now, here is what we know with most certainty as to the magnetic +declination of Paris at the epoch in question: + + Years. Declinations. + 1550. 8 deg. east. + 1580. 11.30 + 1622. 6.30 + 1634. 4.16 + +On causing the curve (Fig. 3, No. 3) to pass through the four points +thus determined, we find, for 1612, the declination 81/2 deg.. This is, with +an approximation closer than that of the measurements that can be made +upon the small compass, the value that we found. From these data as a +whole we draw the two following conclusions: (1) The instrument was +constructed at Paris; and (2) the inventor was accurately posted in +the science of his time. + +Certain easily perceived retouchings, moreover, show that this sun +dial is not a copy, but rather an original. We are therefore in an +attitude to claim, as we did at the outset, that the constructor of +this pleasing object was not only an artist, but a man of science as +well. + +Let us compare a few dates: In 1612, Galileo and Kepler were still +living. Thirty years were yet to lapse before the birth of Newton. +Modern astronomy was in its tenderest infancy, and remained the +privilege of a few initiated persons.--_C.E. Guillaume, in La Nature._ + + * * * * * + +[MIND.] + + + + +THE UNDYING GERM PLASM AND THE IMMORTAL SOUL. + +By Dr. R. VON LENDENFELD. + +[The following article appeared originally, last year, in the German +scientific monthly, _Humboldt_. It, is reproduced here (by +permission)--the English from the hand of Mr. A.E. Shipley--as a +specimen of the kind of general speculation to which modern biology is +giving rise.--EDITOR.] + + +To Weismann is due the credit of transforming those vague ideas on the +immortality of the germ plasma which have been for some time in the +minds of many scientific men, myself among the number, into a clear +and sharply-defined theory, against the accuracy of which no doubt can +be raised either from the theoretical or from the empirical +standpoint. This theory, defined as it is by Weismann, has but +recently come before us, and some time must elapse before all the +consequences which it entails will be evident. But there is one +direction which I have for some time followed, and indeed began to +think out long before Weismann's remarkable work showed the importance +of this matter. I mean the origin of the conception of the immortal +soul. + +Before I approach the solution of this problem, it may be advisable to +recall in a few words to my readers the theory of the immortality of +the germ plasm. + +All unicellular beings, such as the protozoa and the simpler algae, +fungi, etc., reproduce themselves by means of simple fission. The +mother organism may split into two similar halves, as the amoeba does, +or, as is more common in the lowest unicellular plants, it may divide +into a great number of small spores. In these processes it often +happens that the whole body of the mother, the entire cell, may +resolve itself into two or more children; at times, however, a small +portion of the mother cell remains unused. This remnant, in the +spore-forming unicellular plants represented by the cell wall, is then +naturally dead. + +From this it follows that these unicellular beings are immortal. The +mother cell divides, the daughter cells resulting from the first +division repeat the process, the third generation does the same, and +so on. At each division the mother cell renews its youth and +multiplies, without ever dying. + +External circumstances can, of course, at any moment bring about the +death of these unicellular organisms, and in reality almost every +series of beings which originate from one another in this way is +interrupted by death. Some, however, persist. From the first +appearance of living organisms on our planet till to-day, several such +series--at the very least certainly one--have persisted. + +The immortality of unicellular beings is not at any time absolute, but +only potential. Weismann has recently directed attention to this +point. External occurrences may at any moment cause the death of an +individual, and in this way interrupt the immortal series; but in the +intimate organization of the living plasma there exist no seeds of +death. The plasma is itself immortal and will in fact live forever, +provided only external circumstances are favorable. + +Death is always said to be inherent in the nature of protoplasm. This +is not so. The plasm, as such, is immortal. + +But a further complication of great importance affects the +reproduction and the rejuvenescence of these unicellular organisms; +this is the process of conjugation. Two separate cells, distinct +individuals, fuse together. Their protoplasmic bodies not only unite +but intermingle, and their nuclei do likewise; from two individuals +one results. A single cell is thus produced, and this divides. As a +rule this cell seems stronger than the single individual before the +union. The offspring of a double individual, originated in this way, +increase for some time parthenogenetically by simple fission without +conjugation, until at length a second conjugation takes place among +them. I cannot consider further the origin of this universally +important process of conjugation. I will only suggest that a kind of +conjugation may have existed from the very beginning and may have been +determined by the original method of reproduction, if such existed. + +At any rate conjugation has been observed in very many plants and +animals, and is possibly universally present in the living world. + +Conjugation does not affect the theory of immortality. The double +individual produced from the fusion of two individuals, which divides +and lives on in its descendants, contains the substance of both. The +conjugating cells have in no way died during the process of +conjugation; they have only united. + +If we examine a little more closely the history of such a "family" of +unicellular beings from one period of conjugation to the next, we see +that a great number of single individuals, that is, single cells, have +proceeded from the double individual formed by conjugation. These may +all continue to increase by splitting in two, and then the family tree +is composed of dichotomously branching lines; or they may resolve +themselves into numerous spores, and then the family tree exhibits a +number of branches springing from the same point. + +The majority of these branches end blindly with the death, caused by +external circumstances, of that individual which corresponds with the +branch. Only a few persist till the next period of conjugation, and +then unite with other individuals and afford the opportunity for +giving rise to a new family tree. + +All the single individuals of such a genealogical table belong to one +another, even though they be isolated. Among certain infusoria and +other protista, they do, in fact, remain together and build up +branching colonies. At the end of each branch is situated an +infusorian (vorticella), and the whole colony represents in itself the +genealogical family tree. + +In the beginning, there existed no other animal organisms than these +aggregations of similar unicellular beings, all of which reproduced +themselves. Later on, division of labor made its appearance among the +individuals of the animal colony, and it increased their dependence +upon one another, so that their individuality was to a great extent +lost, and they were no longer able to live independently of one +another. + +By the development of this process, multicellular metazoa arose from +the colonies of similar protozoa, and at length culminated in the +higher animals and man. + +If we examine the human body, its origin and end, in the light of +these facts, we shall see that a comparison between the simple +immortal protozoa and man leads us to the result that man himself, or +at least a part of him and that the most important, is immortal. + +When we turn to the starting point of human development, we find an +egg cell and a spermatozoon, which unite and whose nuclei intermingle. +Thus a new cell is produced. This process is similar to the +conjugation of two unicellular beings, such as two acinetiform +infusoria, one of which, the female ([Symbol: Female]), is larger than +the other, the male ([Symbol: Male]). This difference of size in the +conjugating cell is, however, without importance. + +From this double cell produced by conjugation many generations of +cells arise by continual cell division in divergent series. Among the +infusoria these are all immortal, but many of them are destroyed, and +only a few persist till conjugation again takes place. The same is the +case with man. Numerous series of cell families arise, which are all +immortal: of these but few--strictly speaking, only one--live till the +next period of conjugation and then give the impulse which results in +the formation of a new diverging series of cells. The difference +between man and the infusorian is only that in the former the cells +which originate from the double cell (the fertilized ovum) remain +together and become differentiated one from another, while in the +latter the cells are usually scattered but remain alike in appearance, +etc. + +The seeds of death do not lie, as Weismann appears to assume, in the +differentiation of the cells of the higher animals. On the contrary, +all the cell series, not only those of the reproductive cells, are +immortal. As a matter of fact all must die; not because they +themselves contain the germs of death and have contained them from the +beginning, but because the structure which is built up by them +collectively finally brings about the death of all. The living plasm +in every cell is itself immortal. It is the higher life of the +collective organism which continually condemns countless cells to +death. They die, not because they cannot continue to exist as such but +because conditions necessary for their preservation are no longer +present. + +Thus, while the cells are themselves immortal, the whole organism +which they build up is mortal. The complex inter-dependence between +the single cells, which, since they have adapted themselves to +division of labor, has become necessary, carries with it, from the +beginning, the seeds of death. The mutual dependence ceases to work, +and the various cells are killed. + +The death of the individual is a consequence of the defective +precision in the working of the division of labor among the cells. +This defect, after a longer or shorter time, causes the death of all +the cells composing the body. Only those which quit the body retain +their power of living. + +Of all those countless cells which, in the course of a lifetime, are +thrown off from the body, only one kind is adapted for existence +outside the body, namely, the reproductive cells. + +Among the lower animals the reproductive cells often leave the body of +their parents only after the death of the latter. This is not the case +in man. + +All the cell series which do not take part in the formation of +reproductive cells, as well as all the reproductive cells without +exception, or with only a few exceptions, die through unfavorable +external conditions; just as all, or almost all, of the infusoria +which arose from the double cell die before they can conjugate again. + +At times, however, some of the infusoria persist till the next period +of conjugation, and in the same way, from time to time, some of the +human reproductive cells succeed in conjugating, and from them a new +individual arises. + +A man is the outgrowth of the double cell produced from the +conjugation of two human reproductive cells, and consists of all the +cells which arise from this and remain in connection with each other. +The human individual originates at the moment of the mingling of the +nuclei of the reproductive cells; and the details of this mingling +determine his individual peculiarities. + +The end of man is manifestly to preserve, to nourish, and to protect +the series of reproductive cells which are continually developing +within him, to select a suitable mate and to care for the children +which he produces. His whole structure is acquired by means of +selection with this one object in view, the maintenance of the series +of reproductive cells. + +From this standpoint the individual loses his significance and +becomes, so to speak, the slave of the reproductive cells. These are +the important and essential and also the undying parts of the +organism. Like raveled threads whose branches separate and reunite, +the series of reproductive cells permeate the successive generations +of the human race. They continually give off other cell series which +branch out from this network of reproductive cells, and, after a +longer or shorter course, come to an end. Twigs from these branches +represent the human individuals, and any one who considers the matter +must recognize that, as was said above, apart from the preservation of +the reproductive cell series the individuals are purposeless. + +It is on this basis that the moral ordering of the world must place +itself if it is to stand on any basis at all. It is an easy and a +pleasant task to interpret the facts of history from this standpoint. +Everything fits together and harmonizes, and each turn in the +historical development of civilization when observed from this point +of view acquires a simple and a clear causality. + +I cannot enlarge on this topic, engaging as it is, but here a further +question obtrudes itself. May there not be some connection between the +actual immortality of the germ cells, the continuity of their series +and the importance of the part they play, and the origin of the idea +of an immortal soul? May not the former have given rise to the latter? + +As a matter of fact, the series of reproductive cells possess the +essential attributes of the human soul; they are the immortal living +part of a man, which contain, in a latent form, his spiritual +peculiarities. The immortality of the reproductive cells is only +potential and is essentially different from that absolute eternal life +which certain religions ascribe to the soul. + +We must not, however, forget that at the time when the conception of a +soul arose among men, owing to a defective knowledge of the laws of +logic, no clear distinction was made between a potential immortality +and an absolute life without end. + +Herbert Spencer has pointed out that all religions have their origin +in reverence paid to ancestors. Each religion must have a true +foundation, and the deification of our forefathers has this true and +natural foundation inasmuch as they belong to the same series of +reproductive cells as their descendants. Of course our barbaric +ancestors who initiated the ancestor worship had no idea of this +motive for their religion, but that in no way disproves that this and +this alone was the _causa efficiens_ of the origin of such religions. +It is indeed typical of a religion that it depends upon facts which +are not discerned and which are not fully recognized. + +With the origin and development of every religion the origin and +development of the conception of the soul progresses step by step. + +We find the justification of ancestor worship in the immortality of +the reproductive cells, and in the continuity of their series. This +should also take a part in the origin of the conception of the soul. + +Spencer derives the conception of the existence of the soul from +dreams, and from the imagination of the mentally afflicted. The savage +dreams he is hunting, and wakes up to find himself at home. In his +dream he talks with friends who are not present where he sleeps; he +may even in the course of his dream encounter the dead. From this he +draws the conclusions--(1) that he himself has two persons, one +hunting while the other sleeps; (2) that his acquaintances also have a +double existence; and, from those cases in which he met with the dead, +(3) that they are not only double persons, but that one of the persons +is dead while the other continues to live. + +Thus, according to Spencer, the idea arises that man consists of two +separable thinking parts, and that one of these can survive the other. + +When a person faints and recovers, we say he comes to himself. That +is, a part of his person left him and has returned. But in this case, +as in the dream, the body has not divided, so that in a swoon the +outgoing portion is not corporeal. + +The savage will think that this is what remains alive after death, +for he is incapable of distinguishing between a swoon and death. Then +he will associate the part which leaves the body during a swoon with +that which gives life, and some will regard the heart, which fails to +beat after death, and others the breath, which ceases when life does, +as this life-giving part or soul. + +Thus far I am quoting from Spencer. + +The conception of the soul, which has thus arisen, has been utilized +by astute priests to obtain power over their fellow-men; while the +genuine founders of religions have made use of it, and by threats of +punishment, and promises of reward, have tried to induce mankind to +live uprightly. + +With this purpose in view, the teachers of religion have changed the +original conception of the soul and have added to it the attribute of +absolute immortality and eternal duration, an attribute which is in no +way connected by people in a low state of development with their +conception of the soul. + +At the present time among the religions of all civilized people the +undying soul plays an extraordinarily important part. + +I start from the position that no doctrine can receive a general +acceptation among men which does not depend on a truth of nature. The +various religions agree on one point, and this is the doctrine of the +immortal soul. Such a point of universal agreement, I am convinced, +cannot have been entirely derived from the air. It must have had some +foundation in fact, and the question arises, What was this foundation? +Dreams and phantasms, as Spencer believes? No; there must have been +something real and genuine, and the path we have entered upon to find +traces of this true foundation of the conception of the soul cannot be +distrusted. + +We must compare the conception of the soul as held by various related +religions, and strip off from it all those attributes which are not +common to all. But those which all the various religions agree in +ascribing to the soul we may regard as its true attributes. + +It would take too long to go into the details of this examination of +the conception of the soul. As the general result of a comparison of +the various views of the soul we may put down the following +characteristics which are invariably ascribed to it: + + (1) The soul is living. + + (2) It survives the body, and can continue to exist without + it. + + (3) During life it is contained in the body, but leaves it + after death. + + (4) The soul participates in the conduct of the body: after + the death of the latter, causality (retribution) can still + affect the soul. + +The characteristics (1) to (3) hold also for the series of +reproductive cells continually developing within the body; and these +attributes of the germ cells may well be the true but unrecognized +cause of the origin of those conceptions of the soul's character. + +This like holds true for (4), although the connection is not so +obvious. For this reason it will be advisable to consider the point in +more detail. + +It has been already indicated that the founders of religions have made +use of the survival of the soul after death to endeavor to lead +mankind to live righteously, by threats of punishments or promises of +reward, which will affect the soul after the death of the body. + +It is precisely on this point that in the most highly developed +religions there is the greatest falling off from the original +conception of the after-effect of human conduct on the soul, and the +most astounding things are inculcated by the Koran and other works +with respect to this. + +But here again we may separate the true kernel from the artificial +shell, and reach the conclusion that good conduct is advantageous for +the soul after the death of the body, and that bad conduct is +detrimental. In no other way can the Mohammedan paradise or the +Christian hell be explained than as sheer anthropomorphic realizations +of these facts, which can appeal even to the densest intellect. + +What then is good conduct, or bad? + +The question is easily asked, but without reference to external +circumstances impossible to answer. _Per se_ there is no good or bad +conduct. Under certain circumstances a vulgar, brutal murder may +become a glorious and heroic act, a good deed in the truest sense of +the word; as, for example, in the case of Charlotte Corday. Nor must +the view of one's fellow creatures be accepted as a criterion of good +or bad conduct, for different parties are apt to cherish diametrically +opposed opinions on one and the same subject. There remains then only +one's own inner feeling or conscience. Good conduct awakes in this a +feeling of pleasure, bad conduct a feeling of pain. And by this alone +can we discriminate. Now let us further ask. What sort of conduct +produces in our conscience pleasure and what sort of conduct induces +pain? If we investigate a great number of special cases, we shall +recognize that conduct which proves advantageous to the individual, to +the family, to the state, and finally to mankind, produces a good +conscience, and that conduct which is injurious to the same series +give rise to a bad conscience. If a collision of interests arise, it +is the degree of relationship which determines the influence of +conduct on the conscience. As, for instance, among the clans in +Scotland, a deed which is advantageous for the clan produces a good +conscience, even if it be injurious to the state and to mankind. + +The conscience is one of the mental faculties of man acquired by +selection and rendered possible by the construction and development of +the commonwealth of the state. Conscience urges us to live rightly, +that is, to do those things which will help ourselves and our family, +whereby our fellow creatures according to their degree of relationship +may be benefited. These are good deeds, and they will merit from the +teachers of religion much praise for the soul. We find, therefore, +that the only possible definition of a good deed is one which will +benefit the series of germ cells arising from one individual, and +further which will be of use to others with their own series of germ +cells, and that in proportion to the degree of connection +(relationship). + +It is clear that in this point also the ordinary conception of the +future fate of the soul agrees fundamentally with the result of +observation on the prosperity of the series of germ cells. + +As all the forces of nature, known to the ignorant barbarian only by +their visible workings, call forth in him certain vague and, +therefore, religious ideas, which are but a reflection of these forces +in an anthropomorphically distorted form, so the apparently +enigmatical conception of the eternal soul is founded on the actual +immortality and continuity of the germ plasma. + + * * * * * + + + + +COCOS PYNAERTI. + + +This is an acquisition to the dwarf growing palms, and a graceful +table plant. It first appeared in the nurseries of M. Pynaert, Ghent, +and is evidently a form of C. Weddelliana, having similar character, +though, as shown by the accompanying illustration, it is quite +distinct. The leaves are gracefully arched, the pinnules rather +broader than in the type, more closely arranged, and of a deep tone of +rich green. Such a small growing palm possessing elegant and distinct +character should become a favorite.--_The Gardener's Magazine_. + +[Illustration: COCOS PYNAERTI--A NEW PALM.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Read May 17, 1890, before the Engineers' Club of + Philadelphia.] + +By JACQUES W. REDWAY. + + +INTRODUCTION. + +The purport of the following paper is to show that corrosion of its +banks and deposition of sediment constitute the legitimate business of +a river. If the bed of the Mississippi were of adamant, and its +drainage slopes were armored with chilled steel, its current would do +just what it has been doing in past ages--wear them away, and fill the +Gulf of Mexico with the detritus. + +Many thoughts were suggested by Mr. S.C. Clemens, erstwhile a +Mississippi pilot, and by Mr. D.A. Curtis. Both of these gentlemen +_know_ the river. + + +GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. + +The Mississippi River, as ordinarily regarded, has its head waters in +a chain of lakes situated mainly in Beltrami and Cass counties, +Minnesota. The lake most distant from the north is Elk Lake, so named +in the official surveys of the U.S. Land Office. A short stream flows +from Elk Lake to Lake Itaska, a beautiful sheet of water, considerably +larger than Elk Lake. From Lake Itaska it flows in a general +northeasterly direction, receiving the waters of innumerable springs +and ponds, among them Lake Bemidji, a body of water equal in size to +Lake Itaska. After a course of 135 miles the steam flows into Cass +Lake, absorbing in the meantime the waters of another chain of lakes, +discharged through Turtle River. From Cass Lake the waters flow a +distance of twenty miles, and are poured into Lake Winnibigoshish. The +latter has an area of eighty square miles; it is twice the size of +Cass Lake and more than six times that of Lake Itaska. From Lake +Winnibigoshish to the point where it receives the discharge of Leech +Lake, the river flows through an open savannah, from a quarter of a +mile to a mile in width. Forty miles beyond are Pokegama Falls. Here +the river flows from Pokegama Lake, falling about fourteen feet before +quiet water is reached. All the country about the headwaters is +densely wooded with Norway pine on the higher ground, and with birch, +maple, poplar and tamarack on the lower ground. Between Pokegama Falls +and the Falls of St. Anthony, the river receives the waters of a +number of other similar streams, all flowing from the lake region. + +At St. Paul the navigable stage of the river practically begins, +although there is more or less navigable water above the falls at +certain seasons. From St. Paul to Cairo the river flows between +bluffs, the terraces of Champlain times, from ten to fifty miles +apart. Between the bluffs are the bottom lands, often coincident with +the flood plain, along which the river channel wanders in a devious +course of 1,100 miles. The soil of the bottom lands is, of course, +alluvial, and was deposited by the river during past ages; that beyond +the bluffs is a part of the great intermontane plain, and is +sedentary--that is, it has not been materially disturbed since the +plain was raised above the sea level by the uplift of the continent. + +From Cairo, at the junction of the Ohio River, the plain to the +southward is nearly all made land, and in a few spots only does the +river touch soil which it has not itself made. Here the Lower +Mississippi proper begins, and here, at some not far distant time in +the past,[2] was the head of the Gulf of Mexico. A fuller description +of the Lower Mississippi is unnecessary here, inasmuch as the +following pages are mainly devoted to this part alone. + + [Footnote 2: Estimated at from 100,000 to 150,000 years. Such + estimates, however, are but little better than guesses.] + + +HISTORICAL. + +Nearly three and a half centuries have elapsed since De Soto, that +prince among explorers, traversed the broad prairies that lie between +the border highlands of the Western continent, and beheld the stream +which watered the future empire of the world. His chroniclers tell us +that he was raised to an upright position, so that he could catch a +fleeting glimpse of the restless, turbulent flood; for even then the +hand of death was upon him, and soon its waters were to enshroud his +mortal remains. "His soldiers," says Bancroft, "pronounced his eulogy +by grieving for their loss, and the priests chanted over his body the +first requiems ever heard on the Mississippi. To conceal his death, +his body was wrapped in a mantle, and, in the stillness of midnight, +was silently sunk in the middle of the stream." Just across the river +the Arkansas was pouring in its tumultuous flood, and its confluence +was the site of the future town of Napoleon, which in coming years was +to be historic ground. + +Worn by suffering, hardships and peril, and racked by the pestilential +fever that still hovers about the river lowlands, De Soto paid the +debt of nature, and his thrice decimated followers made their way back +to France. It seemed a strange, incredible story that they told, for +such a mighty river, with its vast plain, was beyond conception. Its +source, they said, was in the north--among the eternal snows--farther +than it had ever been given to man to penetrate. Its waters, they +thought, were poured into the Gulf of California, or perhaps into the +great Virginia Sea. Its flood, they said, was so great that if all the +rivers of Europe were gathered into one channel, they would not be a +tithe as large. But the people who heard these wonderful accounts were +unconcerned. The French monarch knew naught but to debauch his +heritance; the French courtier intrigued and plundered; the French +peasant, dogged and sullen in his long suffering, dragged out his +miserable existence. The flood of waters rolled on, and a hundred and +thirty years must come and go before the next white man should see the +sheen of its rippling. + +Let us cast a retrograde glance to the history of this period. It was +only fifty years before that Columbus had dropped anchor off the coral +reef of Samana Cay, and thrilled the Old World by announcing the +discovery of the New. Elizabeth, the virgin Queen of England, was a +proud, haughty girl just entering her teens, all unmindful of her +eventful future. Mary Queen of the Scots was a tiny infant in +swaddling clothes. The labors of Rafael Sanzio were still fresh in the +memory of his surviving pupils. Michael Angelo was in the zenith of +his fame, bending his energies to the beautifying of the great +cathedral. Martin Luther was in the sere old age of his life, waiting +for the command of the Master, which should bid him lay down his +armor. A hundred years were to elapse before Charles I. of England +must pay with his life the price of his folly. + +Joliet, a French trader, was a man possessed of far more brains than +marked the average men of his times. He had not only the indomitable +courage which is essential to the successful explorer, but he had also +the rare ability to manage men; and we find him in 1672 with a +commission from the French king directing him to explore the valley +which was to be a part of New France. The lands which he visited must +be his fee to the king; certain rights of trade he wisely secured to +himself. So, with Pere Marquette, a Jesuit priest, he undertook the +mission, which we may doubt whether to call a journey of discovery or +an errand of diplomacy. Crossing the ocean, their route lay along the +St. Lawrence River to the Great Lakes; through the Great Lakes to the +country of the Illini; down the Illinois to the Mississippi, and down +the Mississippi to its junction with the Arkansas. Here they encamped +near the site of Napoleon. Everywhere along their route they had won +the hearts of the savage Illini. They possessed that rare tact which +was born in French travelers, and which no English explorer ever had. +When they had reached the junction of the Arkansas, "they were kindly +received by the Indian tribes." They held a council with the various +chiefs, with whom they made a treaty. The treaty was celebrated by a +feast, and, if we may believe the record thereof, libations of wine +were freely poured forth to pledge the stipulations of the business +transaction. For a heavenly possession in the uncertain future, the +Indian acknowledged, by the cross raised in commemoration, that he had +bartered away his earthly kingdom. The title by which the Indian held +the soil wrested from the Mound-builder may not have been perfect; +that of the wily Joliet may have been equally defective. But Joliet +builded more wisely than he knew, for to this day, fraud, treachery +and broken faith are the chief witnesses to our treaties with the +aboriginal owners of the land. + +Nine years after the business venture of Joliet, La Salle received +letters extraordinary from the King of France, directing him to make +additional explorations along the course of the great river. He +organized an expedition, crossed the ocean, and made his way rapidly +to the scene of his explorations. Preparing his canoes and launches, +he followed the sinuous course of the river to Napoleon. His arrival +was celebrated by another feast and post-prandial business agreement, +and New France began its brief existence. Never in the history of the +world had such an empire been founded--such another could not be +formed until the domains of this had been widened from sea to sea, and +the energy of Saxon, Teuton and Kelt mingled to build a greater. + +To La Salle belongs the honor of tracing the true course of the +Mississippi river. He charted it with a faithfulness and accuracy that +would do credit to the surveys of the present day. He seemed to have +noted all the important feeders and tributaries, correctly locating +their points of confluence. He did not cease his work until he reached +the Gulf of Mexico.[3] So not only was La Salle the most indefatigable +explorer of this region, but he also earned the credit of having made +the most important discovery. + + [Footnote 3: From the best information I can gather I am unable to + decide to my own satisfaction whether or not La Salle discovered + the Red River. It is not improbable that he never saw this stream, + for it is more than likely that at that time, Red River poured its + waters directly into the Gulf of Mexico, through Atchafalaya and + Cocoudrie Bayous. That these were formerly a part of the channel + of Red River, there can be no doubt. The sluggish swale that now + leads from the river to the Gulf is a silted channel that was + formerly large enough to carry the whole volume of Red River. Such + changes in the channel of a river, when the latter flows through + "made" soil, are by no means infrequent. It is only a few years + since the Hoang River, "the sorrow of Han," broke through its + restraining banks, and poured its flood into the Gulf of + Pe-chee-lee, 350 miles distant from its former mouth.] + +With La Salle's exploration the future importance of the Mississippi +began; and though the railway has of late years largely supplanted it +as a commercial highway, yet, with the possible exception of the +Ganges, no other river in the world transports yearly a greater +tonnage of merchandise. The early traders were content to carry their +supplies back and forth in canoes. As settlement and business +increased, the canoe gave place to the raft, and the raft yielded to +the flatboat. In the course of time, steam was applied to the +propulsion of boats, and the flatboat yielded to the inevitable: the +palatial steamboat was supreme. But the days of the steamboat were +numbered when the civil war cast its blight over the land; and when +the years of strife were over, so also was the river traffic which had +created the floating palaces of the Mississippi. There were several +things that operated to prevent the reorganization of the fleet of +steamboats which for size, beauty and capacity were found in no other +part of the world. Many of these boats had been destroyed, and the +companies that owned them were financially ruined. Most of those +remaining were purchased or confiscated for military purposes, and +rebuilt either as transports or as gunboats. A period of unparalleled +railway construction began at the close of the war, and most of the +traffic was turned to the railway. Finally, it was discovered that a +puffy, wheezy tug, with its train of barges, costing but a few +thousand dollars, and equipped with half a score of men, could, at a +much less rate, tow a vastly greater cargo than the river steamer. +That discovery was the knell of the old-time steamboat, and the +beginning of a new era of navigation. Powerful as the railway may be, +we cannot shut our eyes to the fact that a tug and train of barges +will carry a cargo of merchandise from St. Paul to St. Louis for +one-tenth the sum the consignee must pay for railway transportation. +So, to-day, the river is just as important as a highway of commerce as +it was in the palmy days of the floating palace and river greyhound. +Railway traffic has enormously increased, but river traffic along the +most wonderful of streams has not materially lessened. + +The Mississippi is certainly a wonderful river. From Elk Lake to the +Gulf of Mexico it has a variable length of about 2,800 miles; from +Pass a l'Outre to the head of the Missouri its extent is nearly 4,200 +miles--a length not equaled by any other river in the world. It is +evident, by a moment of reflection, that a river which traverses a +great extent of latitude offers much greater facilities for commerce +and settlement than a longitudinal river. The Mississippi traverses a +greater breadth of latitude than any other river, except the Nile, for +its sources are in regions of almost arctic cold, while its delta is +in a land that is practically tropical. The volume of its flood is +surpassed by the Amazon and, perhaps, the Yukon. It discharges, +however, three times as much water as the Danube, twenty-five times as +much as the Rhine, and almost three hundred and fifty times as much as +the Thames. It has several hundred navigable tributaries, and its +navigable waters, stretched in a straight line, would reach nearly +three-fourths the distance around the earth. It is one of the most +sinuous of rivers. In one part of its course it flows in a channel +nearly 1,400 miles long to accomplish, as the crow flies, the distance +of 700 miles. In more than one place the current forms a loop ten, +twenty and even thirty miles around, rather than to cut through a neck +perhaps not half a mile in width. It is one of the most capricious of +rivers, for its channel rarely lies in the same place during two +successive seasons. The river manifests a strong inclination to move +east; and were La Salle to repeat his memorable voyage, he would touch +in scarcely half a score of places the course he formerly traveled; or +if he were to go over exactly the same course, he must of necessity +have his boats dragged over the ground, for almost the entire course +over which he traveled is now dry land. Since that time the river has +deserted almost all of its former channel, as if to repudiate its +connection with the after-dinner treaties of two hundred years lang +syne; in places its channel lies to the west, but for the greater +extent it is to the eastward.[4] + +[Footnote 4: "The bed of the river is so broad that the channel +meanders from side to side within the bed, just as the bed itself +meanders from bluff to bluff; and, as by erosions and deposits, the +river, in long periods of time, traverses the valley, so the channel +traverses the bed from bank to bank, justifying the remark often +heard, that 'not a square rod of the bed could be pointed out that had +not, at some time, been covered by the track of steamboats.'"--J.H. +SIMPSON, _Col. Eng., Brevet Brig.-Gen., U.S.A._] + + +PHYSICAL. + +The lower Mississippi is among the muddiest streams in the world. +During the average year it brings down 7,500,000,000 cubic yards of +sediment, discharging it along the lower course, or pushing it into +the Gulf. As one thinks of the small amount of sediment held in a +gallon or two of river water, a comprehension of this vast amount of +silt is impossible. It is enough to cover a square mile in area to a +depth of 268 feet. In five hundred years it would build above the sea +level a State as large and as high as Rhode Island. Thus, by means of +this sediment, the river has pushed its mouths fifty miles into the +sea, confining its flow within narrow strips of land--natural levees +made by the river itself. + +The Mississippi is notable for its varying length. Within the memory +of the oldest pilot the length of the river between St. Louis and New +Orleans has varied more than one hundred and fifty miles, being +sometimes longer and sometimes shorter, as the year may be one of +drought or of excessive rainfall. Occasionally the river will shorten +itself a score of miles at a single leap. The shortening invariably +takes place at one of its long sinuous curves for which it is so +remarkable. At a season when the volume of water begins to increase, +the narrow neck of the loop gives way little by little under the +continuous impact of the strengthening current. Narrower and narrower +it grows as the water ceaselessly cuts away the bank. Finally the +barrier is broken; there is a tumultuous meeting of waters; the next +steamboat that comes along goes through a new cut; and a moat or +ox-bow lake is the only reminder of the former channel.[5] + +[Footnote 5: One of the most noteworthy examples of these cut-offs is +Davis'. This cut-off occurred at Palmyra Bend, eighteen miles below +Vicksburg. The mid-channel distance around the bend was not far from +twenty miles; the neck was only twelve hundred feet across. The fall +of the river, measured around the bend, was about four inches per +mile; the slope, measured across the neck, was about five and one-half +feet, nearly twenty feet per mile. Inasmuch as the soil in the neck +was wholly alluvial, the current cut its new channel with exceedingly +great rapidity, soon clearing it out a mile in width and more than one +hundred feet in depth. The water rushed through the channel with such +a velocity that steamboats could not breast its flow for many weeks, +while the roaring of its flood could be heard many miles away. The +influence of the cut-off was felt both above and below Vicksburg for +several years after. The rate of erosion has been perceptibly +increased above Vicksburg: and it is not unlikely that the cut-off +which occurred a few years later at Commerce, about thirty miles below +Memphis, was a result of Davis' Cut. Other recent cut-offs have +occurred near Arkansas City, below Greenville, near Duncansby, below +Lake Providence at Vicksburg, and at Kienstra. The latter place is +below Natchez; all the others are between Natchez and Memphis. A +double cut-off is strongly threatened at Greenville.] + +In 1863 the city of Vicksburg was situated on the outer curve of such +a loop. At that time General Grant and his army were on the opposite +side of the river, and the whole power of the Federal government was +directed upon devising how the army might cross it and capture the +long-beleagured city. So an army engineer conceived the idea of +turning the river around the rear of the army. Accordingly, a canal +was cut across the loop, in order to make an artificial channel +through which its current might run. But the river steadfastly refused +to accept any channel it had not itself made, and the ditch soon +silted up. Twelve years or more afterward there was trouble; for the +river, which had all this time so persistently ignored the canal, one +stormy night, when its current was considerably swollen, took a notion +to adopt the canal that it had so long refused. Next morning the good +people of Vicksburg woke to find their metropolis, not on the river +channel, but practically an inland town overlooking a stagnant mud +flat. The town of Delta, which, the night before, was three miles +below Vicksburg, was, in the morning, two miles above it. Since that +time, energy and intelligence have conspired in its behalf, and +Vicksburg is still an important river port; but the channel of the +river is persistent, and constant effort and watchfulness alone keep a +depth of water sufficient for the needs of navigation before the +wharves. + +The average inhabitant of the flood plain of the Mississippi is not +surprised at this capriciousness of the river, for long experience has +taught him to look for it. During seasons of mean or of low water, +there is little or no trouble; but when floods begin to swell the +current, then it is high time to be on the alert, for no one knows +what a day or even an hour may bring forth. Perhaps a snag, loosened +from the bank above, may come floating down the stream. It strikes a +shallow place somewhere in the river, and thereupon anchors in +mid-channel. Directly it does, a small riffle or bar of silt will form +around it, and this, in turn, sends an eddying current over against +the bank. By and by the latter begins to be chipped away, little by +little. Perhaps the corrosion of the bank might not be noticed except +by a bottom land planter or a riverman. But there is no time to be +lost. If some unfortunate individual happens to possess belongings in +that vicinity, he simply lays aside his coat and works as if he were a +whole legion doing Caesar's bidding; he well knows that in a very few +hours the river will be swallowing up his real estate at the rate of +half an acre to the mouthful. It is certainly hard to see one's +earthly possessions disappear before the angry flood of the river, but +the bottom land planter does not complain, because the experience of +generations has taught him that he must expect it. A queer fortune +befell Island No. 74. + +Between the States of Arkansas and Mississippi there is a large +island, which, for want of a name, is commonly known as Island No. +74.[6] This slip of insular land is probably the only territory within +the United States and not of it, for this island is without the +boundaries of either State, county or township. It is not under +control of the government, because it is in the possession of an owner +whose claim is acknowledged by the government. The anomalous position +of the island as to political situation is due to the erosion of the +river as an active and the defects of statutory law as a passive +agent. According to the enactment whereby the States of Arkansas and +Mississippi were created, the river boundary of the former extends to +_mid-stream_; that of the latter to _mid-channel_. Herein is the +difficulty. A dissipated freshet turned the current against the +Mississippi bank, and shifted the former position of mid-channel many +rods to the eastward, so that the fortunate or unfortunate owner found +his possessions lying beyond both the mid-river point of Arkansas and +the mid-channel line of Mississippi. The owner of the plantation may +be unhappy at time of election, for he is practically a non-resident +of any political division. His grief, however, is somewhat assuaged +when the tax gatherer calls, for, being outside of all political +boundaries, he has no taxes to pay. + +[Footnote 6: For convenience to navigation, the islands in the lower +Mississippi, beginning at St. Louis, are numbered. Many of them, +however, have local names by which they are frequently known.] + +Within a few years the town of Napoleon, which has already been +mentioned as the site which beheld the cross erected by Marquette and +the seizure of La Salle, was the scene of still another chapter in +history. Almost two hundred years from the time when Joliet and +Marquette beheld the historic ground, the river turned its current +against the banks, and in a few hours the crumbling walls of an old +stone building, half a mile or more from the river banks, were the +surviving monument that marked the former location of the town. + +The Mississippi is indeed a grand study, and the people who have lived +in its valley during past ages have seen the river doing just what it +is doing to-day; and as race has succeeded race, each in turn has seen +the landmarks of its predecessors swept away by its angry flood and +buried beneath its sediment. Ever since the crests of the Appalachian +and Rocky Mountains were thrust up above the sea, the river has been +wearing them away, and bearing the scourings to the vast plain below. +In the time of its building it has made the greatest and the richest +valley on the face of the earth; next to that of the Amazon it is the +largest, covering an area of one and one-quarter million square miles. +The river and its tributaries drain twenty-eight States and +Territories--an area equal to that of all Europe except Russia. This +basin includes half the area of the United States, exclusive of +Alaska. It is five times as large as Austria-Hungary, six times the +size of France or Germany, nine times the area of Spain, and ten times +that of the British Isles. Measured by its grain-producing capacity, +this valley is capable of supporting a larger population than any +other physical region on the face of the earth. Already it is the +foremost region in the world in the production of grain, meat and +cotton. The rich soil, sedentary on the prairie and alluvial in the +bottomlands, is almost inexhaustible in its nutritious qualities. The +soil cannot be "worn out" in the bottomlands, for nature restores its +vitality by bringing fresh supplies from the highlands as fast or +faster than the seed crop exhausts it. Sixty bushels of wheat or two +bales of cotton may be harvested from an acre of bottom lands. So vast +in proportions is the yearly crop of food stuffs that more than three +hundred thousand freight cars and about two thousand vessels are +required to move the crop from farm to market. One hundred and +twenty-five thousand miles of railway, fifteen thousand miles of +navigable water, exclusive of the Great Lakes, and several thousand +miles of canals are insufficient to transport this enormous +production; thousands of miles of railway are therefore yearly built +in order to keep pace with the growth of population and the settlement +of new lands. To the natural resources of the soil add the enormous +mineral wealth hidden but a few feet below the surface, and wonder +grows to amazement. Coal fields surpassing in extent all the remaining +fields in the world; iron ore sufficient to stock the world with iron +and steel for the next thousand years; copper of the finest quality; +zinc, lead, salt, building stone and timber, all in quantities +sufficient for a population a hundred times as great. Is it strange +that wise economists point to this territory and say, "Behold the +future empire of the world"? Where in the wide world is another valley +in which climate, latitude and nature have been so liberal? + +It is only a few years since the Indian and the bison divided between +them the sole possession of this region. What a change hath the hand +of destiny wrought! What a revelation, had some unseen hand lifted the +curtain that separated the past from the future! Iron, steam and +electricity have in them more of mysterious power than ever oriental +fancy accredited to the genii of the lamp, and the future of the basin +of the Mississippi will be a greater wonder than the past. + +The feast of La Salle was the death warrant of the Indian, and the +Aryan has crowded out the Indian, just as the latter evicted the mound +builder--just as the mound builder overcame the people whose monuments +of burned brick and cut stone now lie fifty feet below the surface. +Only a few centuries have gone by since these happenings; can we +number the years hence when rapacious hordes from another land shall +drive out the effete descendants of the now sturdy Aryan? + +(_To be continued_.) + + * * * * * + + + + +FREEZING MIXTURES. + + +The following selection of mixtures causing various degrees of cold, +the starting point of the cooling being indicated in the first column, +will probably serve many purposes. It should be stated that the amount +of depression in temperature will practically be the same, even if the +temperature to start from is higher. Of course in the case of snow it +cannot be higher than 0 deg. C. (32 deg. F.) But in some cases it is necessary +to start at a temperature below 0 deg. C. For instance, the temperature of +-49 deg. C. may be reached by mixing 1 part of snow with 1/2 part of dilute +nitric acid. But then the snow must have the temperature -23 deg. C. If it +were only at 0 deg. C., the depression would be only to about -26 deg. C.: + + _________________________________________________________________ + | + | The temperature sinks + Substances to be mixed in parts by |------------------------- + weight. | from | to + _______________________________________|____________|____________ + | | + 1. Water. 1 | +10 deg. C. | -15.5 deg. C. + Ammonium nitrate. 1 | | + 2. Dil. hydrochloric acid. 10 | +10 | -17.8 + Sodium sulphate. 16 | | + 3. Dil. hydrochloric acid. 1 | +10 | -16 + Sodium sulphate. 11/2 | | + 4. Snow. 1 | + 0 | -32.5 + Sulphuric acid. 4 | | + Water. 1 | | + 5. Snow. 1 | - 7 | -51 + Dil. sulphuric acid. 1 | | + 6. Snow. 1 | -23 | -49 + Dil. nitric acid. 1/2 | | + 7. Snow. 1 | 0 | -17.8 + Sodium chloride. 1 | | + 8. Snow. 1 | 0 | -49 + Calcium chloride. 1.3 | | + 9. Snow. 1 | 0 | -33 + Hydrochloric acid. 0.625 | | + 10. Snow. 1 | 0 | -24 + Sodium chloride. 0.4 | | + Ammon. chloride. 0.2 | | + 11. Snow. 1 | 0 | -31 + Sodium chloride. 0.416 | | + Ammon. nitrate. 0.416 | | + _______________________________________|____________|____________ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE APPLICATION OF ELECTROLYSIS TO QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. + +By CHARLES A. KOHN, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant Lecturer in Chemistry, +University College, Liverpool. + + +The first application of electrolysis to chemical analysis was made by +Gaultier de Claubry, in 1850, who employed the electric current for +the detection of metals when in solution. Other early workers followed +in this direction, and in 1861 Bloxam published two papers (J. Chem. +Soc., 13, 12 and 338) on "The application of electrolysis to the +detection of poisonous metals in mixtures containing organic matters." +In these papers a description is given of means for detecting small +quantities of arsenic and of antimony by subjecting their acidulated +solutions to electrolysis. The arsenic was evolved as hydride and +recognized by the usual reactions, while the antimony was mainly +deposited as metal upon the cathode. The electrolytic method for the +detection of arsenic, in which all fear of contamination from impure +zinc is overcome, has since been elaborated by Wolff, who has +succeeded in detecting as little as 0.00001 grm. arsenious oxide by +this means (this Journal, 1887, 147). + +In a somewhat different manner the voltaic current is made use of in +ordinary qualitative analysis for the detection of tin, antimony, +silver, lead, arsenic, etc., by employing a more electro-positive +metal to precipitate a less electro-positive one from its solution. + +The quantitative electrolytic methods of analysis, some of which I had +the honor of bringing before the notice of the Society some time back +(this Journal, 1889, 256), have placed a number of methods of +determination and separation of metals in the hands of chemists, which +can be employed with advantage in qualitative analysis, especially in +case of medical and medico-legal inquiry. These methods are not +supposed to supersede in any way the ordinary methods of qualitative +analysis, but to serve as a final and crucial means of identification, +and thus to render it possible to detect very small quantities of the +substances in question with very great certainty. As such they fulfill +the required conditions admirably, being readily carried out, +comparatively free from contamination with impure reagents, and +capable of being rendered quantitative whenever desired. + +In conjunction with Mr. E.V. Ellis, B.Sc., I have examined the +applicability of the electrolytic methods for the detection of the +chief mineral poisons (with the exception of arsenic, an electrolytic +process for the detection of which has already been devised, as +described), viz., antimony, mercury, lead, and copper. + +_Antimony_.--The method employed in the case of antimony is that +adopted in its quantitative estimation by means of electrolysis, a +method which insures a complete separation from those metals with +which it is precipitated in the ordinary course of analysis--arsenic +and tin. This fact is of considerable importance in reference to the +special objects for which these methods have been worked out. + +The precipitated sulphide is dissolved in potassium sulphide, and the +resultant solution, after warming with a little hydrogen peroxide to +discolorize any poly-sulphides that may be present, electrolyzed with +a current of 1.5-2 c.c. of electrolytic gas per minute (10.436 c.c. at +0 deg. and 760 mm. = 1 ampere), when the antimony is deposited as metal +upon the negative electrode. One part of antimony (as metal) in +1,500,000 parts of solution may be thus detected, a reaction thirty +times more delicate than the deposition by means of zinc and +potassium. The stain on the cathode, which latter is best used in the +form of a piece of platinum foil about 1 sq. cm. in diameter, is +distinct even with a solution containing 1/28 mgrm. of antimony; and +by carefully evaporating a little ammonium sulphide on the foil, or +by dissolving the stain in hot hydrochloric acid and then passing a +few bubbles of sulphureted hydrogen gas into the solution, the orange +colored sulphide is obtained as a satisfactory confirmatory test. The +detection of 0.0001 grm. of metal can be fully relied on under all +conditions, and one hour is sufficient to completely precipitate such +small quantities. + +_Mercury_.--Mercury is best separated from its nitric acid solution on +a small closely wound spiral of platinum wire. The solution to be +tested is acidified with nitric acid and electrolyzed with a current +of 4-5 c.c. (c.c. refer to c.c. of electrolytic gas per minute). The +deposition is effected in half an hour. The deposited metal is removed +from the spiral by heating the latter gently in a test tube, when the +mercury forms in characteristic globules on the upper portion of the +tube. As a confirmatory and very characteristic test, a crystal of +iodine is dropped into the tube, and the whole allowed to stand for a +short time, when the presence of mercury is indicated by the formation +of the red iodide. 0.0001 grm. of mercury in 150 c.c. of solution can +be clearly detected. + +Wolff has applied this test under similar conditions, using a special +form of apparatus and a silver-coated iron anode (this Journal, 1888, +454). + +_Lead_.--Lead is precipitated either as PbO_{2} at the anode from a +nitric acid solution or as metal at the cathode from an ammonium +oxalate solution. In both cases a current of 2-3 c.c. suffices to +effect the deposition in one hour. + +Here, again, 0.0001 grm. of metal in 150 c.c. of solution can be +easily detected. With both solutions this amount gives a distinct +discoloration to the platinum spiral, on which the deposition is best +effected. As a confirmatory test the deposited metal is dissolved in +nitric acid and tested with sulphureted hydrogen, or the spiral may be +placed in a test tube and warmed with a crystal of iodine, when the +yellow iodide is formed. This latter reaction is very distinct, +especially in the case of the peroxide. + +Of the above two methods, that in which an ammonium oxalate solution +is used is the more delicate, although it cannot be employed +quantitatively, owing to the oxidation of the metal that takes place. + +An addition of 1 grm. of ammonium oxalate to the suspected solution is +sufficient. + +_Copper_.--0.00005 grm. of copper can be very readily detected by +electrolyzing an acid solution in the usual way. A spiral of platinum +wire is employed as the cathode, and the presence of the metal +confirmed for by dissolving it in a little nitric acid, diluting with +water and adding potassium ferrocyanide. + +To detect these metals in cases of poisoning, the organic matter with +which they are associated must first be destroyed in the usual way by +means of hydrochloric acid and potassium chlorate, and the +precipitates obtained in the ordinary course of analysis, then +subjected, at suitable stages, to electrolysis. As the solutions thus +obtained will be still contaminated by some organic matter, it is +necessary to pass the current for a longer time than indicated above. +On the other hand, _urine_ can be tested directly for these poisons. + +The presence of mercury or of copper may be detected by acidifying the +urine with 2-3 c.c. of nitric acid (conc.), and electrolyzing as +described. 0.0001 grm. of metal in 30 c.c. of urine can be detected +thus, or 1 part in 300,000 of urine. + +Lead does not separate well as peroxide from urine, but if ammonium +oxalate be added, and the lead deposited as metal, the reaction is +quite as delicate as in aqueous solution, and 0.0001 grm. of lead can +be thus detected. + +With antimony it is advisable to precipitate it first as sulphide, but +it can be detected directly, though not so satisfactorily, by +acidifying the urine with 2-3 c.c. of sulphuric acid (dil.), and +electrolyzing with a current of 1-5 to 2 c.c. In this case also it is +precipitated as metal upon the cathode (cp. Chittenden, Proceedings +Connecticut Acad. Science, Vol. 8). + +In the presence of urine it is advisable to continue the passage of +the current for about twice the time required in the case of aqueous +solutions. + +That an approximately quantitative result can be obtained under the +above conditions was shown in several cases in which deposition of +0.001 grm. of metal was confirmed with considerable accuracy, the +spiral or foil being weighed before and after the experiment. + +A comparison of the delicacy of these tests with the ordinary +qualitative tests for antimony, mercury, lead, and copper by means of +sulphureted hydrogen, showed that the two were equally delicate in the +case of antimony and of copper, but that in that of mercury and of +lead the electrolytic test was at least eight times the more delicate. +These comparisons were made in aqueous solutions. In testing urine the +value of the electrolytic method is still more evident, for here the +color of the liquid interferes materially with the reliability of the +ordinary qualitative tests when only very small quantities of the +metals referred to are present. + +Beyond the detection of mineral poisons, qualitative electrolysis can +only offer attraction to analysts in special cases, and the data on +the subject are to be found in the many electrolytic methods already +published. Beyond testing for gold and silver in this manner, I have +not therefore examined the applicability of these methods further. + +The detection of small quantities of gold and silver is of +considerable importance, and advantage can be taken of the ease with +which they are separated from potassium cyanide solution by the +electric current for this purpose. + +_Silver_.--Silver is obtained as chloride in the course of analysis. +To confirm for the metal electrolytically, this precipitate is +dissolved in potassium cyanide and the resulting solution electrolyzed +with a current of 1-1.5 c.c. A spiral of platinum wire is employed as +the anode, from which the silver may be dissolved by means of nitric +acid, and tested for by hydrochloric acid or by sulphureted hydrogen. +0.0001 grm. of silver in 150 c.c. of solution can be detected thus, +and one hour is sufficient for the deposition. + +_Gold_.--Gold is deposited under similar conditions to silver from +cyanide solutions. The deposit, which is rather dark colored, can be +dissolved in aqua regia and confirmed for by the Cassius' purple test. +Here again 0.0001 grm. of metal in 150 c.c. of solution can be +detected without any difficulty. + +As gold and silver are both extracted from quartziferous ores by +treatment with potassium cyanide solution according to the +MacArthur-Forrest process of gold extraction (this Journal, 1890, +267), this electrolytic method should prove very useful. By +electrolyzing the resulting solution a mixture of gold and silver will +be deposited upon the cathode, which can then be parted by nitric acid +and tested for as described. + + +DISCUSSION. + +The chairman said that there was little doubt but that further +investigation into electrolytic methods of chemical analysis would +give even more valuable results than those already obtained. +Systematic investigations of the subject, such as have been given by +Dr. Kohn, would go far to prove the adaptability of this method as a +substitute for or aid in ordinary qualitative examinations. The +remarks of Dr. Kohn respecting quantitative examinations were very +interesting, and well worth following up by other practical work. + +Professor Campbell Brown said that Dr. Kohn had shown that electricity +brought the same kind of elegance, neatness, and simplicity into +analysis that it did into lighting and silver plating. + +In its applications to the detection of poisons, he understood Dr. +Kohn to say that the poisons must first be extracted by chemical +means. That would not be sufficient, and he had no doubt that if the +subject was pursued farther they would have a paper from him (Dr. +Kohn) some day, indicating that he had obtained arsenic and such +poisons without the previous separation of the metal from organic +matter. It was a very great desideratum to have a method for detecting +arsenic and separating it from the contents of the stomach and food +directly without previous destruction of the organic matter, and he +hoped Dr. Kohn would pursue his work in that direction. + +Dr. Hurter said he was about to construct a new laboratory, and he +would assure them that one of its arrangements would be the +installation of electricity, by which to carry out researches similar +to those described. He was very glad to learn that the presence of +arsenic, etc., could be readily proved by means of electrolysis. + + * * * * * + + +A NEW CATALOGUE OF VALUABLE PAPERS + + +Contained in SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT during the past ten years, +sent _free of charge_ to any address. MUNN & CO., 361 Broadway, New +York. + + * * * * * + + +THE SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN + +ARCHITECTS AND BUILDERS EDITION. + +$2.50 A YEAR. SINGLE COPIES, 25 CTS. + + +This is a Special Edition of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, issued +monthly--on the first, day of the month. Each number contains about +forty large quarto pages, equal to about two hundred ordinary book +pages, forming, practically, a large and splendid MAGAZINE OF +ARCHITECTURE, richly adorned with _elegant plates in colors_ and with +fine engravings, illustrating the most interesting examples of modern +Architectural Construction and allied subjects. + +A special feature is the presentation in each number of a variety of +the latest and best plans for private residences, city and country, +including those of very moderate cost as well as the more expensive. +Drawings in perspective and in color are given, together with full +Plans, Specifications, Costs, Bills of Estimate, and Sheets of +Details. + +No other building paper contains so many plans, details, and +specifications regularly presented as the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN. +Hundreds of dwellings have already been erected on the various plans +we have issued during the past year, and many others are in process of +construction. + +Architects, Builders, and Owners will find this work valuable in +furnishing fresh and useful suggestions. All who contemplate building +or improving homes, or erecting structures of any kind, have before +them in this work an almost _endless series of the latest and best +examples_ from which to make selections, thus saving time and money. + +Many other subjects, including Sewerage, Piping, Lighting, Warming, +Ventilating, Decorating, Laying out of Grounds, etc., are illustrated. +An extensive Compendium of Manufacturers' Announcements is also given, +in which the most reliable and approved Building Materials, Goods, +Machines, Tools, and Appliances are described and illustrated, with +addresses of the makers, etc. + +The fullness, richness, cheapness, and convenience of this work have +won for it the LARGEST CIRCULATION of any Architectural publication in +the world. + +A Catalogue of valuable books on Architecture, Building, Carpentry, +Masonry, Heating, Warming, Lighting, Ventilation, and all branches of +industry pertaining to the art of Building, is supplied free of +charge, sent to any address. + + MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS, + 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. + + * * * * * + + +BUILDING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. + + +In connection with the publication of the BUILDING EDITION of the +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. Munn & Co. furnish plans and +specifications for buildings of every kind, including Churches, +Schools, Stores, Dwellings, Carriage Houses, Barns, etc. + +In this work they are assisted by able and experienced architects. +Full plans, details, and specifications for the various buildings +illustrated in this paper can be supplied. + +Those who contemplate building, or who wish to alter, improve, extend, +or add to existing buildings, whether wings, porches, bay windows, or +attic rooms, are invited to communicate with the undersigned. Our work +extends to all parts of the country. Estimates, plans, and drawings +promptly prepared. Terms moderate. Address + + MUNN & CO., 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. + + * * * * * + + +THE SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT. + +PUBLISHED WEEKLY. + +TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION, $5 A YEAR. + + +Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the +United States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any +foreign country. + +All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January +1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each. + +All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two +volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50 stitched in +paper, or $3.50 bound in stiff covers. + +COMBINED RATES.--One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00. + +A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers. + + MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS, + 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK, N.Y. + + * * * * * + + +USEFUL ENGINEERING BOOKS + + +Manufacturers, Agriculturists, Chemists, Engineers, Mechanics, +Builders, men of leisure, and professional men, of all classes, need +good books in the line of their respective callings. Our post office +department permits the transmission of books through the mails at very +small cost. A comprehensive catalogue of useful books by different +authors, on more than fifty different subjects, has recently been +published, for free circulation, at the office of this paper. Subjects +classified with names of author. Persons desiring a copy have only to +ask for it, and it will be mailed to them. Address, + + MUNN & CO., 361 Broadway, New York. + + * * * * * + + +PATENTS! + + +MESSRS. MUNN & CO., in connection with the publication of the +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, continue to examine improvements, and to act as +Solicitors of Patents for Inventors. + +In this line of business they have had _forty-five years' experience_, +and now have _unequaled facilities_ for the preparation of Patent +Drawings, Specifications, and the prosecution of Applications for +Patents in the United States, Canada, and Foreign Countries. Messrs. +Munn & Co. also attend to the preparation of Caveats, Copyrights for +Books, Labels, Reissues, Assignments, and Reports on Infringements of +Patents. All business intrusted to them is done with special care and +promptness, on very reasonable terms. + +A pamphlet sent free of charge, on application, containing full +information about Patents and how to procure them; directions +concerning Labels, Copyrights, Designs, Patents, Appeals, Reissues, +Infringements, Assignments, Rejected Cases, Hints on the Sale of +Patents, etc. + +We also send, _free of charge_, a Synopsis of Foreign Patent Laws, +showing the cost and method of securing patents in all the principal +countries of the world. + + MUNN & CO., SOLICITORS OF PATENTS, + 361 Broadway, New York. + +BRANCH OFFICES.--No. 622 and 624 F Street, Pacific Building, +near 7th Street, Washington, D.C. + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. +810, July 11, 1891, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + +***** This file should be named 15050.txt or 15050.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/0/5/15050/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland and the PG Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at www.pgdp.net. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/15050.zip b/15050.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c7242c --- /dev/null +++ b/15050.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e626ad --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #15050 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15050) |
